Movatterモバイル変換


[0]ホーム

URL:


Skip to main content
Parliament of Canada

BillC-47

If you have any questions or comments regarding the accessibility of this publication, please contact us ataccessible@parl.gc.ca.

Skip to Document NavigationSkip to Document Content

First Session, Forty-fourth Parliament,

70-71 Elizabeth II –1 Charles III, 2021-2022-2023

HOUSE OF COMMONS OF CANADA

BILL C-47
An Act to implement certain provisions of the budget tabled in Parliament on March28, 2023

FIRST READING,April 20, 2023

DEPUTY PRIME MINISTER AND MINISTER OF FINANCE

91137


RECOMMENDATION

Her Excellency the Governor General recommends to the House of Commons the appropriation of public revenue under the circumstances, in the manner and for the purposes set out in a measure entitled “An Act to implement certain provisions of the budget tabled in Parliament on March 28, 2023”.

SUMMARY

Part 1 implements certain measures in respect of theIncome Tax Act and theIncome Tax Regulations by

(a)enabling the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) to use electronic certification of tax and information returns and requiring taxpayers to file electronically in certain circumstances;

(b)doubling the maximum deduction for tradespeople’s tools from $500 to $1,000;

(c)providing that any gain on the disposition of a right to acquire Canadian housing property within a one-year period of its acquisition is treated as business income;

(d)excluding from a taxpayer’s income certain benefits for Canadian Forces members, veterans and their spouses or common-law partners;

(e)exempting from taxation any income earned by the Band Class Settlement Trust in accordance with section 24.‍05 of the Settlement Agreement entered into on January 18, 2023 relating to the attendance of day scholars at residential schools;

(f)providing an additional payment of the Goods and Services Tax/Harmonized Sales Tax (GST/HST) credit equal to double the amount of the regular January 2023 payment;

(g)providing for automatic, quarterly advance payments of the Canada Workers Benefit;

(h)allowing divorced and separated spouses to open joint Registered Educational Savings Plans and increasing educational assistance amounts under those plans;

(i)extending, by ‚three years, the ability of a qualifying family member to be the plan holder of an individual’s Registered Disability Savings Plan and expanding the definition of “qualifying family member” to include a sister or a brother of the individual;

(j)allowing defined contribution registered pension plans to correct contribution errors and requiring that the contributions or refunds are reported to the CRA for the purpose of correcting the RRSP deduction limit;

(k)modifying reporting requirements in respect of reportable transactions, introducing reporting requirements for notifiable transactions and providing reporting requirements with respect to uncertain tax treatments, as well as extending the reassessment periods applicable to those transactions and creating or modifying penalties for non-compliance with those requirements;

(l)allowing the CRA to share taxpayer information for the purposes of the Canadian Dental Care Plan;

(m)expanding the definition of “dividend rental arrangement” to include “specified hedging transactions” carried out in whole or in part by registered securities dealers;

(n)implementing the Model Reporting Rules for Digital Platforms developed by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development;

(o)requiring annual reporting by financial institutions of the fair market value of registered retirement savings plans and registered retirement income funds;

(p)expanding the permissible borrowing by defined benefit pension plans; and

(q)implementing a number of technical amendments to correct mistakes or inconsistencies and to better align the law with its intended policy objectives.

It also makes related and consequential amendments to theExcise Tax Act, theTax Rebate Discounting Act, theAir Travellers Security Charge Act, theExcise Act, 2001, Part 1 of theGreenhouse Gas Pollution Pricing Act and theElectronic Filing and Provision of Information (GST/HST) Regulations.

Part 2 implements certain measures in respect of theExcise Tax Act and a related text by

(a)clarifying that the international transportation of money benefits from Goods and Services Tax/Harmonized Sales Tax (GST/HST) relief and other special rules in the same manner as a service of internationally transporting other kinds of freight;

(b)permitting a pension entity, in specific circumstances, to claim the pension entity rebate or an input tax credit, or to make the pension entity rebate election, after the end of the two-year limitation period;

(c)specifying that cryptoasset mining is generally not considered a supply for GST/HST purposes; and

(d)ensuring that payment card clearing services are excluded from the definition “financial service” under the GST/HST legislation.

Part 3 amends theExcise Act, theExcise Act, 2001 and theAir Travellers Security Charge Act in order to implement two measures.

Division 1 of Part 3 amends theExcise Act and theExcise Act, 2001 in order to temporarily cap the inflation adjustment for excise duties on beer, spirits and wine at two per cent, for one year only, as of April 1, 2023.

Division 2 of Part 3 amends theAir Travellers Security Charge Act to increase the air travellers security charge that is applicable to air travel that includes a chargeable emplanement after April 2024 and for which any payment is made after April 2024.

Part 4 enacts and amends several Acts in order to implement various measures.

Division 1 of Part 4 amends theBank Act to strengthen the regime for dealing with complaints against banks and authorized foreign banks by, among other things, providing for the designation of a not-for-profit body corporate to be the sole external complaints body. It also makes consequential amendments to theFinancial Consumer Agency of Canada Act and related amendments to theFinancial Consumer Protection Framework Regulations.

Division 2 of Part 4 amends thePension Benefits Standards Act, 1985 to, among other things, provide for variable life benefits under a defined contribution provision of a pension plan and amends thePooled Registered Pension Plans Act to, among other things, provide for variable life payments under pooled registered pension plans. It also makes a consequential amendment to theCanadian Human Rights Act.

Division 3 of Part 4 contains measures that are related to money laundering and to digital assets and other measures.

Subdivision A of Division 3 amends theProceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act to, among other things,

(a)require persons or entities referred to in section 5 of that Act to report to the Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada information that is related to a disclosure made under theSpecial Economic Measures Act or theJustice for Victims of Corrupt Foreign Officials Act (Sergei Magnitsky Law);

(b)strengthen the registration framework for persons or entities referred in paragraphs 5(h) and (h.‍1) of theProceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act, which are often referred to as money services businesses;

(c)create two new offences relating to persons or entities who engage in activities for which they are not registered under that Act and the structuring of financial transactions undertaken to avoid reporting obligations under that Act, as well as a new offence relating to reprisals by employers against employees who fulfill obligations under that Act;

(d)facilitate the sharing, between the Minister of Finance, the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions and the Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada, of information that relates to their respective mandates; and

(e)authorize the Minister of Finance to issue directives to persons and entities referred in section 5 of that Act in respect of risks relating to the financing of threats to the security of Canada.

Subdivision A also amends theBudget Implementation Act, 2021, No. 1 in relation to theProceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act.

Subdivision B of Division 3 amends theCriminal Code to provide for a new warrant authorizing a peace officer or other person named in the warrant to search for and seize digital assets, including virtual currency, as well as to expand the list of offences on the basis of which an examination of information obtained by the Minister of National Revenue under various tax statutes may be authorized. The subdivision also makes related amendments to other Acts.

Division 4 of Part 4 amends theCustoms Tariff to extend the expiry date of the General Preferential Tariff and Least Developed Country Tariff to December 31, 2034 and to create a new General Preferential Tariff Plus tariff treatment that will expire on the same date. The Division also aligns direct shipment requirements for tariff treatments under that Act with those that apply to free trade agreements.

Division 5 of Part 4 amends theCustoms Tariff to remove Belarus and Russia from the List of Countries entitled to Most-Favoured-Nation tariff treatment.

Division 6 of Part 4 allows the Bank of Canada to apply, despite sections 27 and 27.‍1 of theBank of Canada Act, any of its ascertained surplus to its retained earnings until its retained earnings are equal to zero or the ascertained surplus applied to its retained earnings is equal to the losses it incurred from the purchase of securities as part of the Government of Canada Bond Purchase Program.

Division 7 of Part 4 enacts theCanada Innovation Corporation Act. That Act continues the Canada Innovation Corporation, which was established under another Act, as a parent Crown corporation, sets out the Corporation’s purpose to maximize business investment in research and development across all sectors of the economy and in all regions of Canada to promote innovation-driven economic growth and includes transitional provisions. The Division also makes consequential and related amendments to other Acts.

Division 8 of Part 4 amends theFederal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act to authorize additional payments to the provinces and territories.

Division 9 of Part 4 amends theFederal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act to renew the authority to make Equalization and Territorial Formula Financing payments for another five-year period beginning on April 1, 2024 and makes a technical change to improve the accuracy of the programs. It also makes a technical change to the calculation of fiscal stabilization payments.

Division 10 of Part 4 amends theSpecial Economic Measures Act, theProceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act and theJustice for Victims of Corrupt Foreign Officials Act (Sergei Magnitsky Law) to strengthen Canada’s ability to take economic measures against certain persons.

Division 11 of Part 4 amends thePrivileges and Immunities (North Atlantic Treaty Organisation) Act to, among other things, enable the Paris Protocol to be implemented in Canada.

Division 12 of Part 4 amends theService Fees Act to, among other things, clarify the definition “fee”, exempt certain fees from the application of that Act, make certain exceptions in that Act applicable only with the approval of the President of the Treasury Board, make certain changes to the annual adjustment provisions and provide authority for the President of the Treasury Board to amend the regulations made under section 22 of that Act by taking into account the factors established by regulations.

It also amends section 25.‍1 of theCanadian Food Inspection Agency Act to provide for the application of sections 16 to 18 of theService Fees Act to low-materiality fees, within the meaning of theService Fees Act, that are fixed under section 24 or 25 of theCanadian Food Inspection Agency Act.

Division 13 of Part 4 amends theCanada Pension Plan to allow the Minister of National Revenue to make available information to the Minister of Employment and Social Development that is necessary for the purpose of policy analysis, research or evaluation related to the administration of that Act.

Division 14 of Part 4 amends theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act to grant the Minister of Employment and Social Development the authority to collect and use Social Insurance Numbers for the purposes of administering or enforcing any Act, program or activity in respect of which the administration or enforcement is the responsibility of the Minister.

Division 15 of Part 4 amends theCanada Labour Code in respect of leave related to the death or disappearance of a child to, among other things, increase the maximum length of that leave from 104 weeks to 156 weeks and to repeal paragraph 206.‍5(4)‍(b) of that Act.

Division 16 of Part 4 amends theImmigration and Refugee Protection Act to provide that a claim for refugee protection made by a person inside Canada must be made in person and, with regard to a claim made by the person other than at a port of entry, that the Minister of Citizenship and Immigration may specify the documents and information to be provided and the form and manner in which they are to be provided.

Division 17 of Part 4 amends theImmigration and Refugee Protection Act to clarify that the Minister of Citizenship and Immigration may give instructions in respect of an application to sponsor a person who applies for a visa as a Convention refugee, within the meaning of that Act, or as a person in similar circumstances.

Division 18 of Part 4 amends theCollege of Immigration and Citizenship Consultants Act to, among other things,

(a)provide that the College of Immigration and Citizenship Consultants may seek an order authorizing it to administer the property of any licensee of the College who is not able to perform their activities as an immigration and citizenship consultant;

(b)extend immunity against proceedings for damages to directors, employees and agents and mandataries of the College, among others;

(c)authorize the College to enter into information-sharing agreements or arrangements with any entity, including federal or provincial government institutions; and

(d)expand the areas in respect of which the Governor in Council may authorize the College to make by-laws.

The Division also makes related amendments to theCitizenship Act and theImmigration and Refugee Protection Act to clarify that any person who is the subject of a notice of violation issued under either of those Acts has the right to request a review of the notice or the administrative monetary penalty set out in the notice.

Division 19 of Part 4 amends theCitizenship Act to, among other things,

(a)grant the Minister responsible for the administration and enforcement of that Act the power to collect biometric information from persons who make an application under that Act — and to use, verify, retain and disclose that information — in accordance with the regulations;

(b)authorize that Minister to administer and enforce that Act using electronic means, including by using an automated system; and

(c)grant that Minister the power to make regulations requiring persons who make an application or who provide documents, information or evidence under that Act to do so using electronic means.

Division 20 of Part 4 amends theYukon Act to authorize the Minister of Northern Affairs to take any measures on certain public real property that the Minister considers necessary to prevent, counteract, mitigate or remedy any adverse effect on persons, property or the environment.

Subdivision A of Division 21 of Part 4 amends theMarine Liability Act to, among other things,

(a)increase the maximum liability for certain claims involving a ship of less than 300 gross tonnage;

(b)establish the maximum liability for claims involving air cushion vehicles;

(c)remove all references to the Hamburg Rules;

(d)extend the application of the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, 2001 to non-seagoing vessels;

(e)provide for public notice requirements relating to the constitution of limitation funds under that Act;

(f)clarify that the owner of a ship is liable for economic loss related to fishing, hunting, trapping or harvesting suffered by an Indigenous group, community or people or suffered by a member of such a group, community or people; and

(g)expand the compensation regime of the Ship-source Oil Pollution Fund to include certain future losses.

Subdivision B of Division 21 amends theCanada Shipping Act, 2001 to, among other things,

(a)expand the application of Part 1 of that Act in relation to certain pleasure craft;

(b)expand the exemption powers of the Minister of Transport and the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans;

(c)allow the owner of a Canadian vessel to enter into an arrangement with a qualified person under which that person is the authorized representative of the vessel;

(d)give the Marine Technical Review Board jurisdiction to make decisions on applications for exemptions from interim orders;

(e)authorize the Governor in Council to incorporate by reference in certain regulations material that the Minister of Transport produces;

(f)broaden the Governor in Council’s power respecting fees, charges, costs or expenses to be paid in relation to the administration and enforcement of matters under that Act for which the Minister of Transport is responsible;

(g)increase the maximum amount of fines for certain offences;

(h)provide authority, in certain circumstances, for the Chief Registrar to refuse to issue a certificate of registry and for the Minister of Transport to refuse to issue a pleasure craft licence;

(i)authorize the Governor in Council to make regulations respecting emergency services;

(j)authorize the Minister of Transport to, among other things,

(i)direct a master or crew member to cease operations,

(ii)authorize the Deputy Minister of Transport to make interim orders in response to risks to marine safety or to the marine environment, and

(iii)direct a port authority or a person in charge of a port authority or place to authorize vessels to proceed to a place selected by the Minister; and

(k)permit designating as violations the contravention of certain provisions of Parts 5 and 10 of that Act and the regulations made under those Parts.

The Subdivision also makes a related amendment to theOil Tanker Moratorium Act.

Subdivision C of Division 21 amends theWrecked, Abandoned or Hazardous Vessels Act to, among other things, establish the Vessel Remediation Fund in the accounts of Canada and provide the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans with certain powers in relation to the detention of vessels.

Division 22 of Part 4 amends theCanada Transportation Act to, among other things,

(a)allow the Governor in Council to require air carriers to publish information respecting their performance on their Internet site;

(b)permit the sharing of information to ensure the proper functioning of the national transportation system or to increase its efficiency, while ensuring the confidentiality of that information;

(c)allow the Minister of Transport to require certain persons to provide certain information to the Minister if the Minister is of the opinion that there exists an unusual and significant disruption to the effective continued operation of the national transportation system;

(d)establish a new zone in Manitoba, Saskatchewan and Alberta, in which any interswitching that occurs is subject to the rate determined by the Canadian Transportation Agency, for a period of 18 months; and

(e)broaden the scope of the administrative monetary penalties scheme.

Division 23 of Part 4 amends theCanada Transportation Act to, among other things,

(a)broaden the authority of the Canadian Transportation Agency to set fees and charges to recover its costs;

(b)replace the current process for resolving air travel complaints with a more streamlined process designed to result in more timely decisions;

(c)impose a greater burden of proof on air carriers where it is presumed that compensation is payable to a complainant unless the air carrier proves the contrary;

(d)require air carriers to establish an internal process for dealing with air travel claims;

(e)modify the Agency’s regulation-making powers with respect to air carriers’ obligations towards passengers; and

(f)enhance the Agency’s enforcement powers with respect to the air transportation sector.

Division 24 of Part 4 amends theCustoms Act to, among other things,

(a)allow a person arriving in Canada to present themselves to the Canada Border Services Agency by a means of telecommunication, if that manner of presenting is made available at the customs office at which they are presenting themselves; and

(b)subject to the regulations, require that the operator of a commercial aircraft arriving in Canada ensure that baggage on board the aircraft is transported without delay to the nearest international baggage area.

The Division also makes a related amendment to theQuarantine Act.

Division 25 of Part 4 amends theNational Research Council Act to, among other things, provide that the National Research Council of Canada may procure goods and services, including goods and services relating to construction and to research-related digital and information technology. It also establishes a new Procurement Oversight Board.

Division 26 of Part 4 amends thePatent Act to, among other things,

(a)authorize the Commissioner of Patents to grant an additional term for a patent if certain conditions are met;

(b)authorize the Governor in Council to make regulations respecting the number of days that is to be subtracted in determining the duration of an additional term; and

(c)authorize the Commissioner of Patents and the Federal Court to shorten the duration of an additional term if the duration as previously determined is longer than is authorized.

Division 27 of Part 4 amends theFood and Drugs Act to extend measures regarding therapeutic products to natural health products in order to, among other things,

(a)strengthen the safety oversight of natural health products throughout their life cycle; and

(b)promote greater confidence in the oversight of natural health products by increasing transparency.

Division 28 of Part 4 amends theFood and Drugs Act to, among other things, prohibit

(a)the sale of a cosmetic unless its safety can be established without relying on data derived from a test conducted on an animal that could cause pain, suffering or injury, whether physical or mental, to the animal, subject to certain exceptions;

(b)the conduct of a test on an animal that could cause pain, suffering or injury, whether physical or mental, to the animal if the purpose of the test is to meet a legislative requirement that relates to cosmetics; and

(c)deceptive or misleading claims, on the label of or in an advertisement for a cosmetic, with respect to testing on animals.

Division 29 of Part 4 enacts theDental Care Measures Act.

Division 30 of Part 4 amends subsection 41(1) of theCanada Post Corporation Act, in response to the decision inR. v. Gorman, to limit the Canada Post Corporation’s authority to open mail other than letters.

Division 31 of Part 4 expresses the assent of the Parliament of Canada to the issuing by His Majesty of a Royal Proclamation under the Great Seal of Canada establishing for Canada the applicable Royal Style and Titles.

Division 32 of Part 4 amends thePublic Sector Pension Investment Board Act to provide that the Public Sector Pension Investment Board may incorporate a subsidiary for the purpose of providing investment management services to the Canada Growth Fund Inc. It also amends theFall Economic Statement Implementation Act, 2022 to increase the amount that may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund on the requisition of the Minister of Finance for the acquisition of shares of the Canada Growth Fund Inc. and to provide that the Canada Growth Fund Inc. is not an agent of His Majesty in right of Canada.

Division 33 of Part 4 amends theOffice of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Act, theTrust and Loan Companies Act, theBank Act and theInsurance Companies Act to, among other things,

(a)expand the mandate of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions to include the supervision of federal financial institutions in order to determine whether they have adequate policies and procedures to protect themselves against threats to their integrity or security; and

(b)expand the Superintendent of Financial Institutions’ powers to issue directions to, and to take control of, a federal financial institution in certain circumstances.

It also makes a consequential amendment to theWinding-up and Restructuring Act.

Division 34 of Part 4 amends theCriminal Code to, among other things, lower the criminal rate of interest calculated in respect of an agreement or arrangement and to express that rate as an annual percentage rate. It also authorizes the Governor in Council, by regulation, to fix a limit on the total cost of borrowing under a payday loan agreement. Finally, it provides for transitional provisions.

Division 35 of Part 4 amends theEmployment Insurance Act to extend, until October 26, 2024, the increase in the maximum number of weeks for which benefits may be paid in a benefit period to certain seasonal workers.

Division 36 of Part 4 amends theCanadian Environmental Protection Act, 1999 to, among other things,

(a)establish an account in the accounts of Canada to be called the Environmental Economic Instruments Fund, for the purpose of administering amounts received as contributions to certain funding programs under the responsibility of the Minister of the Environment; and

(b)replace references to “tradeable units” with references to “compliance units”.

It also makes consequential amendments to theCanada Emission Reduction Incentives Agency Act.

Division 37 of Part 4 amends theCanada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act to clarify that the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation may administer any contract related to deposit insurance entered into by the Minister of Finance and to allow the Minister to increase the deposit insurance coverage limit until April 30, 2024.

Division 38 of Part 4 amends theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act to, among other things,

(a)establish the Employment Insurance Board of Appeal to hear appeals of decisions made under theEmployment Insurance Act instead of the Employment Insurance Section of the General Division of the Social Security Tribunal; and

(b)eliminate the requirement for leave to appeal decisions relating to theEmployment Insurance Act to the Appeal Division of the Tribunal.

It also makes consequential amendments to other Acts.

Division 39 of Part 4 amends theCanada Elections Act to provide for a national, uniform, exclusive and complete regime applicable to registered parties and eligible parties respecting their collection, use, disclosure, retention and disposal of personal information.

Available on the House of Commons website at the following address:
www.ourcommons.ca


TABLE OF PROVISIONS

An Act to implement certain provisions of the budget tabled in Parliament on March 28, 2023
Short Title
1

Budget Implementation Act, 2023, No. 1

PART1
Amendments to the Income Tax Act and Other Legislation
2
PART2
GST/HST Measures
114
PART3
Amendments to the Excise Act, the Excise Act, 2001 and the Air Travellers Security Charge Act
DIVISION1
Excise Act and Excise Act,2001 (Alcohol Products)
124
DIVISION2
Air Travellers Security Charge Act (Charge Rates)
127
PART4
Various Measures
DIVISION1
Bank Act
128
DIVISION2
Private Sector Pension Plans
148
DIVISION3
Measures Related to Money Laundering and to Digital Assets and Other Measures
181
DIVISION4
Preferential Tariff Programs for Developing Countries
229
DIVISION5
Removal of Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff Treatment for Belarus and Russia
235
DIVISION6
Non-application of Sections27and27.‍1 of theBank of Canada Act
237
DIVISION7
Canada Innovation Corporation Act
238

Enactment of Act

An Act respecting the Canada Innovation Corporation
Alternative Title
1

Alternative title

Interpretation
2

Definitions

3

Inconsistency

Designation of Minister
4

Order in council

Continuation and Status
5

Continuation

6

Head office

7

Not Crown agent

8

Capacity

Purpose and Functions
9

Purpose

10

Functions

Board, Chief Executive Officer and Employees
11

Composition of Board

12

Appointment of directors

13

Appointment of chief executive officer

14

Attendance of chief executive officer at meetings

15

Accident compensation

16

Guidelines

17

Evaluation committee

Miscellaneous Provisions
18

Restriction on directives

19

Disclosure of information to federal institutions

20

Payments out of Consolidated Revenue Fund

21

Payments to Receiver General

22

Financial year

23

Quarterly financial reports

24

Annual reports

Transitional Provisions
25

Definitions

26

Copy of order provided to Director

27

Transfer of shares

28

Chairperson’s interim powers

29

Rights preserved

30

Industrial Research Assistance Program

31

Transfer of appropriations

32

Transfer of rights, property and obligations

33

Transfer of powers, duties and functions

34

Information about Industrial Research Assistance Program

35

Regulations

DIVISION8
Federal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act (Canada Health Transfer)
242
DIVISION9
Federal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act (Equalization and Territorial Financing Renewal and Other Amendments)
243
DIVISION10
Economic Sanctions
252
DIVISION11
Privileges and Immunities (North Atlantic Treaty Organisation) Act
265
DIVISION12
Service Fees Act
270
DIVISION13
Canada Pension Plan
280
DIVISION14
Department of Employment and Social Development Act
281
DIVISION15
Canada Labour Code
282
DIVISION16
Immigration and Refugee Protection Act (Claims for Refugee Protection)
284
DIVISION17
Immigration and Refugee Protection Act (Sponsorship Applications)
286
DIVISION18
College of Immigration and Citizenship Consultants Act
287
DIVISION19
Citizenship Act
300
DIVISION20
Yukon Act
307
DIVISION21
Oceans Protection Plan
308
DIVISION22
Canada Transportation Act
436
DIVISION23
Air Travel Complaints
452
DIVISION24
Customs Act
475
DIVISION25
National Research Council Act
481
DIVISION26
Patent Act
487
DIVISION27
Food and Drugs Act (Natural Health Products)
500
DIVISION28
Food and Drugs Act (Cosmetics Testing on Animals)
505
DIVISION29
Dental Care Measures Act
508
An Act respecting certain matters in relation to the Canadian Dental Care Plan
Short Title
1

Dental Care Measures Act

Definition
2

Definition ofCanadian Dental Care Plan

His Majesty
3

Binding on His Majesty

Reporting
4

Obligation

5

Information return

6

Purpose of information obtained

Disclosure of Information
7

Disclosure of information

Violations
8

Violations

9

Limitation on imposition of penalty

10

Rescission or reduction of penalty

11

Recovery as debt due to His Majesty

Social Insurance Number
12

Social Insurance Number

DIVISION30
Canada Post Corporation Act
509
DIVISION31
Royal Style and Titles Act,2023
510
An Act respecting the Royal Style and Titles, 2023
1

Royal Style and Titles Act, 2023

2

Assent to Royal Style and Titles

DIVISION32
Canada Growth Fund
511
DIVISION33
Legislation Related to Financial Institutions
517
DIVISION34
Criminal Code
610
DIVISION35
Employment Insurance Act
617
DIVISION36
Canadian Environmental Protection Act,1999
618
DIVISION37
Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act
625
DIVISION38
Employment Insurance Board of Appeal
631
DIVISION39
Canada Elections Act
680
SCHEDULE 


1st Session, 44th Parliament,

70-71 Elizabeth II –1 Charles III,2021-2022-2023

HOUSE OF COMMONS OF CANADA

BILL C-47

An Act to implement certain provisions of the budget tabled in Parliament on March28, 2023

His Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate and House of Commons of Canada, enacts as follows:

Short Title

Short title

1This Act may be cited as theBudget Implementation Act,2023,No.1.

PART1
Amendments to the Income Tax Act and Other Legislation

R.‍S.‍, c. 1 (5th Supp.‍)

Income Tax Act

2(1)The portion of paragraph6(1)‍(e) of theIncome Tax Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:

  • Standby charge for automobile

    (e) Insertion startif at any time in the year Insertion end an automobile Insertion startis Insertion end made available to the taxpayer, or Insertion startto a particular person who does not deal at arm’s length with Insertion end the taxpayer, Insertion startby another person (referred to in this paragraph as “the employer”) because of or as a consequence of a previous, the current or an intended office or employment of the taxpayer Insertion end, the amount, if any, by which

(2)Subparagraph6(1)‍(e)‍(ii) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (ii)the total of all amounts, each of which is an amount (other than an expense related to the operation of the automobile) paid in the year by the taxpayer, or the Insertion startparticular Insertion end person Insertion startwho does not deal at arm’s length with Insertion end the taxpayer, Insertion startto the employer Insertion end for the use of the automobile;

(3)Subparagraph6(1)‍(k)‍(ii) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (ii)amounts related to the operation (otherwise than in connection with or in the course of the taxpayer’s office or employment) of the automobile for the period or periods in the year during which the automobile was made available to the taxpayer, or a person Insertion startwho does not deal at arm’s length with Insertion end the taxpayer, are paid or payable by Insertion startthe employer within the meaning of paragraph (e) that made the automobile available Insertion end (in this paragraph referred to as the “payor”), and

(4)The portion of subsection6(2) of the Act before the formula is replaced by the following:

Reasonable standby charge
(2)For the purposes of paragraph (1)‍(e), a reasonable standby charge for an automobile for the total number of days (in this subsection referred to as the “total available days”) in a taxation year during which the automobile is made available to a taxpayer, or to a person Insertion startwho does not deal at arm’s length with Insertion end the taxpayer, by Insertion starta person Insertion end (referred to in this subsection as the “employer”) shall be deemed to be the amount determined by the formula

(5)Subsections (1) to (4) apply to taxation years that begin after2022.

3(1)Subclause B(I) of the description of B in subparagraph8(1)‍(r)‍(ii) of the Act is replaced by the following:

(I)the amount that is the total of Insertion startthe first dollar amount referred to in paragraph (s) Insertion end and the amount determined for the taxation year for B in subsection118(10), and

(2)The portion of paragraph8(1)‍(s) of the Act before the formula is replaced by the following:

  • Deduction – tradesperson’s tools

    (s)if the taxpayer is employed as a tradesperson at any time in the taxation year, the lesser of $ Insertion start1,000 Insertion end and the amount determined by the formula

(3)Subsection8(10) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Certificate of employer
(10)An amount otherwise deductible for a taxation year under paragraph (1)‍(c), (f), (h) or (h.‍1) or subparagraph (1)‍(i)‍(ii) or (iii) by a taxpayer shall not be deducted unless the taxpayer’s employer Insertion startconfirms in prescribed form Insertion end that the conditions set out in the applicable provision were met in the year in respect of the taxpayer Insertion startand the Insertion end form is filed with the taxpayer’s return of income for the year.

(4)Subsections (1) and (2) apply to the2023 and subsequent taxation years.

4(1)Subsection12(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Interest income
(3)Subject to subsection (4.‍1), in computing the income for a taxation year of a corporation, partnership, unit trust or any trust of which a corporation or a partnership is a beneficiary, there shall be included any interest on a debt obligation (other than interest in respect of an income bond, an income debenture, a net income stabilization account or an indexed debt obligation) that accrues to it to the end of the year, or becomes receivable or is received by it before the end of the year, to the extent that the interest was not included in computing its income for a preceding taxation year.

(2)Paragraphs (g) and (h) of the definitioninvestment contract in subsection12(11) of the Act are repealed.

(3)Subsection12(13) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Definition offlipped property
(13)For the purposes of subsections (12) and (14), aflipped property of a taxpayer means a Insertion startproperty Insertion end (other than a property, Insertion startor a right to acquire property Insertion end, that would be inventory of the taxpayer if the definitioninventory in subsection248(1) were read without reference to subsection (12)) that Insertion startis Insertion end
  • (a)prior to its disposition by the taxpayer, Insertion starteither Insertion end

    • Insertion start(i) Insertion enda housing unit located in Canada, Insertion startor Insertion end

    • Start of inserted block

      (ii)a right to acquire a housing unit located in Canada; and

      End of inserted block
  • (b)owned Insertion startor, in the case of a right to acquire, held Insertion end, by the taxpayer for less than365 consecutive days prior to Insertion startits Insertion end disposition, other than a disposition that can reasonably be considered to occur due to, or in anticipation of, one or more of the following events:

    • Insertion start(i) Insertion endthe death of the taxpayer or a person related to the taxpayer,

    • Insertion start(ii) Insertion endone or more persons related to the taxpayer becoming a member of the taxpayer’s household or the taxpayer becoming a member of the household of a related person,

    • Insertion start(iii) Insertion endthe breakdown of the marriage or common-law partnership of the taxpayer if the taxpayer has been living separate and apart from their spouse or common-law partner for at least90 days prior to the disposition,

    • Insertion start(iv) Insertion enda threat to the personal safety of the taxpayer or a related person,

    • Insertion start(v) Insertion endthe taxpayer or a related person suffering from a serious illness or disability,

    • Insertion start(vi) Insertion endan eligible relocation of the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s spouse or common-law partner, if the definitioneligible relocation were read without reference to the requirements for the new work location and the new residence to be in Canada,

    • Insertion start(vii) Insertion endan involuntary termination of the employment of the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s spouse or common-law partner,

    • Insertion start(viii) Insertion endthe insolvency of the taxpayer, or

    • Insertion start(ix) Insertion endthe destruction or expropriation of the property.

(4)Subsection (3) applies to the period throughout which a flipped property of a taxpayer is owned or held by the taxpayer in respect of a disposition that occurs after2022.

5(1)The portion of paragraph13(4.‍3)‍(d) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:

  • (d)any amount that would, if this Act were read without reference to this subsection, be included in the cost of a property of the Insertion starttransferee Insertion end included in Class14.‍1 of Schedule II to theIncome Tax Regulations (including a deemed acquisition under subsection (35)) or included in the proceeds of disposition of a property of the Insertion starttransferor Insertion end included in that Class (including a deemed disposition under subsection (37)) in respect of the disposition or termination of the former property by the transferor is deemed to be

(2)Paragraph13(42)‍(a) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • a)pour l’application de la Insertion startprésente loi Insertion end et de ses règlements (à l’exception du présent article, de l’article20et des dispositions réglementaires prises pour l’application de l’alinéa20(1)a)), si la valeur de l’élément A de la formule figurant à la définition de Insertion startmontant cumulatif des immobilisations admissibles Insertion end au paragraphe14(5) avait augmenté immédiatement avant2017en raison de la disposition du bien immédiatement avant ce moment, le coût en capital du bien est réputé augmenter des4/3 du montant de cette augmentation;

(3)Section13of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (42):

Transitional rule
Start of inserted block
(43)An amount is to be included in computing a taxpayer’s income from a business for a taxation year, and is deemed not to be a taxable capital gain (other than for the purposes of the definitioncapital dividend account in subsection89(1)), to the extent
  • (a)the amount is part of the proceeds of disposition ofeligible capital property (as defined in section54,as it read on December31, 2016) that is in respect of the business;

  • (b)the disposition is under an agreement between the taxpayer and a purchaser that deals at arm’s length with the taxpayer;

  • (c)the disposition occurred before March22, 2016;

  • (d)the amount becomes receivable under the agreement after2016and before2024 because of a condition of the agreement, if

    • (i)at the end of2016, it was uncertain whether the condition would be met, and

    • (ii)the condition is met after2016;

  • (e)the amount would, in the absence of this subsection, be a taxable capital gain;

  • (f)the amount would have been included in computing the taxpayer’s income from the business if the amount had become receivable on December31, 2016; and

  • (g)the taxpayer files an election with the Minister, no later than the filing-due date for the taxpayer’s first taxation year that ends after August9, 2022 to have this subsection apply in respect of the amount.

    End of inserted block

(4)Subsection (1) applies in respect of dispositions that occur after2016.

(5)Subsections (2) and (3) are deemed to have come into force on January1, 2017.

6(1)Subsection15(2.‍3) of the Act is replaced by the following:

When s. 15(2) not to apply – ordinary lending business
(2.‍3)Subsection (2) does not apply to a debt that arose in the ordinary course of the creditor’s business or a loan made in the ordinary course of the lender’s ordinary business of lending money ( Insertion startother than a business of lending money if, at any time during which the loan is outstanding, less than90% of the aggregate outstanding amount of the loans of the business is owing by borrowers that deal at arm’s length with the lender Insertion end) where, at the time the indebtedness arose or the loan was made,bona fide arrangements were made for repayment of the debt or loan within a reasonable time.
Interpretation – partnerships
Start of inserted block
(2.‍31)For the purposes of this subsection and subsection (2.‍3),
  • (a)a person or partnership that is a member of a particular partnership that is a member of anotherpartnership is deemed to be a member of the other partnership; and

  • (b)a borrower shall be considered to deal at arm’s length with a lender only if

    • (i)for greater certainty, the borrower and the lender deal with each other at arm’s length,

    • (ii)where either the borrower or the lender is a partnership and the other party is not, each member of the partnership deals at arm’s length with the other party, and

    • (iii)where both the borrower and the lender are partnerships, the borrower and each member of the borrower deal at arm’s length with the lender and each member of the lender.

      End of inserted block

(2)Subsection15(5) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:

Automobile benefit
(5)For the purposes of subsection (1), the value of the benefit to be included in computing a shareholder’s income for a taxation year with respect to an automobile made available to the shareholder, or a person related to the shareholder, by a corporation shall (except where an amount is determined under subparagraph6(1)‍(e)‍(i) in respect of the automobile in computing the shareholder’s income for the year) be computed on the assumption that subsections6(1), (1.‍1), (2) and (7) apply, with such modifications as the circumstances require, and as though references therein to “the employer” were read as “the corporation”.

(3)Subsection (1) applies to loans made after2022.Subsection (1), subsection15(2) of the Act and all provisions of the Act relevant to the interpretation and application of subsection15(2) of the Act also apply in respect of any portion of a particular loan made before2023that remains outstanding on January1, 2023– as if that portion were a separate loan that was made on January1, 2023in the same manner and on the same terms as the particular loan – if, at the time when the particular loan was made, it met the requirements of subsection15(2.‍3) of the Act as in force at the time when the particular loan was made.

(4)Subsection (2) applies to taxation years that begin after2022.

7Sections15.‍1and15.‍2 of the Act are repealed.

8(1)Subparagraph20(1)‍(e)‍(vi) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (vi)where a partnership has ceased to exist,

    • (A)no amount may be deducted by the partnership under this paragraph in computing its income for Insertion startits last fiscal period Insertion end, and

    • (B)there may be deducted for a taxation year ending Insertion startafter the time that is immediately before the end of the partnership’s last fiscal period (referred to in this clause as the “particular time” Insertion end) by any person or partnership that was a member of the partnership Insertion startat the particular time Insertion end, that proportion of the amount that would, but for this subparagraph, have been deductible under this paragraph by the partnership in the fiscal period ending in the year had it continued to exist and had the partnership interest not been redeemed, acquired or cancelled, that the fair market value of the member’s interest in the partnership Insertion startat the particular time Insertion end is of the fair market value of all the interests in the partnership Insertion startat the particular Insertion end time;

(2)The description of N in subclause20(1)‍(l)‍(ii)‍(D)‍(II) of the Act is replaced by the following:

N
is the total of all amounts each of which is the specified reserve adjustment for a loan (other than an income bond or an income debenture) for the year or a preceding taxation year;

(3)Paragraph20(1)‍(v) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • Mining taxes

    (v)such amount as is allowed by regulation in respect of taxes on income from mining operations;

(4)The portion of subsection20(14) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

Accrued bond interest
(14)Where, by virtue of an assignment or other transfer of a debt obligation, other than an income bond or an income debenture, the transferee has become entitled to an amount of interest that accrued on the debt obligation for a period commencing before the time of transfer and ending at that time that is not payable until after that time, that amount

(5)The portion of subsection20(14.‍1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

Interest on debt obligation
(14.‍1)Where a person who has issued a debt obligation, other than an income bond or an income debenture, is obligated to pay an amount that is stipulated to be interest on that debt obligation in respect of a period before its issue (in this subsection referred to as the “unearned interest amount”) and it is reasonable to consider that the person to whom the debt obligation was issued paid to the issuer consideration for the debt obligation that included an amount in respect of the unearned interest amount,

(6)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on June26, 2013.

(7)Subsection (3) applies to taxation years that end after2007.Any assessment of a taxpayer’s tax, interest and penalties payable under the Act for any taxation year that ends before August9, 2022that would, in the absence of this subsection, be precluded because of subsections152(4) to (5) of the Act is to be made to the extent necessary to take into account subsection (3) and subsection103(1) of this Act if the taxpayer so elects in writing and files that election with the Minister of National Revenue on or before the day that is six months after the day on which this section receives royal assent.

9Paragraphs44(1)‍(c) and (d) of the French version of the Act are replaced by the following:

  • c)si l’ancien bien est visé à l’alinéa a), avant Insertion startla fin Insertion end de la deuxième année d’imposition suivant l’année initiale ou, si elle est postérieure, Insertion startavant la fin de la période Insertion end de24 mois Insertion startqui suit Insertion end l’année initiale;

  • d) Insertion startsinon Insertion end, avant Insertion startla fin Insertion end de la première année d’imposition suivant l’année initiale ou, si Insertion startelle Insertion end est Insertion startpostérieure, avant la fin de la période Insertion end de12 mois Insertion startqui suit Insertion end l’année initiale,

10(1)Subparagraph (c.‍1)‍(iii.‍1) of the definitionprincipal residence in section54 of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of clause (B), by replacing “and” with “or” at the end of clause (C) and by adding the following after clause (C):

  • Start of inserted block

    (D)a trust

    • (I)a specified beneficiary of which for the year is a qualifying individual for the year in respect of the trust, and

    • (II)under which no person other than a beneficiary described in subclause (I) may receive or otherwise obtain the use of, during the beneficiary’s lifetime, any of the income or capital of the trust and the trustees are required to consider the needs of the beneficiary including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the comfort, care and maintenance of the beneficiary, and

      End of inserted block

(2)The definitionprincipal residence in section54 of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (e), by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (f) and by adding the following after paragraph (f):

  • Start of inserted block

    (g)a qualifying individual, for a taxation year in respect of a trust, means an individual who meets the following conditions:

    • (i)the individual is, in the year, any of

      • (A)the settlor of the trust,

      • (B)the child, grandchild, great grandchild, parent, grandparent, great grandparent, brother, sister, uncle, aunt, niece or nephew of the settlor or of the spouse or common-law partner or former spouse or common-law partner of the settlor, and

      • (C)the spouse or common-law partner or former spouse or common-law partner of any person described in clause (A) or (B),

    • (ii)the individual is resident in Canada during the year, and

    • (iii)an amount is deductible, or would be deductible if this Act were read without reference to paragraph118.‍3(1)‍(c), under subsection118.‍3(1) in computing the individual’s tax payable under this Part for the year; (résidence principale)

      End of inserted block

(3)Subsections (1) and (2) apply to taxation years that begin after2016.

11(1)Paragraph60(i) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • Premium or payment under PRPP, RRSP or RRIF

    (i)any amount that is deductible under section146or146.‍3or subsection147.‍3(13.‍1) Insertion startor147.‍5(19) Insertion end in computing the income of the taxpayer for the year;

(2)Paragraph60(i) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • Premium or payment – FHSA, PRPP, RRSP or RRIF

    (i)any amount that is deductible under section146, 146.‍3 or Insertion start146.‍6 Insertion end or subsection147.‍3(13.‍1) or147.‍5(19) in computing the income of the taxpayer for the year;

(3)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on December14, 2012.

(4)Subsection (2) is deemed to have come into force on April1, 2023.

12(1)Paragraph60.‍03(2)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (a)the pensioner is deemed not to have received the portion of the pensioner’s pension income, qualified pension income Insertion startor an amount described in subparagraph (c)‍(i) of the definitioneligible pension income in subsection (1) Insertion end, as the case may be, for the taxation year that is equal to the amount of the pensioner’s split-pension amount for that taxation year; and

(2)Paragraph60.‍03(2)‍(b) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of subparagraph (i), by adding “and” at the end of subparagraph (ii) and by adding the following after subparagraph (ii):

  • Start of inserted block

    (iii)as an amount described in subparagraph (c)‍(i) of the definitioneligible pension income in subsection (1) to the extent that the split-pension amount was received by the pensioner as an amount described in subparagraph (c)‍(i) of that definition, if the pension transferee has attained the age of65 years before the end of the taxation year.

    End of inserted block

(3)Subsections (1) and (2) apply to the2015 and subsequent taxation years.

13(1)The portion of subparagraph (i) of the description of C in paragraph63(2.‍3)‍(c) of the French version of the Act before clause (A) is replaced by the following:

(i)s’il existe une personne assumant les frais d’entretien d’un enfant admissible du contribuable pour l’année, Insertion startla somme des nombres suivants Insertion end :

(2)The portion of subparagraph (ii) of the description of C in paragraph63(2.‍3)‍(c) of the French version of the Act before clause (A) is replaced by the following:

(ii)dans les autres cas, Insertion startla somme des nombres suivants Insertion end :

14Paragraph66.‍1(9)‍(f) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (f)all Canadian development expenses described in subparagraph (a)‍(ii) of the definitionCanadian development expense in subsection66.‍2(5) incurred by the taxpayer in respect of the well in a taxation year preceding the year, Insertion startother than Insertion end

    • Insertion start(i) Insertion endexpenses referred to in paragraph (d) or (e),

    • Insertion start(ii) Insertion endrestricted expenses, Insertion startand Insertion end

    • Start of inserted block

      (iii)expenses for a well referred to in paragraph (a) that are incurred

      • (A)after2020(including expenses that are deemed by subsection66(12.‍66) to have been incurred on December31, 2020), if the expenses are incurred in connection with an obligation that was committed to in writing (including a commitment to a government under the terms of a licence or permit) by the taxpayer before March22, 2017, and

      • (B)after2018(including expenses that are deemed by subsection66(12.‍66) to have been incurred on December31, 2018), in any other case,

        End of inserted block

15The portion of the definitioncommercial debt obligation after paragraph (b) in subsection80(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

an amount in respect of the interest was or would have been deductible in computing the debtor’s income, taxable income or taxable income earned in Canada, as the case may be, if this Act were read without reference to paragraph18(1)‍(g), subsections18(2), (3.‍1) and (4) and section21; (créance commerciale)

16(1)The portion of paragraph81(1)‍(d.‍1) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:

  • Canadian Forces members and veterans amounts

    (d.‍1)the total of all amounts received Insertion startor enjoyed Insertion end by the taxpayer Insertion startor the taxpayer’s spouse or common-law partner orsurvivor (as defined in subsection146.‍2(1)) Insertion end in the year on account of

(2)Paragraph81(1)‍(d.‍1) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of subparagraph (iii) and by adding the following after subparagraph (iv):

  • Start of inserted block

    (v)a benefit provided under theVeterans Health Care Regulations,

  • (vi)a benefit provided in respect of Rehabilitation Services and Vocational Assistance under Part2 of theVeterans Well-being Act, or

  • (vii)a benefit provided to a member of the Canadian Forces under the Compensation and Benefit Instructions for the Canadian Forces that is

    • (A)a home modifications benefit,

    • (B)a home modifications move benefit,

    • (C)a vehicle modifications benefit,

    • (D)a home assistance benefit,

    • (E)an attendant care benefit,

    • (F)a caregiver benefit,

    • (G)a spousal education upgrade benefit,

    • (H)a funeral and burial expenses benefit, or

    • (I)a next of kin travel benefit;

      End of inserted block

(3)Paragraph81(1)‍(d.‍1) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of subparagraph (vi), by adding “or” at the end of subparagraph (vii) and by adding the following after subparagraph (vii):

  • Start of inserted block

    (viii)a benefit provided by the Department of National Defence as an education expense reimbursement for ill and injured members;

    End of inserted block

(4)Subparagraph81(1)‍(g.‍3)‍(i) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of clause (C), by replacing “and” with “or” at the end of clause (D) and by adding the following after clause (D):

  • Start of inserted block

    (E)the Settlement Agreement entered into by His Majesty in right of Canada on January18, 2023 in respect of the class action relating to the attendance of day scholars at residential schools, and

    End of inserted block

(5)Subsections (1) and (2) are deemed to have come into force on January1, 2018.

(6)Subsection (3) is deemed to have come into force on January1, 2021.

(7)Subsection (4) applies to the2023 and subsequent taxation years.

17(1)Paragraph87(2)‍(j.‍6) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • Continuing corporation

    (j.‍6)for the purposes of paragraphs12(1)‍(t) and (x), subsections12(2.‍2) and13(7.‍1), (7.‍4) and (24), paragraphs13(27)‍(b) and (28)‍(c), subsections13(29) and18(9.‍1), paragraphs20(1)‍(e), (e.‍1), Insertion start(v) Insertion end and (hh), sections20.‍1and32,paragraph37(1)‍(c), subsection39(13), subparagraphs53(2)‍(c)‍(vi) and (h)‍(ii), paragraph53(2)‍(s), subsections53(2.‍1),66(11.‍4),66.‍7(11) and127(10.‍2), section139.‍1,subsection152(4.‍3), the determination of D in the definitionundepreciated capital cost in subsection13(21) and the determination of L in the definitioncumulative Canadian exploration expense in subsection66.‍1(6), the new corporation is deemed to be the same corporation as, and a continuation of, each predecessor corporation;

(2)Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that end after2007except that, for taxation years that end before March19, 2019,paragraph87(2)‍(j.‍6) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), does not apply to subsection127(10.‍2) of the Act.

18(1)Paragraph90(8)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (b)indebtedness that arose in the ordinary course of the business of the creditor or a loan made in the ordinary course of the creditor’s ordinary business of lending money ( Insertion startother than a business of lending money if, at any time during which the loan is outstanding, less than90% of the aggregate outstanding amount of the loans of the business is owing by borrowers that deal at arm’s length with the creditor Insertion end) if, at the time the indebtedness arose or the loan was made,bona fide arrangements were made for repayment of the indebtedness or loan within a reasonable time;

(2)Section90of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (8):

Interpretation — partnerships
Start of inserted block
(8.‍01)For the purposes of paragraph (8)‍(b), a borrower shall be considered to deal at arm’s length with a creditor only if
  • (a)for greater certainty, the borrower and the creditor deal with each other at arm’s length;

  • (b)where either the borrower or the creditor is a partnership and the other party is not, each member of the partnership deals at arm’s length with the other party; and

  • (c)where both the borrower and the creditor are partnerships, the borrower and each member of the borrower deal at arm’s length with the creditor and each member of the creditor.

    End of inserted block

(3)Subsections (1) and (2) apply to loans made after2022.Subsection (1), subsection90(6) of the Act and all provisions of the Act relevant to the interpretation and application of subsection90(6) of the Act also apply in respect of any portion of a particular loan made before2023that remains outstanding on January1, 2023– as if that portion were a separate loan that was made on January1, 2023in the same manner and on the same terms as the particular loan – if, at the time when the particular loan was made, it met the requirements of subsection90(6) of the Act as in force at the time when the particular loan was made.

19(1)The portion of subsection93.‍3(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

Definition ofspecified trust
93.‍3(1)In this section, Insertion startspecified trust Insertion end, at any time, means a trust in respect of which the following apply at that time:

(2)Paragraph93.‍3(1)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (b)the trust is resident in Australia Insertion startor India (in this section referred to as the “specified jurisdiction”) Insertion end;

(3)Paragraph93.‍3(2)‍(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (c)the trust is at that time Insertion starta specified trust Insertion end;

(4)The portion of paragraph93.‍3(2)‍(e) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:

  • (e)unless the non-resident corporation first acquires a beneficial interest in the trust at that time Insertion startor the non-resident corporation first becomes a foreign affiliate of the taxpayer at that time Insertion end, immediately before that time (referred to in this paragraph as the “preceding time”) subsection (3) applied

(5)The portion of subsection93.‍3(3) of the Act before paragraph (b) is replaced by the following:

Specified trusts
(3)If this subsection applies at any time to a taxpayer resident in Canada in respect of a trust, the following rules apply at that time for the specified purposes:
  • (a)the trust is deemed to be a non-resident corporation that is resident in Insertion startthe specified jurisdiction Insertion end and not to be a trust;

(6)Paragraph93.‍3(4)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (a)the determination, in respect of an interest in Insertion starta specified trust Insertion end, of theCanadian tax results (as defined in subsection261(1)) of the taxpayer resident in Canada referred to in subsection (3) for a taxation year in respect of shares of the capital stock of a foreign affiliate of the taxpayer;

(7)Subsections (1) to (3), (5) and (6) are deemed to have come into force on January1, 2022.

(8)Subsection (4) is deemed to have come into force on July12, 2013.However, if section93.‍3of the Act is deemed to have come into force on January1, 2006in respect of a corporation resident in Canada because of an election filed under subsection22(3) of theEconomic Action Plan2014Act, No.2, then subsection (4) is deemed to have come into force on January1, 2006 in respect of that corporation.

(9)For the purpose of determining if the condition in paragraph93.‍3(2)‍(e) of the Act, as amended by subsection (4), is met at any particular time on or after January1, 2022,if a non-resident corporation has a beneficial interest in a trust resident in India at the beginning of the day on January1, 2022, the non-resident corporation is deemed to have first acquired a beneficial interest in the trust at that time.

20(1)The portion of paragraph95(2)‍(b) of the French version of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:

  • b)la fourniture, par une société étrangère affiliée d’un contribuable, de services ou d’un engagement de fournir des services est réputée constituer une entreprise distincte, autre qu’une entreprise exploitée activement, que la société affiliée exploite, et le revenu qui est tiré de cette entreprise, qui s’y rapporte ou qui y est accessoire est réputé être un revenu tiré d’une entreprise autre qu’une entreprise exploitée activement, dans la mesure où, Insertion startselon le cas Insertion end :

(2)The definitioneligible controlled foreign affiliate in subsection95(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:

eligible controlled foreign affiliate, of a taxpayer, at any time, means a foreign affiliate of the taxpayer at that time, Insertion startif Insertion end

  • (a)the affiliate is a controlled foreign affiliate of the taxpayer at that time and at the end of the affiliate’s taxation year that includes that time, and

  • (b)the following Insertion startcondition is Insertion end met:

    Insertion startA ≥ Insertion end 90%
    Start of inserted block
    where
    End of inserted block

    Insertion startA Insertion end                    
    Insertion startis Insertion end the total of all amounts each of which would be the participating percentage (determined at the end of the taxation year) of a share owned by the taxpayer of the capital stock of a corporation, in respect of the affiliate, Insertion startif Insertion end

    Start of inserted block

    (i)the definitionrelevant cost base were read without reference to the words “if the affiliate is an eligible controlled foreign affiliate of the taxpayer at that time,” in its subparagraph (b)‍(i), and

    (ii)the definitionparticipating percentage in subsection (1) were read without reference to its paragraph (a) and the portion of its paragraph (b) before subparagraph (i); (société étrangère affiliée contrôlée admissible)

    End of inserted block

(3)Subsection (1) applies to taxation years of a foreign affiliate of a taxpayer that begin on or after February27, 2004.

(4)Subsection (2) applies in respect of determinations made after August19, 2011 in respect of property of a foreign affiliate of a taxpayer. However, if the taxpayer elects in writing under this subsection, in respect of all of its foreign affiliates, and files the election with the Minister of National Revenue, paragraph (b) of the definitioneligible controlled foreign affiliate in subsection95(4) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (2), is, in respect of any such determination made before August9, 2022, to be read without reference to subparagraph (ii) of the description of A and subparagraph (i) of the description of A is to be read as follows:

  • (i)the amount determined for paragraph (b) in the definitionrelevant cost base were nil;

21The portion of subsection96(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

Agreement or election of partnership members
(3)If a taxpayer who was a member of a partnership at any time in a fiscal period has, for any purpose relevant to the computation of the taxpayer’s income from the partnership for the fiscal period, made or executed an agreement, designation or election under or in respect of the application of any of subsections10.‍1(1),13(4), (4.‍2) and (16),20(9) and21(1) to (4), section22,subsection29(1), section34,clause37(8)‍(a)‍(ii)‍(B), subsections44(1) and (6),50(1) and80(5) and (9) to (11), section80.‍04,subsections86.‍1(2),88(3.‍1), (3.‍3) and (3.‍5) and90(3), the definitionrelevant cost base in subsection95(4) and subsections97(2),139.‍1(16) and (17) and249.‍1(4) and (6) that, if this Act were read without reference to this subsection, would be a valid agreement, designation or election,

22(1)Paragraph98(3)‍(c) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of subparagraph (i) and by adding the following after that subparagraph:

  • Start of inserted block

    (i.‍1)if such property is a membership interest in a partnership (in this subparagraph referred to as the “other partnership”), the person’s percentage of the fair market value of the property immediately after its distribution to the person is deemed to be determined by the formula

    A − B
    where

    A
    is the amount that is the person’s percentage of the fair market value (determined without reference to this subparagraph) of the property immediately after its distribution,

    B
    is the portion of the amount by which the person’s percentage of the fair market value (determined without reference to this subparagraph) of the property immediately after its distribution exceeds the person’s percentage of the cost amount to the partnership of the property immediately before its distribution as may reasonably be regarded as being attributable to the total of all amounts each of which is immediately after the particular time

    (A)in the case of depreciable property held directly by the other partnership or held indirectly by the other partnership through one or more other partnerships, the amount by which the fair market value (determined without reference to liabilities) of such depreciable property exceeds its cost amount,

    (B)in the case of a Canadian resource property or a foreign resource property held directly by the other partnership or held indirectly by the other partnership through one or more other partnerships, the fair market value (determined without reference to liabilities) of such Canadian or foreign resource property, or

    (C)in the case of other property that is not a capital property, a Canadian resource property or a foreign resource property and that is held directly by the other partnership or held indirectly by the other partnership through one or more other partnerships, the amount by which the fair market value (determined without reference to liabilities) of such other property exceeds its cost amount, and

    End of inserted block

(2)Paragraph98(5)‍(c) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of subparagraph (i) and by adding the following after that subparagraph:

  • Start of inserted block

    (i.‍1)if such property is a membership interest in a partnership (in this subparagraph referred to as the “other partnership”), the fair market value of the property immediately after the particular time is deemed to be determined by the formula

    A − B
    where

    A
    is the amount that is the fair market value (determined without reference to this subparagraph) of the property immediately after its distribution to the proprietor,

    B
    is the portion of the amount by which the fair market value (determined without reference to this subparagraph) of the property immediately after its distribution to the proprietor exceeds the cost amount to the partnership of the property immediately before its distribution that may reasonably be regarded as being attributable to the total of all amounts each of which is immediately after the particular time

    (A)in the case of depreciable property held directly by the other partnership or held indirectly by the other partnership through one or more other partnerships, the amount by which the fair market value (determined without reference to liabilities) of such depreciable property exceeds its cost amount,

    (B)in the case of a Canadian resource property or a foreign resource property held directly by the other partnership or held indirectly by the other partnership through one or more other partnerships, the fair market value (determined without reference to liabilities) of such Canadian or foreign resource property, or

    (C)in the case of a property that is not a capital property, a Canadian resource property or a foreign resource property and that is held directly by the other partnership or held indirectly by the other partnership through one or more other partnerships, the amount by which the fair market value (determined without reference to liabilities) of such property exceeds its cost amount, and

    End of inserted block

(3)Subsections (1) and (2) apply in respect of partnerships that cease to exist on or after August9, 2022.

23(1)The portion of subsection108(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Income of a trust in certain provisions
(3)For the purposes of the definitionincome interest in subsection (1), Insertion startsubclause (c.‍1)‍(iii.‍1)‍(D)‍(II) of the definitionprincipal residence in section54 and the definitions Insertion endlifetime benefit trust in subsection60.‍011(1) andexempt foreign trust in subsection94(1), the income of a trust is its income computed without reference to the provisions of this Act and, for the purposes of the definitionpre-1972 spousal trust in subsection (1) and paragraphs70(6)‍(b) and (6.‍1)‍(b),73(1.‍01)‍(c) and104(4)‍(a), the income of a trust is its income computed without reference to the provisions of this Act, minus any dividends included in that income

(2)Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that begin after2016.

24Paragraph (b) of the definitionaction du capital-actions d’une société agricole ou de pêche familiale in subsection110.‍6(1) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • b)à ce moment, la totalité ou la presque totalité de la juste valeur marchande des biens de la société est attribuable à des biens visés au sous-alinéa a)‍(iv). (share of the capital stock of a family farm or fishing corporation)

25(1)The portion of subsection115.‍2(2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

Not carrying on business in Canada
(2)For the purposes of subsections115(1) and150(1), Part XIV Insertion startand section805 of theIncome Tax Regulations Insertion end, a non-resident person is not considered to be carrying on business in Canada at any particular time solely because of the provision to the person, or to a partnership of which the person is a member, at the particular time of designated investment services by a Canadian service provider if

(2)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on August9, 2022.

26(1)Subsection117(2.‍1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Adjustment to tax payable – advance payment
(2.‍1)The tax payable under this Part on the individual’s taxable income for a taxation year, as computed under subsection (2), is deemed to be the total of the amount otherwise computed under that subsection and, except for the purposes of sections118to118.‍9, 120.‍2, 121 and Subdivision C, Insertion startthe lesser of Insertion end
  • Start of inserted block

    (a)the total of all amounts deemed to have been paid on account of the individual’s tax payable under this Part for the taxation year under subsections122.‍7(2) and (3), and

  • (b)the amount that

    • (i)if the individual is aneligible individual for the purposes of subsection122.‍7(2), is the total of all amounts deemed to have been paid

      • (A)on account of the individual’s tax payable under this Part for the taxation year under subsection122.‍72(1) or (3), and

      • (B)on account of tax payable under this Part for the taxation year under subsection122.‍72(1) or (3), if subsection122.‍72(1) were read without reference to subsection122.‍7(3), of a person who is the individual’scohabiting spouse or common-law partner (as defined in subsection122.‍7(1)) at the end of the taxation year, and

    • (ii)in any other case, is the total of all amounts deemed to have been paid on account of the individual’s tax payable under this Part for the taxation year under subsection122.‍72(1) or (3), if subsection122.‍72(1) were read without reference to subsection122.‍7(2).

      End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that begin after2022.

27(1)Subparagraph (a)‍(iii.‍1) of the definitionpension income in subsection118(7) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (iii.‍1)a payment (other than a payment described in subparagraph (i)) under amoney purchase provision ( Insertion startas defined in Insertion end subsection147.‍1(1)) of a registered pension plan Insertion startor under a specified pension plan Insertion end,

(2)Subsection (1) applies to the2019 and subsequent taxation years.

28(1)The portion of subsection120.‍4(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) of the description of B is replaced by the following:

Tax payable by a specified individual
(3)Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act, if an individual is a specified individual for a taxation year, the individual’s tax payable under this Part for the year shall not be less than the amount, Insertion startif any Insertion end, determined by the formula
(A + B) Insertion start− (C + D) Insertion end
where

A
is the amount Insertion startadded under subsection (2) to Insertion end the individual’s tax payable under this Part for the year;

Start of inserted block

B
is the amount that is the lesser of the amounts determined under paragraphs117(2.‍1)‍(a) and (b) for the individual for the year;

C
is the amount deducted under section118.‍3 in computing the individual’s tax payable under this Part for the year; and

End of inserted block

Insertion startD Insertion end
is the total of all amounts each of which is the amount that

(2)Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that begin after2022.

29(1)Section122.‍5of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3.‍002):

Additional deemed payment – January 2023
Start of inserted block
(3.‍003)An eligible individual in relation to a month specified for a taxation year who files a return of income for the taxation year is deemed to have paid during the specified month on account of their tax payable under this Part for the taxation year an amount determined by the formula
0.‍25 × (A − B) − C
where

A
is the total of

(a)$918,

(b)$918 for the qualified relation, if any, of the individual in relation to the specified month,

(c)if the individual has no qualified relation in relation to the specified month and is entitled to deduct an amount for the taxation year under subsection118(1) because of paragraph (b) of the description of B in that subsection in respect of a qualified dependant of the individual in relation to the specified month, $918,

(d)$483 times the number of qualified dependants of the individual in relation to the specified month, other than a qualified dependant in respect of whom an amount is included under paragraph (c) in computing the total for the specified month,

(e)if the individual has no qualified relation and has one or more qualified dependants, in relation to the specified month, $483, and

(f)if the individual has no qualified relation and no qualified dependant, in relation to the specified month, the lesser of $483and6% of the amount, if any, by which the individual’s income for the taxation year exceeds $9,919;

B
is15% of the amount, if any, by which the individual’s adjusted income for the taxation year exceeds $39,826; and

C
is the amount that the eligible individual is deemed to have paid under subsection (3) during the specified month on account of their tax payable for the taxation year.

End of inserted block

(2)Section122.‍5of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3.‍03):

January 2023 payment – shared-custody parent
Start of inserted block
(3.‍04)Notwithstanding subsection (3.‍003), if an eligible individual is ashared-custody parent (as defined in section122.‍6,but with the term “qualified dependant” in that section having the meaning assigned by subsection (1)) in respect of one or more qualified dependants at the beginning of a month, the amount deemed by subsection (3.‍003) to have been paid during the specified month is equal to the amount determined by the formula
0.‍5 × (A + B)
where

A
is the amount determined by the formula in subsection (3.‍003), calculated without reference to this subsection; and

B
is the amount determined by the formula in subsection (3.‍003), calculated without reference to this subsection and subparagraph (b)‍(ii) of the definitioneligible individual in section122.‍6.

End of inserted block

(3)Section122.‍5of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (4.‍2):

January 2023 – month specified
Start of inserted block
(4.‍3)Notwithstanding subsection (4) and for the purposes of this section, the month specified in subsection (3.‍003) is January2023and the taxation year is the2021 taxation year.
End of inserted block

30(1)The portion of subsection122.‍7(1) of the Act before the first definition is replaced by the following:

Definitions
122.‍7(1)The following definitions apply in this Insertion startSubdivision Insertion end.

(2)The portion of subsection122.‍7(2) of the Act before the formula is replaced by the following:

Deemed payment on account of tax
(2)Subject to Insertion startsubsection Insertion end (5), an eligible individual for a taxation year who files a return of income for the taxation year is deemed to have paid, at the end of the taxation year, on account of tax payable under this Part for the taxation year, an amount equal to the amount, if any, determined by the formula

(3)Subsections122.‍7(4) and (6) to (9) of the Act are repealed.

(4)Subsections (1) to (3) apply to taxation years that begin after2022.

31(1)The Act is amended by adding the following after section122.‍71:

Advance payment
Start of inserted block
122.‍72(1)Subject to subsection (5), an individual in relation to a month specified for a taxation year who is an eligible individual for the preceding taxation year who files a return of income for the preceding taxation year on or before the first day of November of the taxation year is deemed to have paid during the specified month on account of their tax payable under this Part for the taxation year an amount equal to1/6of the total of the amounts, if any, determined for the individual for the preceding taxation year under subsections122.‍7(2) and (3).
End of inserted block
Conditions of application of subsection (3)
Start of inserted block
(2)Subsection (3) applies in respect of an individual in relation to a particular month specified for a taxation year, and each subsequent month specified for the taxation year, if absent subsection (3)
  • (a)the amount deemed by subsection (1) to have been paid by the individual during the particular month specified for the taxation year would be less than $33; and

  • (b)it is reasonable to conclude that the amount deemed by subsection (1) to have been paid by the individual during each subsequent month specified for the taxation year would be less than $33.

    End of inserted block
Single advance payment
Start of inserted block
(3)If this subsection applies
  • (a)the total of all amounts that would otherwise be deemed by subsection (1) to have been paid on account of the individual’s tax payable under this Part for the taxation year during the particular month specified for the taxation year, and during each subsequent month specified for the taxation year, is deemed to have been paid by the individual on account of their tax payable under this Part for the taxation year during the particular specified month for the taxation year; and

  • (b)the amount deemed by subsection (1) to have been paid by the eligible individual during those subsequent months specified for the taxation year is deemed, except for the purpose of this subsection, not to have been paid to the extent that it is included in an amount deemed to have been paid by this subsection.

    End of inserted block
Months specified
Start of inserted block
(4)For the purposes of this section, the months specified for a taxation year are July and October of the taxation year and January of the immediately following taxation year.
End of inserted block
No advance payment
Start of inserted block
(5)For the purposes of subsection (1), an individual is not an eligible individual for the preceding taxation year in relation to a month specified for a taxation year if the individual
  • (a)dies in the taxation year before the first day of July;

  • (b)is confined to a prison or similar institution for a period in the taxation year of at least90 days that begins on or before the first day of the specified month; or

  • (c)ceases to be resident in Canada on a day in the taxation year that is on or before the first day of the specified month.

    End of inserted block
Notification to Minister
Start of inserted block
(6)If, in the absence of subsection (5), an individual or their cohabiting spouse or common-law partner at the end of the preceding taxation year would be deemed in a taxation year to have paid an amount on account of tax payable for the taxation year under this section, the individual (or, in the case of a deceased individual, their legal representative) shall notify the Minister of the occurrence of any of the following events before the end of the month following the month in which the event occurs:
  • (a)the individual dies in the taxation year;

  • (b)the individual ceases to be resident in Canada in the taxation year; or

  • (c)the individual is confined to a prison or similar institution for a period of at least90 days in the taxation year.

    End of inserted block
Advance payment – no eligible spouse
Start of inserted block
(7)Subsection (1) is to be applied to a particular individual in relation to a month specified for a taxation year as if section122.‍7 applied to the particular individual for the preceding taxation year on the basis that the particular individual had no eligible spouse for the preceding taxation year, if
  • (a)another individual was, for the purposes of section122.‍7, the eligible spouse of the particular individual for the preceding taxation year; and

  • (b)the other individual is not, for the purposes of subsection (1), an eligible individual for the preceding taxation year in relation to the month specified for the taxation year because of subsection (5).

    End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that begin after2022.

32The portion of the definitionentreprise de placement déterminée in subsection125(7) of the French version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

entreprise de placement déterminée Entreprise Insertion startexploitée par une société Insertion end, sauf une entreprise exploitée par une caisse de crédit ou une entreprise de location de biens autres que des biens immeubles ou réels, dont le but principal est de tirer un revenu de biens, notamment des intérêts, des dividendes, des loyers et des redevances. Toutefois, sauf dans le cas où la société est une société à capital de risque de travailleurs visée par règlement au cours de l’année, l’entreprise exploitée par une société au cours d’une année d’imposition n’est pas une entreprise Insertion startde placement Insertion end déterminée si, selon le cas :

33Subsection136(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Cooperative not private corporation
136(1)Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act, a cooperative corporation that would, but for this section, be a private corporation is deemed not to be a private corporation except for the purposes of paragraphs87(2)‍(vv) and (ww) (including, for greater certainty, in applying those paragraphs as provided under paragraph88(1)‍(e.‍2)), the definitionsexcessive eligible dividend designation,general rate income pool andlow rate income pool in subsection89(1), subsections89(4) to (6) and (8) to (10), sections123.‍4, 125, 125.‍1, 127and127.‍1, the definitionmark-to-market property in subsection142.‍2(1), sections152and157,subsection185.‍2(3), the definitionsmall business corporation in subsection248(1) (as it applies for the purposes of paragraph39(1)‍(c)) and subsection249(3.‍1).

34Paragraph (c) of the definitionspecified debt obligation in subsection142.‍2(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (c)an income bond, an income debenture or a prescribed property, or

35Subsection143(1) of the Act is amended by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (k), by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (l) and by repealing paragraph (m).

36(1)Paragraph144.‍1(2)‍(f) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (f) Insertion startunless the condition in subparagraph (e)‍(ii) is satisfied Insertion end, the rights under the trust of each key employee of a participating employer are not moreadvantageous than the rights of a class of beneficiaries described in Insertion startsubparagraph (e)‍(i) Insertion end;

(2)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on February27, 2018.

37(1)The description of Q in the definitionnet past service pension adjustment in subsection146(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Start of inserted block

Q
is the total of all amounts each of which is the amount of a contribution made under subsection147.‍1(20), or deemed by prescribed rules to have been made, in respect of the taxpayer for the immediately preceding year, and

End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on January1, 2021.

38(1)Paragraph146.‍01(2)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (b) Insertion startexcept for the purposes of paragraphs (d) and (g) of the definitionregular eligible amount and paragraphs (e) and (f) of the definitionsupplemental eligible amount in subsection (1) Insertion end, where an individual agrees to acquire a condominium unit, the individual shall be deemed to have acquired it on the day the individual is entitled to immediate vacant possession of it;

(2)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on August9, 2022.

39(1)Paragraph (a) of the definitioneducation savings plan in subsection146.‍1(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of subparagraph (ii) and by adding the following after subparagraph (iii):

  • Start of inserted block

    (iv)an individual (other than a trust), who is a legal parent of a beneficiary, and the individual’s former spouse or common-law partner, who is also the legal parent of a beneficiary, and

    End of inserted block

(2)Subclause146.‍1(2)‍(g.‍1)‍(ii)‍(A)‍(II) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (II)the total of the payment and all other educational assistance payments made under a registered education savings plan of the promoter to or for the individual in the12-month period that ends at that time does not exceed $ Insertion start8,000 Insertion end or any greater amount that the Minister designated for the purpose of theCanada Education Savings Act approves in writing with respect to the individual, or

(3)Clause146.‍1(2)‍(g.‍1)‍(ii)‍(B) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (B)the individual satisfies, at that time, the condition set out in clause (i)‍(B) and the total of the payment and all other educational assistance payments made under a registered education savings plan of the promoter to or for the individual in the13-week period that ends at that time does not exceed $ Insertion start4,000 Insertion end or any greater amount that the Minister designated for the purpose of theCanada Education Savings Act approves in writing with respect to the individual;

(4)Subsections (1) to (3) are deemed to have come into force on March28, 2023.

40(1)Section146.‍2of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (4):

Right of set-off
Start of inserted block
(4.‍1)A qualifying arrangement that is a deposit may provide that the issuer has the right to set off any indebtedness owed by the holder to the issuer, or a person related to the issuer, against the holder’s interest in the arrangement if
  • (a)the terms and conditions of the indebtedness and the right of set-off are terms and conditions that persons dealing at arm’s length with each other would have entered into; and

  • (b)it is reasonable to conclude that none of the main purposes for the right of set-off is to enable a person (other than the holder) or a partnership to benefit from the exemption from tax under this Part of any amount in respect of the TFSA.

    End of inserted block

(2)The portion of subsection146.‍2(5) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

TFSA
(5)If the issuer of an arrangement that is, at the time it is entered into, a qualifying arrangement files with the Minister, before March of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the arrangement was entered into ( Insertion startor such later date as is acceptable to the Minister Insertion end), an election in prescribed form and manner to register the arrangement as a TFSA under the Social Insurance Number of the individual with whom the arrangement was entered into, the arrangement becomes a TFSA at the time the arrangement was entered into and ceases to be a TFSA at the earliest of the following times:

(3)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on August9, 2022.

(4)Subsection (2) applies to the2009 and subsequent taxation years.

41(1)The portion of paragraph146.‍3(2)‍(e.‍1) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:

  • (e.‍1)where the fund does not govern a trust or the fund governs a trust created before1998that does not hold an annuity contract as a qualified investment for the trust, the fund provides that if an annuitant, at any time, directs that the carrier transfer all or part of the property held in connection with the fund, or an amount equal to its value at that time, to another registered retirement income fund of the annuitant or in accordance with subsection (14.‍1), the transferor shall retain an amount equal to the lesser of

(2)The portion of paragraph146.‍3(2)‍(e.‍2) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:

  • (e.‍2)where paragraph (e.‍1) does not apply, the fund provides that if an annuitant, at any time, directs that the carrier transfer all or part of the property held in connection with the fund, or an amount equal to its value at that time, to another registered retirement income fund of the annuitant or in accordance with subsection (14.‍1), the transferor shall retain property in the fund sufficient to ensure that the total of

(3)Paragraph146.‍3(14.‍1)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (b)is transferred at the direction of the annuitant directly to a registered pension plan of which, at any time before the transfer, the annuitant was amember ( Insertion startas defined in Insertion end subsection147.‍1(1)) or to a Insertion startspecified Insertion end pension plan and is allocated to the annuitant under amoney purchase provision ( Insertion startas defined in Insertion end subsection147.‍1(1)) of the plan; or

(4)Subsections (1) to (3) are deemed to have come into force on August9, 2022.

42(1)Clause (a)‍(ii)‍(B.‍1) of the definitiondisability savings plan in subsection146.‍4(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (B.‍1)if the arrangement is entered into before Insertion start2027 Insertion end, a qualifying family member in relation to the beneficiary who, at the time the arrangement is entered into, is a qualifying person in relation to the beneficiary,

(2)The definitionqualifying family member in subsection146.‍4(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (a), by adding “or” at the end of paragraph (b) and by adding the following after paragraph (b):

  • Start of inserted block

    (c)a brother or sister (determined without reference to subsection252(2)) of the beneficiary. (membre de la famille admissible)

    End of inserted block

(3)Paragraph146.‍4(5)‍(b) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of subparagraph (i) and by replacing subparagraph (ii) with the following:

  • Start of inserted block

    (ii)the trust’s taxable capital gain or allowable capital loss from the disposition of a property is equal to its capital gain or capital loss, as the case may be, from the disposition, and

  • (iii)the trust’s income shall be computed without reference to subsection104(6).

    End of inserted block

(4)Subsection (3) is deemed to have come into force on August9, 2022.

43(1)Paragraph (a) of the definitioncompensation in subsection147.‍1(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (a)an amount in respect of the individual’s employment with the employer, or an office in respect of which the individual is remunerated by the employer, that is required (or that would be required but for paragraph81(1)‍(a) as it applies with respect to theIndian Act or theForeign Missions and International Organizations Act) by section5or6 to be included in computing the individual’s income for the year, except such portion of the amount Insertion startthat Insertion end

    • Start of inserted block

      (i)meets the following conditions:

      End of inserted block
      • Insertion start(A) Insertion end Insertion start Insertion end Insertion startthe portion Insertion end may reasonably be considered to relate to a period throughout which the individual was not resident in Canada, and

      • Start of inserted block

        (B)the portion is

        End of inserted block
        • Insertion start(I) Insertion endnot attributable to the performance of the duties of the office or employment in Canada, or

        • Insertion start(II) Insertion endexempt from income tax in Canada by reason of a Insertion starttax treaty, or Insertion end

    • Start of inserted block

      (ii)is deducted under paragraph8(1)‍(o.‍2) in computing the taxpayer’s income for the year,

      End of inserted block

(2)Paragraph (b) of the definitionmoney purchase provision in subsection147.‍1(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (b)under which the only benefits in respect of a member are benefits

    • Insertion start(i) Insertion enddetermined solely with reference to, and provided by, the amount in the member’s account, or

    • Start of inserted block

      (ii)provided under aVPLA fund described in subsection8506(13) of theIncome Tax Regulations; (disposition à cotisations déterminées)

      End of inserted block

(3)Subsection147.‍1(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:

Start of inserted block

designated money purchase provision, in a calendar year, means a money purchase provision of a registered pension plan under which accounts are maintained in respect of at least10members throughout the year or under which the total contributions made for the year on behalf of an individual described in paragraph8515(4)‍(a) or (b) of theIncome Tax Regulations do not exceed50% of the total contributions made for the year; (disposition à cotisations déterminées désignée)

permitted corrective contribution to a registered pension plan means a contribution in a calendar year in respect of an individual that would otherwise have been made in one or more of the10 immediately preceding years (each such year referred to in this definition as a “retroactive year”) in accordance with the money purchase provision of the plan as registered or a money purchase provision of a registered pension plan of apredecessor employer (for the purposes of this definition, as defined in subsection8500(1) of the Regulations), but for an error that caused a failure to enroll the individual as a member of the plan or a failure to make a required contribution, to the extent that the amount of the contribution does not exceed the lesser of

  • (a)the total of all amounts each of which is an amount, for a retroactive year, determined by the formula

    A + B − C
    where

    A
    is the total of all amounts each of which is an amount by which a contribution required to be made at a particular time in the retroactive year under the provision in respect of the individual exceeds the amount contributed at the particular time in respect of the individual,

    B
    is the amount of interest, if any, calculated in respect of each amount determined for A at a rate that

    (i)is required by thePension Benefits Standards Act,1985 or a similar law of a province, or

    (ii)if subparagraph (i) does not apply, does not exceed a reasonable rate, and

    C
    is the total amount previously contributed to the provision in respect of the individual under subsection (20) for the retroactive year, and

  • (b)the amount determined by the formula

    E − F
    where

    E
    is150% of the money purchase limit for the calendar year, and

    F
    is the total amount previously contributed in respect of the individual under subsection (20) to the provision, or to any other money purchase provision, if a participating employer under the provision or a predecessor employer has been a participating employer in respect of the individual under that other provision; (cotisation corrective permise)

    End of inserted block

(4)Section147.‍1of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (19):

Permitted corrective contribution
Start of inserted block
(20)An individual or an employer may make a contribution in a calendar year under a money purchase provision of a registered pension plan in respect of the individual if it is a permitted corrective contribution and the provision was a designated money purchase provision in each of the prior years in respect of which the contribution is made.
End of inserted block

(5)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on August9, 2022.

(6)Subsection (2) is deemed to have come into force on January1, 2020.

(7)Subsections (3) and (4) are deemed to have come into force on January1, 2021.

44(1)Paragraph147.‍2(1)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (a)in the case of a contribution in respect of a money purchase provision of a plan, the contribution was made in respect of periods before the end of the taxation year

    • Insertion start(i) Insertion endin accordance with the plan as registered, Insertion startor Insertion end

    • Start of inserted block

      (ii)under subsection147.‍1(20);

      End of inserted block

(2)Paragraph147.‍2(4)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • Service after 1989

    (a)the total of all amounts each of which is a contribution (other than a prescribed contribution) made by the individual in the year

    • Insertion start(i) Insertion endto a registered pension plan that is in respect of a period after1989 or that is a prescribed eligible contribution, to the extent that the contribution was made in accordance with the plan as registered, Insertion startor Insertion end

    • Start of inserted block

      (ii)under subsection147.‍1(20);

      End of inserted block

(3)Subsections (1) and (2) are deemed to have come into force on January1, 2021.

45(1)Paragraph147.‍5(2)‍(f) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of subparagraph (i), by adding “or” at the end of subparagraph (ii) and by adding the following after subparagraph (ii):

  • Start of inserted block

    (iii)a surrender of benefits payable to a qualifying survivor of a member after the member’s death, to the extent permitted under thePooled Registered Pension Plans Act or a similar law of a province;

    End of inserted block

(2)Subsection147.‍5(12) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Member’s account
(12)For the purposes of paragraph18(1)‍(u), subparagraph (a)‍(i) of the definitionexcluded right or interest in subsection128.‍1(10), paragraph146(8.‍2)‍(b), subsection146(8.‍21), paragraphs146(16)‍(a) and (b), subparagraph146(21)‍(a)‍(i), paragraph (b) of the definitionexcluded premium in subsection146.‍01(1), paragraph (c) of the definitionexcluded premium in subsection146.‍02(1), subsections146.‍3(14) and147(19) to (21), Insertion startsections Insertion end147.‍3 Insertion startand160.‍2 Insertion end and paragraphs212(1)‍(j.‍1) and (m), and of regulations made under subsection147.‍1(18), a member’s account under a PRPP is deemed to be a registered retirement savings plan under which the member is the annuitant.

(3)Subparagraph (b)‍(ii) of the description of B in subsection147.‍5(18) of the Act is replaced by the following:

(ii)an amount Insertion startdistributed from the account to, or on behalf Insertion end of, a qualifying survivor in relation to the member Insertion startas a consequence of the death of the member Insertion end.

(4)Subsections (1) to (3) are deemed to have come into force on August9, 2022.

46(1)Subsection149(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (o.‍4):

  • Pension Benefits Guarantee Fund
    Start of inserted block

    (o.‍5)the Pension Benefits Guarantee Fund under thePension Benefits Act, R.‍S.‍O.1990,c. P.‍8, and any corporation established solely for investing the assets of the Pension Benefits Guarantee Fund;

    End of inserted block

(2)Paragraph149(1.‍2)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (a)under an agreement Insertion startthat meets the following conditions Insertion end:

    • (i) Insertion startthe agreement is Insertion end in writing between

      • Insertion start(A) Insertion endthe corporation, commission or association, and

      • Insertion start(B) Insertion enda person who is Insertion startHis Insertion end Majesty in right of Canada or of a province, a municipality, a municipal or public body or a corporation to which any of paragraphs (1)‍(d) to (d.‍6) applies and that is controlled by Insertion startHis Insertion end Majesty in right of Canada or of a province, by a municipality in Canada or by a municipal or public body in Canada,

    • (ii) Insertion startthe agreement is applicable Insertion end within the geographical boundaries of

      • Insertion start(A) Insertion endif the person is Insertion startHis Insertion end Majesty in right of Canada or a corporation controlled by Insertion startHis Insertion end Majesty in right of Canada, Canada,

      • Insertion start(B) Insertion endif the person is Insertion startHis Insertion end Majesty in right of a province or a corporation controlled by Insertion startHis Insertion end Majesty in right of a province, the province,

      • Insertion start(C) Insertion endif the person is a municipality in Canada or a corporation controlled by a municipality in Canada, the municipality, and

      • Insertion start(D) Insertion endif the person is a municipal or public body or a corporation controlled by such a body, the area described in subsection (11) in respect of the person,

    • Start of inserted block

      (iii)the income earned from the activities carried on under the agreement is paid from the party described in clause (i)‍(B) to the party described in clause (i)‍(A), and

    • (iv)the activities under the agreement are activities normally carried out by a local government; or

      End of inserted block

(3)Subsection (1) applies to the2022 and subsequent taxation years.

(4)Subsection (2) is deemed to have come into force on August9, 2022.

47(1)Paragraph149.‍1(15)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (a)the information contained in a public information return referred to in subsection (14) or (14.‍1), Insertion startand the filing status of information returns required by that subsection Insertion end, shall be communicated or otherwise made available to the public by the Minister in such manner as the Minister Insertion startconsiders Insertion end appropriate;

(2)Subparagraph149.‍1(15)‍(b)‍(iii) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (iii)the effective date of any Insertion startsuspension Insertion end, revocation, annulment or termination of registration; and

(3)Subsection (1) applies in respect of information returns required to be filed for taxation years that end after August9, 2022.

(4)Subsection (2) is deemed to have come into force on August9, 2022.

48(1)Subsections150.‍1(2.‍2) and (2.‍3) of the Act are replaced by the following:

Definition oftax preparer
(2.‍2)In this section and subsection162(7.‍3),tax preparer, for a calendar year, means a person or partnership who, in the year, accepts consideration to prepare more than Insertion startfive Insertion end returns of income of corporations, more than Insertion startfive Insertion end returns of income of individuals (other than trusts) or Insertion startmore than five returns of income of estates or trusts Insertion end, but does not include an employee who prepares returns of income in the course of performing their duties of employment.
Electronic filing — tax preparer
(2.‍3)A tax preparer shall file any return of income prepared by the tax preparer for consideration by way of electronic filing, except that Insertion startfive Insertion end of the returns of corporations, Insertion startfive Insertion end of the returns of individuals ( Insertion startother than trusts) and five of the returns of estates or trusts Insertion end may be filed other than by way of electronic filing.

(2)Subsection150.‍1(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Declaration
(4) Insertion startIf Insertion end a return of income of a taxpayer for a taxation year is filed by way of electronic filing by a particular person (in this subsection referred to as the “filer”) other than the person who is required to file the return, the person who is required to file the return shall make an information return in prescribed form containing prescribedinformation, retain a copy of it and provide the filer with the information return, and that return and the copy shall be deemed to be a record referred to in section230 in respect of the filer and the other person.

(3)Section150.‍1of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (4):

Electronic notice of assessment
Start of inserted block
(4.‍1)Notwithstanding subsection244(14.‍1), a notice of assessment in respect of a return of income for a taxation year of an individual is presumed to have been sent to the individual and received by the individual on the day that it is made available, using electronic means, to the individual, if
  • (a)the return of income is filed by way of electronic filing; and

  • (b)the individual has authorized that notices or other communications may be made available in that manner and has not before that date revoked that authorization in a manner specified by the Minister.

    End of inserted block

(4)Subsections (1) and (3) come into force on January1, 2024.

49(1)Paragraph152(1)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (b)the amount of tax, if any, deemed by Insertion startany of subsections Insertion end120(2) or (2.‍2),122.‍5(3) Insertion startto (3.‍003) Insertion end,122.‍51(2),122.‍7(2) or (3), Insertion start122.‍72(1) Insertion end,122.‍8(4),122.‍9(2),122.‍91(1),125.‍4(3),125.‍5(3),125.‍6(2) or (2.‍1),127.‍1(1),127.‍41(3) or210.‍2(3) or (4) to be paid on account of the taxpayer’s tax payable under this Part for the year.

(2)Paragraph152(1.‍2)‍(d) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (d)the Minister determines the amount deemed by Insertion startany of subsections Insertion end122.‍5(3) Insertion startto (3.‍003) Insertion end, Insertion start122.‍72(1) Insertion end or122.‍8(4) to have been paid by an individual for a taxation year to be nil, subsection (2) does not apply to the determination unless the individual requests a notice of determination from the Minister.

(3)Subparagraph152(4)‍(b)‍(ii) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (ii)est établie par suite de l’établissement, en application du présent Insertion startalinéa Insertion end ou du paragraphe (6), d’une cotisation ou d’une nouvelle cotisation concernant l’impôt payable par un autre contribuable,

(4)Paragraph152(4)‍(b.‍1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (b.‍1)an information return described in subsection237.‍1(7) that is required to be filed in respect of a deduction or claim made by the taxpayer in relation to a tax shelter is not filed as and when required, and the assessment, reassessment or additional assessment is made before the day that is three years after the day on which the information return is filed;

(5)Subsection152(4) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (b.‍4):

  • Start of inserted block

    (b.‍5)an information return that is required to be filed under subsection237.‍3(2) in respect of areportable transaction (as defined in subsection237.‍3(1)) entered into by the taxpayer, or by a person for the benefit of the taxpayer, is not filed as and when required, and the assessment, reassessment or additional assessment is made before the day that is

    • (i)in the case of a taxpayer described in paragraph (3.‍1)‍(a), four years after the day on which the information return is filed, or

    • (ii)in any other case, three years after the day on which the information return is filed;

  • (b.‍6)an information return that is required to be filed under subsection237.‍4(4) in respect of anotifiable transaction (as defined in subsection237.‍4(1)) entered into by the taxpayer, or by a person for the benefit of the taxpayer, is not filed as and when required, and the assessment, reassessment or additional assessment is made before the day that is

    • (i)in the case of a taxpayer described in paragraph (3.‍1)‍(a), four years after the day on which the information return is filed, or

    • (ii)in any other case, three years after the day on which the information return is filed;

  • (b.‍7)an information return that is required to be filed under subsection237.‍5(2) in respect of areportable uncertain tax treatment (as defined in subsection237.‍5(1)) of the taxpayer is not filed as and when required, and the assessment, reassessment or additional assessment is made before the day that is

    • (i)in the case of a taxpayer described in paragraph (3.‍1)‍(a), four years after the day on which the information return is filed, or

    • (ii)in any other case, three years after the day on which the information return is filed;

      End of inserted block

(6)The portion of subsection152(4.‍01) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

Extended period of assessment
(4.‍01)Notwithstanding subsections (4) and (5), an assessment, reassessment or additional assessment to which any of paragraphs (4)‍(a) Insertion startto Insertion end (b.‍1) or (b.‍3) Insertion startto Insertion end (c) applies in respect of a taxpayer for a taxation year may be made after the taxpayer’s normal reassessment period in respect of the year to the extent that, but only to the extent that, it can reasonably be regarded as relating to,

(7)The portion of paragraph152(4.‍01)‍(b) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:

  • (b)if any of paragraphs (4)‍(b), (b.‍1) Insertion startor (b.‍5) to Insertion end (c) applies to the assessment, reassessment or additional assessment,

(8)Paragraph152(4.‍01)‍(b) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of subparagraph (vi) and by replacing subparagraph (vii) with the following:

  • (vii)the deduction or claim referred to in paragraph (4)‍(b.‍1),

  • Start of inserted block

    (viii)the reportable transaction referred to in paragraph (4)‍(b.‍5),

  • (ix)the notifiable transaction referred to in paragraph (4)‍(b.‍6), or

  • (x)any transaction, or series of transactions, to which the reportable uncertain tax treatment referred to in paragraph (4)‍(b.‍7) relates;

    End of inserted block

(9)Paragraph152(4.‍2)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (b)redetermine the amount, if any, deemed by Insertion startany of subsections Insertion end120(2) or (2.‍2),122.‍5(3) Insertion startto (3.‍003) Insertion end,122.‍51(2),122.‍7(2) or (3),122.‍8(4),122.‍9(2),122.‍91(1),127.‍1(1),127.‍41(3) or210.‍2(3) or (4) to be paid on account of the taxpayer’s tax payable under this Part for the year or deemed by subsection122.‍61(1) to be an overpayment on account of the taxpayer’s liability under this Part for the year.

(10)Subsections (4) to (8) apply to taxation years that begin after2022.

50(1)The portion of subsection153(1) of the Act after paragraph (v) is replaced by the following:

Insertion startmust Insertion end deduct or withhold from the payment the amount determined in accordance with prescribed rules and Insertion startmust Insertion end, at the prescribed time, remit that amount to the Receiver General on account of the payee’s tax for the year under this Part or Part XI.‍3, as the case may be, and, where at that prescribed time the person is a prescribed person, the remittance Insertion startmust Insertion end be made to the account of the Receiver General at Insertion startor through Insertion end a designated financial institution.

(2)Subsection153(1.‍4) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Exception — remittance to designated financial institution
(1.‍4)For the purpose of subsection (1), a prescribed person referred to in that subsection is deemed to have remitted an amount to the account of the Receiver General at Insertion startor through Insertion end a designated financial institution if the prescribed person has remitted the amount to the Receiver General at least one day before the day upon which the amount is due.

(3)Subsections (1) and (2) apply in respect of payments and remittances made after2021.

51(1)Paragraph160.‍1(1)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (b)the taxpayer shall pay to the Receiver General interest at the prescribed rate on the excess (other than any portion Insertion startof the excess Insertion end that can reasonably be considered to arise as a consequence of the operation of section122.‍5, 122.‍61, Insertion start122.‍72 Insertion end or122.‍8) from the day it became payable to the date of payment.

(2)Paragraph160.‍1(1.‍1)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (b)the total of the amounts deemed by subsection122.‍5(3), (3.‍002) or Insertion start(3.‍003) Insertion end to have been paid by the individual during those specified months.

(3)Subsection160.‍1(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Assessment
(3)The Minister may at any time assess a taxpayer in respect of any amount payable by the taxpayer because of any of subsections (1) to (1.‍2) or for which the taxpayer is liable because of subsection (2.‍1) or (2.‍2), and the provisions of this Division (including, for greater certainty, the provisions in respect of interest payable) apply, with any modifications that the circumstances require, in respect of an assessment made under this section, as though it were made under section152in respect of taxes payable under this Part, except that no interest is payable on an amount assessed in respect of an excess referred to in subsection (1) that can reasonably be considered to arise as a consequence of the operation of section122.‍5, 122.‍61, Insertion start122.‍72 Insertion end or122.‍8.
52(1)The Act is amended by adding the following after section160.‍4:
Start of inserted block
Electronic Payments
End of inserted block
Definitions
Start of inserted block
160.‍5(1)The following definitions apply in this section.

designated financial institution has the same meaning as in subsection153(6).‍ (institution financière désignée)

electronic payment means any payment or remittance to the Receiver General that is made through electronic services offered by a designated financial institution or by any electronic means specified by the Minister.‍ (paiement électronique)

End of inserted block
Requirement – electronic payments
Start of inserted block
(2)The remittance or payment of an amount to the Receiver General must be made as an electronic payment if the amount of the remittance or payment exceeds $10,000, unless the payor or remitter cannot reasonably remit or pay the amount in that manner.
End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) applies in respect of payments and remittances made after2023.

53Paragraph161(11)‍(b.‍1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (b.‍1)in the case of a penalty under subsection237.‍1(7.‍4),237.‍3(8), Insertion start237.‍4(12) Insertion end or Insertion start237.‍5(5) Insertion end, from the day on which the taxpayer became liable to the penalty to the day of payment; and

54(1)Paragraph162(7.‍02)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (a)where the number of those information returns is greater than Insertion start5 Insertion end and less than Insertion start51 Insertion end, $ Insertion start125 Insertion end;

  • Insertion start(a.‍1) Insertion endwhere the number of those information returns is greater than50and less than251,$250;

(2)Section162of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (7.‍3):

Penalty — electronic payments
Start of inserted block
(7.‍4)Every person who fails to comply with subsection160.‍5(2) is liable to a penalty equal to $100 for each such failure.
End of inserted block
(3)Subsection162(8.‍1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Rules — partnership liable to a penalty
(8.‍1)If a partnership is liable to a penalty under any of subsections (5) to (7.‍1), (7.‍3), Insertion start(7.‍4) Insertion end, (8) and (10), then sections152, 158to160.‍1, 161and164to167 and Division J apply, with any modifications that the circumstances require, to the penalty as if the partnership were a corporation.

(4)Subsection (1) applies in respect of information returns filed after2023.

(5)Subsections (2) and (3) apply in respect of payments and remittances made after2023.

55Subsection163(2.‍9) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Partnership liable to penalty
(2.‍9)If a partnership is liable to a penalty under paragraph (2)‍(i), subsection (2.‍4) or (2.‍901) or section163.‍2, 237.‍1, 237.‍3 or Insertion start237.‍4 Insertion end, sections152, 158to160.‍1, 161and164to167 and Division J apply, with any changes that the circumstances require, in respect of the penalty as if the partnership were a corporation.

56(1)Section164of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2.‍21):

Application respecting refunds under section 122.‍72
Start of inserted block
(2.‍22)Where an amount deemed under section122.‍72to be paid by an individual during a month specified for a taxation year is applied under subsection (2) to a liability of the individual and the individual’s return of income for the year is filed on or before the individual’s balance-due day for the year, the amount is deemed to have been so applied on the day on which the amount would have been refunded if the individual were not liable to make a payment to His Majesty in right of Canada.
End of inserted block

(2)The portion of subsection164(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

Interest on refunds and repayments
(3)If, under this section, an amount in respect of a taxation year (other than an amount, or a portion of the amount, that can reasonably be considered to arise from the operation of section122.‍5, 122.‍61, Insertion start122.‍72 Insertion end,122.‍8or125.‍7) is refunded or repaid to a taxpayer or applied to another liability of the taxpayer, the Minister shall pay or apply interest on it at the prescribed rate for the period that begins on the day that is the latest of the days referred to in the following paragraphs and that ends on the day on which the amount is refunded, repaid or applied:

(3)Subsections (1) and (2) apply to taxation years that begin after2022.

57(1)The portion of subsection189(6.‍1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

Revoked charity to file returns
(6.‍1) Insertion startIf the registration of a taxpayer as a registered charity has been revoked (and subsection188(2.‍1) does not apply to the taxpayer), the Insertion end taxpayer shall, on or before the day that is one year from the end of the taxation year Insertion startreferred to in paragraph188(1)‍(a) Insertion end, and without notice or demand,

(2)The portion of subsection189(8) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

Provisions applicable to Part
(8)Subsections150(2) and (3), sections152and158,subsection161(11), sections162to167and Division J of Part I apply in respect of an amount assessed under this Part and of a notice of suspension under subsection188.‍2(1), (2) or Insertion start(2.‍1) Insertion end as if the notice were a notice of assessment made under section152, with any modifications that the circumstances require including, for greater certainty, that a notice of suspension that is reconsidered or reassessed may be confirmed or vacated, but not varied, except that

(3)Subsection (1) applies in respect of taxation years that end after August9, 2022.

(4)Subsection (2) is deemed to have come into force on August9, 2022.

58(1)Paragraph (a) of the description of J in subsection204.‍2(1.‍2) of the Act is replaced by the following:

(a)the total of all amounts each of which is

Insertion start(i) Insertion endan amount received by the individual in the year and before that time out of or under a pooled registered pension plan, a registered retirement savings plan, a registered retirement income fund or a specified pension plan and included in computing the individual’s income for the year, Insertion startor Insertion end

Start of inserted block

(ii)an amount included in computing the individual’s income for the year under any of subsections146.‍01(4) to (6) and146.‍02(4) to (6)

End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) applies to the2018 and subsequent taxation years.

59(1)Section204.‍5 of the Act is replaced by the following:

Publication
204.‍5Each year the Minister shall Insertion startmake available to the public, in such a manner as the Minister deems appropriate, the names of Insertion end all registered investments as of December31 of the preceding year.

(2)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on August9, 2022.

60(1)Subparagraph (a)‍(ii) of the definitionadvantage in subsection207.‍01(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (ii)a loan or an indebtedness (including, in the case of a TFSA, Insertion starta loan or an indebtedness in respect of which the conditions in subsection146.‍2(4) or (4.‍1) are met Insertion end) the terms and conditions of which are terms and conditions that persons dealing at arm’s length with each other would have entered into,

(2)The portion of subparagraph (b)‍(i) of the definitionadvantage in subsection207.‍01(1) of the Act before clause (A) is replaced by the following:

  • Start of inserted block

    (i)a transaction or event or a series of transactions or events (other than a payment, not exceeding a reasonable amount, by the controlling individual of the registered plan where the payment would be described by paragraph20(1)‍(bb) if the reference to “the taxpayer” in subparagraph (i) of that paragraph were read as a reference to “a controlling individual of a registered plan” and if the references to “the taxpayer” in subparagraph (ii) of that paragraph were read as references to “the registered plan”) that

    End of inserted block

(3)Section207.‍01of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):

Interpretation
Start of inserted block
(2)For the purposes of this section, income includes dividends described in section83.
End of inserted block

(4)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on August9, 2022.

(5)Subsection (2) applies to the2018 and subsequent taxation years.

(6)Subsection (3) applies in respect of dividends received on or after August9, 2022.

61(1)Paragraph (c) of the description of B in subsection207.‍8(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Start of inserted block

(c)in any other case, the percentage (rounded to the nearest half percentage, or where it is equidistant from two such consecutive half percentages, to the higher of the two) determined by the formula

E × F
where

E
is the highest individual percentage for the year, and

F
is the percentage referred to in subsection120(1); and

End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) applies to the2022 and subsequent taxation years.

62(1)Subsection212(13.‍2) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Application of Part XIII tax — payer subject to Part I
(13.‍2)For the purposes of this Part, Insertion startif Insertion end a particular non-resident person pays or credits an amount (other than an amount to which subsection (13) applies) to another non-resident person Insertion startor to a partnership (other than a Canadian partnership), the particular non-resident person Insertion end is deemed to be a person resident in Canada in respect of the portion of the amount that is deductible in computing
  • Insertion start(a) Insertion endthe particular non-resident person’s taxable income earned in Canada from a source that is neither a treaty-protected business nor a treaty-protected property; Insertion startor Insertion end

  • Start of inserted block

    (b)the amount on which the particular non-resident person is liable to pay tax under Part I because of section216.

    End of inserted block

(2)Subsection212(13.‍3) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Application of Part XIII to authorized foreign bank
(13.‍3)An authorized foreign bank is deemed to be Insertion starta person Insertion end resident in Canada for the purposes of
  • (a)this Part, in respect of any amount paid or credited to or by the bank in respect of its Canadian banking business; and

  • (b)the application in paragraph (13.‍1)‍(b) Insertion startand subsection (13.‍2) Insertion end of the definitionCanadian partnership ( Insertion startas defined in subsection248(1) Insertion end), in respect of a Insertion startmembership Insertion end interest Insertion startin a Insertion end partnership held by the bank in the course of its Canadian banking business.

(3)Subsections (1) and (2) apply to amounts paid or credited after2022.

63(1)Clause (B) of the description of A in subparagraph212.‍3(9)‍(b)‍(ii) of the Act is replaced by the following:

(B)as a reduction of paid-up capital or dividend in respect of a class of shares of the capital stock of the subject corporation or the portion, of a reduction of paid-up capital or dividend in respect of a class of shares of the capital stock of a foreign affiliate of the particular corporation that were substituted for shares of the capital stock of the subject corporation, that can reasonably be considered to relate to shares Insertion startof the capital stock of the subject corporation Insertion end, or

(2)The description of A in subparagraph212.‍3(9)‍(b)‍(ii) of the Act, as amended by subsection (1), is replaced by the following:

A
is the amount that is equal to the fair market value of property that

Insertion start(A) Insertion endthe particular corporation demonstrates has been received at the subsequent time by it or by a corporation resident in Canada that was not dealing at arm’s length with the particular corporation at that time ( Insertion starteither of which is Insertion end in this subparagraph referred to as the “recipient corporation”)

Insertion start(I) Insertion endas proceeds from the disposition of the acquired shares, or other shares to the extent that the proceeds from the disposition of those other shares can reasonably be considered to relate to the acquired shares or to shares of the capital stock of the subject corporation in respect of which an investment described in paragraph (10)‍(b) was made,

Insertion start(II) Insertion endas a reduction of paid-up capital or dividend in respect of a class of shares of the capital stock of the subject corporation or the portion, of a reduction of paid-up capital or dividend in respect of a class of shares of the capital stock of a foreign affiliate of the particular corporation that were substituted for shares of the capital stock of the subject corporation, that can reasonably be considered to relate to shares Insertion startof the capital stock of the subject corporation Insertion end, or

Insertion start(III) Insertion endif the investment is described in paragraph (10)‍(c) or (d) or subparagraph (10)‍(e)‍(i),

Insertion start1 Insertion endas a repayment of or as proceeds from the disposition of the debt obligation or amount owing, Insertion startor Insertion end

Insertion start2 Insertion endas interest on the debt obligation or amount owing, Insertion startand Insertion end

Start of inserted block

(B)is not received by the recipient corporation

End of inserted block
Start of inserted block

(I)as a result of an investment, made by the recipient corporation, to which subsection (16) or (18) applies, or

(II)as proceeds from a disposition of property to a corporation resident in Canada for which the acquisition is an investment to which subsection (16) or (18) applies, or to a partnership of which such a corporation is a member,

End of inserted block

(3)Subsection (1) applies in respect of transactions and events that occur after March28, 2012.

(4)Subsection (2) applies in respect of transactions and events that occur on or after August9, 2022.

64Paragraph214(3)‍(g) of the Act is repealed.

65Paragraph227(10)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (b)subsection237.‍1(7.‍4) or (7.‍5),237.‍3(8), Insertion start237.‍4(12) or237.‍5(5) Insertion end by a person or partnership,

66(1)Paragraph (b) of the definitionspecified Canadian entity in subsection233.‍3(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (b)a partnership where the total of all amounts, each of which is a share of the partnership’s income or loss for the period of a member Insertion startthat is a Insertion end non-resident Insertion startperson or a taxpayer referred to in any of subparagraphs (a)‍(i) to (viii) Insertion end, is less than90% of the income or loss of the partnership for the period, and, where the income and loss of the partnership are nil for the period, the income of the partnership for the period is deemed to be $1,000,000 for the purpose of this paragraph.‍ (entité canadienne déterminée)

(2)Paragraph (n) of the definitionspecified foreign property in subsection233.‍3(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (n)an interest in a trust Insertion startthat is Insertion end described in paragraph (a) or (b) of the definitionexempt trust in subsection233.‍2(1), Insertion startor that would be described in paragraph (b) of that definition if that paragraph were read as follows Insertion end:

    • Start of inserted block

      (b)a trust that

      • (i)is resident in Australia or New Zealand for income tax purposes under the laws of Australia or New Zealand, as the case may be,

      • (ii)qualifies for a reduced rate of income tax under the income tax laws of its country of residence referred to in subparagraph (i),

      • (iii)is established principally for the purpose of administering or providing benefits under a superannuation, pension or retirement fund or plan, and

      • (iv)is maintained primarily for the benefit of individuals that are resident in Australia or New Zealand, as the case may be; or

        End of inserted block

(3)Subsections (1) and (2) apply to taxation years and fiscal periods that end after August9, 2022.

67Paragraph237(1)‍(b) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (b)within15 days after the individual is requested by the person to provide Insertion startthe individual’s Insertion end Social Insurance Number,

68(1)The definitionsolicitor-client privilege in subsection237.‍3(1) of the Act is repealed.

(2)The definitionavoidance transaction in subsection237.‍3(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Start of inserted block

avoidance transaction means a transaction if it may reasonably be considered that one of the main purposes of the transaction, or of a series of transactions of which the transaction is a part, is to obtain a tax benefit.‍ (opération d’évitement)

End of inserted block

(3)Paragraph (a) of the definitioncontractual protection in subsection237.‍3(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (a)any form of insurance or other protection, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, an indemnity, compensation or a guarantee, that

    • (i)either immediately or in the future and either absolutely or contingently,

      • Insertion start(A) Insertion endprotects a person against a failure of the transaction or series to achieve any tax benefit from the transaction or series, or

      • Insertion start(B) Insertion endpays for or reimburses any expense, fee, tax, interest, penalty or similar amount that may be incurred by a person in the course of a dispute in respect of a tax benefit from the transaction or series, and

    • Start of inserted block

      (ii)is not

      • (A)standard professional liability insurance, or

      • (B)integral to an agreement between persons acting at arm’s length for the sale or transfer of all or part of a business (either directly or through the sale or transfer of one or more corporations, partnerships or trusts) where it is reasonable to consider that the insurance or protection

        • (I)is intended to ensure that the purchase price paid under the agreement takes into account any liabilities of the business immediately prior to the sale or transfer, and

        • (II)is obtained primarily for purposes other than to achieve any tax benefit from the transaction or series; and

          End of inserted block

(4)The portion of the definitionreportable transaction in subsection237.‍3(1) of the Act before subparagraph (a)‍(i) is replaced by the following:

reportable transaction, at any time, means an avoidance transaction that is entered into by or for the benefit of a person, and each transaction that is part of a series of transactions that includes the avoidance transaction, if at the time any of the following paragraphs Insertion startapplies Insertion end in respect of the avoidance transaction or series:

  • (a)an advisor or promoter, or any person who does not deal at arm’s length with the advisor or promoter, has or had an entitlement, either immediately or in the future and either absolutely or contingently, to a fee ( Insertion startother than a fee in relation to a prescribed form required to be filed under subsection37(11) Insertion end) that to any extent

(5)The portion of paragraph (b) of the definitionreportable transaction in subsection237.‍3(1) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:

  • (b)an advisor or promoter in respect of the avoidance transaction or series, or any person who does not deal at arm’s length with the advisor or promoter, obtains or obtained confidential protection, Insertion startand the prohibition on disclosure provided under the confidential protection provides confidentiality in respect of a tax treatment in relation to Insertion end the avoidance transaction or series,

(6)Subsection237.‍3(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:

Start of inserted block

tax treatment, of a person, means a treatment in respect of a transaction, or series of transactions, that the person uses, or plans to use, in a return of income or an information return (or would use in a return of income or an information return if a return of income or an information return were filed) and includes the person’s decision not to include a particular amount in a return of income or an information return.‍ (traitement fiscal)

End of inserted block

(7)Paragraph237.‍3(2)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • Start of inserted block

    (a)every person for whom a tax benefit results, or for whom a tax benefit is expected to result based on the person’s tax treatment of the reportable transaction, from

    End of inserted block
    • Insertion start(i) Insertion endthe reportable transaction,

    • Insertion start(ii) Insertion endany other reportable transaction that is part of a series of transactions that includes the reportable transaction, or

    • Start of inserted block

      (iii)a series of transactions that includes the reportable transaction;

      End of inserted block

(8)Subsections237.‍3(4) and (5) of the Act are replaced by the following:

Clerical or secretarial services
Start of inserted block
(4)For greater certainty, subsection (2) does not apply to a person solely because the person provided clerical services or secretarial services with respect to a reportable transaction.
End of inserted block
Time for filing return
(5)An information return required Insertion startunder Insertion end subsection (2) to be filed with the Minister Insertion startfor Insertion end a reportable transaction Insertion startmust be filed by Insertion end
  • Start of inserted block

    (a)a person described in paragraph (2)‍(a) or (b) on or before the particular day that is90 days after the earliest of

    • (i)the day on which the person becomes contractually obligated to enter into the reportable transaction,

    • (ii)the day on which the person enters into the reportable transaction, and

    • (iii)if the person is described in paragraph (2)‍(a) and a person described in paragraph (2)‍(b) enters into the reportable transaction for the benefit of the person described in paragraph (2)‍(a), the day on which the reportable transaction is entered into; and

  • (b)a person described in paragraph (2)‍(c) or (d) no later than the earliest particular day described in paragraph (a) for a person described in paragraph (2)‍(a) or (b) in respect of the reportable transaction.

    End of inserted block

(9)The portion of subsection237.‍3(6) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

Tax benefits disallowed
(6) Insertion startAt any time, section245is to be read without reference to its subsection (4) in respect of any Insertion end reportable transaction in respect of a person described in paragraph (2)‍(a) in relation to the reportable transaction if, at that time,

(10)Subsection237.‍3(8) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Penalty
(8)Every person who fails to file an information return in respect of a reportable transaction as required under subsection (2) on or before the day required under subsection (5) is liable to a penalty equal to
  • Start of inserted block

    (a)if the person is described in paragraph (2)‍(a) or (b),

    • (i)if the person is a corporation and the carrying value of the corporation’s assets is greater than or equal to $50million for its last taxation year that ends prior to the day on which the information return is required to be filed under subsection (5), $2,000 multiplied by the number of weeks during which the failure continues, to a maximum amount equal to the greater of

      • (A)$100,000, and

      • (B)25% of the amount of the tax benefit in respect of the reportable transaction, and

    • (ii)in any other case, $500 multiplied by the number of weeks during which the failure continues, to a maximum amount equal to the greater of

      • (A)$25,000, and

      • (B)25% of the amount of the tax benefit in respect of the reportable transaction; and

  • (b)if the person is described in paragraph (2)‍(c) or (d), the total of

    • (i)the amount of the fees charged by that person in respect of the reportable transaction,

    • (ii)$10,000, and

    • (iii)$1,000multiplied by the number of days during which the failure continues, up to a maximum of $100,000.

      End of inserted block
Penalty – deeming rule
Start of inserted block
(8.‍1)If a person described in both paragraphs (2)‍(b) and (d) is liable to a penalty under subsection (8) in respect of a reportable transaction, the amount of the penalty is deemed to be equal to the greater of the amounts determined under paragraphs (8)‍(a) and (b).
End of inserted block
Carrying value
Start of inserted block
(8.‍2)For the purpose of subparagraph (8)‍(a)‍(i), the carrying value of the assets of a corporation is to be determined in accordance with paragraphs181(3)‍(a) and (b).
End of inserted block

(11)Subsections237.‍3(9) and (10) of the Act are repealed.

(12)Subsection237.‍3(13) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Application of sections 231 to 231.‍3
(13)Without restricting the generality of sections231to231.‍3,even if a return of income has not been filed by a taxpayer under section150 for Insertion starta Insertion end taxation year of the taxpayer in which a Insertion starttransaction occurs that is relevant to the tax benefit referred to in paragraph (2)‍(a) that results (or is expected to result) from the reportable transaction Insertion end, sections231to231.‍3 apply, with such modifications as the circumstances require, for the purpose of permitting the Minister to verify or ascertain any information in respect of Insertion startthe Insertion end reportable transaction.

(13)Subsection237.‍3(17) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Solicitor-client privilege
Start of inserted block
(17)For greater certainty, this section does not require the disclosure of information if it is reasonable to believe that the information is subject to solicitor-client privilege.
End of inserted block

(14)Subsections (1) to (10) and (12) to (13) apply with respect to reportable transactions entered into after this Act receives royal assent. The provisions of the Act repealed by subsection (11) continue to apply in respect of reportable transactions entered into before this Act receives royal assent.

69(1)The Act is amended by adding the following after section237.‍3:

Definitions
Start of inserted block
237.‍4(1)The following definitions apply in this section.

advisor, in respect of a notifiable transaction, means each person who provides, directly or indirectly in any manner whatever, any assistance or advice with respect to creating, developing, planning, organizing or implementing the notifiable transaction, to another person (including any person who enters into the notifiable transaction for the benefit of another person).‍ (conseiller)

fee, in respect of a notifiable transaction, has the same meaning as in subsection237.‍3(1).‍ (honoraires)

notifiable transaction, at any time, means

  • (a)a transaction that is the same as, or substantially similar to, a transaction that is designated at that time by the Minister under subsection (3); and

  • (b)a transaction in a series of transactions that is the same as, or substantially similar to, a series of transactions that is designated at that time by the Minister under subsection (3).‍ (opération à signaler)

person includes a partnership.‍ (personne)

promoter, in respect of a notifiable transaction, has the same meaning as in subsection237.‍3(1).‍ (promoteur)

tax benefit has the same meaning as in subsection245(1).‍ (avantage fiscal)

tax treatment has the same meaning as in subsection237.‍3(1).‍ (traitement fiscal)

transaction has the same meaning as in subsection245(1).‍ (opération)

End of inserted block
Interpretation – substantially similar
Start of inserted block
(2)For the purposes of the definitionnotifiable transaction in subsection (1), the term “substantially similar”
  • (a)includes any transaction, or series of transactions, in respect of which a person is expected to obtain the same or similar types oftax consequences (as defined in subsection245(1)) and that is either factually similar or based on the same or similar tax strategy; and

  • (b)is to be interpreted broadly in favour of disclosure.

    End of inserted block
Designation of notifiable transactions
Start of inserted block
(3)The Minister may designate for the purposes of this section, with the concurrence of the Minister of Finance, in such manner as the Minister considers appropriate, transactions or series of transactions.
End of inserted block
Requirement to file return
Start of inserted block
(4)An information return in prescribed form and containing prescribed information in respect of a notifiable transaction must be filed with the Minister by
  • (a)every person for whom a tax benefit results, or for whom a tax benefit is expected to result based on the person’s tax treatment of the notifiable transaction, from

    • (i)the notifiable transaction,

    • (ii)any other notifiable transaction that is part of a series of transactions that includes the notifiable transaction, or

    • (iii)a series of transactions that includes the notifiable transaction;

  • (b)every person who has entered into, for the benefit of a person described in paragraph (a), the notifiable transaction;

  • (c)every advisor or promoter in respect of the notifiable transaction; and

  • (d)every person who is not dealing at arm’s length with an advisor or promoter described in paragraph (c) and who is or was entitled, either immediately or in the future and either absolutely or contingently, to a fee in respect of the notifiable transaction.

    End of inserted block
Application
Start of inserted block
(5)For the purpose of subsection (4), if any particular person that is an employer or a partnership is required to file an information return in respect of a notifiable transaction under paragraph (4)‍(c) or (d), the filing of an information return required under those paragraphs by the particular person in respect of the notifiable transaction in prescribed form and manner is deemed to have been made by each employee or partner of the particular person in respect of the particular transaction.
End of inserted block
Due diligence
Start of inserted block
(6)Paragraphs (4)‍(a) and (b) do not apply to a person in respect of a notifiable transaction if the person has exercised the degree of care, diligence and skill in determining whether the transaction is a notifiable transaction that a reasonably prudent person would have exercised in comparable circumstances.
End of inserted block
Reasonable expectation to know
Start of inserted block
(7)Paragraphs (4)‍(c) and (d) do not apply to a person in respect of a notifiable transaction unless the person knows or should reasonably be expected to know that the transaction was a notifiable transaction.
End of inserted block
Clerical or secretarial services
Start of inserted block
(8)For greater certainty, subsection (4) does not apply to a person solely because the person provided clerical services or secretarial services with respect to the notifiable transaction.
End of inserted block
Time for filing return
Start of inserted block
(9)An information return required under subsection (4) to be filed with the Minister for a notifiable transaction must be filed by
  • (a)a person described in paragraph (4)‍(a) or (b) on or before the particular day that is90 days after the earliest of

    • (i)the day on which the person becomes contractually obligated to enter into the notifiable transaction,

    • (ii)the day on which the person enters into the notifiable transaction, and

    • (iii)if the person is described in paragraph (4)‍(a) and a person described in paragraph (4)‍(b) enters into the notifiable transaction for the benefit of the person described in paragraph (4)‍(a), the day on which the notifiable transaction is entered into; and

  • (b)a person described in paragraph (4)‍(c) or (d) no later than the earliest particular day described in paragraph (a) for a person described in paragraph (4)‍(a) or (b) in respect of the notifiable transaction.

    End of inserted block
Clarification of reporting transactions in series
Start of inserted block
(10)For greater certainty, if subsection (4) applies to a person in respect of each transaction that is part of a series of transactions that includes a notifiable transaction, the filing of the information return by the person that reports each transaction in the series is deemed to satisfy the obligation of the person under subsection (4) in respect of each transaction so reported.
End of inserted block
Assessments
Start of inserted block
(11)Notwithstanding subsections152(4) to (5), the Minister may make any assessments, determinations and redeterminations that are necessary to give effect to subsection (12).
End of inserted block
Penalty
Start of inserted block
(12)Every person who fails to file an information return in respect of a notifiable transaction as required under subsection (4) on or before the particular day required under subsection (9) is liable to a penalty equal to
  • (a)if the person is described in paragraph (4)‍(a) or (b),

    • (i)if the person is a corporation and the carrying value of the corporation’s assets is greater than or equal to $50million for its last taxation year that ends prior to the day on which the information return is required to be filed under subsection (4), $2,000 multiplied by the number of weeks during which the failure continues, to a maximum amount equal to the greater of

      • (A)$100,000, and

      • (B)25% of the amount of the tax benefit in respect of the notifiable transaction, and

    • (ii)in any other case, $500 multiplied by the number of weeks during which the failure continues, to a maximum amount equal to the greater of

      • (A)$25,000, and

      • (B)25% of the amount of the tax benefit in respect of the notifiable transaction; and

  • (b)if the person is described in paragraph (4)‍(c) or (d), the total of

    • (i)the amount of the fees charged by that person in respect of the notifiable transaction,

    • (ii)$10,000, and

    • (iii)$1,000multiplied by the number of days during which the failure continues, up to a maximum of $100,000.

      End of inserted block
Penalty – deeming rule
Start of inserted block
(13)If a person described in both paragraphs (4)‍(b) and (d) is liable to a penalty under subsection (12) in respect of a notifiable transaction, the amount of the penalty is deemed to be equal to the greater of the amounts determined under paragraphs (12)‍(a) and (b).
End of inserted block
Penalty – non-application
Start of inserted block
(14)For greater certainty, if any person is deemed to have filed an information return in prescribed form and manner in respect of a particular notifiable transaction under subsection (5), that person is not liable to a penalty under subsection (12) in respect of the particular transaction.
End of inserted block
Carrying value
Start of inserted block
(15)For the purpose of subparagraph (12)‍(a)‍(i), the carrying value of the assets of a corporation is to be determined in accordance with paragraphs181(3)‍(a) and (b).
End of inserted block
Return – not an admission
Start of inserted block
(16)The filing of an information return under this section by a person in respect of a notifiable transaction is not an admission by the person that any transaction is part of a series of transactions.
End of inserted block
Application of sections 231 to 231.‍3
Start of inserted block
(17)Without restricting the generality of sections231to231.‍3,even if a return of income has not been filed by a taxpayer under section150for a taxation year of the taxpayer in which a transaction occurs that is relevant to the tax benefit referred to in paragraph (4)‍(a) that results (or is expected to result) from a notifiable transaction, sections231to231.‍3 apply, with such modifications as the circumstances require, for the purpose of permitting the Minister to verify or ascertain any information in respect of the notifiable transaction.
End of inserted block
Solicitor-client privilege
Start of inserted block
(18)For greater certainty, this section does not require the disclosure of information if it is reasonable to believe that the information is subject to solicitor-client privilege.
End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) applies with respect to notifiable transactions entered into after this Act receives royal assent.

70(1)The Act is amended by adding the following after section237.‍4:

Definitions
Start of inserted block
237.‍5(1)The following definitions apply in this section.

consolidated financial statements has the same meaning as in subsection233.‍8(1).‍ (états financiers consolidés)

person includes a partnership.‍ (personne)

relevant financial statements of a corporation for a taxation year, means audited financial statements that are prepared

  • (a)in respect of

    • (i)the corporation, or

    • (ii)a group, of which the corporation is a member, of two or more persons required to prepare consolidated financial statements for financial reporting purposes under applicable accounting principles;

  • (b)in accordance with

    • (i)International Financial Reporting Standards, or

    • (ii)other country-specific generally accepted accounting principles (such as U.‍S. generally accepted accounting principles) relevant for corporations that are listed on a stock exchange outside Canada; and

  • (c)for a period of time that ends in the taxation year.‍ (états financiers de référence)

reportable uncertain tax treatment, of a corporation for a taxation year, means a tax treatment of the corporation in respect of which uncertainty is reflected in relevant financial statements of the corporation for the year.‍ (traitement fiscal incertain à déclarer)

reporting corporation, for a taxation year, means a corporation if

  • (a)the corporation has relevant financial statements for the year;

  • (b)the carrying value of the corporation’s assets is greater than or equal to $50 million at the end of the year; and

  • (c)the corporation is required to file a return of income for the year under section150.‍ (société déclarante)

tax treatment, of a corporation, means a treatment in respect of a transaction, or series of transactions, that the corporation uses, or plans to use, in a return of income or an information return (or would use in a return of income or an information return if a return of income or an information return were filed) and includes the corporation’s decision not to include a particular amount in a return of income or an information return.‍ (traitement fiscal)

transaction has the same meaning as in subsection245(1).‍ (opération)

End of inserted block
Filing requirement
Start of inserted block
(2)Every reporting corporation for a taxation year that has one or more reportable uncertain tax treatments for the year must file with the Minister an information return in prescribed form and containing prescribed information in respect of each reportable uncertain tax treatment of the corporation for the year.
End of inserted block
Filing requirement – deadline
Start of inserted block
(3)An information return required under subsection (2) to be filed by a corporation for a taxation year must be filed with the Minister on or before the corporation’s filing-due date for the year.
End of inserted block
Assessments
Start of inserted block
(4)Notwithstanding subsections152(4) to (5), the Minister may make any assessments, determinations and redeterminations that are necessary to give effect to subsection (5).
End of inserted block
Penalty
Start of inserted block
(5)Every corporation that fails to report a reportable uncertain tax treatment on an information return as required under subsection (2) on or before the day required under subsection (3) is liable to a penalty, for each such failure to report, equal to $2,000multiplied by the number of weeks during which the failure continues, up to a maximum of $100,000.
End of inserted block
Due diligence
Start of inserted block
(6)A corporation required to file an information return in respect of a reportable uncertain tax treatment is not liable for a penalty under subsection (5) if the corporation has exercised the degree of care, diligence and skill to prevent the failure to file that a reasonably prudent person would have exercised in comparable circumstances.
End of inserted block
Return – not an admission
Start of inserted block
(7)The filing of an information return in respect of a reportable uncertain tax treatment as required under subsection (2) by a corporation is not an admission by the corporation that
  • (a)the tax treatment is not in accordance with this Act or the regulations; or

  • (b)any transaction is part of a series of transactions.

    End of inserted block
Application of sections 231 to 231.‍3
Start of inserted block
(8)Without restricting the generality of sections231to231.‍3,if a corporation is required to file an information return under subsection (2) in respect of a reportable uncertain tax treatment of the corporation for a taxation year, even if a return of income has not been filed by the corporation under section150for the year, sections231to231.‍3 apply, with such modifications as the circumstances require, for the purpose of permitting the Minister to verify or ascertain any information in respect of the reportable uncertain tax treatment including, for greater certainty, any information relating to any transaction, or series of transactions, to which the reportable uncertain tax treatment relates.
End of inserted block
Carrying value
Start of inserted block
(9)For the purposes of the definitionreporting corporation in subsection (1), the carrying value of the assets of a corporation is to be determined in accordance with paragraphs181(3)‍(a) and (b).
End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that begin after2022,except that subsection237.‍5(5) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), does not apply to taxation years that begin before this Act receives royal assent.

71Paragraph241(4)‍(d) of the Act is amended by adding the following after subparagraph (xx):

  • Start of inserted block

    (xx.‍1)to an official of

    • (A)the Department of Employment and Social Development or the Department of Health, solely for the purpose of the administration or enforcement of the Canadian Dental Care Plan established under the authority of theDepartment of Health Act in respect of dental service for individuals, or

    • (B)the Department of Health solely for the purpose of the formulation or evaluation of policy for that plan,

      End of inserted block

72Subsection244(14.‍1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Date when electronic notice sent
(14.‍1)If a notice or other communication in respect of Insertion startan individual, other than a notice or other communication that refers to the business number of a person or partnership Insertion end, is made available in electronic format such that it can be read or perceived by Insertion startan individual Insertion end or a computer system or other similar device, the notice or other communication is presumed to be sent to the Insertion startindividual Insertion end and received by the Insertion startindividual Insertion end on the date that an electronic message is sent, to the electronic address most recently provided by the Insertion startindividual Insertion end to the Minister for the purposes of this subsection, informing the Insertion startindividual Insertion end that a notice or other communication requiring the Insertion startindividual’s Insertion end immediate attention is available in the Insertion startindividual’s Insertion end secure electronic account. A notice or other communication is considered to be made available if it is posted by the Minister in the Insertion startindividual’s Insertion end secure electronic account and the Insertion startindividual Insertion end has authorized that notices or other communications may be made available in this manner and has not before that date revoked that authorization in a manner specified by the Minister.
Date when electronic notice sent — My Business Account
Start of inserted block
(14.‍2)A notice or other communication that is made available in electronic format such that it can be read or perceived by an individual or a computer system or other similar device, and that refers to the business number of a person or partnership, is presumed to be sent to the person or partnership and received by the person or partnership on the date that it is posted by the Minister in the secure electronic account in respect of a business number of the person or partnership, unless the person or partnership has requested,30 days prior to that date, in a manner specified by the Minister, that the notice or other communication be sent by mail.
End of inserted block

73(1)The definitionssmall business bond andsmall business development bond in subsection248(1) of the Act are repealed.

(2)Paragraph (c) of the definitiondividend rental arrangement in subsection248(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • Start of inserted block

    (b.‍1)any specified hedging transaction, in respect of a DRA share of the person,

    End of inserted block
  • (c)any synthetic equity arrangement ( Insertion startother than a specified hedging transaction Insertion end), in respect of a DRA share of the person, and

(3)Subparagraph (i.‍1)‍(ii) of the definitionterm preferred share in subsection248(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (ii)it may reasonably be considered that the share was issued or acquired as part of a transaction or event or series of transactions or events one of the main purposes of which was to avoid or limit the application of subsection112(2.‍1),138(6) Insertion startor258(3) Insertion end,

(4)Subparagraph (j)‍(ii) of the definitionterm preferred share in subsection248(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (ii)one of the main purposes for the issue of the particular share or for the modification of its terms or conditions was to avoid a limitation provided by subsection112(2.‍1) or138(6) in respect of a deduction Insertion startor to avoid or limit the application of subsection258(3) Insertion end,

(5)Subsection248(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:

Start of inserted block

specified hedging transaction, in respect of a DRA share of a person or partnership (referred to in thisdefinition as the “particular person”), means atransaction (in this definition, as defined in subsection245(1)) or series of transactions that satisfies the following conditions:

  • (a)it is entered into by

    • (i)the particular person if the particular person is a registered securities dealer or a partnership each member of which is a registered securities dealer, or

    • (ii)a registered securities dealer or a partnership each member of which is a registered securities dealer (in either case, referred to in this definition as the “connected dealer”), if the connected dealer does not deal at arm’s length with, or is affiliated with, the particular person,

  • (b)it has the effect, or would have the effect if the transaction or series were entered into by the particular person, of eliminating all or substantially all of the particular person’s risk of loss and opportunity for gain or profit in respect of the DRA share, determined without regard to any other transaction or series entered into in respect of the DRA share,

  • (c)if paragraph260(6)‍(a) were read without reference to subsection260(6.‍2), an amount in respect of the transaction or series would be deductible by the particular person or the connected dealer under paragraph260(6)‍(a), and

  • (d)if the transaction or series is entered into by the connected dealer, it can reasonably be considered that the particular person or connected dealer knew or ought to have known that the effect described in paragraph (b) would result; (opération de couverture déterminée)

    End of inserted block

(6)Subsections (2) and (5) apply in respect of dividends that are paid or become payable on or after April7, 2022.However, subsections (2) and (5) do not apply in respect of dividends paid or payable before October2022,if the specified hedging transaction was entered into before April7, 2022.

(7)Subsections (3) and (4) apply in respect of amounts received on or after August9, 2022.

74The portion of subsection249.‍1(1) of the French version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

Définition deexercice
249.‍1(1)Pour l’application de la présente loi, l’exercice d’une entreprise ou d’un bien d’une personne ou d’une société de personnes s’entend de la période pour laquelle les comptes Insertion startcorrespondants Insertion end de la personne ou de la société de personnes sont arrêtés pour l’établissement d’une cotisation en vertu de la présente loi. L’exercice ne peut toutefois se prolonger :
75(1)The definitionsattribute trading restriction andspecified provision in subsection256.‍1(1) of the Act are replaced by the following:

attribute trading restriction means a restriction on the use of a tax attribute arising on the application, either alone or in combination with other provisions, of any of this section, subsections10(10) and13(24), section37,subsections66(11.‍4) and (11.‍5),66.‍7(10) and (11),69(11) and88(1.‍1) and (1.‍2), sections111and127,subsections181.‍1(7),190.‍1(6) and249(4), Insertion startsection251.‍2 Insertion end and Insertion startsubsection Insertion end256(7).‍ (restriction au commerce d’attributs)

specified provision means any of subsections10(10) and13(24), paragraph37(1)‍(h), subsections66(11.‍4) and (11.‍5),66.‍7(10) and (11),69(11) and111(4) Insertion startto Insertion end (5.‍3), paragraphs (j) and (k) of the definitioninvestment tax credit in subsection127(9), subsections181.‍1(7) and190.‍1(6), Insertion startsection251.‍2 Insertion end and any provision of similar effect.‍ (dispositions déterminées)

(2)Subsection256.‍1(6) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Deemed acquisition of control
(6)If, at any time as part of a transaction or event or series of transactions or events, control of a particular corporation is acquired by a person or group of persons and it can reasonably be concluded that one of the main reasons for the Insertion starttransaction or event or any transaction or event in the series of transactions or events Insertion end is so that a specified provision does not apply to one or more corporations, the attribute trading restrictions are deemed to apply to each of those corporations as if control of each of those corporations were acquired at that time.

(3)Subsections (1) and (2) are deemed to have come into force on August9, 2022.

76(1)Paragraph260(6)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (a)if the taxpayer is a registered securities dealer and the particular amount is deemed by subsection (5.‍1) to have been received as a taxable dividend, no more than2/3of the particular amount (unless, for greater certainty, the particular amount is an amount for which a deduction in computing income may be claimed under subsection (6.‍1) Insertion startor (6.‍2) Insertion end by the taxpayer); or

(2)Section260of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (6.‍1):

Deductible amount for registered securities dealer
Start of inserted block
(6.‍2)If a registered securities dealer enters into a specified hedging transaction in respect of a DRA share of the registered securities dealer or a person that does not deal at arm’s length with, or is affiliated with, the registered securities dealer, there may be deducted in computing the income of the registered securities dealer under Part I from a business or property for a taxation year an amount (other than any portion of the amount for which a deduction in computing income may be claimed under subsection (6.‍1) by the registered securities dealer) equal to the lesser of
  • (a)the total of all amounts each of which is an amount that the registered securities dealer becomes obligated in the taxation year to pay to another person as compensation for a dividend under the specified hedging transaction that, if paid, would be deemed by subsection (5.‍1) to have been received by another person as a taxable dividend, and

  • (b)the amount of the dividends that were received in respect of the DRA share by the registered securities dealer or the person that does not deal at arm’s length with, or is affiliated with, the registered securities dealer (as the case may be, referred to as the “dividend recipient” in this paragraph) and that were identified in the dividend recipient’s return of income under Part I for the year as an amount in respect of which no amount was deductible because of subsection112(2.‍3) in computing the dividend recipient’s taxable income or taxable income earned in Canada.

    End of inserted block

(3)The portion of subsection260(7) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

Dividend refund
(7)For the purpose of section129,if a corporation pays an amount for which no deduction in computing the corporation’s income may be claimed under subsection (6.‍1) Insertion startor (6.‍2) Insertion end and subsection (5.‍1) deems the amount to have been received by another person as a taxable dividend,

(4)Paragraphs260(11)‍(b) and (c) of the Act are replaced by the following:

  • (b)for the purpose of applying Insertion startparagraphs Insertion end (6.‍1)‍(a) Insertion startand (6.‍2)‍(a) Insertion end in respect of the taxation year, to become obligated to pay its specified proportion, for each fiscal period of the partnership that ends in the taxation year, of the amount the partnership becomes, in that fiscal period, obligated to pay to another person under the arrangement described in that paragraph; and

  • (c)for the purpose of applying section129 in respect of the taxation year, to have paid

    • (i)if the partnership is not a registered securities dealer, the corporation’s specified proportion, for each fiscal period of the partnership that ends in the taxation year, of each amount paid by the partnership (other than an amount for which a deduction in computing income may be claimed under subsection (6.‍1) Insertion startor (6.‍2) Insertion end by the corporation), and

    • (ii)if the partnership is a registered securities dealer,1/3of the corporation’s specified proportion, for each fiscal period of the partnership that ends in the taxation year, of each amount paid by the partnership (other than an amount for which a deduction in computing income may be claimed under subsection (6.‍1) Insertion startor (6.‍2) Insertion end by the corporation).

(5)Subsections (1) to (4) apply in respect of amounts paid or credited on or after April7, 2022.

77(1)The definitionqualifying currency in subsection261(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (c):

  • Start of inserted block

    (c.‍1)the currency of Japan;

    End of inserted block

(2)Subparagraph261(18)‍(c)‍(i) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (i)is, or would in the absence of subsections (16) and (17) be, in a functional currency year of the transferor Insertion startor the transferee Insertion end and the transferor and the transferee have, or would in the absence of those subsections have, different tax reporting currencies at the transfer time, or

(3)Paragraphs261(20)‍(a) to (c) of the Act are replaced by the following:

  • (a)the specified transaction was entered into, directly or indirectly, at any time by the taxpayer and a Insertion startperson Insertion end (referred to in this subsection as the “related Insertion startperson Insertion end”) to which the taxpayer is at that time related;

  • (b)the taxpayer and the related Insertion startperson Insertion end had different tax reporting currencies at any time during the period (referred to in this subsection as the “accrual period”) in which the income, gain or loss accrued; and

  • (c)it would, in the absence of this subsection and subsection (21), be reasonable to consider that a fluctuation at any time in the accrual period in the value of the taxpayer’s tax reporting currency relative to the value of the related Insertion startperson’s Insertion end tax reporting currency

    • (i)increased the taxpayer’s loss in respect of the specified transaction,

    • (ii)reduced the taxpayer’s income or gain in respect of the specified transaction, or

    • (iii)caused the taxpayer to have a loss, instead of income or a gain, in respect of the specified transaction.

(4)Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that begin after2019.

(5)Subsection (2) applies in respect of transfers of property that occur on or after August9, 2022.

(6)Subsection (3) applies in respect ofaccrual periods (within the meaning assigned by subsection261(20) of the Act) that begin on or after August9, 2022.

78(1)The Act is amended by adding the following after Part XIX:

Start of inserted block
Part XX 
Reporting Rules for Digital Platform Operators
End of inserted block
Definitions
Start of inserted block
282(1)The following definitions apply in this Part.

active seller means a seller that either provides relevant services or sells goods during the reportable period or is paid or credited consideration in connection with relevant activities during the reportable period.‍ (vendeur actif)

consideration means compensation in any form that is paid or credited to a seller in connection with relevant activities, the amount of which is known or reasonably knowable by the platform operator.‍ (rémunération)

entity has the same meaning as in subsection270(1).  (entité)

excluded platform operator means a platform operator that demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Minister that the platform’s entire business model is such that it does not

  • (a)allow sellers to derive a profit from the consideration; or

  • (b)have reportable sellers.‍ (opérateur de platforme exclu)

excluded seller means a seller

  • (a)that is an entity for which the platform operator facilitated more than2,000 relevant services for the rental of immovable property in respect of a property listing during the reportable period;

  • (b)that is agovernmental entity (as defined in subsection270(1));

  • (c)that is an entity the stock of which is regularly traded on anestablished securities market (as defined in subsection270(1)) or arelated entity (as defined in subsection270(1)) of an entity the stock of which is regularly traded on an established securities market; or

  • (d)for which the platform operator solely facilitated less than30relevant activities for the sale of goods and for which the total amount of consideration paid or credited did not exceed $2,800 during the reportable period.‍ (vendeur exclu)

fiat currency means a currency that is used by a country and is designated as legal tender in that country.‍ (monnaie fiduciaire)

financial account identifier means the unique identifying number or reference, available to the platform operator, of the bank account or other payment account to which consideration is paid or credited.‍ (identifiant de compte financier)

goods means any tangible property or, for civil law, any corporeal property.‍ (bien)

government verification service means an electronic process made available by a reportable jurisdiction to a platform operator for the purposes of ascertaining the identity and residence of a seller.‍ (service public de vérification)

immovable property means real or immovable property.‍ (biens immobiliers)

partner jurisdiction means each jurisdiction identified as a partner jurisdiction by the Minister on the Internet website of the Canada Revenue Agency or by any other means that the Minister considers appropriate.‍ (juridiction partenaire)

personal service means a service involving time- or task-based work performed by one or more individuals at the request of a user, unless such work is purely ancillary to the overall transaction, but does not include a service provided by a seller pursuant to an employment relationship with the platform operator or arelated entity (as defined in subsection270(1)) of the platform operator.  (service personnel)

platform means a software, including a website or a part of it and applications, including mobile applications, accessible by users and allowing sellers to be connected to other users for the provision of relevant services or the sale of goods, directly or indirectly, to such users (including the collection and payment of consideration in respect of relevant activities), but does not include, in the provision of relevant services or the sale of goods, software exclusively allowing without any further intervention

  • (a)the processing of payments in relation to relevant activities;

  • (b)listing or advertising in relation to relevant activities; or

  • (c)redirecting or transferring of users to a platform.‍ (plateforme)

platform operator means an entity that contracts with sellers to make available all or part of a platform to such sellers.  (opérateur de plateforme)

primary address means

  • (a)in respect of a seller that is an individual (other than a trust), the address of the seller’s principal place of residence; and

  • (b)in respect of a seller that is an entity, the address of the seller’s registered office.‍ (adresse principale)

property listing includes all immovable property units located at the same street address and offered for rent on a platform by the same seller.  (lot)

relevant activity means

  • (a)a relevant service; or

  • (b)the sale of goods for consideration.‍ (activité visée)

relevant service means, if provided for consideration:

  • (a)the rental of real or immovable property;

  • (b)a personal service;

  • (c)the rental of a means of transport; or

  • (d)a prescribed service.‍ (service visé)

reportable jurisdiction means

  • (a)for a reporting platform operator described in paragraph (a) of the definitionreporting platform operator, Canada and any partner jurisdiction; and

  • (b)in any other case, Canada.‍ (juridiction soumise à déclaration)

reportable period means a calendar year during which a platform operator is a reporting platform operator.‍ (période de déclaration)

reportable seller means an active seller, other than an excluded seller, that is determined by the platform operator based on the due diligence procedures set out in sections283to287 to

  • (a)be resident in a reportable jurisdiction;

  • (b)have provided relevant services for the rental of immovable property located in a reportable jurisdiction; or

  • (c)have been paid or credited consideration in connection with relevant services for the rental of immovable property located in a reportable jurisdiction.‍ (vendeur soumis à déclaration)

reporting platform operator means a platform operator, other than an excluded platform operator, if 

  • (a)it is resident in Canada;

  • (b)it is resident, incorporated or managed in a partner jurisdiction, facilitates the provision of relevant activities by sellers resident in Canada or with respect to rental of immovable property located in Canada and elects to be a reporting platform operator; or

  • (c)it is not resident in Canada or a partner jurisdiction and it facilitates the provision of relevant activities by sellers resident in Canada or with respect to rental of immovable property located in Canada.‍ (opérateur de plateforme soumis à déclaration)

seller means a platform user that is registered at any time during the reportable period on the platform for the provision of a relevant service or the sale of goods.  (vendeur)

TIN means 

  • (a)the number used by the Minister to identify an individual or entity, including

    • (i)a social insurance number,

    • (ii)a business number, and

    • (iii)an account number issued to a trust; and

  • (b)in respect of a jurisdiction other than Canada, a taxpayer identification number, including a VAT/GST registration number issued by the jurisdiction of the primary address of the seller, or a functional equivalent in the absence of a taxpayer identification number.‍ (NIF)

    End of inserted block
Interpretation
Start of inserted block
(2)This Part relates to the implementation of the Model Rules set out in theModel Rules for Reporting by Platform Operators with respect to Sellers in the Sharing and Gig Economy approved by the Council of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development and, unless the context otherwise requires, the provisions in this Part are to be interpreted consistently with the Model Rules, as amended from time to time.
End of inserted block
Excluded seller
Start of inserted block
283(1)For the purpose of determining whether a seller is anexcluded seller under paragraph (a) or (d) of that definition in subsection282(1), a reporting platform operator may rely on its available records.
End of inserted block
Excluded seller – entity
Start of inserted block
(2)For the purpose of determining whether a seller that is an entity is anexcluded seller under paragraph (b) or (c) of that definition in subsection282(1), a reporting platform operator may rely on publicly available information or a confirmation from the seller.
End of inserted block
Seller information – individual
Start of inserted block
284(1)The reporting platform operator must collect the following information for each seller that is an individual (other than a trust) and that is not an excluded seller
  • (a)the first and last name of the individual;

  • (b)the primary address of the individual;

  • (c)the TIN issued to the individual, including the jurisdiction of issuance; and

  • (d)the date of birth of the individual.

    End of inserted block
Seller information – entity
Start of inserted block
(2)The reporting platform operator must collect the following information for each seller (other than a seller described in subsection (1)) that is not an excluded seller
  • (a)the legal name of the entity;

  • (b)the primary address of the entity;

  • (c)the TIN issued to the entity, including the jurisdiction of issuance; and

  • (d)the business registration number of the entity.

    End of inserted block
Government verification services
Start of inserted block
(3)Notwithstanding subsections (1) and (2), the reporting platform operator is not required to collect information pursuant to paragraphs (1)‍(b) to (d) or (2)‍(b) to (d) in respect of a seller where the reporting platform operator relies on a government verification service to ascertain the identity and residence of the seller.
End of inserted block
TIN collection
Start of inserted block
(4)Notwithstanding paragraphs (1)‍(c) and (2)‍(c) and (d), the TIN or the business registration number, respectively, are not required to be collected if
  • (a)the jurisdiction of residence of the seller does not issue a TIN or business registration number to the seller; or

  • (b)the jurisdiction of residence of the seller does not require the collection of the TIN issued to such seller.

    End of inserted block
Verification of seller information
Start of inserted block
285(1)The reporting platform operator must determine whether the information collected under subsection283(2) and sections284and287 is reliable, using all records available to the reporting platform operator, as well as any publicly available electronic interface to ascertain the validity of the TIN.
End of inserted block
Due diligence
Start of inserted block
(2)Notwithstanding subsection (1), for the completion of the due diligence procedures pursuant to subsection288(2), the reporting platform operator may determine whether the information collected pursuant to subsection283(2) and sections284and287 is reliable using electronically searchable records available to the reporting platform operator.
End of inserted block
Verifying accuracy
Start of inserted block
(3)For the purpose of paragraph288(3)‍(b), despite subsections (1) and (2), in instances where the reporting platform operator has reason to know that any of the information items described in section284or287 may be inaccurate by virtue of information provided by the Minister, it must verify such information item using reliable, independent-source documents, data or information.
End of inserted block
Residence
Start of inserted block
286(1)A reporting platform operator must consider a seller resident in the jurisdiction of the seller’s primary address.
End of inserted block
Government verification service
Start of inserted block
(2)Notwithstanding subsection (1), a reporting platform operator must consider a seller resident in each jurisdiction confirmed by a government verification service pursuant to subsection284(3).
End of inserted block
Rented immovable property
Start of inserted block
287Where a seller provides relevant services for the rental of immovable property, the reporting platform operator must collect the address of each property listing.
End of inserted block
Due diligence
Start of inserted block
288(1)A reporting platform operator must complete the due diligence procedures set out in sections283to287by December31 of the reportable period.
End of inserted block
Previously registered accounts
Start of inserted block
(2)Despite subsection (1), the due diligence procedures set out in sections283to287are required to be completed by December31 of the second reportable period of the reporting platform operator, for sellers that are already registered on the platform
  • (a)as of January1, 2024; or

  • (b)as of the date on which an entity becomes a reporting platform operator.

    End of inserted block
Previous due diligence
Start of inserted block
(3)Notwithstanding subsection (1), a reporting platform operator may rely on the due diligence procedures conducted in respect of previous reportable periods, provided
  • (a)the primary address of the seller has been either collected and verified or confirmed within the last36 months; and

  • (b)the reporting platform operator does not have reason to know that the information collected pursuant to sections283, 284and287 is or has become unreliable or incorrect.

    End of inserted block
Active sellers
Start of inserted block
289A reporting platform operator may elect to complete the due diligence procedures under sections283to288 in respect of active sellers only.
End of inserted block
Due diligence by third parties
Start of inserted block
290(1)A reporting platform operator may rely on a third-party service provider to fulfil the due diligence obligations under sections291and292, but such obligations remain the responsibility of the reporting platform operator.
End of inserted block
Partner jurisdiction
Start of inserted block
(2)When a platform operator fulfils the due diligence obligations for a reporting platform operator with respect to the same platform under subsection (1), such platform operator may carry out the due diligence procedures pursuant to substantially similar rules in its partner jurisdiction.
End of inserted block
Reporting to Minister
Start of inserted block
291(1)A reporting platform operator must report to the Minister the information set out in section292with respect to the reportable period no later than January31 of the year following the calendar year in which the seller is identified as a reportable seller.
End of inserted block
Reporting to seller
Start of inserted block
(2)A reporting platform operator must provide the information set out under section292to the reportable seller to which it relates no later than January31 of the year following the calendar year in which the seller is identified as a reportable seller.
End of inserted block
Reporting not required
Start of inserted block
(3)Notwithstanding subsections (1) and (2), the information in relation to a reportable seller is neither required to be reported to the Minister nor to be made available to the reportable seller in circumstances where the reporting platform operator has obtained adequate assurances that another platform operator has or will fulfil the reporting obligations under this section and section292
  • (a)with respect to the reportable seller pursuant to the rules in Canada; or

  • (b)with respect to the reportable seller, other than a reportable seller resident in Canada, under substantially similar rules in a partner jurisdiction.

    End of inserted block
Reporting
Start of inserted block
(4)A reporting platform operator required to report information under this section shall report the information in prescribed form.
End of inserted block
Electronic filing
Start of inserted block
(5)Information required to be reported under this section shall be filed by way of electronic filing.
End of inserted block
Currency
Start of inserted block
(6)The information with respect to the consideration paid or credited in a fiat currency must be reported in the currency in which it was paid or credited. In case the consideration was paid or credited in a form other than fiat currency, it should be reported in the local currency of Canada, converted or valued in a manner that is determined consistently by the reporting platform operator.
End of inserted block
Reporting in respect of quarter
Start of inserted block
(7)The information with respect to the consideration and other amounts must be reported in respect of the quarter in which the consideration was paid or credited.
End of inserted block
Information reported
Start of inserted block
292Each reporting platform operator must report the following information:
  • (a)the name, registered office address and TIN of the reporting platform operator, as well as any business names of any platforms in respect of which the reporting platform operator is reporting;

  • (b)with respect to each reportable seller that provided relevant services (other than immovable property rental), rented out a means of transportation or sold goods,

    • (i)the items required to be collected pursuant to section284,

    • (ii)any other TIN, including the jurisdiction of issuance, available to the reporting platform operator,

    • (iii)any financial account identifiers, insofar as they are available to the reporting platform operator and the jurisdiction of the reportable seller’s residence is specified by the Minister,

    • (iv)if different from the name of the reportable seller, the name of the holder of the financial account to which the consideration is paid or credited, to the extent available to the reporting platform operator, as well as any other identifying information available to the reporting platform operator with respect to that account holder,

    • (v)each jurisdiction in which the reportable seller is resident on the basis of the procedures set out in section286,

    • (vi)the total consideration paid or credited during each quarter of the reportable period and the number of such relevant activities in respect of which it was paid or credited, and

    • (vii)any fees, commissions or taxes withheld or charged by the reporting platform operator during each quarter of the reportable period; and

  • (c)with respect to each reportable seller that provided relevant services for the rental of immovable property,

    • (i)the items required to be collected pursuant to section284,

    • (ii)any other TIN, including the jurisdiction of issuance, available to the reporting platform operator,

    • (iii)any financial account identifiers, insofar as they are available to the reporting platform operator and either the jurisdiction of residence of the reportable seller or the jurisdiction in which the immovable property is located is specified by the Minister,

    • (iv)if different from the name of the reportable seller, the name of the holder of the financial account to which the consideration is paid or credited, to the extent available to the reporting platform operator, as well as any other identifying information available to the reporting platform operator with respect to the account holder,

    • (v)each jurisdiction in which the reportable seller is resident on the basis of the procedures set out in section286,

    • (vi)the address of each property listing, determined on the basis of the procedures set out in section287, and, if available, the land registration number,

    • (vii)the total consideration paid or credited during each quarter of the reportable period and the number of such relevant services provided with respect to each property listing in respect of which it was paid or credited,

    • (viii)any fees, commissions or taxes withheld or charged by the reporting platform operator during each quarter of the reportable period, and

    • (ix)if available, the number of days each property listing was rented during the reportable period and the type of each property listing.

      End of inserted block
Production of TIN
Start of inserted block
293(1)Every reportable seller shall provide their TIN at the request of a reporting platform operator that is required under this Part to make an information return requiring the TIN.
End of inserted block
Confidentiality of TIN
Start of inserted block
(2)A reporting platform operator required to make an information return referred to in subsection (1) shall not knowingly use, communicate or allow to be communicated, otherwise than as required or authorized under this Act or a regulation, the TIN without the written consent of the reportable seller.
End of inserted block
Penalty for failure to provide TIN
Start of inserted block
(3)Every reportable seller who fails to provide on request their TIN to a reporting platform operator that is required under this Part to make an information return requiring the TIN is liable to a penalty of $500 for each such failure, unless
  • (a)an application for the assignment of the TIN is made to the relevant reportable jurisdiction not later than90days after the request was made and the TIN is provided to the reporting platform operator that requested it within15 days after the reportable seller received it; or

  • (b)the reportable seller is not eligible to obtain a TIN from the relevant reportable jurisdiction (including because the relevant reportable jurisdiction does not issue TINs).

    End of inserted block
Assessment
Start of inserted block
(4)The Minister may at any time assess any amount payable under subsection (3) by a reportable seller and, if the Minister sends a notice of assessment to the reportable seller, sections150to163,subsections164(1) and (1.‍4) to (7), sections165to167 and Division J of Part I apply with such modifications as the circumstances require.
End of inserted block
Record keeping
Start of inserted block
294(1)Every reporting platform operator shall keep, at its place of business or at such other place as may be designated by the Minister, records that it obtains or creates for the purpose of complying with this Part, including records of documentary evidence.
End of inserted block
Form of records
Start of inserted block
(2)Every reporting platform operator required by this Part to keep records that does so electronically shall retain them in an electronically readable format for the retention period referred to in subsection (3).
End of inserted block
Retention of records
Start of inserted block
(3)Every reporting platform operator that is required to keep, obtain or create records under this Part shall retain those records for a period of at least six years following the end of the last calendar year in respect of which the record is relevant.
End of inserted block
Anti-avoidance
Start of inserted block
295If a person enters into an arrangement or engages in a practice, the primary purpose of which can reasonably be considered to be to avoid an obligation under this Part, the person is subject to the obligation as if the person had not entered into the arrangement or engaged in the practice.
End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) comes into force on January1, 2024.

79(1)The schedule to the Act is amended by replacing “Ford Credit Canada Limited” with “Ford Credit Canada Company/Compagnie Crédit Ford du Canada”.

(2)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on January9, 2017.

R.‍S.‍, c. E-15

Excise Tax Act

80Subsection106.‍1(3.‍1) of theExcise Tax Act is replaced by the following:

Date electronic notice sent
(3.‍1)For the purposes of this Act, if a notice or other communication in respect of a person, Insertion startother than a notice or other communication that refers to the business number of a person Insertion end, is made available in electronic format such that it can be read or perceived by a person or a computer system or other similar device, the notice or other communication is Insertion startpresumed Insertion end to be sent to the person and received by the person on the date that an electronic message is sent, to the electronic address most recently provided before that date by the person to the Minister for the purposes of this subsection, informing the person that a notice or other communication requiring the person’s immediate attention is available in the person’s secure electronic account. A notice or other communication is considered to be made available if it is posted by the Minister in the person’s secure electronic account and the person has authorized that notices or other communications may be made available in this manner and has not before that date revoked that authorization in a manner specified by the Minister.
Date electronic notice sent — business account
Start of inserted block
(3.‍2)For the purposes of this Act, a notice or other communication in respect of a person that is made available in electronic format such that it can be read or perceived by a person or computer system or other similar device and that refers to the business number of a person is presumed to be sent to the person and received by the person on the date that it is posted by the Minister in the secure electronic account in respect of the business number of the person, unless the person has requested, at least30 days before that date, in a manner specified by the Minister, that such notices or other communications be sent by mail.
End of inserted block

81(1)Section278of the Act is amended by adding the following before subsection (1):

Definition ofelectronic payment
Start of inserted block
278(0.‍1)In this section,electronic payment means any payment or remittance to the Receiver General that is made through electronic services offered by a person described in any of paragraphs (3)‍(a) to (d) or by any electronic means specified by the Minister.
End of inserted block
(2)The portion of subsection278(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Electronic payment
(3)Every person Insertion startthat Insertion end is required under this Part to pay or remit an amount to the Receiver General shall, Insertion startif Insertion end the amount is $ Insertion start10,000 Insertion end or more, make the payment orremittance Insertion startby way of electronic payment, unless the person cannot reasonably pay or remit the amount in that manner Insertion end, to the account of the Receiver General at Insertion startor through Insertion end

(3)Subsections (1) and (2) apply in respect of payments and remittances made after2023.

82(1)The Act is amended by adding the following after section280.‍11:
Penalty — electronic payment
Start of inserted block
280.‍12Every person that fails to comply with subsection278(3) is liable to a penalty equal to $100 for each such failure.
End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) applies in respect of payments and remittances made after2023.

83Paragraph295(5)‍(d) of the Act is amended by adding the following after subparagraph (xi):

  • Start of inserted block

    (xi.‍1)to an official of

    • (A)the Department of Employment and Social Development or the Department of Health, solely for the purpose of the administration or enforcement of the Canadian Dental Care Plan established under the authority of theDepartment of Health Act in respect of dental service for individuals, or

    • (B)the Department of Health solely for the purpose of the formulation or evaluation of policy for that plan;

      End of inserted block

84Subsection335(10.‍1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Date electronic notice sent
(10.‍1)For the purposes of this Part, if a notice or other communication in respect of a person, Insertion startother than a notice or other communication that refers to the business number of a person Insertion end, is made available in electronic format such that it can be read or perceived by a person or a computer system or other similar device, the notice or other communication is presumed to be sent to the person and received by the person on the date that an electronic message is sent, to the electronic address most recently provided before that date by the person to the Minister for the purposes of this subsection, informing the person that a notice or other communicationrequiring the person’s immediate attention is available in the person’s secure electronic account. A notice or other communication is considered to be made available if it is posted by the Minister in the person’s secure electronic account and the person has authorized that notices or other communications may be made available in this manner and has not before that date revoked that authorization in a manner specified by the Minister.
Date electronic notice sent — business account
Start of inserted block
(10.‍2)For the purposes of this Part, a notice or other communication in respect of a person that is made available in electronic format such that it can be read or perceived by a person or computer system or other similar device and that refers to the business number of a person is presumed to be sent to the person and received by the person on the date that it is posted by the Minister in the secure electronic account in respect of the business number of the person, unless the person has requested, at least30 days before that date, in a manner specified by the Minister, that such notices or other communications be sent by mail.
End of inserted block

R.‍S.‍, c. T-3

Tax Rebate Discounting Act

85Paragraphs4(2)‍(a) and (b) of theTax Rebate Discounting Act are replaced by the following:

  • (a)including with the return of income, other than a return of income deemed by subsection150.‍1(3) of theIncome Tax Act to have been filed for the purposes of section150of that Act, a true copy of the statement referred to in subparagraph (1)‍(b)‍(i) as provided to the client, and

  • (b)providing to such person and within such period of time as the Minister may specify a true copy of the statement referred to in subparagraph (1)‍(b)‍(i) as provided to the client,

2002, c. 9, s. 5

Air Travellers Security Charge Act

86(1)Section20 of theAir Travellers Security Charge Act is replaced by the following:

Definition ofelectronic payment
Start of inserted block
20(1)In this section,electronic payment means any payment to the Receiver General that is made through electronic services offered by a person described in any of paragraphs (2)‍(a) to (d) or by any electronic means specified by the Minister.
End of inserted block
Electronic payment
Insertion start(2) Insertion endEvery person Insertion startthat Insertion end is required under this Act to pay an amount to the Receiver General shall, if the amount is $ Insertion start10,000 Insertion end or more, make the payment Insertion startby way of electronic payment, unless the person cannot reasonably pay the amount in that manner Insertion end, to the account of the Receiver General at Insertion startor through Insertion end
  • (a)a bank;

  • (b)a credit union;

  • (c)a corporation Insertion startthat is Insertion end authorized under the laws of Canada or a province to carry on the business of offering its services as a trustee to the public; or

  • (d)a corporation Insertion startthat is Insertion end authorized under the laws of Canada or a province to accept deposits from the public and that carries on the business of lending money on the security of real property or immovables or investing in mortgages on real property or hypothecs on immovables.

(2)Subsection (1) applies in respect of payments made after2023.

87(1)The Act is amended by adding the following after section53:
Penalty — electronic payment
Start of inserted block
54Every person that fails to comply with subsection20(2) is liable to a penalty equal to $100 for each such failure.
End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) applies in respect of payments made after2023.

88Subsection83(9.‍1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Date electronic notice sent
(9.‍1)For the purposes of this Act, if a notice or other communication in respect of a person, Insertion startother than a notice or other communication that refers to the business number of a person Insertion end, is made available in electronic format such that it can be read or perceived by a person or a computer system or other similar device, the notice or other communication is Insertion startpresumed Insertion end to be sent to the person and received by the person on the date that an electronic message is sent, to the electronic address most recently provided before that date by the person to the Minister for the purposes of this subsection, informing the person that a notice or other communication requiring the person’s immediate attention is available in the person’s secure electronic account. A notice or other communication is considered to be made available if it is posted by the Minister in the person’s secure electronic account and the person has authorized that notices or other communications may be made available in this manner and has not before that date revoked that authorization in a manner specified by the Minister.
Date electronic notice sent – business account
Start of inserted block
(9.‍2)For the purposes of this Act, a notice or other communication in respect of a person that is made available in electronic format such that it can be read or perceived by a person or computer system or other similar device and that refers to the business number of a person is presumed to be sent to the person and received by the person on the date that it is posted by the Minister in the secure electronic account in respect of the business number of the person, unless the person has requested, at least30 days before that date, in a manner specified by the Minister, that such notices or other communications be sent by mail.
End of inserted block

2002, c. 22

Excise Act,2001

89(1)Section163 of theExcise Act,2001 is replaced by the following:

Definition ofelectronic payment
Start of inserted block
163(1)In this section,electronic payment means any payment to the Receiver General that is made through electronic services offered by a person described in any of paragraphs (2)‍(a) to (e) or by any electronic means specified by the Minister.
End of inserted block
Electronic payment
Insertion start(2) Insertion endEvery person Insertion startthat Insertion end is required under this Act to pay any duty, interest or other amount to the Receiver General shall, if the amount is $ Insertion start10,000 Insertion end or more, make the payment Insertion startby way of electronic payment, unless the person cannot reasonably pay the amount in that manner Insertion end, to the account of the Receiver General at Insertion startor through Insertion end
  • (a)a bank;

  • (b)anauthorized foreign bank, as defined in section2 of theBank Act, that is not subject to the restrictions and requirements referred to in subsection524(2) of that Act;

  • (c)a credit union;

  • (d)a corporation Insertion startthat is Insertion end authorized under the laws of Canada or a province to carry on the business of offering its services as a trustee to the public; or

  • (e)a corporation Insertion startthat is Insertion end authorized under the laws of Canada or a province to accept deposits from the public and that carries on the business of lending money on the security of real property or immovables or investing in mortgages on real property or hypothecs on immovables.

(2)Subsection (1) applies in respect of payments made after2023.

90Paragraph211(6)‍(e) of the Act is amended by adding the following after subparagraph (xii):

  • Start of inserted block

    (xii.‍1)to an official of

    • (A)the Department of Employment and Social Development or the Department of Health, solely for the purpose of the administration or enforcement of the Canadian Dental Care Plan established under the authority of theDepartment of Health Act in respect of dental service for individuals, or

    • (B)the Department of Health solely for the purpose of the formulation or evaluation of policy for that plan;

      End of inserted block
91(1)The Act is amended by adding the following after section251.‍1:
Penalty — electronic payment
Start of inserted block
251.‍11Every person that fails to comply with subsection163(2) is liable to a penalty equal to $100 for each such failure.
End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) applies in respect of payments made after2023.

92Subsection301(9.‍1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Date electronic notice sent
(9.‍1)For the purposes of this Act, if a notice or other communication in respect of a person, Insertion startother than a notice or other communication that refers to the business number of a person Insertion end, is made available in electronic format such that it can be read or perceived by a person or a computer system or other similar device, the notice or other communication is Insertion startpresumed Insertion end to be sent to the person and received by the person on the date that an electronic message is sent, to the electronic address most recently provided before that date by the person to the Minister for the purposes of this subsection, informing the person that a notice or other communication requiring the person’s immediate attention is available in the person’s secure electronic account. A notice or other communication is considered to be made available if it is posted by the Minister in the person’s secure electronic account and the person has authorized that notices or other communications may be made available in this manner and has not before that date revoked that authorization in a manner specified by the Minister.
Date electronic notice sent — business account
Start of inserted block
(9.‍2)For the purposes of this Act, a notice or other communication in respect of a person that is made available in electronic format such that it can be read or perceived by a person or computer system or other similar device and that refers to the business number of a person is presumed to be sent to the person and received by the person on the date that it is posted by the Minister in the secure electronic account in respect of the business number of the person, unless the person has requested, at least30 days before that date, in a manner specified by the Minister, that such notices or other communications be sent by mail.
End of inserted block

2018, c. 12, s. 186

Greenhouse Gas Pollution Pricing Act

93(1)Section86 of theGreenhouse Gas Pollution Pricing Act is replaced by the following:

Definition ofelectronic payment
Start of inserted block
86(1)In this section,electronic payment means any payment to the Receiver General that is made through electronic services offered by a person described in any of paragraphs (2)‍(a) to (d) or by any electronic means specified by the Minister.
End of inserted block
Electronic payment
Insertion start(2) Insertion endEvery person that is required under this Part to pay an amount to the Receiver General must, if the amount is $ Insertion start10,000 Insertion end or more, make the payment Insertion startby way of electronic payment, unless the person cannot reasonably pay the amount in that manner Insertion end, to the account of the Receiver General at Insertion startor through Insertion end
  • (a)a bank;

  • (b)a credit union;

  • (c)a corporation Insertion startthat is Insertion end authorized under the laws of Canada or a province to carry on the business of offering its services as a trustee to the public; or

  • (d)a corporation that is authorized under the laws of Canada or a province to accept deposits from the public and that carries on the business of lending money on the security of real property or immovables or investing in indebtedness on the security of mortgages on real property or hypothecs on immovables.

(2)Subsection (1) applies in respect of payments made after2023.

94(1)The Act is amended by adding the following after section123:
Penalty — electronic payments
Start of inserted block
123.‍1Every person that fails to comply with subsection86(2) is liable to a penalty equal to $100 for each such failure.
End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) applies in respect of payments made after2023.

95Subsection164(12) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Date electronic notice sent
(12)For the purposes of this Part, if a notice or other communication in respect of a person, Insertion startother than a notice or other communication that refers to the business number of a person Insertion end, is made available in electronic format such that it can be read or perceived by a person or a computer system or other similar device, the notice or other communication is presumed to be sent to the person and received by the person on the date that an electronic message is sent, to the electronic address most recently provided before that date by the person to the Minister for the purposes of this subsection, informing the person that a notice or other communication requiring the person’s immediate attention is available in the person’s secure electronic account. A notice or other communication is considered to be made available if it is posted by the Minister in the person’s secure electronic account and the person has authorized that notices or other communications may be made available in this manner and has not before that date revoked that authorization in a manner specified by the Minister.
Date electronic notice sent – business account
Start of inserted block
(12.‍1)For the purposes of this Part, a notice or other communication in respect of a person that is made available in electronic format such that it can be read or perceived by a person or computer system or other similar device and that refers to the business number of a person is presumed to be sent to the person and received by the person on the date that it is posted by the Minister in the secure electronic account in respect of the business number of the person, unless the person has requested, at least30 days before that date, in a manner specified by the Minister, that such notices or other communications be sent by mail.
End of inserted block

C.‍R.‍C.‍, c. 945

Income Tax Regulations

96(1)Subsection202(6) of theIncome Tax Regulations is replaced by the following:

(6)A non-resident person, Insertion startor an authorized foreign bank, that Insertion end is deemed under subsection212(13.‍2) Insertion startor paragraph212(13.‍3)‍(a) Insertion end of the Act to be a person resident in Canada for the purposes of Part XIII of the Act, Insertion startis Insertion end deemed, in the same circumstances, to be a person resident in Canada for the purposes of subsections (1) and (2).

(2)Subsection (1) applies to amounts paid or credited after2022.

97(1)Subsection205(3) of the Regulations is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:

Part XX Information Return – Digital Platform Operators

(2)Subsection (1) comes into force on January1, 2024.

98(1)The portion of subsection205.‍1(1) of the Regulations, before the list of types of prescribed information returns, is replaced by the following:

205.‍1(1)For the purpose of subsection162(7.‍02) of the Act, the following types of information returns are prescribed and must be filed Insertion startelectronically Insertion end if more than Insertion startfive Insertion end information returns of that type are required to be filed for a calendar year:

(2)The portion of subsection205.‍1(2) of the Regulations before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

(2)For purposes of subsection150.‍1(2.‍1) of the Act, a prescribed corporation is any corporation except

(3)Subsection (1) applies in respect of information returns filed after2023.

(4)Subsection (2) applies to taxation years that begin after2023.

99(1)Subsection209(1) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:

209(1)A person who is required by section200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 212, 214 ( Insertion startother than subsection214(1.‍1) Insertion end),215 ( Insertion startother than subsection215(2.‍1) Insertion end),217or218,subsection219(2) or223(2) or section228, 229, 230, 232, 233or234 to make an information return shall forward to each taxpayer to whom the return relates two copies of the portion of the return that relates to that taxpayer.

(2)The portion of subsection209(5) of the Regulations before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

(5)A person may provide a Statement of Remuneration Paid (T4) information return, a Tuition and Enrolment Certificate, Insertion starta Statement of Pension, Retirement, Annuity, and Other Income (T4A) information return Insertion end or Insertion starta Statement of Investment Income (T5) information return Insertion end, as required under subsection (1), as a single document in an electronic format (instead of the two copies required under subsection (1)) to the taxpayer to whom the return relates, on or before the date on which the return is to be filed with the Minister, unless

(3)The portion of subsection209(5) of the Regulations before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

(5)A person may provide a Statement of Remuneration Paid (T4) information return, a Tuition and Enrolment Certificate, Insertion starta FHSA information return Insertion end, a Statement of Pension, Retirement, Annuity, and Other Income (T4A) information return or a Statement of Investment Income (T5) information return, as required under subsection (1), as a single document in an electronic format (instead of the two copies required under subsection (1)) to the taxpayer to whom the return relates, on or before the date on which the return is to be filed with the Minister, unless

(4)Subsection (1) applies to the2023 and subsequent taxation years.

(5)Subsection (2) applies in respect of information returns filed after2021.

(6)Subsection (3) is deemed to have come into force on April1, 2023.

100(1)Section214of the Regulations is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):

Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)The issuer of a registered retirement savings plan shall make an information return in prescribed form for each calendar year containing the total fair market value of all property held by the plan at the end of the year.
End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) applies to the2023 and subsequent taxation years.

101(1)Section215of the Regulations is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):

Start of inserted block
(2.‍1)Every carrier of a registered retirement income fund shall make an information return in prescribed form for each calendar year containing the total fair market value of all property held by the fund at the end of the year.
End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) applies to the2023 and subsequent taxation years.

102(1)Paragraph (a) of the definitionCanadian equity property in subsection2400(1) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:

  • (a)a share of the capital stock of, or an income bond or income debenture issued by, a person (other than a corporation affiliated with the taxpayer) resident in Canada or a Canadian partnership; or

(2)Paragraph (a) of the definitionequity property in subsection2400(1) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:

  • (a)a share of the capital stock of, or an income bond or income debenture, issued by, another person (other than a corporation affiliated with the taxpayer) or partnership; or

103(1)Subsection3900(2) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:

(2)For the purpose of paragraph20(1)‍(v) of the Act, the amount allowed Insertion startfor a taxation year Insertion end in respect of taxes on income from mining operations of a taxpayer is the total of all amounts each of which is
  • (a)an eligible tax that is paid or payable by the taxpayer

    • Insertion start(i) Insertion endon the income of the taxpayer for the taxation year from mining operations, or

    • Insertion start(ii) Insertion endon a non-Crown royalty included in computing the income of the taxpayer for the taxation year;

  • Start of inserted block

    (b)an eligible tax that is paid by the taxpayer in the taxation year on either the income of the taxpayer for a previous taxation year from mining operations or a non-Crown royalty included in computing the income of the taxpayer for a previous taxation year, if

    • (i)the amount was deductible in computing the income of the taxpayer for the previous taxation year,

    • (ii)the amount has not been deducted in computing the income of the taxpayer for a taxation year that is prior to the taxation year, and

    • (iii)an assessment of the taxpayer to take into account a deduction in respect of the eligible tax under the Act for the previous taxation year would be precluded because of subsections152(4) to (5) of the Act; or

  • (c)interest in respect of eligible tax referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) that is paid in the taxation year by the taxpayer to the province imposing the eligible tax.

    End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that end after2007.

104(1)Subsection4802(1) of the Regulations is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (f) and by adding the following after that paragraph:

  • Start of inserted block

    (f.‍1)the Pension Benefits Guarantee Fund under thePension Benefits Act, R.‍S.‍O.1990,c. P.‍8 and any corporation established solely for investing the assets of the Pension Benefits Guarantee Fund; and

    End of inserted block

(2)Section4802of the Regulations is amended by adding the following after subsection (1.‍1):

Start of inserted block
(1.‍2)For the purposes of paragraph8502(i.‍2), if an amount is borrowed (other than an amount described in paragraph (1.‍1)‍(c)) at a particular time by a trust described in subsection (1.‍1) in relation to defined benefit provisions of one or more registered pension plans that are beneficiaries of the trust, each such defined benefit provision is deemed to have borrowed at the particular time an amount that is equal to the following amount:
End of inserted block
  • Start of inserted block

    (a)if paragraph (b) does not apply, the amount determined by the formula

    A × (B ÷ C)
    where

    A
    is the amount borrowed by the trust at the particular time,

    B
    is the fair market value at the particular time of the interest of the defined benefit provision in

    (i)if the borrowing relates to a particular class of units of the trust, that class of units, and

    (ii)in any other case, the income and capital of the trust, and

    C
    is the fair market value at the particular time of all interests of defined benefit provisions in

    (i)if the borrowing relates to a particular class of units of the trust, that class of units, and

    (ii)in any other case, the income and capital of the trust; and

  • (b)the portion of the amount borrowed by the trust at the particular time that is allocated to the defined benefit provision under an agreement entered into between the trust and the defined benefit provision, provided that the agreement allocates to the beneficiaries the total amount borrowed by the trust.

(1.‍3)If an amount borrowed by a trust is deemed to have been borrowed by a defined benefit provision under subsection (1.‍2), the amount is deemed not to have been borrowed by the trust for the purposes of paragraph (1.‍1)‍(c).
End of inserted block

(3)Subsection (1) applies to2022 and subsequent taxation years.

(4)Subsection (2) is deemed to have come into force on April7, 2022.

105(1)The portion of paragraph8301(4)‍(a) of the Regulations before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:

  • (a)a contribution (other than an excluded contribution, a contribution described in paragraph8308(6)‍(e) or (g) Insertion startor a contribution made under subsection147.‍1(20) of the Act Insertion end) made under the provision in the year by

(2)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on January1, 2021.

106(1)Subsection8304.‍1(1) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:

8304.‍1(1)For the purpose of subsection248(1) of the Act, an individual’stotal pension adjustment reversal for a calendar year Insertion startis Insertion end the total of all amounts each of which is
  • Insertion start(a) Insertion endthe pension adjustment reversal (in this Part and Part LXXXIV referred to as “PAR”) determined in connection with the individual’s termination in the year from a deferred profit sharing plan or from a benefit provision of a registered pension plan; Insertion startor Insertion end

  • Start of inserted block

    (b)the pension adjustment correction determined in respect of the individual for the year under subsection (16).

    End of inserted block

(2)Section8304.‍1of the Regulations is amended by adding the following after subsection (15):

Start of inserted block
Pension Adjustment Correction

(16)If a distribution described in subparagraph8502(d)‍(iii) or subsection147.‍1(19) of the Act is made in a calendar year in respect of an individual under a money purchase provision, the individual’s pension adjustment correction for the year is the total of all amounts each of which is an amount, in respect of one or more of the10 years immediately preceding the calendar year (each such year referred to in this subsection as a “retroactive year”), determined by the formula
A − B − C
where

A
is the total of all amounts each of which was included in determining the individual’s pension credit with respect to an employer for the retroactive year under the provision;

B
is the total amount that ought to have been contributed to the provision under the terms of the plan as registered with respect to the individual for the retroactive year; and

C
is the amount, if any, by which the total of all amounts each of which is the individual’s pension adjustment for the retroactive year in respect of a participating employer exceeds the lesser of the money purchase limit for the retroactive year and18% of the individual’scompensation (as defined in subsection147.‍1(1) of the Act) from participating employers for the retroactive year.

End of inserted block

(3)Subsections (1) and (2) are deemed to have come into force on January1, 2021.

107(1)Section8308of the Regulations is amended by adding the following after subsection (5.‍3):

Start of inserted block
Conditions – Permitted Corrective Contribution

(5.‍4)If the individual makes a written commitment to the administrator of the plan or to an employer who participates in the plan to make a permitted corrective contribution in accordance with subsection147.‍1(20) of the Act in installments, amounts payable by the individual or the employer in respect of the contribution are deemed for the purposes of subsection8402(4) and the definitionnet past service pension adjustment in subsection146(1) of the Act to have been made at the time when the written commitment was made.
End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on January1, 2021.

108(1)Section8402of the Regulations is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):

Start of inserted block
(4)The administrator of a registered pension plan shall file with the Minister an information return in prescribed form within120days after a contribution is made to the plan in respect of an individual under subsection147.‍1(20) of the Act.
End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on January1, 2021.However, in its application to a contribution made before this Act receives royal assent, the administrator of the registered pension plan shall not be required to file the prescribed information return prior to the day that is60 days after the day on which this Act receives royal assent.

109(1)Section8402.‍01of the Regulations is amended by adding the following after subsection (4):

Start of inserted block
Pension Adjustment Correction – Employer Reporting

(4.‍1)If a pension adjustment correction under subsection8304.‍1(16) is determined for an individual in connection with a distribution from a registered pension plan (other than a pension adjustment correction that is nil), the administrator of the plan shall file with the Minister an information return in prescribed form reporting the pension adjustment correction
  • (a)if the distribution occurs in the first, second or third quarter of a calendar year, on or before the day that is60 days after the last day of the quarter in which the distribution occurs; and

  • (b)if the distribution occurs in the fourth quarter of a calendar year, before February of the following calendar year.

    End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on January1, 2021.However, in its application to a distribution that is made before this Act receives royal assent, the administrator of the registered pension plan is not required to file the prescribed information return prior to the day that is60 days after the day on which this Act receives royal assent.

110(1)Subparagraph8502(d)‍(v) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:

  • (v)a payment of interest (computed at a rate not exceeding a reasonable rate) in respect of contributions that are returned as described in subparagraph Insertion start(iii) or Insertion end (iv),

(2)The portion of paragraph8502(i) of the Regulations before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:

  • (i) Insertion startsubject to paragraph (i.‍2) Insertion end, a trustee or other person who holds property in connection with the plan does not borrow money for the purposes of the plan, except where

(3)Section8502of the Regulations is amended by adding the following after paragraph (i.‍1):

Start of inserted block
Borrowing – Defined Benefit Provision

  • (i.‍2)in the case of a defined benefit provision of the plan (other than an individual pension plan), a trustee or other person who holds property in connection with the provision does not borrow money for the purposes of the provision, except in the circumstances described in paragraph (i) or if, at the time an amount is borrowed

    • (i)the difference between A and B in subparagraph (ii) does not exceed125% of the actuarial liabilities (determined on the effective date of the plan’s most recent actuarial report) in respect of the provision, and

    • (ii)the total of the borrowed amount and the amount of any other outstanding borrowings in respect of the provision (other than an amount described in paragraph (i)) does not exceed the amount determined by the formula

      0.‍20 × (A − B)
      where

      A
      is the value of the plan assets in respect of the provision on the first day of the fiscal period of the plan in which the amount is borrowed, and

      B
      is the amount of outstanding borrowings in respect of the provision, determined on the first day of the fiscal period in which the amount is borrowed;

      End of inserted block

(4)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on January1, 2021.

(5)Subsections (2) and (3) are deemed to have come into force on April7, 2022.

111(1)Clause8506(1)‍(e.‍2)‍(iii)‍(A) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:

  • (A)a benefit described in any of paragraphs (b) to (e) and (i),

(2)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on January1, 2020.

SOR/2010-150

Electronic Filing and Provision of Information (GST/HST) Regulations

112(1)Paragraph2(a) of theElectronic Filing and Provision of Information (GST/HST) Regulations is replaced by the following:
  • (a)the person is not a charity;

(2)Subsection (1) applies in respect of reporting periods that begin after2023.

Coordinating Amendments

Bill C-46

113(1)Subsections (2) and (3) apply if Bill C-46,introduced in the1st session of the44th Parliament and entitled theCost of Living Relief Act, No.3 (in this section referred to as the “other Act”), receives royal assent.
(2)If subsections49(1) and (2) of this Act come into force before subsections4(1) and (2) of the other Act, then those subsections4(1) and (2) are deemed never to have come into force and are repealed.
(3)If subsections4(1) and (2) of the other Act come into force on the same day as subsections49(1) and (2) of this Act, then those subsections4(1) and (2) are deemed to have come into force before those subsections49(1) and (2).

PART2
GST/HST Measures

R.‍S.‍, c. E-15

Excise Tax Act

114(1)The definitioncommercial service in subsection123(1) of theExcise Tax Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (a), by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (b) and by adding the following after paragraph (b):

  • Start of inserted block

    (c)a service that is acquired for consumption, use or supply in the course of, or in connection with, the performance of amining activity (as defined in subsection188.‍2(1)) in Canada; (service commercial)

    End of inserted block

(2)The definitionfinancial service in subsection123(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (r.‍5):

  • Start of inserted block

    (r.‍6)a service (other than a prescribed service) that is supplied by apayment card network operator in respect of apayment card network (as those terms are defined in section3 of thePayment Card Networks Act) where the supply includes the provision of

    • (i)a service in respect of the authorization of a transaction in respect of money, an account, a credit card voucher, a charge card voucher or a financial instrument,

    • (ii)a clearing or settlement service in respect of money, an account, a credit card voucher, a charge card voucher or a financial instrument, or

    • (iii)a service rendered in conjunction with a service referred to in subparagraph (i) or (ii),

      End of inserted block

(3)Paragraph (b) of the definitionpension entity in subsection123(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (b)a corporation referred to in paragraph (b) of Insertion startthe Insertion end definition Insertion startpension plan Insertion end, or

(4)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on February5, 2022.

(5)Subsection (2) applies to a service rendered under an agreement for a supply if

  • (a)any consideration for the supply becomes due after March28, 2023 or is paid after that day without having become due; or

  • (b)all of the consideration for the supply became due or was paid on or before March28, 2023,except that, for the purposes of Part IX of the Act, other than Division IV of that Part, subsection (2) does not apply in respect of the service if

    • (i)the supplier did not, on or before March28, 2023, charge, collect or remit any amount as or on account of tax under Part IX of the Act in respect of the supply, and

    • (ii)the supplier did not, on or before March28, 2023,charge, collect or remit any amount as or on account of tax under Part IX of the Act in respect of any other supply that is made under the agreement and that includes the provision of a service referred to in paragraph (r.‍6) of the definitionfinancial service in subsection123(1) of the Act, as amended by subsection (2).

(6)Despite section298of the Act, the Minister of National Revenue may assess, reassess or make an additional assessment of any amount in respect of paragraph (r.‍6) of the definitionfinancial service in subsection123(1) of the Act, as amended by subsection (1), at any time on or before the later of the day that is one year after the day on which the legislation enacting subsection (1) receives royal assent and the last day of the period otherwise allowed under that section for making the assessment, reassessment or additional assessment.

115(1)Section172.‍1of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (8):
Later addition to net tax of employer
Start of inserted block
(8.‍01)If, in making an assessment of the net tax for a reporting period of a person, the Minister determines that the tax in respect of a supply of all or part of a specified resource deemed to have been made by the person under paragraph (5)‍(a) or (5.‍1)‍(a) or in respect of a supply of an employer resource deemed to have been made by the person under any of paragraphs (6)‍(a), (6.‍1)‍(a), (7)‍(a) and (7.‍1)‍(a) is greater than the amount of tax that had been accounted for in respect of the supply prior to the Minister’s assessment of the net tax for the reporting period and if the person has paid or remitted all amounts owing to the Receiver General in respect of the net tax for the reporting period, if any, the following rules apply:
  • (a)the person shall, in prescribed form and in a manner satisfactory to the Minister, provide prescribed information in respect of the supply to each pension entity that is deemed to have paid tax in respect of the specified resource or part or in respect of the employer resource, as the case may be, under whichever of paragraphs (5)‍(d), (5.‍1)‍(d), (6)‍(d), (6.‍1)‍(d), (7)‍(d) and (7.‍1)‍(d) is applicable (in this subsection referred to as the “applicable paragraph”) before the day that is one year after the later of

    • (i)the day on which the Minister sends the notice of the assessment, and

    • (ii)the first day on which all amounts owing to the Receiver General in respect of the net tax for the reporting period, if any, have been paid or remitted; and

  • (b)if the person provides the prescribed information to a particular pension entity in accordance with paragraph (a) and if the prescribed information is received by the particular pension entity on a particular day that is after the end of the lastclaim period (as defined in subsection259(1)) of the particular pension entity that ends within two years after the day on which the supply was deemed to have been made, for the purposes referred to in the applicable paragraph,

    • (i)the particular pension entity is deemed to have paid on the particular day tax equal to the amount determined by the formula

      A × (B ÷ C)
      where

      A
      is the amount of tax in respect of the specified resource or part or in respect of the employer resource, as the case may be, that the particular pension entity is deemed to have paid under the applicable paragraph,

      B
      is the difference between the tax in respect of the supply and the amount of tax that had been accounted for in respect of the supply prior to the Minister’s assessment of the net tax for the reporting period, and

      C
      is the tax in respect of the supply, and

    • (ii)if the applicable paragraph is paragraph (5)‍(d), (5.‍1)‍(d), (6)‍(d) or (6.‍1)‍(d), the tax that the particular pension entity is deemed to have paid under subparagraph (i) is deemed to be paid in respect of the supply of the specified resource or part or in respect of the supply of the employer resource, as the case may be, that the particular pension entity is deemed to have received under the applicable paragraph.

      End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) applies in respect of any notice of assessment, reassessment or additional assessment sent to a person by the Minister of National Revenue except that, in respect of a notice of assessment, reassessment or additional assessment sent by the Minister of National Revenue on or before August9, 2022,paragraph172.‍1(8.‍01)‍(a) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), is to be read as follows:

  • (a)the person may, in prescribed form and in a manner satisfactory to the Minister, provide prescribed information in respect of the supply to each pension entity that is deemed to have paid tax in respect of the specified resource or part or in respect of the employer resource, as the case may be, under whichever of paragraphs (5)‍(d), (5.‍1)‍(d), (6)‍(d), (6.‍1)‍(d), (7)‍(d) and (7.‍1)‍(d) is applicable (in this subsection referred to as the “applicable paragraph”) before the day that is one year after the later of

    • (i)the day on which the Act of Parliament that implements this subsection receives royal assent, and

    • (ii)the first day on which all amounts owing to the Receiver General in respect of the net tax for the reporting period, if any, have been paid or remitted; and

116(1)The Act is amended by adding the following after section172.‍1:
Pension entity — assessment of supplier
Start of inserted block
172.‍11For the purposes of sections225.‍2, 232.‍01, 232.‍02and261.‍01 and theSelected Listed Financial Institutions Attribution Method (GST/HST) Regulations, tax inrespect of a supply of property or a service that became payable by a pension entity of a pension plan on a particular day is deemed to have become payable by the pension entity on the day on which the pension entity pays that tax and not to have become payable on the particular day if
  • (a)the supplier did not, before the end of the lastclaim period (as defined in subsection259(1)) of the pension entity that ends within two years after the end of the claim period of the pension entity that includes the particular day, charge that tax;

  • (b)the supplier discloses in writing to the pension entity that the Minister has assessed the supplier for that tax;

  • (c)the pension entity pays that tax after the end of that last claim period; and

  • (d)that tax is not included in determining

    • (i)a rebate under subsection261.‍01(2) that is claimed by the pension entity for that last claim period or an earlier claim period of the pension entity, or

    • (ii)an amount that aqualifying employer (as defined in subsection261.‍01(1)) of the pension plan deducts in determining its net tax for a reporting period as a result of a joint election made under any of subsections261.‍01(5), (6) and (9) with the pension entity for that last claim period or an earlier claim period of the pension entity.

      End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) applies in respect of tax that is paid by a pension entity in a claim period of the pension entity that ends after August9, 2022.

117(1)Section172.‍2of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Assessment of supplier
Start of inserted block
(3.‍1)For the purposes of subsection (3), tax in respect of a supply of property or a service that became payable by a master pension entity on a particular day is deemed to have become payable by the master pension entity on the day on which the master pension entity pays that tax and not to have become payable on the particular day if
  • (a)the supplier did not, within two years after the particular day, charge that tax;

  • (b)the supplier discloses in writing to the master pension entity that the Minister has assessed the supplier for that tax; and

  • (c)the master pension entity pays that tax on a day that is more than two years after the particular day.

    End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) applies in respect of tax that is paid by a master pension entity after August9, 2022.

118(1)The Act is amended by adding the following after section188.‍1:
Start of inserted block
Cryptoassets
End of inserted block
Definitions
Start of inserted block
188.‍2(1)The following definitions apply in this section.

cryptoasset means property (other than prescribed property) that is a digital representation of value and that only exists at a digital address of a publicly distributed ledger.‍ (cryptoactif)

mining activity means an activity of

  • (a)validating transactions in respect of a cryptoasset and adding them to a publicly distributed ledger on which the cryptoasset exists at a digital address;

  • (b)maintaining and permitting access to a publicly distributed ledger on which a cryptoasset exists at a digital address; or

  • (c)allowing computing resources to be used for the purpose of, or in connection with, performing activities described in paragraph (a) or (b) in respect of a cryptoasset.‍ (activité de minage)

mining group means a group of persons that, under an agreement,

  • (a)pool property or services for the performance of mining activities; and

  • (b)share mining payments in respect of the mining activities among members of the group.‍ (groupe de minage)

mining group operator, in respect of a mining group, means a person that coordinates, oversees or manages the mining activities of the mining group.‍ (exploitant d’un groupe de minage)

mining payment, in respect of a mining activity, means money, property or a service that is a fee, reward or other form of payment and that is received or generated as a consequence of the mining activity being performed.‍ (paiement de minage)

End of inserted block
Acquisition, etc.‍, for mining activities
Start of inserted block
(2)For the purposes of this Part, to the extent that a person acquires, imports or brings into a participating province property or a service for consumption, use or supply in the course of, or in connection with, mining activities, the person is deemed to have acquired, imported or brought into the participating province, as the case may be, the property or service for consumption, use or supply otherwise than in the course of commercial activities of the person.
End of inserted block
Use, etc.‍, for mining activities
Start of inserted block
(3)For the purposes of this Part, if a person consumes, uses or supplies property or a service in the course of, or in connection with, mining activities, that consumption, use or supply is deemed to be otherwise than in the course of commercial activities of the person.
End of inserted block
Mining payment
Start of inserted block
(4)For the purposes of this Part, if a person receives a mining payment in respect of a mining activity,
  • (a)the provision of the mining activity is deemed not to be a supply;

  • (b)the provision of the mining payment is deemed not to be a supply; and

  • (c)in determining an input tax credit of another person that provides the mining payment, no amount is to be included in respect of tax that becomes payable, or is paid without having become payable, by the other person in respect of any property or service acquired, imported or brought into a participating province for consumption, use or supply in the course of, or in connection with, the provision of the mining payment by the other person.

    End of inserted block
Exception
Start of inserted block
(5)Subsections (2) to (4) do not apply in respect of a mining activity to the extent that the mining activity is performed by a particular person for another person if
  • (a)the identity of the other person is known to the particular person;

  • (b)where the mining activity is in respect of a mining group that includes the particular person, the other person is not a mining group operator in respect of the mining group; and

  • (c)where the other person is a non-resident person and is not dealing at arm’s length with the particular person, each property or service — being property or a service that is received by the other person from the particular person as a consequence of the performance of the mining activity — is supplied, or is used or consumed in the course of making a supply, by the other person to one or more persons each of which

    • (i)is a person whose identity is known to the other person,

    • (ii)deals at arm’s length with the other person, and

    • (iii)is not a mining group operator in respect of a mining group that includes the other person if the mining activity is in respect of that mining group.

      End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on February5, 2022except that, in determining an input tax credit of a person, paragraph188.‍2(4)‍(c) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), does not apply in respect of property or a service acquired, imported or brought into a participating province before February6, 2022.

119(1)The portion of subsection232.‍01(5) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

Effect of tax adjustment note
(5)If a person issues a tax adjustment note to a pension entity under subsection (3) in respect of all or part of a specified resource, a supply of the specified resource or part is deemed to have been received by the pension entity under subparagraph172.‍1(5)‍(d)‍(i) or (5.‍1)‍(d)‍(i) and tax (in this subsection referred to as “deemed tax”) in respect of that supply is deemed to have been paid on a particular day under subparagraph172.‍1(5)‍(d)‍(ii) or (5.‍1)‍(d)‍(ii) Insertion startor paragraph172.‍1(8.‍01)‍(b) Insertion end by the pension entity, the following rules apply:

(2)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on August10, 2022.

120(1)The portion of subsection232.‍02(4) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

Effect of tax adjustment note
(4)If a person issues a tax adjustment note to a pension entity under subsection (2) in respect of particular employer resources consumed or used for the purpose of making an actual pension supply, a supply of each of those particular employer resources (each of which in this subsection is referred to as a “particular supply”) is deemed to have been received by the pension entity under subparagraph172.‍1(6)‍(d)‍(i) or (6.‍1)‍(d)‍(i) and tax (in this subsection referred to as “deemed tax”) in respect of each of the particular supplies is deemed to have been paid under subparagraph172.‍1(6)‍(d)‍(ii) or (6.‍1)‍(d)‍(ii) Insertion startor paragraph172.‍1(8.‍01)‍(b) Insertion end by the pension entity, the following rules apply:

(2)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on August10, 2022.

121(1)Subparagraph (i) of the description of H in the definitionpension rebate amount in subsection261.‍01(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

(i)if an application for a rebate under subsection (2) for the claim period is filed in accordance with subsection (3), Insertion startthe total of Insertion end

Insertion start(A) Insertion endthe total amount indicated on the application under subsection (3.‍1), Insertion startand Insertion end

Start of inserted block

(B)the total of all amounts, each of which is an eligible amount of the pension entity for the claim period that is described in paragraph (b) of the definitioneligible amount and in respect of which a portion of the rebate is claimed by the pension entity in accordance with paragraph (3.‍2)‍(a),

End of inserted block

(2)The portion of subsection261.‍01(3.‍1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:

Application for rebate — pension rebate amount election
(3.‍1)An application for a rebate under subsection (2) for a claim period of a pension entity shall indicate the total of all amounts, each of which is an eligible amount of the pension entity for the claim period ( Insertion startother than an eligible amount in respect of which a portion of the rebate is claimed by the pension entity in accordance with paragraph (3.‍2)‍(a) Insertion end)

(3)Section261.‍01of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3.‍1):

Separate claims for a claim period
Start of inserted block
(3.‍2)If an eligible amount of a pension entity for a claim period of the pension entity is an amount of tax that is deemed to have been paid under subparagraph172.‍1(8.‍01)‍(b)‍(i), or to have become payable under section172.‍11, the following rules apply:
  • (a)the portion of the rebate under subsection (2) for the claim period that is in respect of the excess pension rebate amount for the claim period in respect of the eligible amount may, despite subsection (4), be claimed in an application separate from the pension entity’s application for the portion of that rebate that is in respect of the remaining pension rebate amount for the claim period provided that the application for the portion of that rebate that is in respect of that excess pension rebate amount is filed by the pension entity after the beginning of the pension entity’s fiscal year that includes the claim period and not later than

    • (i)if the pension entity is a registrant, the day on or before which the pension entity is required to file the return under Division V for the claim period, or

    • (ii)in any other case, the last day of the claim period; and

  • (b)a particular election under subsection (5) or (6) for the claim period that is in respect of the excess pension rebate amount for the claim period in respect of the eligible amount may be made separately from an election under subsection (5) or (6), as the case may be, that is in respect of the remaining pension rebate amount for the claim period provided that the portion of the rebate under subsection (2) for the claim period that is in respect of that excess pension rebate amount is claimed by the pension entity in a separate application that is filed in accordance with paragraph (a) and the particular election is filed at the same time that the application is filed.

    End of inserted block
Definitions
Start of inserted block
(3.‍3)The following definitions apply in this subsection and subsection (3.‍2).

excess pension rebate amount for a claim period of a pension entity means, in respect of an amount of tax deemed to have been paid under subparagraph172.‍1(8.‍01)‍(b)‍(i), or to have become payable under section172.‍11, by the pension entity during the claim period, the amount that would be the pension rebate amount of the pension entity for the claim period if the amount of tax were the only eligible amount of the pension entity for the claim period.‍ (excédent du montant de remboursement de pension)

remaining pension rebate amount for a claim period of a pension entity means the amount determined by the formula

A − B
where

A
is the pension rebate amount of the pension entity for the claim period; and

B
is the total of all amounts, each of which is an excess pension rebate amount for the claim period in respect of which a portion of the rebate under subsection (2) for the claim period is claimed by the pension entity in accordance with paragraph (3.‍2)‍(a).‍ (solde du montant de remboursement de pension)

End of inserted block

(4)Subsections (1) to (3) are deemed to have come into force on August10, 2022.

122(1)Subsection1(1) of Part VII of Schedule VI to the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:

tangible personal property includes money;

(2)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on August10, 2022. It also applies in respect of a supply made before that date unless the supplier charged or collected, before that date, any amount as or on account of tax under Part IX of the Act in respect of the supply.

SOR/2001-171

Selected Listed Financial Institutions Attribution Method (GST/HST) Regulations

123(1)Clauses (iii)‍(C) and (D) of the description of G3 in paragraph46(a) of theSelected Listed Financial Institutions Attribution Method (GST/HST) Regulations are replaced by the following:

(C)if a tax adjustment note is issued to the financial institution under subsection232.‍01(3) of the Act in respect of all or part of a specified resource, if a supply of the specified resource or part is deemed for the purposes of section232.‍01of the Act to have been received by the financial institution under subparagraph172.‍1(5)‍(d)‍(i) or (5.‍1)‍(d)‍(i) of the Act and if tax in respect of the supply is deemed for the purposes of section232.‍01of the Act to have been paid on a particular day under subparagraph172.‍1(5)‍(d)‍(ii) or (5.‍1)‍(d)‍(ii) Insertion startor paragraph172.‍1(8.‍01)‍(b) Insertion end of the Act by the financial institution, an amount that the financial institution would be required by paragraph232.‍01(5)‍(c) of the Act to pay during the particular reporting period to the Receiver General as a result of the issuance of the tax adjustment note if the financial institution were a selected listed financial institution on the particular day, or

(D)if a tax adjustment note is issued to the financial institution under subsection232.‍02(2) of the Act in respect of employer resources, if particular supplies (as referred to in subsection232.‍02(4) of the Act) of those employer resources are deemed for the purposes of section232.‍02of the Act to have been received by the financial institution under subparagraph172.‍1(6)‍(d)‍(i) or (6.‍1)‍(d)‍(i) of the Act and if tax in respect of each of the particular supplies is deemed for the purposes of section232.‍02of the Act to have been paid under subparagraph172.‍1(6)‍(d)‍(ii) or (6.‍1)‍(d)‍(ii) Insertion startor paragraph172.‍1(8.‍01)‍(b) Insertion end of the Act by the financial institution, an amount that the financial institution would be required by paragraph232.‍02(4)‍(c) of the Act to pay during the particular reporting period to the Receiver General as a result of the issuance of the tax adjustment note if the financial institution were a selected listed financial institution on the first day on which an amount of tax is deemed for the purposes of section232.‍02 of the Act to have been paid in respect of the particular supplies,

(2)Subsection (1) applies in respect of any reporting period of a person that ends after August9, 2022.

PART3
Amendments to the Excise Act, the Excise Act, 2001 and the Air Travellers Security Charge Act

DIVISION1
Excise Act and Excise Act,2001 (Alcohol Products)

R.‍S.‍, c. E-14

Excise Act

124(1)Section170.‍2 of theExcise Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Adjustment — 2023
Start of inserted block
(2.‍1)In respect of the inflationary adjusted year that is2023,the description of B in paragraph (2)‍(a) is deemed to be equal to1.‍02.
End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on April1, 2023.

2002, c. 22

Excise Act,2001

125(1)Section123.‍1 of theExcise Act,2001 is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Adjustment — 2023
Start of inserted block
(2.‍1)In respect of the inflationary adjusted year that is2023,the description of B in paragraph (2)‍(a) is deemed to be equal to1.‍02.
End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on April1, 2023.

126(1)Section135.‍1of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Adjustment — 2023
Start of inserted block
(2.‍1)In respect of the inflationary adjusted year that is2023,the description of B in paragraph (2)‍(a) is deemed to be equal to1.‍02.
End of inserted block

(2)Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on April1, 2023.

DIVISION2
Air Travellers Security Charge Act (Charge Rates)

2002, c. 9, s. 5

Air Travellers Security Charge Act

127(1)The portion of paragraph12(1)‍(a) of theAir Travellers Security Charge Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
  • (a)$ Insertion start9.‍46 Insertion end for each chargeable emplanement included in the service, to a maximum of $ Insertion start18.‍92 Insertion end, if

(2)The portion of paragraph12(1)‍(b) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
  • (b)$ Insertion start9.‍94 Insertion end for each chargeable emplanement included in the service, to a maximum of $ Insertion start19.‍87 Insertion end, if

(3)The portion of paragraph12(1)‍(c) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
  • (c)$ Insertion start16.‍08 Insertion end for each chargeable emplanement included in the service, to a maximum of $ Insertion start32.‍16 Insertion end, if

(4)The portion of paragraph12(1)‍(d) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
  • (d)$ Insertion start16.‍89 Insertion end for each chargeable emplanement included in the service, to a maximum of $ Insertion start33.‍77 Insertion end, if

(5)Paragraph12(1)‍(e) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (e)$ Insertion start34.‍42 Insertion end, if the service includes transportation to a destination outside the continental zone.

(6)The portion of paragraph12(2)‍(a) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
  • (a)$ Insertion start16.‍08 Insertion end for each chargeable emplanement by an individual on an aircraft used to transport the individual to a destination outside Canada but within the continental zone, to a maximum of $ Insertion start32.‍16 Insertion end, if

(7)The portion of paragraph12(2)‍(b) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
  • (b)$ Insertion start16.‍89 Insertion end for each chargeable emplanement by an individual on an aircraft used to transport the individual to a destination outside Canada but within the continental zone, to a maximum of $ Insertion start33.‍77 Insertion end, if

(8)Paragraph12(2)‍(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (c)$ Insertion start34.‍42 Insertion end, if the service includes transportation to a destination outside the continental zone.

(9)Subsections (1) to (8) apply in respect of an air transportation service that includes a chargeable emplanement after April2024 unless

  • (a)if any consideration is paid or payable in respect of the service, all of the consideration is paid before May2024; or

  • (b)if no consideration is paid or payable in respect of the service, a ticket is issued before May2024.

PART4
Various Measures

DIVISION1
Bank Act

1991, c. 46

Amendments to the Act

128The definitionexternal complaints body in section2 of theBank Act is replaced by the following:

external complaints body means the body corporate designated under subsection627.‍48(1); (organisme externe de traitement des plaintes)

129Section627.‍48 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Start of inserted block
External Complaints Body
End of inserted block
Purpose
Start of inserted block
627.‍471The purpose of sections627.‍48to627.‍54 is to enhance the process for dealing with complaints by establishing a regime comprised of a sole external complaints body that discharges its functions and performs its activities in a transparent, effective, timely and fair manner based on the principles of accessibility, accountability, impartiality and independence.
End of inserted block
Designation of body corporate
627.‍48(1)The Minister may, on the recommendation of the Commissioner, Insertion startdesignate Insertion end a body corporate incorporated under theCanada Not-for-profit Corporations Act or under Insertion starta provincial statute equivalent to that Insertion end Act to be Insertion startthe Insertion end external complaints body to deal with complaints referred to in paragraph627.‍43(1)‍(a) that have not been resolved by its member institutions to the satisfaction of the persons who made the complaints Insertion startor that have not been dealt with within Insertion end the Insertion startprescribed period referred to Insertion end in Insertion startthat paragraph Insertion end.
Matters for consideration
(2)Before Insertion startdesignating Insertion end a body corporate, the Minister shall take into account all matters that the Minister considers relevant, including whether the body corporate has
  • (a)the reputation required under paragraph627.‍49(a); and

  • (b)policies and procedures and terms of reference that would enable it to Insertion startdischarge Insertion end its functions Insertion startand perform its activities in a manner that is consistent with the purpose set out in section627.‍471 Insertion end and to Insertion startcomply with Insertion end paragraphs627.‍49(b) to (m).

Obligation to be member
(3) Insertion startEvery Insertion end institution shall be a member of Insertion startthe external complaints Insertion end body.
Not an agent
(4)The Insertion startexternal complaints Insertion end body is not an agent of Insertion startHis Insertion end Majesty.
Designation to be published
(5) Insertion startA designation made Insertion end under subsection (1) shall be published in theCanada Gazette.
130(1)The portion of section627.‍49 of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Requirements
627.‍49 Insertion startThe external complaints Insertion end body shall
(2)Paragraphs627.‍49(b) to (d) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (b)make its services available across Canada in both official languages and offer those services free of charge to persons who make complaints to it;

  • Start of inserted block

    (c)establish policies, procedures and terms of reference that are satisfactory to the Commissioner pertaining to, among other things, dealing with complaints and the consultation, at least once a year, of its member institutions and consumers for the purpose of raising concerns about the external complaints body;

  • (c.‍1)establish the manner of calculating, to the satisfaction of the Commissioner, the fees it charges to each of its member institutions for its services;

  • (c.‍2)make information available to consumers about their rights and responsibilities in relation to the external complaints handling regime, respond to their inquiries and requests for information and offer them assistance in making a complaint;

    End of inserted block
  • (d) Insertion startinform Insertion end the Commissioner in writing Insertion startwithin30 days after the day on which Insertion end it determines that a complaint raises a Insertion startpotential Insertion end systemic issue;

(3)Paragraph627.‍49(e) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • e)dans les trente jours qui suivent la date à laquelle Insertion startil Insertion end reçoit une plainte, aviser l’auteur de la plainte lorsque, selon Insertion startlui Insertion end, la plainte, ou toute partie de celle-ci, ne relève pas de son mandat, lui en fournir par écrit les raisons pour lesquelles elle n’en relève pas et lui fournir le nom de toute entité à qui il peut présenter la plainte;

(4)Paragraph627.‍49(g) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (g)impartially deal with complaints referred to in paragraph627.‍43(1)‍(a) that have not been resolved by its member institutions to the satisfaction of the persons who made the complaints Insertion startor that have not been dealt with within the prescribed period referred to in that paragraph Insertion end;

(5)Paragraph627.‍49(h) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • h)au plus tard cent vingt jours après la date à laquelle Insertion startil Insertion end dispose de l’ensemble des renseignements nécessaires à l’examen de la plainte, présenter par écrit aux parties à la plainte une recommandation finale;

(6)Section627.‍49 of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (h):
  • Start of inserted block

    (h.‍1)without delay, inform the Commissioner in writing of cases in which an institution does not comply with a final recommendation;

    End of inserted block
(7)The portion of paragraph627.‍49(i) of the French version of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
  • i)dans les quatre-vingt-dix jours suivant la date à laquelle Insertion startil Insertion end présente une recommandation finale, rendre accessible sans frais sur son site Web un résumé de la décision, lequel comprend notamment :

(8)Section627.‍49 of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (i):
  • Start of inserted block

    (i.‍1)within60 days after the end of each quarter, submit to the Commissioner, in a form satisfactory to the Commissioner,

    • (i)in relation to all investigations completed during the quarter, a copy of the record of the complaint, and

    • (ii)any prescribed information;

  • (i.‍2)within60 days after the end of each quarter, meet with the Commissioner to discuss, among other things, complaints, operations and market trends and issues with the potential to impact consumers;

    End of inserted block
(9)The portion of paragraph627.‍49(j) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
  • (j)within135 days after the end of each financial year, file a written report with the Commissioner on the performance of its functions and activities for that year, which report is to include

(10)Clause627.‍49(j)‍(i)‍(B) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (B)all sources of funding for its functions and activities, including the fees charged to each of its member institutions for its services and the manner in which those fees are calculated, and

(11)Subparagraph627.‍49(j)‍(iii) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (iii)pour chacune de ses institutions membres, le nombre et la nature des plaintes reçues ainsi que le nombre de plaintes qui, selon Insertion startlui Insertion end, relevaient de son mandat, le nombre de recommandations finales présentées aux parties et le nombre de plaintes qui, selon Insertion startlui Insertion end, ont été réglées à la satisfaction de leurs auteurs,

(12)Subparagraph627.‍49(j)‍(v) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (v)le nombre de plaintes reçues qui, selon Insertion startlui Insertion end, ne relevaient pas de son mandat et les raisons pour lesquelles elles n’en relevaient pas,

(13)Paragraph627.‍49(j) of the Act is amended by adding the following after subparagraph (v):
  • Start of inserted block

    (v.‍1)the number of complaints for which an institution did not comply with a final recommendation,

    End of inserted block
(14)Subparagraph627.‍49(j)‍(vii) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (vii)la compensation moyenne et la compensation totale qui a été accordée relativement aux plaintes reçues qui, selon Insertion startlui Insertion end, relevaient de son mandat;

(15)Section627.‍49 of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (j):
  • Start of inserted block

    (j.‍1)meet with the Commissioner annually;

    End of inserted block
(16)Paragraphs627.‍49(l) and (m) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (l)submit, every five years, to an evaluation of the performance of its functions and activities Insertion startthat is Insertion end conducted, Insertion startat the discretion of the Commissioner Insertion end, by Insertion startthe Commissioner Insertion end or a third party in accordance with terms of reference that are established by Insertion startthe external complaints Insertion end body Insertion startin consultation with Insertion end the Commissioner; and

  • (m)meet any prescribed Insertion startrequirement Insertion end.

131Sections627.‍5to627.‍52 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Provision of information — external complaints body
627.‍52An institution shall provide the external complaints body with all information in its possession or control that relates to a complaint in respect of Insertion startthe institution Insertion end without delay after the external complaints body notifies it that the complaint has been received.
132Paragraph627.‍65(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b)the name of the external complaints body and the manner in which that body may be contacted; and

133Subsection627.‍998 of the Act is amended by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (n) and by replacing paragraphs (o) and (p) with the following:
  • (o)respecting the requirements to be met by Insertion startthe external complaints Insertion end body.

134Subsections659(1.‍1) to (1.‍3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Special audit
(1.‍1)The Commissioner may direct that a special audit be made in accordance with any terms and conditions that he or she considers appropriate if, in the opinion of the Commissioner, it is required for the purposes of the administration of theFinancial Consumer Agency of Canada Act and the consumer provisions, and may appoint for that purpose
  • Insertion start(a) Insertion end Insertion start Insertion end Insertion startwith respect Insertion end to Insertion starta Insertion end bank or an authorized foreign bank, a firm of accountants qualified under subsection315(1); and

  • Start of inserted block

    (b)with respect to the external complaints body, afirm of accountants, as defined in section313.

    End of inserted block
Report to Commissioner
(1.‍2)If a bank, an authorized foreign bank or Insertion startthe external complaints body is the subject of a special audit, Insertion end it shall provide the Commissioner with the results of the audit.
Expenses payable
(1.‍3)The expenses incurred in respect of any special audit are payable by the bank, Insertion startthe Insertion end authorized foreign bank or Insertion startthe external complaints body Insertion end that is the subject of the audit.
135Section661 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Compliance agreement
661The Commissioner may enter into an agreement, called a “compliance agreement”, with a bank, Insertion startan Insertion end authorized foreign bank or Insertion startthe Insertion end external complaints body for the purposes of implementing any measure that is designed so as to further compliance by it with the consumer provisions.
136Subsections661.‍1(2) to (4) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Directions — external complaints body
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)If, in the opinion of the Commissioner, the external complaints body fails, or there are reasonable grounds to believe that it will fail, to comply with a compliance agreement or any of paragraphs627.‍49(b) to (m) or to discharge its functions and perform its activities in a manner that is consistent with the purpose set out in section627.‍471, the Commissioner may direct the external complaints body to comply with them or to so discharge its functions and perform its activities and to perform any act that in the opinion of the Commissioner is necessary to do so.
End of inserted block
Opportunity for representations
(2)Subject to subsection (3), no direction shall be issued under subsection (1) Insertion startor (1.‍1) Insertion end unless the bank, authorized foreign bank Insertion startor Insertion end person or Insertion startthe external complaints body Insertion end is provided with a reasonable opportunity to make representations in respect of the matter.
Temporary direction
(3)If, in the opinion of the Commissioner, the length of time required for representations to be made under subsection (2) might be prejudicial to the public interest, the Commissioner may make a temporary direction with respect to the matters referred to in subsection (1) Insertion startor (1.‍1) Insertion end that has effect for a period of not more than15 days.
Continued effect
(4)A temporary direction under subsection (3) continues to have effect after the Insertion startend Insertion end of the15-day period referred to in that subsection if no representations are made to the Commissioner within that period or, if representations have been made, the Commissioner notifies the bank, authorized foreign bank, person or Insertion startexternal complaints body Insertion end that the Commissioner is not satisfied that there are sufficient grounds for revoking the direction.
137Subsection661.‍2(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Court enforcement — external complaints body
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)If the external complaints body contravenes or fails to comply with a compliance agreement, any of paragraphs627.‍49(b) to (m) or a direction made under subsection661.‍1(1.‍1) or (3), the Commissioner may, in addition to any other action that may be taken under this Act, apply to a court for an order requiring the external complaints body to comply with the compliance agreement or the direction, cease the contravention or do any thing that is required to be done, and on the application the court may so order and make any other order it thinks fit.
End of inserted block
Appeal
(2)An appeal from a decision of a court under subsection (1) Insertion startor (1.‍1) Insertion end lies in the same manner, and to the same court, as an appeal from any other order of the court.
138Section974 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Not statutory instruments
974An instrument issued or made under this Act and directed to a single bank, bank holding company, authorized foreign bank or person, other than a regulation made under paragraph627.‍998(o) or an order referred to in section499, is not a statutory instrument for the purposes of theStatutory Instruments Act.

Transitional Provisions

Definitions

139(1)The following definitions apply in this section.

former external complaints body means an external complaints body as defined in section2 of theBank Act as it read before the day on which section128 of this Act comes into force.‍ (ancien organisme externe de traitement des plaintes)

new external complaints body means the body corporate designated under subsection627.‍48(1) of theBank Act, as amended by section129 of this Act.‍ (nouvel organisme externe de traitement des plaintes)

Revocation of approval

(2)Any approval given to a former external complaints body under subsection627.‍48(1) of theBank Act, as it read immediately before the day on which section129 of this Act comes into force, is revoked on the later of the day on which the designation of the new external complaints body takes effect and the day on which the former external complaints body resolves every complaint pending before it.

Application before designation

(3)On the day on which section129 of this Act comes into force, sections627.‍48and627.‍49 of theBank Act, as they read immediately before that day, continue to apply in respect of former external complaints bodies until the day on which the designation of the new external complaints body takes effect.

Application on designation

(4)On the day on which the designation of the new external complaints body takes effect,

  • (a)unless otherwise specified by the Commissioner, a former external complaints body shall continue the resolution of any complaint pending before it;

  • (b)sections627.‍48and627.‍49 of theBank Act, as they read immediately before the day on which section129 of this Act comes into force, continue to apply for the purposes of paragraph (a); and

  • (c)the new external complaints body shall resolve all complaints that are not pending before any former external complaints body.

2001, c. 9

Consequential Amendments to the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada Act

140Section2.‍1 of theFinancial Consumer Agency of Canada Act is replaced by the following:
Supervision and protection
2.‍1The purpose of this Act is to ensure that financial institutions, Insertion startthe Insertion end external complaints Insertion startbody Insertion end and payment card network operators are supervised by an agency of the Government of Canada so as to contribute to the protection of consumers of financial products and services and the public, including by strengthening the financial literacy of Canadians.
141(1)The portion of paragraph3(2)‍(a) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
  • (a)supervise financial institutions and Insertion startthe Insertion end external complaints Insertion startbody Insertion end to determine whether Insertion startthey are Insertion end in compliance with

(2)Paragraph3(2)‍(c.‍1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (c.‍1)promote the adoption by Insertion startthe Insertion end external complaints Insertion startbody Insertion end of policies and procedures designed to implement the provisions, terms and conditions, undertakings or directions referred to in paragraph (a);

(3)Paragraph3(2)‍(d) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (d)strengthen the financial literacy of Canadians and promote consumer awareness about the obligations of financial institutions and Insertion startthe Insertion end external complaints Insertion startbody Insertion end under the consumer provisions applicable to them and about all matters connected with the protection of consumers of financial products and services; and

142Subsection14(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Ownership
14(1)No Commissioner, person appointed under subsection4(4) or Deputy Commissioner shall Insertion starthold, Insertion end directly or indirectly, Insertion startany interest or right in Insertion end any shares of any financial institution, Insertion startany Insertion end bank holding company, Insertion startany Insertion end insurance holding company, Insertion startthe Insertion end external complaints body or any other body corporate, however created, carrying on any business in Canada that is substantially similar to any business carried on by any financial institution or Insertion startthe Insertion end external complaints body.
143Subsection16(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
No grant or gratuity to be made
16(1)The Commissioner, a person appointed under subsection4(4), a Deputy Commissioner and any person appointed under section10 shall not accept or receive, directly or indirectly, any grant or gratuity from a financial institution, Insertion starta Insertion end bank holding company, Insertion startan Insertion end insurance holding company Insertion startor the Insertion end external complaints body, or from a director, officer or employee of any of them, and Insertion starta Insertion end financial institution, Insertion starta Insertion end bank holding company, Insertion startan Insertion end insurance holding company Insertion startand the Insertion end external complaints body, Insertion startand any Insertion end director, officer or employee Insertion startof any of them Insertion end, shall Insertion startnot Insertion end make or give any such grant or gratuity.
144Subsection17(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Confidential information
17(1)Subject to subsection (2) and except as otherwise provided in this Act, information regarding the business or affairs of a financial institution or Insertion startof the Insertion end external complaints body or regarding persons dealing with Insertion starta financial institution or with the external complaints body Insertion end that is obtained by the Commissioner or by any person acting under the Commissioner’s direction, in the course of the exercise or performance of powers, duties and functions referred to in subsections5(1) and (2) and5.‍1(2), and any information prepared from that information, is confidential and shall be treated accordingly.
145(1)Subsection18(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Commissioner to ascertain expenses
18(1)The Commissioner shall, before December31in each year, ascertain the total amount of expenses incurred during the immediately preceding fiscal year for or in connection with the administration of this Act and the consumer provisions — excluding the expenses incurred in connection with the objects described in subsection3(3) — and the amounts of any prescribed categories of those expenses in relation to any prescribed group of financial institutions and Insertion startthe Insertion end external complaints Insertion startbody Insertion end.
(2)Subsection18(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Assessment
(3)As soon as possible after ascertaining the amounts under subsections (1) and (1.‍1), the Commissioner shall assess a portion of the total amount of expenses against each financial institution and Insertion startthe Insertion end external complaints body to the extent and in the manner that the Governor in Council may, by regulation, prescribe.
(3)Subsection18(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Interim assessment
(4)The Commissioner may, during each fiscal year, prepare an interim assessment against any financial institution or Insertion startthe Insertion end external complaints body.
(4)Subsection18(5) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Assessment is binding
(5)Every assessment and interim assessment is final and conclusive and binding on the financial institution against which it is made or Insertion startthe Insertion end external complaints body, Insertion startas the case may be Insertion end.
146Paragraph34(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)in aggregate form, its conclusions on the compliance, in that year, of financial institutions and Insertion startthe Insertion end external complaints Insertion startbody Insertion end with the consumer provisions applicable to them; and

SOR/2021-181

Related Amendments to the Financial Consumer Protection Framework Regulations

147(1)The portion of section16 of theFinancial Consumer Protection Framework Regulations before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Requirements
16For the purposes of paragraph627.‍49(m) of the Act, the following are prescribed Insertion startrequirements Insertion end for the Insertion startexternal complaints Insertion end body:
(2)Paragraphs16(b) and (c) of the Regulations are repealed.
(3)Section16 of the Regulations is amended by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (d), by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (e) and by repealing paragraph (f).

DIVISION2
Private Sector Pension Plans

R.‍S.‍, c. 32 (2nd Supp.‍)

Pension Benefits Standards Act,1985

148(1)The definitionsdefined benefit provision,defined contribution provision andvariable benefit in subsection2(1) of thePension Benefits Standards Act,1985 are replaced by the following:

defined benefit provision means a provision of a pension plan under which pension benefits for a member are determined in any way other than that described in Insertion startparagraph (a) of Insertion end the definitiondefined contribution provision Insertion startand that does not provide for a variable life benefit Insertion end; (disposition à prestations déterminées)

defined contribution provision means

  • (a)a provision of a pension plan under which pension benefits for a member are determined solely as a function of the amount of pension benefit that can be provided by

    • Insertion start(i) Insertion endcontributions made by and on behalf of that member, and

    • Insertion start(ii) Insertion endinterest earnings and other gains and losses allocated to that member, Insertion startor Insertion end

  • Start of inserted block

    (b)a provision of a pension plan that provides for a variable life benefit; (disposition à cotisations déterminées)

    End of inserted block

variable benefit means a pension benefit payable in the form of a variable payment out of the pension fund, Insertion startbut does not include a variable life benefit Insertion end; (prestation variable)

(2)The definitioncessation in subsection2(1) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:

cessation Insertion startS’agissant Insertion end d’un régime de pension, Insertion starts’entend de sa Insertion end cessation dans les cas visés par les paragraphes29(1), (2), (2.‍1) et (4.‍2).‍ (termination)

(3)Paragraphs (a) and (b) of the definitionformer member in subsection2(1) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (a)except in sections9.‍2and24,paragraph28(1)‍(b.‍1) and Insertion startsubsection28(2.‍1) Insertion end, a person who, on or after January1, 1987, has either ceased membership in the plan or retired;

  • (b)in section9.‍2,paragraph28(1)‍(b.‍1) and Insertion startsubsection28(2.‍1) Insertion end, a person who has either ceased membership in the plan or retired and has not, before the termination of the whole of the plan,

    • (i)transferred their pension benefit credit under section Insertion start16.‍4, 16.‍91 or Insertion end26,

    • (ii)used their pension benefit credit to purchase a life annuity under section Insertion start16.‍4, 16.‍91 or Insertion end26, or

    • (iii)had their pension benefits transferred to another pension plan; or

(4)Subsection2(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
Start of inserted block

variable life benefit means a pension benefit whose amount varies as a function of factors that include

  • (a)the amount or rate of return attributable to the investment of the assets of the fund from which the benefit is paid, and

  • (b)the rate of mortality of the pool of persons who are entitled to receive a benefit from that fund; (prestation viagère variable)

    End of inserted block
149Section10.‍1of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Non-application — variable life benefit
Start of inserted block
(3)Subsection (2) does not apply with respect to an amendment to reduce, as permitted or required under the regulations, the amount of a variable life benefit.
End of inserted block
150Section10.‍2of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Transfer from variable life benefit fund
Start of inserted block
(3)Subject to section16.‍91and subsection29(12), the administrator may transfer or permit the transfer of any part of the assets of a variable life benefit fund established under subsection16.‍6(1) to another pension plan, including a pension plan to which this Act does not apply, only with the Superintendent’s permission.
End of inserted block
151The Act is amended by adding the following after section16.‍5:
Start of inserted block
Variable Life Benefits
End of inserted block
Fund and benefits
Start of inserted block
16.‍6(1)Subject to the regulations, a pension plan may
  • (a)provide for the establishment within the pension fund of a variable life benefit fund from which variable life benefits are to be paid; and

  • (b)provide that a person referred to in subsection (2) may, in order to receive variable life benefits, elect to transfer to the variable life benefit fund any amounts in either or both of the following accounts:

    • (i)their account in the pension fund maintained in respect of a defined contribution provision, and

    • (ii)their account in the pension fund maintained for additional voluntary contributions.

      End of inserted block
Persons who may elect
Start of inserted block
(2)The following persons may make the election referred to in paragraph (1)‍(b):
  • (a)a member or former member who is entitled to an immediate pension benefit under subsection16(1) or eligible to receive an immediate pension benefit under subsection16(2);

  • (b)a survivor who is entitled to pension benefits under the pension plan.

    End of inserted block
Conditions on election
Start of inserted block
16.‍7A person referred to in subsection16.‍6(2) may elect to transfer amounts to the variable life benefit fund only if the prescribed conditions are met.
End of inserted block
No accounts in fund
Start of inserted block
16.‍8A variable life benefit fund does not contain individual accounts for recipients of variable life benefits and, for greater certainty, a reference in this Act to an account, made in relation to a defined contribution provision or a defined contribution plan, is not to be construed as referring to amounts held within a variable life benefit fund.
End of inserted block
Termination
Start of inserted block
16.‍9(1)This section, and not section29, applies with respect to the termination of a variable life benefit fund if that termination includes only the termination of one or more such funds and the whole of the plan is not being terminated.
End of inserted block
No partial termination
Start of inserted block
(2)A partial termination of a variable life benefit fund is not permitted.
End of inserted block
Termination by administrator
Start of inserted block
(3)Subject to subsection (4), a variable life benefit fund is terminated only if the administrator of the pension plan notifies the Superintendent — in writing or in the form and manner, if any, that the Superintendent directs — of the decision to terminate the fund and the date of termination, not less than60days and not more than180 days before the date of termination.
End of inserted block
Declaration by Superintendent
Start of inserted block
(4)In the prescribed circumstances, the Superintendent may declare a variable life benefit fund to be terminated as of the date that the Superintendent considers appropriate.
End of inserted block
Termination report
Start of inserted block
(5)On the termination of a variable life benefit fund, the administrator shall file with the Superintendent — in the form and manner, if any, that the Superintendent directs — a termination report that contains the prescribed information and that is prepared by a person having the prescribed qualifications.
End of inserted block
Approval of termination report
Start of inserted block
(6)Assets of the variable life benefit fund may not be applied toward the provision of any benefits until the Superintendent has approved the termination report. The administrator may nevertheless pay variable life benefits, as they fall due, to the persons entitled to them.
End of inserted block
Transfer or purchase on termination
Start of inserted block
16.‍91(1)On the termination of a variable life benefit fund under section16.‍9, a former member or survivor who was receiving a variable life benefit from the fund is entitled to
  • (a)transfer, for the purpose of making an election to receive a variable benefit under section16.‍2, the amount of the aggregate value of their variable life benefits at termination to an account maintained in the pension plan in respect of a defined contribution provision, if the pension plan provides for such an election;

  • (b)transfer that amount to another pension plan, including one referred to in any of paragraphs26(5)‍(a) to (c), if that other plan permits;

  • (c)transfer that amount to a retirement savings plan of the prescribed kind for the former member or survivor, as the case may be; or

  • (d)use that amount to purchase an immediate or deferred life annuity of the prescribed kind for the former member or survivor, as the case may be.

    End of inserted block
Aggregate value
Start of inserted block
(2)The aggregate value of a person’s variable life benefits at termination is to be calculated in the prescribed manner.
End of inserted block
Survivor
Start of inserted block
(3)For the purposes of paragraph (1)‍(a), a survivor may make an election under section16.‍2as if they were a former member, but neither paragraph16.‍2(2)‍(a) nor section16.‍3 apply with respect to the survivor.
End of inserted block
Superintendent may direct winding-up
Start of inserted block
16.‍92If a variable life benefit fund has been terminated under section16.‍9 and the Superintendent is of the opinion that no action or insufficient action has been taken to wind up the fund, the Superintendent may direct the administrator to distribute the assets of the fund, and may direct that any expenses incurred in connection with that distribution be paid out of the fund, and the administrator shall comply with any such direction without delay.
End of inserted block
152(1)Paragraphs18(1)‍(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (a)that no benefit provided under the plan is capable of being assigned, charged, anticipated or given as security or confers on a member or former member, that person’s personal representative or dependant or Insertion startany Insertion end other person any right or interest Insertion startin the benefit Insertion end that is capable of being assigned, charged, anticipated or given as security;

  • (b)that, except in the case of the unexpired period of a guaranteed annuity, no benefit described in section16or17 is capable of being surrendered or commuted during the lifetime of the member or former member or that person’s spouse or common-law partner or confers on a member or former member, Insertion starton Insertion end that person’s personal representative or dependant or Insertion starton any Insertion end other person any right or interest Insertion startin the benefit Insertion end that is capable of being surrendered or commuted during the lifetime of the member or former member or that person’s spouse or common-law partner; and

(2)Paragraphs18(1)‍(b) and (c) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (b)that, except in the case of the unexpired period of a guaranteed annuity or as provided in section16.‍4or16.‍91or subsection29(12), no benefit described in section16or17 is capable of being surrendered or commuted during the lifetime of the member or former member or that person’s spouse or common-law partner or confers on a member or former member, on that person’s personal representative or dependant or on any other person any right or interest in the benefit that is capable of being surrendered or commuted during the lifetime of the member or former member or that person’s spouse or common-law partner; and

  • (c)with respect to a person who has been a member for a continuous period of at least two years, that, except as provided in section16.‍4, 16.‍91or26or subsection29(12), that person — if they are entitled to a benefit described in section16or17or would be entitled to the benefit if they retired or ceased membership in the plan — is not permitted to withdraw any part of their contributions to the plan, other than additional voluntary contributions, in respect of any period of membership in the plan on or after October1, 1967 for which they are entitled to the benefit, and that any pension fund moneys attributable to those contributions shall be applied under the terms of the plan toward the payment of the benefit.

153(1)The portion of subsection26(1) of the French version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Transfert avant l’admissibilité à la retraite
26(1)Le participant dont la participation a pris fin avant qu’il n’ait droit à la prestation visée au paragraphe16(2), ou son survivant, dans le cas où le participant meurt avant d’y avoir droit, peut, s’il informe l’administrateur de son intention, en la forme réglementaire, dans les quatre-vingt-dix jours suivant l’événement en cause, ou si le surintendant accorde un délai supplémentaire au titre de l’alinéa28(1)d), dans les soixante jours suivant la remise du relevé visé par cet alinéa Insertion startou, si sa participation prend fin en raison de la cessation totale du régime de pension, dans les soixante jours suivant la remise du relevé visé à l’alinéa28(2.‍1)b) Insertion end :
(2)The portion of subsection26(1) of the English version of the Act after paragraph (c) is replaced by the following:

if the member or the survivor notifies the administrator of that desire, in the prescribed form and within90 days after the cessation of membership or the member’s death (or, Insertion startif Insertion end the Superintendent allows a longer period under paragraph28(1)‍(d), within60 days after the administrator has given the written statement Insertion startunder Insertion end that paragraph) — Insertion startor, if the member ceases to Insertion end be Insertion starta member because the whole of the pension plan is terminated, within60days after the administrator has given the written statement under paragraph28(2.‍1)‍(b) Insertion end — and the administrator shall Insertion startwithout delay Insertion end take any necessary action to give effect to the notification.

154Section27of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Variable life benefits
Start of inserted block
(4)The application of subsections (1) to (3) with respect to variable life benefits may be adapted, restricted or excluded under the regulations.
End of inserted block
155(1)The portion of paragraph28(1)‍(b.‍1) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
  • (b.‍1)that each former member of the plan and the former member’s spouse or common-law partner, Insertion startas well as each survivor who is entitled to pension benefits under the plan Insertion end, will be given, in the prescribed circumstances and manner and within six months — or any longer period permitted by the Superintendent — after the end of each year of operation of the plan, a written statement showing

(2)The portion of paragraph28(1)‍(b.‍1) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
  • (b.‍1)that, other than with respect to variable life benefits, each former member of the plan and the former member’s spouse or common-law partner, as well as each survivor who is entitled to pension benefits under the plan, will be given, in the prescribed circumstances and manner and within six months — or any longer period permitted by the Superintendent — after the end of each year of operation of the plan, a written statement showing

(3)Section28of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Variable life benefit fund
Start of inserted block
(2.‍01)A pension plan with a variable life benefit fund shall provide that each former member and survivor who is receiving a variable life benefit from the fund, as well the spouse or common-law partner of each such former member, will be given the prescribed information in the prescribed circumstances and manner and within the prescribed period or within any longer period permitted by the Superintendent.
End of inserted block
(4)Subsection28(2.‍1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Information on plan termination
(2.‍1)A pension plan shall provide that if the whole of the plan is terminated, the administrator shall give to each member and former member and to the spouse or common-law partner of each member and former member, Insertion startas well as to each survivor who is entitled to pension benefits under the plan Insertion end, a written statement, in the prescribed form, informing them of
  • (a)the termination of the plan, within30 days Insertion startafter the termination Insertion end or any longer period permitted by the Superintendent; and

  • (b)the member’s, Insertion startformer member’s or survivor’s Insertion end pension benefits and other benefits payable under the plan, within120 days after the termination or any longer period that the Superintendent may allow.

(5)Section28of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2.‍1):
Information — termination of variable life benefit fund
Start of inserted block
(2.‍2)A pension plan with a variable life benefit fund shall provide that, if the fund is terminated under section16.‍9, the administrator shall give to each former member and survivor who is receiving a variable life benefit from the fund, as well as to the spouse or common-law partner of each such former member, a written statement, in the prescribed form, that
  • (a)informs them of the termination of the fund, within30 days after the termination or any longer period permitted by the Superintendent; and

  • (b)provides them with the prescribed information, within120 days after the termination or any longer period permitted by the Superintendent.

    End of inserted block
156(1)Subsection29(6.‍1) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Obligation de l’employeur
(6.‍1)S’il y a cessation totale d’un régime de pension autre qu’un régime à cotisations négociées, l’employeur est tenu de verser au fonds de pension, conformément aux règlements, la somme, calculée périodiquement conformément aux règlements, qui est nécessaire pour que soient acquittées toutes les obligations du régime à l’égard des Insertion startprestations de Insertion end pension Insertion startdéterminées Insertion end à la date de la cessation.
(2)Subsections29(6.‍3) and (6.‍4) of the French version of the Act are replaced by the following:
Paiement en trop
(6.‍3)À la liquidation du régime de pension, s’il reste dans le fonds de pension un solde qui excède la somme nécessaire pour permettre au régime de s’acquitter de toutes ses obligations à l’égard des Insertion startprestations de Insertion end pension Insertion startdéterminées Insertion end à la date de la cessation, la partie du solde qui est, selon les règlements, attribuable aux paiements effectués par l’employeur sous le régime duparagraphe (6.‍1) ne constitue pas un excédent et, sous réserve du paragraphe (7), ce dernier a droit de la recouvrer.
Liquidation ou faillite
(6.‍4)En cas de liquidation du régime de pension ou de liquidation, de cession de biens ou de faillite de l’employeur, est immédiatement exigible la somme nécessaire pour permettre au régime de s’acquitter de toutes ses obligations à l’égard des Insertion startprestations de Insertion end pension Insertion startdéterminées Insertion end à la date de la cessation.
(3)Section29of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (11):
Variable life benefits — transfer or purchase
Start of inserted block
(12)If a variable life benefit fund has been terminated as part of a termination under this section, a former member or survivor who was receiving a variable life benefit from the fund is entitled to
  • (a)transfer the amount of the aggregate value of their variable life benefits at termination, calculated in the prescribed manner, to another pension plan, including one referred to in any of paragraphs26(5)‍(a) to (c), if that other plan permits;

  • (b)transfer that amount to a retirement savings plan of the prescribed kind for the former member or survivor, as the case may be; or

  • (c)use that amount to purchase an immediate or deferred life annuity of the prescribed kind for the former member or survivor, as the case may be.

    End of inserted block
157(1)Paragraph36(2)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b)any money withdrawn from a pension fund Insertion startunder Insertion end section Insertion start16.‍4, 16.‍91 or Insertion end26 Insertion startor subsection29(12) Insertion end

(2)The portion of subsection36(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Exception
(3)Subsection (2) does not apply to prevent the assignment of Insertion starta right or Insertion end interest in a pension benefit, or in a life annuity of the prescribed kind resulting from a transfer or purchase Insertion startunder Insertion end section26, Insertion startif Insertion end the assignment
(3)The portion of subsection36(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Exception
(3)Subsection (2) does not apply to prevent the assignment of a right or interest in a pension benefit, or in a life annuity of the prescribed kind resulting from a transfer or purchase under section16.‍4, 16.‍91or26or subsection29(12), if the assignment
(4)Paragraphs36(4)‍(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (a)to surrender or commute a benefit, or any right or interest Insertion startin the benefit Insertion end, or

  • (b)to surrender or commute benefits payable as a result of a transfer or purchase Insertion startunder Insertion end section26

(5)Paragraph36(4)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b)to surrender or commute benefits payable as a result of a transfer or purchase under section16.‍4, 16.‍91or26or subsection29(12)

158Subsection39(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (k.‍2):
  • Start of inserted block

    (k.‍3)respecting variable life benefits and variable life benefit funds;

  • (k.‍4)respecting the manner in which the actuarial present value of variable life benefits is to be calculated;

    End of inserted block

2012, c. 16

Pooled Registered Pension Plans Act

159(1)The definitionmember in subsection2(1) of thePooled Registered Pension Plans Act is replaced by the following:

member means a person who holds an account with, Insertion startor who is entitled to receive a variable life payment under Insertion end, a pooled registered pension plan.‍ (participant)

(2)Subsection2(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
Start of inserted block

variable life payment means a periodic amount that a member is entitled to receive under a pooled registered pension plan and that varies as a function of factors that include

  • (a)the amount or rate of return attributable to the investment of the assets of the fund from which the payment is made; and

  • (b)the rate of mortality of the pool of persons who are entitled to receive payments from that fund.  (paiement viager variable)

variable life payment credit, in relation to a member, means the aggregate value at a particular time of the variable life payments that the member is entitled to receive under a pooled registered pension plan, calculated in the prescribed manner.‍ (somme des paiements viagers variables)

End of inserted block
160Section3 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Purpose
3The purpose of this Act is to provide a legal framework for the establishment and administration of a type of pension plan that is accessible to employees and self-employed persons and that pools funds to achieve lower costs in relation to investment management and plan administration.
161Section4 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Application of Act
4This Act Insertion startapplies Insertion end in respect of a member of a pooled registered pension plan who
  • (a)is employed, other than in Insertion startone of Insertion end the territories, in included employment Insertion startby an Insertion end employer Insertion startthat participates Insertion end in the plan;

  • (b)is employed in included employment in a Insertion startterritory Insertion end or is a self-employed person in a Insertion startterritory Insertion end; or

  • Start of inserted block

    (c)is part of a prescribed class of members.

    End of inserted block
162Section17 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Records
17An administrator of a pooled registered pension plan must keep records that are sufficient to allow a member’s share of the assets of the plan, Insertion startas well as a member’s variable life payments and variable life payment credit Insertion end, to be determined.
163Subsections22(4) and (5) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Manner of investing
(4)The administrator must invest the funds in members’ accounts Insertion startand in a variable life payment fund Insertion end, and must do so in a manner that a reasonable and prudent person would apply in respect of a portfolio of investments appropriate for retirement savings.
Investment manager
(5)The administrator is entitled to engage the services of any investment manager it chooses for the purposes of investing the funds in members’ accounts Insertion startor in a variable life payment fund Insertion end.
164Subsection23(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Investment choices
23(1)A pooled registered pension plan may permit a member to make investment choices Insertion startwith respect to funds in their account Insertion end from among the investment options offered by the administrator.
165Section25 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Prohibition — investment choices
25The administrator must not change an investment choice made by a member Insertion startunder section23 Insertion end except on the request of the member or in the circumstances specified in the regulations.
166(1)Subsection43(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Transfer of assets to new plan
43(1)An employer that provides a pooled registered pension plan to a class of employees and enters into a contract with an administrator to provide a new pooled registered pension plan to that class must cause the assets of the former plan, Insertion startother than any assets in a variable life payment fund Insertion end, to be transferred to the new plan and must provide the notification referred to in subsection41(2) to the employees in that class.
(2)Subsection43(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Costs
(3)The employer is responsible for all of the costs in relation to the transfer of assets Insertion startunder subsection (1) Insertion end from one pooled registered pension plan to another.
167Section44 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Termination of membership
44A member of a pooled registered pension plan, other than one who has become a member under section39or40 Insertion startor who is entitled to receive variable life payments under the plan Insertion end, may terminate their membership in the plan by notifying the administrator.
168(1)Paragraph47(1)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)the funds in Insertion starta member’s Insertion end account with the plan Insertion startand a member’s variable life payments, as well as Insertion end any interest or right in those funds or Insertion startpayments Insertion end, are not capable of being transferred, charged, attached, anticipated or given as security and that any transaction appearing to do so is void or, in Quebec, null;

(2)Paragraphs47(1)‍(c) and (d) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (c)a member is not permitted to withdraw the funds in their account Insertion startor in a variable life payment fund Insertion end;

  • (d)an administrator is not permitted to withdraw the funds from a member’s account Insertion startor from a variable life payment fund Insertion end; and

  • Start of inserted block

    (e)a member’s variable life payments, as well as an interest or right in those payments, are not capable of being surrendered or, subject to section51.‍6and subsection62(12), commuted.

    End of inserted block
169The Act is amended by adding the following after section51:
Start of inserted block
Variable Life Payments
End of inserted block
Fund and payments
Start of inserted block
51.‍1Subject to the regulations, a pooled registered pension plan may
  • (a)provide for the establishment, as part of the plan, of a variable life payment fund from which variable life payments are to be paid; and

  • (b)provide that a member who has reached the prescribed age fixed for the purposes of this paragraph may, in order to receive variable life payments, elect to transfer any funds in their account to the variable life payment fund.

    End of inserted block
Conditions on election
Start of inserted block
51.‍2A member referred to in paragraph51.‍1(b) may elect to transfer funds to the variable life payment fund only if the prescribed conditions are met.
End of inserted block
No accounts in fund
Start of inserted block
51.‍3A variable life payment fund does not contain individual accounts for members and, for greater certainty, a reference in this Act to a member’s account is not to be construed as referring to funds held within a variable life payment fund.
End of inserted block
Transfer from variable life payment fund
Start of inserted block
51.‍4Subject to section51.‍6and subsection62(12), the administrator may transfer or permit the transfer of any part of the assets of a variable life payment fund to any other pension plan, including another pooled registered pension plan or a pension plan not under federal legislative authority, only with the Superintendent’s permission.
End of inserted block
Termination
Start of inserted block
51.‍5(1)This section applies with respect to the termination of a variable life payment fund in the case where the pooled registered pension plan is not being terminated.
End of inserted block
Declaration by Superintendent
Start of inserted block
(2)In the prescribed circumstances, the Superintendent may declare a variable life payment fund to be terminated as of the date that the Superintendent considers appropriate.
End of inserted block
Notification — employers and members
Start of inserted block
(3)An administrator must, not less than60and not more than180 days before the day on which it terminates a variable life payment fund, provide written notification of the termination to each employer that participates in the plan, each member of the plan and the spouse or common-law partner of each member. The notice must specify the date of the termination.
End of inserted block
Non-application
Start of inserted block
(4)Subsection (3) does not apply with respect to a spouse or common-law partner of a person who is entitled to receive variable life payments
  • (a)as a result of the person being a survivor of a deceased member; or

  • (b)under section53 as the result of divorce, annulment, separation or breakdown of a common-law partnership.

    End of inserted block
Notification — Superintendent
Start of inserted block
(5)An administrator must, not less than60and not more than180 days before the day on which it terminates a variable life payment fund, notify the Superintendent of the termination. The notice must specify the date of the termination and be in the form and manner directed by the Superintendent.
End of inserted block
Termination report
Start of inserted block
(6)On the termination of a variable life payment fund, the administrator must file with the Superintendent, in the form and manner that the Superintendent may direct, a termination report that contains the prescribed information and that is prepared by a person having the prescribed qualifications.
End of inserted block
Approval of termination report
Start of inserted block
(7)Assets of the variable life payment fund must not be used or transferred for any purpose until the Superintendent has approved the termination report, except that the administrator of the plan may make variable life payments, as they fall due, to the members entitled to receive them.
End of inserted block
Transfer or purchase on termination
Start of inserted block
51.‍6On the termination of a variable life payment fund under section51.‍5, a member who was receiving variable life payments from the fund is entitled to
  • (a)transfer, for the purpose of making an election to receive variable payments under section48, their variable life payment credit to an account with the pooled registered pension plan, if the plan provides for such an election;

  • (b)transfer their variable life payment credit to another pooled registered pension plan or another pension plan, if that other plan permits;

  • (c)transfer their variable life payment credit to a retirement savings plan of the prescribed kind for the member; or

  • (d)use their variable life payment credit to purchase an immediate or deferred life annuity of the prescribed kind for the member.

    End of inserted block
Superintendent may direct winding-up
Start of inserted block
51.‍7If a variable life payment fund has been terminated under section51.‍5 and the Superintendent is of the opinion that no action or insufficient action has been taken to wind up the fund, the Superintendent may direct the administrator to distribute the assets of the fund, and may direct that any expenses incurred in connection with that distribution be paid out of the fund, and the administrator must comply with any such direction without delay.
End of inserted block
170(1)Subsection53(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Funds in member’s account
(2)Subject to subsection (3), the funds in the account of a member Insertion startof Insertion end a pooled registered pension plan — Insertion startand, subject to subsection (4.‍1) and the regulations, a member’s variable life payments and variable life payment credit Insertion end — are, on divorce, annulment, separation or breakdown of common-law partnership, subject to provincial law relating to the distribution of property.
Non-application of Act
Start of inserted block
(2.‍1)A member’s variable life payments and variable life payment credit that are subject to provincial law relating to the distribution of property under this section are not subject to the provisions of this Act relating to the valuation or distribution of variable life payments and variable life payment credits, as the case may be.
End of inserted block
(2)Section53of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (4):
Power to assign
Start of inserted block
(4.‍1)A member of a pooled registered pension plan may assign all or part of their variable life payments or variable life payment credit to their spouse, former spouse, common-law partner or former common-law partner, effective as of divorce, annulment, separation or breakdown of the common-law partnership, as the case may be. However, a subsequent spouse or common-law partner of the assignee is not entitled to any variable life payments or variable life payment credit under the plan in respect of that assigned portion.
End of inserted block
(3)The portion of subsection53(5) of the Act before paragraph (b) is replaced by the following:
Duty of administrator
(5)On divorce, annulment, separation or breakdown of a common-law partnership, if a court order or an agreement between the parties provides for the distribution of property between a member and their spouse, former spouse or former common-law partner, the administrator must determine and administer the member’s account, Insertion starttheir variable life payments and their variable life payment credit Insertion end in the prescribed manner and in accordance with the court order or the agreement, on receipt of
  • (a)a written request from either the member or their spouse, former spouse or former common-law partner that all or part of the funds in the member’s account, Insertion startof their variable life payments or of their variable life payment credit Insertion end be distributed or administered in accordance with the court order or the agreement; and

(4)The portion of subsection53(5) of the English version of the Act after paragraph (b) is replaced by the following:

However, in the case of a court order, the administrator must not administer the member’s account, Insertion starttheir variable life payments or their variable life payment credit Insertion end in accordance with the court order until all appeals from that order have been finally determined or the time for appealing has expired.

171Subsection54(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (b):
  • Start of inserted block

    (b.‍1)a member who, while receiving variable life payments under the plan, retains an account with the plan and who notifies the administrator of their intention to transfer or use the funds in their account;

    End of inserted block
172(1)The portion of paragraph57(1)‍(b) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
  • (b)that, Insertion startother than with respect to variable life payments Insertion end, each member of the plan will be given, in the prescribed circumstances and manner, and within45 days after the end of each year or any longer period specified by the Superintendent, a written statement showing

(2)Paragraphs57(1)‍(d) and (e) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (d)that, if a member has provided notice under section44 Insertion startor paragraph54(1)‍(b.‍1) Insertion end or is no longeremployed by an employer that is participating in the plan, the administrator must give to the member a statement in the prescribed form within30 days after the day on which the notice was provided or the employee’s employment with the employer ceased, or any longer period permitted by the Superintendent;

  • Start of inserted block

    (d.‍1)that, if the plan is terminated under section62,the administrator must give to the member a statement in the prescribed form within30days after the plan’s date of termination — or, if the member was receiving variable life payments under the plan, within120 days after that date — or any longer period permitted by the Superintendent; and

    End of inserted block
  • (e)that, in the case of a member’s death, the administrator must give — to the survivor, if there is one, to the member’s designated beneficiary, if the administrator has been notified of the designation and there is no survivor, or, in every other case, to the executor or administrator of the member’s estate or to the liquidator of the member’s succession — a statement in the prescribed form within30 days after the day on which the administrator received notice of the death or any longer period permitted by the Superintendent.

173The Act is amended by adding the following after section57:
Variable life payment fund
Start of inserted block
57.‍1(1)A pooled registered pension plan with a variable life payment fund must provide that each person who is receiving variable life payments from the fund will be given the prescribed information in the prescribed circumstances and manner, within the prescribed period or any longer period permitted by the Superintendent.
End of inserted block
Information — termination of variable life payment fund
Start of inserted block
(2)A pooled registered pension plan with a variable life payment fund must provide that, if the fund is terminated under section51.‍5,the administrator must, within120 days after the termination or any longer period permitted by the Superintendent, give to each person who is receiving variable life payments from the fund a statement in the prescribed form that contains the prescribed information.
End of inserted block
174Subsections62(10) and (11) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Assets not to be used or transferred
(10)Assets of the pooled registered pension plan must not be used or transferred for any purpose until theSuperintendent has approved the termination report. However, the administrator of the plan may make variable payments Insertion startand variable life payments Insertion end, as they fall due, to any persons entitled to receive them.
Superintendent may direct winding-up
(11)If a pooled registered pension plan has been terminated and the Superintendent is of the opinion that no action or insufficient action has been taken to wind up the plan, the Superintendent may direct the administrator to distribute the funds in the members’ accounts Insertion startand in any variable life payment fund Insertion end and may direct that any expenses incurred in connection with that distribution be paid out of the members’ accounts Insertion startor the variable life payment fund, as the case may be Insertion end, and the administrator must comply with that direction without delay.
Variable life payments — transfer or purchase
Start of inserted block
(12)On the termination of a pooled registered pension plan, a member who was receiving a variable life payment under the plan is entitled to
  • (a)transfer their variable life payment credit to another pooled registered pension plan or another pension plan, if that other plan permits;

  • (b)transfer their variable life payment credit to a retirement savings plan of the prescribed kind for the member; or

  • (c)use their variable life payment credit to purchase an immediate or deferred life annuity of the prescribed kind for the member.

    End of inserted block
175Paragraphs72(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (a)any funds in an account with a pooled registered pension plan, Insertion startany variable life payments Insertion end or a right or interest in those funds Insertion startor payments Insertion end; or

  • (b)any funds withdrawn under section Insertion start50, 51.‍6 or Insertion end54 Insertion startor subsection62(12) Insertion end, or a right or interest in those funds.

176Subsection73(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (a) and by replacing paragraph (b) with the following:
  • Start of inserted block

    (a.‍1)a right or interest in a variable life payment; or

    End of inserted block
  • (b)a right or interest in any funds withdrawn under section Insertion start50, 51.‍6 or Insertion end54 Insertion startor subsection62(12) Insertion end.

177(1)Paragraphs76(1)‍(e) to (h) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (e)respecting the management and investment of funds in members’ accounts Insertion startand in a variable life payment fund Insertion end, including the way in which the funds are to be held;

  • (f)respecting the process by which investment options are offered by an administrator Insertion startunder section23 Insertion end and choices among those options are made;

  • (g)respecting investment options offered by an administrator Insertion startunder section23 Insertion end;

  • (h)specifying the circumstances in which an administrator may change an investment choice made by a member Insertion startunder section23 Insertion end;

(2)Paragraphs76(1)‍(q) and (r) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • Start of inserted block

    (p.‍1)respecting variable life payments and variable life payment funds;

  • (p.‍2)prescribing the manner in which variable life payment credits are to be determined and fixing the time as of which the determination is to be made;

    End of inserted block
  • (q)respecting the transfer of funds by the administrator from Insertion starta pooled registered pension plan Insertion end;

  • (r)respecting the distribution of the funds Insertion startfrom Insertion end a pooled registered pension plan that is being wound up;

R.‍S.‍, c. H-6

Consequential Amendment to theCanadian Human Rights Act

178Paragraph15(1)‍(d.‍1) of theCanadian Human Rights Act is replaced by the following:
  • (d.‍1)the terms of any pooled registered pension plan provide for variable payments, Insertion startvariable life payments Insertion end or the transfer of funds only at a fixed age under sections48, Insertion start51.‍1 and Insertion end55, respectively, of thePooled Registered Pension Plans Act;

Coordinating Amendments

2019, c. 29
179(1)In this section,other Act means theBudget Implementation Act,2019,No.1.
(2)If subsections145(2) and (3) of the other Act come into force before subsection148(3) of this Act, then, on the day on which that subsection148(3) comes into force, paragraph (b) of the definitionformer member in subsection2(1) of thePension Benefits Standards Act,1985 is amended by striking out “or” at the end of subparagraph (ii) and by adding the following after that subparagraph:
  • (ii.‍1)had a life annuity purchased for them that, under section17.‍2,satisfies all of the plan’s obligations with respect to their pension benefits or to any other benefit or option referred to in paragraph17(b), or

(3)If subsection148(3) of this Act comes into force before subsections145(2) and (3) of the other Act, then those subsections145(2) and (3) are replaced by the following:
(2)Paragraph (b) of the definitionformer member in subsection2(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of subparagraph (ii) and by adding the following after that subparagraph:
  • (ii.‍1)had a life annuity purchased for them that, under section17.‍2,satisfies all of the plan’s obligations with respect to their pension benefits or to any other benefit or option referred to in paragraph17(b), or

(4)If subsections145(2) and (3) of the other Act come into force on the same day as subsection148(3) of this Act, then those subsections145(2) and (3) are deemed to have come into forcebefore that subsection148(3) and subsection (2) applies as a consequence.

Coming into Force

Order in council

180(1)Sections148 to158 — other than subsections148(2) and152(1), section153 and subsections155(1) and (4),156(1) and (2) and157(2) and (4) — come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

Order in council

(2)Sections159 to178 come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

DIVISION3
Measures Related to Money Laundering and to Digital Assets and Other Measures

SUBDIVISION A 
Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act

2000, c. 17; 2001, c. 41, s. 48

Amendments to the Act
181Subsection7.‍1(1) of theProceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act is replaced by the following:
Disclosure
7.‍1(1)Every person or entity referred to in section5 shall report to the Centre in accordance with the regulations Insertion startif the person or entity Insertion end is required to make a disclosure under
  • Insertion start(a) Insertion endsection83.‍1 of theCriminal Code;

  • Insertion start(b) Insertion endsection8 of theRegulations Implementing the United Nations Resolutions on the Suppression of Terrorism;

  • Start of inserted block

    (c)an order or regulation made under theSpecial Economic Measures Act; or

  • (d)subsection7(2) of theJustice for Victims of Corrupt Foreign Officials Act (Sergei Magnitsky Law).

    End of inserted block
182The Act is amended by adding the following after section9.‍8:
Definition ofagent or mandatary
Start of inserted block
9.‍9In sections9.‍91to9.‍93,agent or mandatary means an agent or mandatary acting on behalf of a person or entity referred to in paragraph5(h) to provide any of the services referred to in that paragraph.
End of inserted block
Agent or mandatary
Start of inserted block
9.‍91A person or entity referred to in paragraph5(h) shall
  • (a)not engage a person or entity who is referred to in any of paragraphs11.‍11(1)‍(a) to (f) as an agent or mandatary; and

  • (b)cease engaging an agent or mandatary if they are a person or entity referred to in any of those paragraphs.

    End of inserted block
Duty to verify
Start of inserted block
9.‍92A person or entity referred to in paragraph5(h) shall
  • (a)before engaging an agent or mandatary, verify whether they are a person or entity referred to in any of paragraphs11.‍11(1)‍(a) to (f); and

  • (b)within30 days after the second anniversary of the most recent verification of an agent or mandatary under this section, verify whether the agent or mandatary, if they are acting on behalf of the person or entity on that anniversary, is a person or entity referred to in any of those paragraphs.

    End of inserted block
Agent or mandatary — criminal convictions
Start of inserted block
9.‍93(1)A person or entity referred to in paragraph5(h) shall, in respect of an agent or mandatary, obtain and review the documents referred to in subsection (2)
  • (a)before engaging the agent or mandatary; and

  • (b)within30 days after the second anniversary of the most recent review carried out in respect of the agent or mandatary under this subsection, if the agent or mandatary is acting on behalf of the person or entity on that anniversary.

    End of inserted block
Documents
Start of inserted block
(2)The documents to be obtained and reviewed are the following:
  • (a)if the agent or mandatary is a person, a document that sets out their record of criminal convictions, or states that the person does not have one, that is issued by a competent authority of — or an entity or authority that is competent to issue the document in — the jurisdiction in which the person resides; or

  • (b)if the agent or mandatary is an entity, for each of the chief executive officer, the president and the directors of the entity and for each person who owns or controls, directly or indirectly,20% or more of the entity or the shares of the entity, a document that sets out the person’s record of criminal convictions, or states that the person does not have one, and that is issued by a competent authority of — or an entity or authority that is competent to issue the document in — the jurisdiction in which the person resides.

    End of inserted block
Translation
Start of inserted block
(3)If any document referred to in this section is made in a language other than English or French, the person or entity shall also obtain and review a translation of it into one of those languages that is attested to by a person who is recognized as a certified translator either by a provincial organization or body that is competent under provincial law to issue such certifications or by an organization or body in a foreign state that is competent under the laws of that state to do so.
End of inserted block
Retention
Start of inserted block
(4)The person or entity shall retain, for a prescribed period and in the prescribed manner, any document obtained under this section as well as any prescribed information.
End of inserted block
183Section11.‍1 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Registration requirement
11.‍1Except as otherwise prescribed by regulation, every person or entity referred to in paragraph5(h) or (h.‍1), those referred to in paragraph5(l) that issue or sell money orders to, or redeem them from, the public, and every other person or entity that is referred to in section5 and that is prescribed must register with the Centre.
184Subsection11.‍11(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Revocation of registration
Start of inserted block
(2)If a person or entity referred to in subsection (1) is registered with the Centre, its registration is revoked as of the day the person or entity becomes ineligible to register under that subsection. If the Centre becomes aware that a person’s or entity’s registration was revoked under this subsection, it must provide, without delay, a written notice of the revocation to that person or entity.
End of inserted block
185(1)Paragraphs11.‍12(1)‍(b) and (c) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (b)if the applicant is a person referred to in paragraph5 Insertion start(h) or Insertion end (h.‍1), a document that sets out the person’s record of criminal convictions, or states that the person does not have one, that is issued by a competent authority of — Insertion startor an entity or authority that is competent to issue the document in Insertion end — the Insertion startjurisdiction Insertion end in which the person resides;

  • (c)if the applicant is an entity referred to in paragraph5 Insertion start(h) or Insertion end (h.‍1), for each of the chief executive officer, the president and the directors of the entity and for each person who owns or controls, directly or indirectly,20% or more of the entity or the shares of the entity, a document that sets out the person’s record of criminal convictions, or states that the person does not have one, and that is issued by a competent authority of — Insertion startor an entity or authority that is competent to issue the document in Insertion end — the Insertion startjurisdiction Insertion end in which the person resides;

  • Insertion start(c.‍1) Insertion endif the applicant is a Insertion startperson or entity Insertion end referred to in paragraph5(h.‍1), the name and address for service of Insertion starta person Insertion end who resides in Canada and who is authorized to accept, on behalf of the person or entity, notices that are served or caused to be served by the Centre under this Act;

  • Start of inserted block

    (c.‍2)if the applicant is an entity, the prescribed information in respect of the entity’s incorporation or formation; and

    End of inserted block
(2)Section11.‍12of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Translation
Insertion start(1.‍1) Insertion endIf a document Insertion startreferred to in paragraph (1)‍(b) or (c) Insertion end is made in a language other than English or French, Insertion startthe application shall include Insertion end a translation of it into one of those languages attested to by a person who is recognized as a certified translator Insertion starteither Insertion end by a provincial organization or body that is competent under provincial law toissue such certifications Insertion startor by an organization or body in a foreign state that this competent under the laws of that state to do so Insertion end.
186Subsection11.‍13(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Denial or revocation
(2)If the name or address for service of Insertion starta person Insertion end referred to in paragraph11.‍12(1) Insertion start(c.‍1) Insertion end changes, and an applicant or registered person or entity who is or was required to provide the information described in Insertion startthat Insertion end paragraph does not, within the period Insertion startreferred to Insertion end in subsection (1), provide the Centre with the new name or address for service, the Centre shall without delay after becoming aware of that fact deny the application, or revoke the registration, as the case may be, and shall, without delay, inform the applicant or registered person or entity of the denial or revocation.
187The Act is amended by adding the following after section11.‍17:
Revocation — contravention
Start of inserted block
11.‍171The Centre may revoke the registration of a person or entity that contravenes subsection62(2) or a notice served under section63.‍1 and shall, without delay, inform the person or entity of the revocation.
End of inserted block
188Subsection11.‍4(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Precautions against disclosure
(3)In an appeal, the Court shall take every reasonable precaution, including, when appropriate, conducting hearings in private, to avoid the disclosure by the Court or any person or entity of information referred to in subsection55(1). Insertion startHowever, the Court is not required to take those precautions with respect to the appellant’s name and operating name Insertion end.
189Subsection11.‍42(4) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (a), by adding “or” at the end of paragraph (b) and by adding the following after paragraph (b):
  • Start of inserted block

    (c)there is a risk that a foreign state, a foreign entity or a person or entity referred to in section5 may be facilitating the financing of threats to the security of Canada and, as a result, the Minister is of the opinion that there could be an adverse impact on the integrity of the Canadian financial system or a reputational risk to that system.

    End of inserted block
190Section53.‍2 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Limitation
53.‍2(1)The Director shall disclose under Insertion startsubsection Insertion end53.‍1 Insertion start(1) Insertion end information that would directly or indirectly identify any person or entity Insertion startonly if Insertion end
  • Insertion start(a) Insertion endthe person or entity is aforeign entity, as defined in section11.‍41;

  • Start of inserted block

    (b)the person or entity is one referred to in section5; or

  • (c)the information is requested for the purpose of carrying out the Minister’s powers and duties under section11.‍7.

    End of inserted block
Clarification
(2)For greater certainty, if information referred to in subsection (1) Insertion startthat would directly or indirectly identify any person or entity, other than one referred to in paragraph (1)‍(a) or (b) Insertion end, is contained in a document, whether in written form or in any other form, that is otherwise required to be disclosed under Insertion startsubsection Insertion end53.‍1 Insertion start(1) Insertion end, the Director shall provide the document with that information excluded.
191The Act is amended by adding the following after section53.‍3:
Information — assessment of risks
Start of inserted block
53.‍31(1)For the purpose of assessing risks to the integrity of the Canadian financial system that may arise from the grant, revocation, suspension or amendment of an approval, the Minister, officers of the Department of Finance, the Director and the Superintendent of Financial Institutions may disclose to each other, and collect from each other, any information that relates both to the approval and to money laundering activities or terrorist financing activities.
End of inserted block
Limitation — Director
Start of inserted block
(2)The Director may disclose information under subsection (1) only if it relates to compliance with Part1or1.‍1.
End of inserted block
Definition ofapproval
Start of inserted block
(3)In subsection (1),approval has the same meaning as in section973 of theBank Act, section1016 of theInsurance Companies Act and section527.‍2 of theTrust and Loan Companies Act.
End of inserted block
192The Act is amended by adding the following after section53.‍31:
National security or integrity of financial system
Start of inserted block
53.‍32(1)For the purpose of assisting the Minister in determining whether to grant, revoke, suspend or amend an approval or in exercising the Minister’s powers or performing the Minister’s functions and duties under any of sections32to47and96 of theRetail Payment Activities Act, the Director may, at the request of the Minister or an officer of the Department of Finance, disclose to the Minister or the officer, as the case may be, any information that is under the control of the Centre and that relates to national security or to safeguarding the integrity of Canada’s financial system.
End of inserted block
Limitation
Start of inserted block
(2)Any information disclosed under subsection (1) may be used by the recipient only for the purpose of deciding whether to grant, revoke, suspend or amend an approval or in the exercise of the powers, or the performance of the functions and duties, referred to in subsection (1).
End of inserted block
Records
Start of inserted block
(3)The Director shall cause to be kept a record of any request for information referred to in subsection (1) and of any information that is disclosed under that subsection.
End of inserted block
Definition ofapproval
Start of inserted block
(4)In this section,approval has the same meaning as in section973 of theBank Act, section1016 of theInsurance Companies Act and section527.‍2 of theTrust and Loan Companies Act.
End of inserted block
193(1)The portion of subsection55(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Disclosure by Centre prohibited
55(1)Subject to subsections (3) and (6.‍1), sections52, 53.‍1, Insertion start53.‍31 to Insertion end53.‍5, 55.‍1, 56.‍1and56.‍2,subsection58(1) and sections58.‍1, 65to65.‍1and68.‍1of this Act and to subsection12(1) of thePrivacy Act, the Centre shall not disclose the following:
(2)Paragraph55(7)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)the name of any person or entity that is involved in the transaction, attempted transaction, importation or exportation or of any person or entity acting on their behalf;

  • Start of inserted block

    (a.‍1)the date of birth, gender, country of residence and nature of the occupation or business of a person referred to in paragraph (a), any alias that they use or have used and the name and business address of their employer;

  • (a.‍2)the nature of the principal business of an entity referred to in paragraph (a), the entity’s registration or incorporation number and the jurisdiction and country of issue of that number;

  • (a.‍3)the following information in respect of a person or entity referred to in paragraph (a):

    • (i)their address, telephone number and electronic mail address,

    • (ii)any identification number assigned to them by a person or entity who made a report referred to in subsection (1),

    • (iii)the Uniform Resource Locator of their website, and

    • (iv)the type of document or other information used to identify or verify their identity, the jurisdiction and country of issue of the document and the number of the document or the number associated with the information;

      End of inserted block
(3)Paragraphs55(7)‍(c) to (d.‍1) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • Start of inserted block

    (b.‍1)the purpose of the transaction, attempted transaction, importation or exportation;

    End of inserted block
  • (c) Insertion startin the case of an importation or exportation Insertion end, the amount and type of currency or monetary instruments;

  • Insertion start(c.‍1) Insertion endin the case of a transaction or attempted transaction,

    • Start of inserted block

      (i)the amount and type of currency, monetary instruments or virtual currency involved, or

      End of inserted block
    • Insertion start(ii) Insertion endif no currency, monetary instruments Insertion startor virtual currency is Insertion end involved, the value of the transaction or attempted transaction or the Insertion starttype and Insertion end value of the funds Insertion startor other remittances Insertion end that are the subject of the transaction or attempted transaction;

  • Start of inserted block

    (c.‍2)the rate of exchange used in relation to the transaction, attempted transaction, importation or exportation;

    End of inserted block
  • (d)in the case of a transaction or attempted transaction,

    • Start of inserted block

      (i)the manner in which the transaction was conducted or the attempted transaction was to be conducted,

    • (ii)any transaction number, account number, institution number, branch number or similar identifying number involved,

    • (iii)the date on which any account involved is opened or closed, as well as its status,

    • (iv)the posting date,

    • (v)any identification number assigned to a person or entity referred to in paragraph (a) as part of the transaction or attempted transaction, and

    • (vi)the bank identification code or business entity identifier of any person or entity referred to in paragraph (a) that is a member of the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication;

      End of inserted block
  • (d.‍1)in the case of a transaction or attempted transaction involving virtual currency Insertion startor an electronic funds transfer as defined in theProceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Regulations Insertion end, transaction identifiers, including sending and receiving addresses, Insertion startand any user name of a person or entity referred to in paragraph (a) Insertion end;

(4)Subsection55(7) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (d.‍2):
  • Start of inserted block

    (d.‍3)in the case of a transaction or attempted transaction that, in whole or in part, is conducted online, the type of device used to conduct the transaction or attempted transaction, as well as the date and time of the transaction or attempted transaction;

  • (d.‍4)in the case of a transaction, whether it was completed or not;

  • (d.‍5)in the case of an incomplete transaction or an attempted transaction, the reason it was not completed;

    End of inserted block
(5)Subsection55(7) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (h):
  • Start of inserted block

    (h.‍1)in the case of a transaction or attempted transaction involving an electronic funds transfer asdefined in theProceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Regulations, any information in respect of the relationships that exist between any persons or entities connected in any way to the transaction or attempted transaction, including any person or entity that initiates or may benefit from it;

    End of inserted block
194(1)Subsection55.‍1(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (d), by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (e) and by adding the following after paragraph (e):
  • Start of inserted block

    (f)the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions, if the Centre also has reasonable grounds to suspect that the information is relevant to the exercise of the powers or the performance of the duties and functions of the Superintendent under theOffice of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Act.

    End of inserted block
(2)Paragraph55.‍1(3)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)the name of any person or entity that is involved in the transaction, attempted transaction, importation or exportation or of any person or entity acting on their behalf;

  • Start of inserted block

    (a.‍1)the date of birth, gender, country of residence and nature of the occupation or business of a person referred to in paragraph (a), any alias that they use or have used and the name and business address of their employer;

  • (a.‍2)the nature of the principal business of an entity referred to in paragraph (a), the entity’s registration or incorporation number and the jurisdiction and country of issue of that number;

  • (a.‍3)the following information in respect of a person or entity referred to in paragraph (a):

    • (i)their address, telephone number and electronic mail address,

    • (ii)any identification number assigned to them by a person or entity who made a report referred to in subsection55(1),

    • (iii)the Uniform Resource Locator of their website, and

    • (iv)the type of document or other information used to identify or verify their identity, the jurisdiction and country of issue of the document and the number of the document or the number associated with the information;

      End of inserted block
(3)Paragraphs55.‍1(3)‍(c) to (d.‍1) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • Start of inserted block

    (b.‍1)the purpose of the transaction, attempted transaction, importation or exportation;

    End of inserted block
  • (c) Insertion startin the case of an importation or exportation Insertion end, the amount and type of currency or monetary instruments;

  • Insertion start(c.‍1) Insertion endin the case of a transaction or attempted transaction,

    • Start of inserted block

      (i)the amount and type of currency, monetary instruments or virtual currency involved, or

      End of inserted block
    • Insertion start(ii) Insertion endif no currency, monetary instruments Insertion startor virtual currency is Insertion end involved, the value of the transaction or attempted transaction or the Insertion starttype and Insertion end value of the funds Insertion startor other remittances Insertion end that are the subject of the transaction or attempted transaction;

  • Start of inserted block

    (c.‍2)the rate of exchange used in relation to the transaction, attempted transaction, importation or exportation;

    End of inserted block
  • (d)in the case of a transaction or attempted transaction,

    • Start of inserted block

      (i)the manner in which the transaction was conducted or the attempted transaction was to be conducted,

    • (ii)any transaction number, account number, institution number, branch number or similar identifying number involved,

    • (iii)the date on which any account involved is opened or closed, as well as its status,

    • (iv)the posting date,

    • (v)any identification number assigned to a person or entity referred to in paragraph (a) as part of the transaction or attempted transaction, and

    • (vi)the bank identification code or business entity identifier of any person or entity referred to in paragraph (a) that is a member of the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication;

      End of inserted block
  • (d.‍1)in the case of a transaction or attempted transaction involving virtual currency Insertion startor an electronic funds transfer as defined in theProceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Regulations Insertion end, transaction identifiers, including sending and receiving addresses, Insertion startand any user name of a person or entity referred to in paragraph (a) Insertion end;

(4)Subsection55.‍1(3) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (d.‍2):
  • Start of inserted block

    (d.‍3)in the case of a transaction or attempted transaction that, in whole or in part, is conducted online, the type of device used to conduct the transaction or attempted transaction, as well as the date and time of the transaction or attempted transaction;

  • (d.‍4)in the case of a transaction, whether it was completed or not;

  • (d.‍5)in the case of an incomplete transaction or an attempted transaction, the reason it was not completed;

    End of inserted block
(5)Subsection55.‍1(3) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (h):
  • Start of inserted block

    (h.‍1)in the case of a transaction or attempted transaction involving an electronic funds transfer as defined in theProceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Regulations, any information in respect of the relationships that exist between any persons or entities connected in any way to the transaction or attempted transaction, including any person or entity that initiates or may benefit from it;

    End of inserted block
195(1)Paragraph56.‍1(5)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)the name of any person or entity that is involved in the transaction, attempted transaction, importation or exportation or of any person or entity acting on their behalf;

  • Start of inserted block

    (a.‍1)the date of birth, gender, country of residence and nature of the occupation or business of a person referred to in paragraph (a), any alias that they use or have used and the name and business address of their employer;

  • (a.‍2)the nature of the principal business of an entity referred to in paragraph (a), the entity’s registration or incorporation number and the jurisdiction and country of issue of that number;

  • (a.‍3)the following information in respect of a person or entity referred to in paragraph (a):

    • (i)their address, telephone number and electronic mail address,

    • (ii)any identification number assigned to them by a person or entity who made a report referred to in subsection55(1),

    • (iii)the Uniform Resource Locator of their website, and

    • (iv)the type of document or other information used to identify or verify their identity, the jurisdiction and country of issue of the document and the number of the document or the number associated with the information;

      End of inserted block
(2)Paragraphs56.‍1(5)‍(c) to (d.‍1) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • Start of inserted block

    (b.‍1)the purpose of the transaction, attempted transaction, importation or exportation;

    End of inserted block
  • (c) Insertion startin the case of an importation or exportation Insertion end, the amount and type of currency or monetary instruments;

  • Insertion start(c.‍1) Insertion endin the case of a transaction or attempted transaction,

    • Start of inserted block

      (i)the amount and type of currency, monetary instruments or virtual currency involved, or

      End of inserted block
    • Insertion start(ii) Insertion endif no currency, monetary instruments Insertion startor virtual currency is Insertion end involved, the value of the transaction or attempted transaction or the Insertion starttype and Insertion end value of the funds Insertion startor other remittances Insertion end that are the subject of the transaction or attempted transaction;

  • Start of inserted block

    (c.‍2)the rate of exchange used in relation to the transaction, attempted transaction, importation or exportation;

    End of inserted block
  • (d)in the case of a transaction or attempted transaction,

    • Start of inserted block

      (i)the manner in which the transaction was conducted or the attempted transaction was to be conducted,

    • (ii)any transaction number, account number, institution number, branch number or similar identifying number involved,

    • (iii)the date on which any account involved is opened or closed, as well as its status,

    • (iv)the posting date,

    • (v)any identification number assigned to a person or entity referred to in paragraph (a) as part of the transaction or attempted transaction, and

    • (vi)the bank identification code or business entity identifier of any person or entity referred to in paragraph (a) that is a member of the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication;

      End of inserted block
  • (d.‍1)in the case of a transaction or attempted transaction involving virtual currency Insertion startor an electronic funds transfer as defined in theProceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Regulations Insertion end, transaction identifiers, including sending and receiving addresses, Insertion startand any user name of a person or entity referred to in paragraph (a) Insertion end;

(3)Subsection56.‍1(5) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (d.‍2):
  • Start of inserted block

    (d.‍3)in the case of a transaction or attempted transaction that, in whole or in part, is conducted online, the type of device used to conduct the transaction or attempted transaction, as well as the date and time of the transaction or attempted transaction;

  • (d.‍4)in the case of a transaction, whether it was completed or not;

  • (d.‍5)in the case of an incomplete transaction or an attempted transaction, the reason it was not completed;

    End of inserted block
(4)Subsection56.‍1(5) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (h):
  • Start of inserted block

    (h.‍1)in the case of a transaction or attempted transaction involving an electronic funds transfer as defined in theProceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Regulations, any information in respect of the relationships that exist between any persons or entities connected in any way to the transaction or attempted transaction, including any person or entity that initiates or may benefit from it;

    End of inserted block
196(1)Paragraph58(1)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b)conduct research into trends and developments in the area of money laundering, the financing of terrorist activities and Insertion startthe financing of threats to the security of Canada Insertion end and Insertion startinto Insertion end improved ways of detecting, preventing and deterring money laundering, thefinancing of terrorist activities and Insertion startthe financing of threats to the security of Canada Insertion end; and

(2)Paragraph58(1)‍(c) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of subparagraph (ii.‍1) and by adding the following after subparagraph (ii.‍1):
  • Start of inserted block

    (ii.‍2)the nature and extent of the financing, inside and outside Canada, of threats to the security of Canada, and

    End of inserted block
(3)Subparagraph58(1)‍(c)‍(iii) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (iii)measures that have been or might be taken to detect, prevent and deter the money laundering — Insertion startas well as Insertion end the financing of terrorist activities and Insertion startthe financing of threats to the security of Canada Insertion end — inside or outside Canada, and the effectiveness of those measures.

197Subsection58.‍1(2) of the Act is repealed.
198The Act is amended by adding the following after section63:
Means of telecommunication
Start of inserted block
63.‍01(1)For the purposes of sections62and63, an authorized person is considered to have entered a place when accessing it remotely by a means of telecommunication.
End of inserted block
Limitation — access by means of telecommunication
Start of inserted block
(2)An authorized person who enters remotely, by a means of telecommunication, a place that is not accessible to the public shall do so with the knowledge of the owner or person in charge of the place and shall be remotely in the place for no longer than the period necessary for the purpose referred to in subsection62(1).
End of inserted block
199Subsection65(3) of the Act is repealed.
200Subsection73.‍13(1) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Commission of violation
73.‍13(1)Every contravention that is designated under paragraph73.‍1(1)‍(a) constitutes a violation and the person Insertion startor entity that Insertion end commits the violation is liable to a penalty determined in accordance with sections73.‍1and73.‍11.
201Subsection73.‍15(1) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Payment of penalty
73.‍15(1)If the person or entity pays the penalty proposed in the notice of violation, the person Insertion startor entity Insertion end is deemed to have committed the violation and proceedings in respect of it are ended.
202The Act is amended by adding the following after section77.‍1:
Threats and retaliation against employees
Start of inserted block
77.‍2(1)Every person or entity that is an employer, that acts on behalf of an employer or that is in a position of authority in respect of an employee commits an offence if the person or entity takes a disciplinary measure against, demotes, terminates or otherwise adversely affects the employment of an employee, or threatens to do so,
  • (a)with the intent to compel the employee to abstain from fulfilling an obligation under this Act; or

  • (b)with the intent to retaliate against the employee because the employee has fulfilled or taken steps to fulfill any such obligation.

    End of inserted block
Punishment
Start of inserted block
(2)Every person or entity that commits an offence under subsection (1)
  • (a)is guilty of an offence punishable on summary conviction; or

  • (b)is guilty of an indictable offence and liable to imprisonment for a term of not more than five years.

    End of inserted block
Offence — structured financial transactions
Start of inserted block
77.‍3(1)Every person or entity commits an offence that directly or indirectly undertakes, or attempts to undertake, a structured financial transaction.
End of inserted block
Structured financial transactions
Start of inserted block
(2)For the purpose of subsection (1), a structured financial transaction is a series of financial transactions that
  • (a)cause a person or entity referred to in section5 to be in receipt of cash or virtual currency or involve the initiation of an international electronic funds transfer;

  • (b)would, if they occurred as a single financial transaction, require a person or entity referred to in section5 to report it to the Centre; and

  • (c)are undertaken with the intent that a person or entity referred to in section5 will not report a financial transaction to the Centre.

    End of inserted block
Punishment
Start of inserted block
(3)Every person or entity that is guilty of an offence under subsection (1) is liable
  • (a)on summary conviction, to a fine or imprisonment for a term of not more than two years less a day, or to both; or

  • (b)on conviction on indictment, to a fine or imprisonment for a term of not more than five years, or to both.

    End of inserted block
203The Act is amended by adding the following after section77.‍3:
Offence — registration
Start of inserted block
77.‍4A person or entity referred to in section11.‍1 that knowingly engages in an activity for which it is not registered with the Centre is guilty of an offence and liable
  • (a)on summary conviction, to a fine of not more than $250,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not more than two years less a day, or to both; or

  • (b)on conviction on indictment, to a fine of not more than $500,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not more than five years, or to both.

    End of inserted block
204(1)Section81 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Time limitation — five years
81 Insertion start(1) Insertion endProceedings under paragraph74(1)‍(a),74(2)‍(a),75(1)‍(a) or76(a), subsection77(1) or (2) or paragraph77.‍1(a) Insertion startor77.‍2(2)‍(a) Insertion end may be instituted within, but not after, five years after the time when the subject-matter of the proceedings arose.
Time limitation — eight years
Start of inserted block
(2)Proceedings under paragraph77.‍3(3)‍(a) may be instituted within, but not after, eight years after the time when the subject-matter of the proceedings arose.
End of inserted block
(2)Subsection81(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Time limitation — eight years
(2)Proceedings under paragraph77.‍3(3)‍(a) or77.‍4(2)‍(a) may be instituted within, but not after, eight years after the time when the subject-matter of the proceedings arose.
205The headings before section83 of the Act are replaced by the following:
PART6
Transitional Insertion startProvisions Insertion end, Consequential and Conditional Amendments, Repeal and Coming into Force
Transitional Insertion startProvisions Insertion end
206The Act is amended by adding the following after section83:
Definitions
Start of inserted block

83.‍1The following definitions apply in this section and in sections83.‍2and83.‍3.

agent or mandatary, in relation to a specified person or entity, means any agent or mandatary acting on the commencement day on behalf of the specified person or entity to provide any of the services referred to in paragraph5(h).‍ (mandataire)

commencement day means the day on which this section and sections83.‍2and83.‍3 come into force.‍ (date de référence)

second anniversary means the second anniversary of the commencement day.‍ (deuxième anniversaire)

specified person or entity means a person or entity referred to in paragraph5(h).‍ (personne ou entité déterminée)

End of inserted block
Agent or mandatary
Start of inserted block

83.‍2(1)A specified person or entity shall, no later than the second anniversary,

  • (a)verify whether every agent or mandatary is a person or entity referred to in any of paragraphs11.‍11(1)‍(a) to (f); and

  • (b)obtain and review the documents referred to in subsection9.‍93(2) in respect of every agent or mandatary.

    End of inserted block
Deeming
Start of inserted block

(2)The verification and review carried out under subsection (1) are deemed to be a verification carried out under section9.‍92and a review carried out under subsection9.‍93(1), respectively.

End of inserted block
Documents — registration
Start of inserted block

83.‍3(1)A specified person or entity that is registered with the Centre on the commencement day shall, in the prescribed form and manner, provide the Centre with the documents referred to in paragraph11.‍12(1)‍(b) or (c) no later than the second anniversary.

End of inserted block
Translation
Start of inserted block

(2)The obligation to provide a translation set out in subsection11.‍12(1.‍1) applies with respect to those documents.

End of inserted block

2021, c. 23

Budget Implementation Act,2021,No.1
207TheBudget Implementation Act,2021,No.1 is amended by adding the following after section175:
Start of inserted block
Transitional Provision
End of inserted block
No ascertainment of expenses in first year
Start of inserted block

175.‍1The Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada is not required to ascertain, under subsection51.‍1(1) of theProceeds of Crime (Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing) Act, as enacted by section165,the total amount of prescribed expenses incurred during the fiscal year in which section165 comes into force.

End of inserted block
208Subsection176(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Order in council

(2)Sections164, 165and170 come into force on a day Insertion startor days Insertion end to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

Coordinating Amendment
2021, c. 23
209On the first day on which both subsection193(1) of this Act is in force and section185 theBudget Implementation Act,2021,No.1 has produced its effects, the portion of subsection55(1) of theProceeds of Crime (Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing) Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Disclosure by Centre prohibited
55(1)Subject to subsections (3) and (6.‍1), sections52, 53.‍1, 53.‍31to53.‍6, 55.‍1, 56.‍1and56.‍2,subsection58(1) and sections58.‍1, 65to65.‍1and68.‍1of this Act and to subsection12(1) of thePrivacy Act, the Centre shall not disclose the following:
Coming into Force
Order in council

210(1)Section181 comes into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

Order in council

(2)Sections182,185,186,205 and206 come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

Order in council

(3)Section192 comes into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

First anniversary of royal assent

(4)Section203 and subsection204(2) come into force on the first anniversary of the day on which this Act receives royal assent.

SUBDIVISION B 
Criminal Code

R.‍S.‍, c. C-46

Amendments to the Act
211Subsection462.‍32(4.‍1) of the French version of theCriminal Code is replaced by the following:
Restitution des produits
(4.‍1)Sous réserve de la présente loi et de toute autre loi fédérale, l’agent de la paix qui a saisi une chose en vertu d’un mandat délivré par un juge en vertu du présent article peut, avec le consentement du procureur général donné par écrit, restituer la chose saisie, Insertion startsur réception d’un Insertion end reçu Insertion startà cet effet Insertion end, à la personne qui a droit à la possession légitime de celle-ci Insertion startsi, à la fois Insertion end :
  • a)il est convaincu qu’il n’y a aucune contestation quant à la possession légitime de la chose saisie;

  • b)il est convaincu que la détention de la chose saisie n’est pas nécessaire aux fins d’une confiscation;

  • c)la chose saisie est restituée avant le dépôt d’un rapport auprès du greffier du tribunal en vertu de l’alinéa (4)b).

212The Act is amended by adding the following after section462.‍32:
Special warrant — digital assets
Start of inserted block
462.‍321(1)If, on an application of the Attorney General, a judge is satisfied by information on oath in Form1,varied to suit the case, that there are reasonable grounds to believe that any digital assets, including virtual currency, may be the subject of an order of forfeiture made under subsection462.‍37(1) or (2.‍01) or462.‍38(2) in respect of a designated offence alleged to have been committed within the province in which the judge has jurisdiction, the judge may issue a warrant authorizing a person named in the warrant or a peace officer to
  • (a)search for the digital assets by using acomputer program, as defined in subsection342.‍1(2); and

  • (b)seize — including by taking control of the right to access — the digital assets, as well as any other digital assets found during that search that the person or peace officer believes, on reasonable grounds, may be the subject of such an order of forfeiture.

    End of inserted block
Terms and conditions
Start of inserted block
(2)The warrant shall contain any terms and conditions that the judge considers advisable to ensure that any search or seizure authorized by the warrant is reasonable in the circumstances.
End of inserted block
Procedure
Start of inserted block
(3)An application for a warrant under subsection (1) may be madeex parte, shall be made in writing and shall include a statement as to whether any previous applications have been made under subsection (1) with respect to the property that is the subject of the application.
End of inserted block
Detention and record of property seized
Start of inserted block
(4)Every person who executes a warrant issued by a judge under this section shall
  • (a)detain or cause to be detained any seized property, taking reasonable care to ensure that it is preserved so that it may be dealt with in accordance with the law;

  • (b)as soon as practicable after the execution of the warrant, cause the following to be sent to the usual place of residence of any person from whom the property is seized if that usual place of residence is in Canada and is known to the person executing the warrant:

    • (i)a copy of the warrant, and

    • (ii)a notice in Form5.‍1, varied to suit the case, setting out the address of the court from which a copy of a report on the seized property may be obtained;

  • (c)as soon as practicable after the execution of the warrant but within a period of not more than seven days, prepare a report in Form5.‍3, varied to suit the case, identifying the seized property and the manner in which it is being detained, and cause the report to be filed with the clerk of the court; and

  • (d)cause a copy of the report to be provided, on request, to the person from whom the property was seized and to any other person who, in the opinion of the judge, appears to have a valid interest in the seized property.

    End of inserted block
Return
Start of inserted block
(5)Subject to this or any other Act of Parliament, a peace officer or a person acting on their behalf may, with the written consent of the Attorney General, on being issued a receipt for it, cause the seized property to be returned to the person lawfully entitled to its possession, if
  • (a)the peace officer is satisfied that there is no dispute as to who is lawfully entitled to possession of the seized property;

  • (b)the peace officer is satisfied that the continued detention of the seized property is not required for the purpose of forfeiture; and

  • (c)the seized property is returned before a report is filed with the clerk of the court under paragraph (4)‍(c).

    End of inserted block
Notice
Start of inserted block
(6)Before issuing a warrant under this section in relation to any property, a judge may require notice to be given to and may hear any person who, in the opinion of the judge, appears to have a valid interest in the property unless the judge is of the opinion that giving such notice before the issuance of the warrant would result in the disappearance, dissipation or reduction in value of the property or otherwise affect the property so that all or a part of it could not be seized under the warrant.
End of inserted block
Undertakings by Attorney General
Start of inserted block
(7)Before issuing a warrant under this section, a judge shall require the Attorney General to give any undertakings that the judge considers appropriate with respect to the payment of damages or costs, or both, in relation to the issuance and execution of the warrant.
End of inserted block
213The portion of subsection462.‍331(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Management order
462.‍331(1)With respect to property seized under section462.‍32 Insertion startor462.‍321 Insertion end or restrained under section462.‍33, other than acontrolled substance, within the meaning of theControlled Drugs and Substances Act, orcannabis, as defined in subsection2(1) of theCannabis Act, on application of the Attorney General or of any other person with the written consent of the Attorney General, if a judge is of the opinion that the circumstances so require, the judge may
214(1)Subsection462.‍34(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Application for review of special warrants and restraint orders
462.‍34(1)Any person who has an interest in property that was seized under a warrant issued Insertion startunder Insertion end section462.‍32 or Insertion start462.‍321 Insertion end or in respect of which a restraint order was made under subsection462.‍33(3) may, at any time, apply to a judge for
  • (a)an order under subsection (4);

  • (b)permission to examine any Insertion startseized Insertion end property Insertion startthat does not consist of digital assets Insertion end; or

  • Start of inserted block

    (c)an order requiring an accounting of any seized digital assets.

    End of inserted block
(2)The portion of subsection462.‍34(6) of the English version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Conditions to be satisfied
(6)An order under paragraph (4)‍(b) in respect of property may be made by a judge if the judge is satisfied that Insertion startthe property will no longer be required for the purpose of any investigation or as evidence in any proceeding and Insertion end
(3)The portion of paragraph462.‍34(6)‍(a) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
  • (a)that a warrant should not have been issued Insertion startunder Insertion end section462.‍32 Insertion startor462.‍321 Insertion end or a restraint order under subsection462.‍33(3) should not have been made in respect of that property, Insertion startin the case where Insertion end the application is made by

(4)The portion of paragraph462.‍34(6)‍(a) of the English version of the Act after subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
  • (ii)any person who acquired title to or a right of possession of that property from a person referred to in subparagraph (i) under circumstances that give rise to a reasonable inference that the title or right was transferred from that person for the purpose of avoiding the forfeiture of the property; or

(5)The portion of subsection462.‍34(6) of the English version of the Act after paragraph (b) is repealed.
215Section462.‍341 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Application of property restitution provisions
462.‍341Subsection462.‍34(2), paragraph462.‍34(4)‍(c) and subsections462.‍34(5), (5.‍1) and (5.‍2) apply, with any modifications that the circumstances require, to a person who has an interest in money, bank-notes Insertion startor virtual currency or other digital assets Insertion end that are seized under this Act, theControlled Drugs and Substances Act or theCannabis Act and in respect of which proceedings may be taken under subsection462.‍37(1) or (2.‍01) or462.‍38(2).
216Subsection462.‍35(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Expiration of special warrants and restraint orders
462.‍35(1)Subject to this section, Insertion startif Insertion end property has been seized under a warrant issued Insertion startunder Insertion end section462.‍32 Insertion startor462.‍321 Insertion end or a restraint order has been made under section462.‍33 in relation to property, the property may be detained or the order may continue in force, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding six months from the seizure or the making of the order, as the case may be.
217Section462.‍36 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Forwarding to clerk where accused to stand trial
462.‍36 Insertion startIf Insertion end a judge issues a warrant under section462.‍32 Insertion startor462.‍321 Insertion end or makes a restraint order under section462.‍33 in respect of any property, the clerk of the court shall, when an accused is ordered to stand trial for a designated offence, cause to be forwarded to the clerk of the court to which the accused has been ordered to stand trial a copy of the report filed Insertion startunder Insertion end paragraph462.‍32(4)‍(b) Insertion startor462.‍321(4)‍(c) Insertion end or of the restraint order in respect of the property.
218(1)The portion of subsection462.‍43(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Residual disposal of property seized or dealt with under special warrants or restraint orders
462.‍43(1) Insertion startIf Insertion end property has been seized under a warrant issued Insertion startunder Insertion end section462.‍32 Insertion startor462.‍321 Insertion end, a restraint order has been made under section462.‍33 in relation to any property or a recognizance has been entered into Insertion startunder Insertion end paragraph462.‍34(4)‍(a) in relation to any property and a judge, on application made to the judge by the Attorney General or any person having an interest in the property or on the judge’s own motion, after notice given to the Attorney General and any other person having an interest in the property, is satisfied that the property will no longer be required for the purpose of section462.‍37, 462.‍38 or any other provision of this or any other Act of Parliament respecting forfeiture or for the purpose of any investigation or as evidence in any proceeding, the judge
(2)The portion of paragraph462.‍43(1)‍(c) of the English version of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
  • (c)in the case of property seized under a warrant issued Insertion startunder Insertion end section462.‍32 Insertion startor462.‍321 Insertion end or property under the control of a person appointed Insertion startunder Insertion end paragraph462.‍331(1)‍(a),

219(1)Paragraph462.‍48(1.‍1)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • Start of inserted block

    (b)an offence against subsection119(1), section120,subsection121(1) or (2), section122or subsection123(1) or (2), or a conspiracy or an attempt to commit, or being an accessory after the fact in relation to, such an offence;

  • (b.‍1)an offence against subsection279.‍01(1),279.‍011(1) or279.‍02(1) or (2) or a conspiracy or an attempt to commit, or being an accessory after the fact in relation to, such an offence;

  • (b.‍2)an offence against subsection346(1) or a conspiracy or an attempt to commit, or being an accessory after the fact in relation to, such an offence;

  • (b.‍3)an offence against paragraph380(1)‍(a) or subsection380(2) or a conspiracy or an attempt to commit, or being an accessory after the fact in relation to, such an offence;

    End of inserted block
(2)Subsection462.‍48(1.‍1) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (c) and by adding the following after paragraph (d):
  • Start of inserted block

    (e)an offence against subsection3(1) of theCorruption of Foreign Public Officials Act, or a conspiracy or an attempt to commit, or being an accessory after the fact in relation to, such an offence; or

    End of inserted block
  • Insertion start(f) Insertion endan offence against section354, 355.‍2, 355.‍4or462.‍31 Insertion startor a conspiracy or attempt to commit, or being an accessory after the fact in relation to such an offence Insertion end — if the offence is alleged to have been committed in relation to any property, thing or proceeds obtained or derived directly or indirectly as a result of

    • (i)the commission in Canada of Insertion startan Insertion end offence Insertion startreferred to in any of paragraphs (a) to (e) Insertion end, or

    • (ii)an act or omission anywhere that, if it had occurred in Canada, would have constituted Insertion startan Insertion end offence Insertion startreferred to in any of those paragraphs Insertion end.

220Subsection487.‍1(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (j):
  • Start of inserted block

    (j.‍1)a warrant under subsection462.‍321(1);

    End of inserted block
Related Amendments

R.‍S.‍, c. P-1

Parliament of Canada Act
221Paragraph19.‍7(3)‍(b) of theParliament of Canada Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b)an order for a special warrant under section462.‍32 Insertion startor462.‍321 Insertion end,

222Paragraph52.‍7(3)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b)an order for a special warrant under section462.‍32 Insertion startor462.‍321 Insertion end,

R.‍S.‍, c. 30 (4th Supp.‍)

Mutual Legal Assistance in Criminal Matters Act
223Subsection9.‍1(3) of theMutual Legal Assistance in Criminal Matters Act is replaced by the following:
Enforcement
(3)On being filed, the order may be enforced as if it were a warrant issued under subsection462.‍32(1) Insertion startor462.‍321(1) Insertion end of theCriminal Code or an order made under subsection462.‍33(3) of that Act.
224Paragraph9.‍3(4)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)an order for the seizure of proceeds of crime may be enforced as if it were a warrant issued under subsection462.‍32(1) Insertion startor462.‍321(1) Insertion end of theCriminal Code;

1993, c. 37

Seized Property Management Act
225Paragraph4(1)‍(a) of theSeized Property Management Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)seized under a warrant issued under section83.‍13, 462.‍32, Insertion start462.‍321 Insertion end or487 of theCriminal Code, section11 of theControlled Drugs and Substances Act or section87 of theCannabis Act on the application of the Attorney General and that the Minister is appointed to manage under subsection83.‍13(3),462.‍331(2) or490.‍81(2) of theCriminal Code, subsection15.‍1(2) of theControlled Drugs and Substances Act or subsection93(2) of theCannabis Act, as the case may be;

226Paragraph13(3)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b)amounts paid as a result of claims arising from undertakings given by the Attorney General Insertion startunder Insertion endsubsections462.‍32(6), Insertion start462.‍321(7) Insertion end and462.‍33(7) of theCriminal Code;

227Paragraph16(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b)to pay claims arising from undertakings given by the Attorney General Insertion startunder Insertion end subsections462.‍32(6), Insertion start462.‍321(7) Insertion end and462.‍33(7) of theCriminal Code, and

Coming into Force
90 days

228This Subdivision comes into force on the90th day after the day on which this Act receives royal assent.

DIVISION4
Preferential Tariff Programs for Developing Countries

1997, c. 36

Customs Tariff

229The heading before section17and sections17and18 of theCustoms Tariff are replaced by the following:
Direct Shipment
Shipment to Canada
17(1)For the purposes of this Act, goods are shipped directly to Canada from another country when the goods are Insertion startshipped Insertion end to Canada from that other country in Insertion startaccordance with the regulations Insertion end.
Regulations
(2) Insertion startFor Insertion end the Insertion startpurposes Insertion end of Insertion startdetermining whether Insertion end goods Insertion startare Insertion end shipped directly to Canada, the Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister, make regulations Insertion startrespecting the shipping of goods Insertion end.
230Paragraph24(1)‍(b) of the Act is amended by adding the following after subparagraph (ii):
  • Start of inserted block

    (ii.‍1)paragraph36.‍2(1)‍(a),

    End of inserted block
231Section27 of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
Start of inserted block

GPTP refers to the General Preferential Tariff Plus.‍ (TPGP)

End of inserted block
232Section36 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Expiry date
36Sections33to35cease to have effect on December31, Insertion start2034 Insertion end or on any earlier date that may be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Start of inserted block
General Preferential Tariff Plus
End of inserted block
Application of GPTP
Start of inserted block
36.‍1(1)Subject to sections24and36.‍3and any order made under section36.‍2, goods that originate in a country set out in the List of Countries as a beneficiary of the General Preferential Tariff Plus are entitled to the General Preferential Tariff Plus rates of customs duty.
End of inserted block
“A” final rate
Start of inserted block
(2)If “A” is set out in the column entitled “Preferential Tariff” in the List of Tariff Provisions following the abbreviation “GPTP” in relation to goods entitled to the General Preferential Tariff Plus, the General Preferential Tariff Plus rate of customs duty that applies to those goods is the final rate.
End of inserted block
“F” staging for GPTP
Start of inserted block
(3)If “F” is set out in the column entitled “Preferential Tariff” in the List of Tariff Provisions following the abbreviation “GPTP” in relation to goods entitled to the General Preferential Tariff Plus, the General Preferential Tariff Plus rate of customs duty that applies to those goods is the initial rate, reduced as provided in the “F” Staging List.
End of inserted block
Extension or withdrawal of entitlement
Start of inserted block
36.‍2(1)The Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister, by order, amend the schedule to
  • (a)extend entitlement to the General Preferential Tariff Plus to any goods that originate in a country that is a beneficiary of the General Preferential Tariff, if, in the opinion of the Governor in Council, that country conforms to international norms relating to sustainable development and labour and human rights;

  • (b)withdraw entitlement to the General Preferential Tariff Plus from any goods that originate in a country that is a beneficiary of that Tariff; and

  • (c)reduce a rate of customs duty set out following the abbreviation “GPTP” in the column entitled “Preferential Tariff” in the List of Tariff Provisions and the “F” Staging List.

    End of inserted block
Contents of order
Start of inserted block
(2)An order made under subsection (1)
  • (a)must specify the date on which the order becomes effective;

  • (b)must, if the order partially extends entitlement to the General Preferential Tariff Plus, indicate the goods to which that Tariff is extended;

  • (c)may exempt the goods from the conditions set out in subsection24(1) and prescribe any conditions that apply; and

  • (d)must, if the order wholly or partially withdraws entitlement to the General Preferential Tariff Plus, indicate the goods to which the General Preferential Tariff applies as a consequence.

    End of inserted block
Application of tariff rate quota
Start of inserted block
36.‍3(1)The Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister, by order, apply a tariff rate quota in respect of goods imported from one or more countries entitled to the General Preferential Tariff Plus for a period specified in the order.
End of inserted block
Tariff treatment if tariff rate quota exceeded
Start of inserted block
(2)Goods imported in excess of a tariff rate quota applied under an order under subsection (1) are subject to the tariff treatment that would be applicable to those goods if they were not entitled to the General Preferential Tariff Plus.
End of inserted block
Expiry date
Start of inserted block
36.‍4Sections36.‍1to36.‍3cease to have effect on December31, 2034 or on any earlier date that may be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
End of inserted block
233Section40 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Expiry date
40Sections37to39cease to have effect on December31, Insertion start2034 Insertion end or on any earlier date that may be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

Coming into Force

Order in council

234Section229 comes into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

DIVISION5
Removal of Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff Treatment for Belarus and Russia

1997, c. 36

Customs Tariff

235The List of Countries and Applicable Tariff Treatments set out in the schedule to theCustoms Tariff is amended by deleting the symbol “X” in the column under the heading “MFN” opposite “Belarus” and “Russia” in the column under the heading “Country Name”.

Coming into Force

SOR/2022-209

236Section235 comes into force, or is deemed to have come into force, on the day after the day on which theMost-Favoured-Nation Tariff Withdrawal Order (2022-2) ceases to have effect.

DIVISION6
Non-application of Sections27and27.‍1 of theBank of Canada Act

Losses — Government of Canada Bond Purchase Program

237Despite sections27and27.‍1 of theBank of Canada Act, any ascertained surplus of the Bank of Canada during a financial year must be applied to the Bank of Canada’s retained earnings until the earlier of the following events occurs:

  • (a)the Bank of Canada’s retained earnings are equal to zero, and

  • (b)the ascertained surplus applied to the Bank of Canada’s retained earnings is equal to its losses arising from the purchase of Government of Canada securities as part of theGovernment of Canada Bond Purchase Program from April1, 2020to April25, 2022.

DIVISION7
Canada Innovation Corporation Act

Enactment of Act

Enactment
238TheCanada Innovation Corporation Act is enacted as follows:
An Act respecting the Canada Innovation Corporation
Alternative Title
Alternative title
1This Act may be cited as theCanada Innovation Corporation Act.
Interpretation
Definitions
2The following definitions apply in this Act.

appropriate Minister has the same meaning as in section2 of theFinancial Administration Act.‍ (ministre compétent)

Board means the board of directors of the Corporation.‍ (conseil)

Corporation means the Canada Innovation Corporation continued under section5.‍ (Corporation)

federal institution means

  • (a)adepartment, as defined in section2 of theFinancial Administration Act; or

  • (b)aCrown corporation, as defined in subsection83(1) of that Act.‍ (institution fédérale)

Minister means the Minister of Industry or, if another federal minister is designated under section4, that minister.‍‍ (ministre)

Inconsistency
3In the event of any inconsistency between this Act and Part X of theFinancial Administration Act, this Act prevails to the extent of the inconsistency.
Designation of Minister
Order in council
4The Governor in Council may, by order, designate any federal minister to be the Minister referred to in this Act.
Continuation and Status
Continuation
5The Canada Innovation Corporation, incorporated under theCanada Business Corporations Act, is continued as a corporation under this Act.
Head office
6The head office of the Corporation is to be at a place in Canada that is designated by the Governor in Council.
Not Crown agent
7The Corporation is not an agent of His Majesty in right of Canada, except when
  • (a)providing advice to a federal institution at the request of the appropriate Minister;

  • (b)developing, delivering or administering programs under paragraph10(e);

  • (c)negotiating arrangements or agreements or carrying out any activities related to such arrangements or agreements under paragraph10(f); or

  • (d)carrying out any activity conducive to the carrying out of its purpose that the Governor in Council may, by order, specify.

Capacity
8In carrying out its purpose, the Corporation has the capacity, rights, powers and privileges of a natural person.
Purpose and Functions
Purpose
9The purpose of the Corporation is to maximize business investment in research and development across all sectors of the economy and in all regions of Canada to promote innovation-driven economic growth.
Functions
10In carrying out its purpose, the Corporation may
  • (a)act as a centre of expertise on national and international industrial and technology trends;

  • (b)promote the ownership and retention of intangible assets in Canada;

  • (c)monitor, analyze and disseminate information on research and development in Canada, including for the purposes of supporting the evaluation of programs related to its purpose and improving those programs;

  • (d)provide financial support, including in the form of grants, or advice;

  • (e)at the request of the appropriate Minister, made after consultation by the appropriate Minister with the Minister, develop, deliver or administer a program on behalf of a federal institution to the extent that the Corporation is able to recover the incurred costs that are specified by the Board;

  • (f)at the request of the appropriate Minister, made after consultation by the appropriate Minister with the Minister, negotiate arrangements or agreements with foreign entities on behalf of a federal institution or carry out any activities related to such arrangements or agreements on behalf of a federal institution; and

  • (g)carry out any other function conducive to the carrying out of its purpose that the Governor in Council may, by order, specify.

Board, Chief Executive Officer and Employees
Composition of Board
11The Board consists of a chairperson and not fewer than four and not more than11 other directors.
Appointment of directors
12(1)Each director, other than the chairperson, is to be appointed by the Minister, after consultation by the Minister with the Minister of Finance and the Board and with the approval of the Governor in Council, for a term of not more than four years that will ensure, to the extentpossible, the expiry in any one year of the terms of office of not more than one half of the directors.
Federal public administration
(2)No more than two of the directors appointed under subsection (1) may be appointed from among persons who occupy a position in the federal public administration.
Appointment of chairperson
(3)The chairperson is to be appointed by the Minister, after consultation by the Minister with the Minister of Finance and the Board and with the approval of the Governor in Council, for a term that the Governor in Council considers appropriate.
Ineligibility — chairperson
(4)A person is not eligible to be appointed or to continue as the chairperson if they occupy a position in the federal public administration.
Continuation in office
(5)The chairperson may, with the authorization of the Board, continue in office after the expiration of their term of office until the earlier of
  • (a)the180th day after the day on which their term of office ends, and

  • (b)the day on which they are reappointed or their successor is appointed.

Absence or incapacity — chairperson
(6)If the chairperson is absent or unable to act or the office of chairperson is vacant, the Board may authorize one of the other directors to act as chairperson, but that person is not authorized to act as chairperson for a period of more than180 days without the approval of the Governor in Council.
Removal from office
(7)The chairperson and each of the other directors holds office during pleasure and may be removed by the Minister after consultation by the Minister with the Minister of Finance and the Board and with the approval of the Governor in Council.
Appointment of chief executive officer
13(1)The chief executive officer of the Corporation is to be appointed by the Minister, after consultation by the Minister with the Minister of Finance, from among persons nominated by the Board, for a term that the Minister considers appropriate.
No overlapping offices
(2)A person is not entitled to hold the offices of director and chief executive officer at the same time.
Reappointment
(3)The chief executive officer is eligible to be reappointed at the end of their term of office.
Continuation in office
(4)The chief executive officer may, with the authorization of the Board, continue in office after the expiration of their term of office until the earlier of
  • (a)the180th day after the day on which their term of office ends, and

  • (b)the day on which they are reappointed or their successor is appointed.

Absence or incapacity — chief executive officer
(5)If the chief executive officer is absent or unable to act or the office of chief executive officer is vacant, the Board may authorize an officer or employee of the Corporation to act as chief executive officer, but that person is not authorized to act as chief executive officer for a period of more than180 days unless the Minister, after consultation by that Minister with the Minister of Finance, approves a longer period.
Removal from office
(6)The chief executive officer holds office during pleasure and may be removed by the Minister after consultation by the Minister with the Minister of Finance and the Board.
Attendance of chief executive officer at meetings
14Subject to any by-law of the Board, the chief executive officer may attend meetings of the Board or any committee of the Board.
Accident compensation
15The directors, chief executive officer and employees of the Corporation are deemed to be employees for the purposes of theGovernment Employees Compensation Act and to be employed in the federal public administration for the purposes of any regulations made under section9 of theAeronautics Act.
Guidelines
16(1)The Board must establish guidelines respecting conflicts of interest and confidential information.
Copy to Minister
(2)The Board must, after establishing or modifying the guidelines, provide a copy of the guidelines to the Minister.
Modifications
(3)The Minister may, after consulting the Board, modify the guidelines respecting conflicts of interest as they apply to the chief executive officer.
Sections 116 and 117 ofFinancial Administration Act
(4)The guidelines respecting conflicts of interest must be consistent with sections116and117 of theFinancial Administration Act.
Evaluation committee
17(1)The Board must establish an evaluation committee that is responsible for advising the Corporation on matters relating to the provision of financial support by the Corporation.
Directors not eligible
(2)Directors are not eligible to be members of the committee.
By-laws
(3)The Board may make by-laws respecting the committee, including respecting the matters relating to the provision of financial support on which it is to advise the Corporation and respecting the expertise of its members.
Miscellaneous Provisions
Restriction on directives
18A directive must not be given to the Corporation under subsection89(1) of theFinancial Administration Act requiring the Corporation to provide financial support to a specific entity or a group of specific entities or requiring the Corporation to provide advice to a specific entity or a group of specific entities.
Disclosure of information to federal institutions
19(1)The Corporation may disclose any information in its possession to a federal institution if that disclosure is related to the carrying out of the Corporation’s purpose.
Disclosure of information to Corporation
(2)A federal institution may disclose any information in its possession to the Corporation if that disclosure is related to the carrying out of the Corporation’s purpose.
Payments out of Consolidated Revenue Fund
20(1)Subject to subsection (2), the Minister must pay out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund the following amounts, or any greater amounts specified in an appropriation Act, to the Corporation:
  • (a)for the financial year ending March31, 2024,$198,000,000;

  • (b)for the financial year ending March31, 2025,$775,000,000;

  • (c)for the financial year ending March31, 2026,$800,000,000;

  • (d)for the financial year ending March31, 2027,$800,000,000; and

  • (e)for each subsequent financial year, $525,000,000.

Withholding of payment
(2)The Minister may, with the approval of the Minister of Finance, withhold all or part of the payment for a financial year.
Consultation with Board
(3)The Minister must consult the Board before withholding all or part of a payment.
Report
(4)If the Minister withholds a payment, the Minister must cause a report setting out the reasons for withholding the payment to be tabled in each House of Parliament on any of the first15 days on which that House is sitting after the payment has been withheld.
Payments to Receiver General
21(1)Within three months after the end of each financial year, the Corporation must pay to the Receiver General the money of the Corporation that was in excess of $66,000,000 at the end of that financial year.
Non-application
(2)Sections130to130.‍2 of theFinancial Administration Act do not apply in respect of the Corporation.
Financial year
22The financial year of the Corporation is the period of12months beginning on April1and ending on the next March31.
Quarterly financial reports
23The following information must be included in the quarterly financial report that the Corporation is required to cause to be prepared under subsection131.‍1(1) of theFinancial Administration Act:
  • (a)the name of each entity with which the Corporation entered into an agreement or arrangement in that quarter to provide financial support; and

  • (b)the amount of the financial support provided for in each agreement or arrangement.

Annual reports
24The following information must be included in the annual report that the Corporation is required to submit under subsection150(1) of theFinancial Administration Act:
  • (a)information relating to each program that it developed, delivered or administered under paragraph10(e) in the financial year;

  • (b)the name of each entity to which it provided financial support of $100,000 or more in that year and the amount of that financial support; and

  • (c)the number of entities to which it provided financial support of less than $100,000 in that year and the total amount of the financial support provided to those entities.

Transitional Provisions
Definitions
25The following definitions apply in sections26 to35.

Director has the same meaning as in subsection2(1) of theCanada Business Corporations Act.‍ (directeur)

former Corporation means the Canada Innovation Corporation incorporated under theCanada Business Corporations Act.  (ancienne Corporation)

new Corporation means the Canada Innovation Corporation continued under section5.‍ (nouvelle Corporation)

Copy of order provided to Director
26(1)The Minister must provide the Director with a copy of the order made under subsection241(1) of theBudget Implementation Act,2023,No.1.
Deeming
(2)For the purposes of theCanada Business Corporations Act, the copy of the order is deemed to be a notice referred to in subsection188(7) of that Act, satisfactory to the Director, that the former Corporation has been continued under one of the Acts referred to in subsection188(2) of that Act.
Transfer of shares
27All the shares of the former Corporation are transferred to the Minister to hold in trust for His Majesty in Right of Canada.
Chairperson’s interim powers
28During the period beginning on the day on which this section comes into force and ending on the day on which at least four other directors are in office, the chairperson comprises the Board and may exercise all the powers of the Board.
Rights preserved
29For greater certainty,
  • (a)subject to subsections12(7) and13(6), the chairperson, directors and chief executive officer of the former Corporation who hold office immediately before the day on which this section comes into force continue to hold office as the chairperson, directors and chief executive officer, respectively, of the new Corporation for the remainder of the term for which they were appointed;

  • (b)the property and rights of the former Corporation continue to be the property and rights of the new Corporation;

  • (c)the new Corporation continues to be liable for the obligations of the former Corporation;

  • (d)unless the context otherwise requires, every reference to the former Corporation in any contract, instrument or act or other document executed or signed by the former Corporation is to be read as a reference to the new Corporation;

  • (e)an existing cause of action, claim or liability to prosecution relating to the former Corporation is unaffected;

  • (f)a civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding pending by or against the former Corporation may be continued by or against the new Corporation; and

  • (g)a conviction against, or ruling, order or judgment in favour of or against, the former Corporation may be enforced by or against the new Corporation.

Industrial Research Assistance Program
30(1)Any person who, immediately before the day on which this section comes into force, occupied a position within the Industrial Research Assistance Program of the National Research Council of Canada, beginning on that day, occupies their position within the new Corporation.
No change in status
(2)Nothing in subsection (1) or in any regulations made under section35 is to be construed as affecting the status of such a person except that, beginning on the day on which this section comes into force, the person occupies their position within the new Corporation.
Managerial or confidential position
(3)For greater certainty, a person’s status includes whether or not they occupy a managerial or confidential position.
Transfer of appropriations
31If this section comes into force before March31, 2024, any money that is appropriated by an Act of Parliament, for the financial year in which this section comes into force, to defray any expenditure of the National Research Council of Canada that is related to the Industrial Research Assistance Program and that, on the day on which this section comes into force, is unexpended is deemed, on that day, to be an amount appropriated to defray any expenditure of the new Corporation. The Minister must pay that amount to the new Corporation.
Transfer of rights, property and obligations
32All rights and property of the National Research Council of Canada that are related to the Industrial Research Assistance Program and of His Majesty in right of Canada that are under the administration and control of the National Research Council of Canada and are related to the Industrial Research Assistance Program and all obligations of the National Research Council of Canada that are related to the Industrial Research Assistance Program are transferred to the new Corporation.
Transfer of powers, duties and functions
33If a power, duty or function is, under any contract, lease, licence or other document, vested in or exercisable by a person who, immediately before the day on which this section comes into force, occupied a position within the Industrial Research Assistance Program of the National Research Council of Canada, the power, duty or function is vested in and is to be exercised by the new Corporation.
Information about Industrial Research Assistance Program
34The National Research Council of Canada may disclose any information that is under its control and that is related to the Industrial Research Assistance Program to the new Corporation.
Regulations
35The Governor in Council may make regulations respecting the transfer of the Industrial Research Assistance Program of the National Research Council of Canada to the new Corporation, including regulations respecting the manner in which rights, property and obligations are to be transferred under section32 and any restrictions on those transfers.

Consequential and Related Amendments

R.‍S.‍, c. F-11

Financial Administration Act
239Part I of Schedule III to theFinancial Administration Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:

Canada Innovation Corporation

Corporation d’innovation du Canada

R.‍S.‍, c. P-36

Public Service Superannuation Act
240Part I of Schedule I to thePublic Service Superannuation Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:

Chief executive officer and employees of the Canada Innovation Corporation

Premier dirigeant et personnel de la Corporation d’innovation du Canada

Coming into Force

Order in council

241(1)Sections1 to29,34 and35 of theCanada Innovation Corporation Act, as enacted by section238 of this Act, and sections239 and240 of this Act come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

Order in council

(2)Sections30 to33 of theCanada Innovation Corporation Act, as enacted by section238 of this Act, come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

DIVISION8
Federal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act (Canada Health Transfer)

R.‍S.‍, c. F-8; 1995, c. 17, s. 45

242TheFederal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act is amended by adding the following after section24.‍73:

Total payment of $2 billion
Start of inserted block
24.‍74The Minister may pay an additional cash payment equal to
  • (a)for Ontario, $776,262,000;

  • (b)for Quebec, $447,067,000;

  • (c)for Nova Scotia, $52,306,000;

  • (d)for New Brunswick, $41,674,000;

  • (e)for Manitoba, $72,450,000;

  • (f)for British Columbia, $273,238,000;

  • (g)for Prince Edward Island, $8,759,000;

  • (h)for Saskatchewan, $61,385,000;

  • (i)for Alberta, $233,120,000;

  • (j)for Newfoundland and Labrador, $27,051,000;

  • (k)for Yukon, $2,252,000;

  • (l)for the Northwest Territories, $2,348,000; and

  • (m)for Nunavut, $2,088,000.

    End of inserted block

DIVISION9
Federal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act (Equalization and Territorial Financing Renewal and Other Amendments)

R.‍S.‍, c. F-8; 1995, c. 17, s. 45(1)

Amendments to the Act

243Section3 of theFederal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act is replaced by the following:
Fiscal equalization payment
3Subject to the other provisions of this Act, there may be paid to a province a fiscal equalization payment not exceeding the amounts determined under this Part for each fiscal year in the period beginning on April1, 2007and ending on March31, Insertion start2029 Insertion end.
244(1)The definitionrevenue to be equalized in subsection3.‍5(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

revenue to be equalized means, in respect of a revenue source for a province for a fiscal year,  

  • Insertion start(a) Insertion endthe revenue, as determined by the Minister, derived by that province for that fiscal year from that revenue source; Insertion startand Insertion end

  • Start of inserted block

    (b)in the case of arevenue source other than a revenue source referred to in paragraph (e) of the definitionrevenue source, the product obtained by multiplying the sum of miscellaneous revenues derived by that province for the fiscal year by the quotient obtained by dividing the sum of revenues from that revenue source derived by all provinces for that fiscal year by the sum of all revenues derived by all provinces from the revenue sources referred to in paragraphs (a) to (d) of the definitionrevenue source for that fiscal year.

    End of inserted block

Insertion startIt Insertion end may be defined more particularly by the regulations.‍ (revenu sujet à péréquation)

(2)Paragraph (d) of the definitionrevenue source in subsection3.‍5(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (d)revenues derived from property taxes; and

(3)Subsection3.‍5(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Municipal revenues
(3)For the Insertion startpurposes Insertion end of Insertion startthis Part Insertion end, the revenue derived by each municipality, board, commission or other local authority in a province that has power to derive those revenues for the financial year of each such local authority ending in that fiscal year is Insertion startboth Insertion end deemed to be revenue derived by that province and
  • (a)in the case of local government Insertion startproperty Insertion end taxes, property taxes Insertion startwithin Insertion end the Insertion startmeaning Insertion end of paragraph (d) of the definitionrevenue source in subsection (1); and

  • Start of inserted block

    (b)in the case of other miscellaneous local government taxes and revenues, included in miscellaneous revenues for the purpose of the definitionrevenue to be equalized in subsection (1).

    End of inserted block
245(1)The definitionrevenue to be equalized in subsection4(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:

revenue to be equalized, in respect of a revenue source for a territory for a fiscal year, means

  • Insertion start(a) Insertion endthe revenue, as determined by the Minister, derived by that territory for that fiscal year from that revenue source; Insertion startand Insertion end

  • Start of inserted block

    (b)in the case of a revenue source referred to in paragraphs (a), (b), (h) and (i) of the definitionrevenue source, the product obtained by multiplying the sum of miscellaneous revenues derived by that territory for the fiscal year by the quotient obtained by dividing the sum of revenues from that revenue source derived by all territories for that fiscal year by the sum of all revenues derived by all territories from the revenue sources referred to in paragraphs (a), (b), (h) and (i) of the definitionrevenue source for the fiscal year.

    End of inserted block

Insertion startIt Insertion end may be defined more particularly by the regulations.‍ (revenu sujet à péréquation)

(2)Paragraph (h) of the definitionrevenue source in subsection4(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (h)revenues derived from property taxes; and

246Subsection4.‍1(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Territorial formula financing payments
4.‍1(1)Subject to the other provisions of this Act, there may be paid to a territory a territorial formula financing payment not exceeding the amounts determined under this Part for each fiscal year in the period beginning on April1, 2014and ending on March31, Insertion start2029 Insertion end.
247Subsection6(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Adjustment
(2)For the purposes of determining the amount under subsection (1), the Minister may adjust, in the prescribed manner, the natural resource revenue and the non-natural resource revenue of a province for the fiscal year
  • Insertion start(a) Insertion endto offset the amount, as determined by the Minister, of any change in either of those revenues for the fiscal year resulting from changes made by the province in the rates or structure of provincial taxes or of other means of raising the revenue of the province from the rates or structures in effect in the preceding fiscal year; Insertion startand Insertion end

  • Start of inserted block

    (b)to account for the absence of indexation in a provincial personal income tax system.

    End of inserted block
248Section40of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (a.‍4):
  • Start of inserted block

    (a.‍5)providing for the provincial and territorial revenues that constitute miscellaneous revenues for the purposes of the definitionrevenue to be equalized in subsections3.‍5(1) and4(1);

  • (a.‍6)respecting what constitutes the absence of indexation in a provincial personal income tax system for the purpose of paragraph6(2)‍(b);

    End of inserted block

Application

Sections 243 to 246

249The provisions of theFederal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act enacted by sections243 to246 of this Act apply to fiscal years that begin after March31, 2024.

Section 247

250The provisions of theFederal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act enacted by section247 of this Act apply to fiscal years that begin after March31, 2021.

Transitional Provision

Continuation

251The provisions of Parts I and I.‍1 of theFederal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act — and of any regulations made under that Act — as they read immediately before the day on which this Act receives royal assent continue to apply to fiscal years that end before April1, 2024.

DIVISION10
Economic Sanctions

1992, c. 17

Special Economic Measures Act

252The heading before section2 of the French version of theSpecial Economic Measures Act is replaced by the following:
Définitions Insertion startet interprétation Insertion end
253The Act is amended by adding the following after section2:
Deemed ownership
Start of inserted block
2.‍1(1)If a person controls an entity other than a foreign state, any property that is owned — or that is held or controlled, directly or indirectly — by the entity is deemed to be owned by that person.
End of inserted block
Criteria
Start of inserted block
(2)For the purposes of subsection (1), a person controls an entity, directly or indirectly, if any of the following criteria are met:
  • (a)the person holds, directly or indirectly,50% or more of the shares or ownership interests in the entity or50% or more of the voting rights in the entity;

  • (b)the person is able, directly or indirectly, to change the composition or powers of the entity’s board of directors; or

  • (c)it is reasonable to conclude, having regard to all the circumstances, that the person is able, directly or indirectly and through any means, to direct the entity’s activities.

    End of inserted block
254(1)Paragraph4(1)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b)by order, cause to be seized or restrained in the manner set out in the order any property situated in Canada that is owned — or that is held or controlled, directly or indirectly — by a foreign state or a person who Insertion startis identified in an order or regulation made under paragraph (1)‍(a) Insertion end.

(2)Paragraphs4(2)‍(a) to (c) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (a)any dealing by any person in Canada or Canadian outside Canada in any property, wherever situated, that is owned — or that is held or controlled, directly or indirectly — by that foreign state, any person in that foreign state, a national of that foreign state who does not ordinarily reside in Canada or Insertion starta person outside Canada who is not Canadian Insertion end;

  • (b)the exportation, sale, supply or shipment by any person in Canada or Canadian outside Canada of any goods wherever situated to that foreign state, any person in that foreign state or Insertion starta person outside Canada who is not Canadian Insertion end, or any other dealing by any person in Canada or Canadian outside Canada in any goods wherever situated destined for that foreign state, any person in that foreign state or Insertion starta person outside Canada who is not Canadian Insertion end;

  • (c)the transfer, provision or communication by any person in Canada or Canadian outside Canada of any technical data to that foreign state, any person in that foreign state or Insertion starta person outside Canada who is not Canadian Insertion end;

(3)Paragraph4(2)‍(e) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (e)the provision or acquisition by any person in Canada or Canadian outside Canada of financial services or any other services to, from or for the benefit of or on the direction or order of that foreign state, any person in that foreign state or Insertion starta person outside Canada who is not Canadian Insertion end;

  • Start of inserted block

    (e.‍1)the transfer or provision by any person in Canada or Canadian outside Canada of property other than goods to that foreign state, any person in that foreign state, a national of that foreign state who does not ordinarily reside in Canada or a person outside Canada who is not Canadian;

    End of inserted block
(4)Paragraphs4(2)‍(h) and (i) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (h)the docking in or passage through Canada by ships registered in that foreign state or used, leased or chartered, in whole or in part, by or on behalf of or for the benefit of that foreign state, Insertion startany Insertion end person in that foreign state or Insertion starta person outside Canada who is not Canadian Insertion end; and

  • (i)the landing in or flight over Canada by aircraft registered in that foreign state or used, leased or chartered, in whole or in part, by or on behalf of or for the benefit of that foreign state, any person in that foreign state or Insertion starta person outside Canada who is not Canadian Insertion end.

255Paragraph5.‍2(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)the person is the foreign state identified in the order or a person Insertion startidentified in the order Insertion end; or

256Subsection5.‍4(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Application by person
(4)Any person — other than a person referred to in Insertion startparagraph Insertion end5.‍2(a) — who claims an interest in or right to property that is forfeited to Her Majesty under subsection (1) may, within30 days after the day on which the property is forfeited, apply in writing to a judge for an order declaring that their interest or right is not affected by the forfeiture, declaring the nature and extent of the interest or right and directing the Minister to pay to the person an amount equal to the value of their interest or right.
257Section6.‍1 of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (d):
  • Start of inserted block

    (d.‍1)the Minister of Transport;

  • (d.‍2)the Minister of National Revenue;

  • (d.‍3)the Minister of Justice and Attorney General of Canada;

  • (d.‍4)the Minister of Citizenship and Immigration;

    End of inserted block
258The Act is amended by adding the following after section6.‍2:
FINTRAC
Start of inserted block
6.‍21The Minister may disclose to the Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada any information that is relevant to the making, administration or enforcement of an order or regulation referred to in subsection4(1).
End of inserted block

2000, c. 17; 2001, c. 41, s. 48

Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act

259Subsection55(3) of theProceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (f.‍1) and by adding the following after paragraph (g):
  • Start of inserted block

    (h)the Minister of Foreign Affairs or a Minister designated under subsection6(2) of theSpecial Economic Measures Act, if the Centre also determines that the information is relevant to the making, administration or enforcement of an order or regulation referred to in subsection4(1) of that Act; and

  • (i)the Minister of Foreign Affairs or a Minister designated under subsection2.‍1(2) of theJustice for Victims of Corrupt Foreign Officials Act (Sergei Magnitsky Law), if the Centre also determines that the information is relevant to the making, administration or enforcement of an order or regulation referred to in subsection4(1) of that Act.

    End of inserted block

2017, c. 21

Justice for Victims of Corrupt Foreign Officials Act (Sergei Magnitsky Law)

260The heading before section2 of the French version of theJustice for Victims of Corrupt Foreign Officials Act (Sergei Magnitsky Law) is replaced by the following:
Définitions Insertion startet interprétation Insertion end
261The Act is amended by adding the following after section2:
Deemed ownership
Start of inserted block
2.‍01(1)If a foreign national controls an entity other than a foreign state, any property that is owned — or that is held or controlled, directly or indirectly — by the entity is deemed to be owned by that foreign national.
End of inserted block
Criteria
Start of inserted block
(2)For the purposes of subsection (1), a foreign national controls an entity, directly or indirectly, if any of the following criteria are met:
  • (a)the foreign national holds, directly or indirectly,50% or more of the shares or ownership interests in the entity or50% or more of the voting rights in the entity;

  • (b)the foreign national is able, directly or indirectly, to change the composition or powers of the entity’s board of directors; or

  • (c)it is reasonable to conclude, having regard to all the circumstances, that the foreign national is able, directly or indirectly and through any means, to direct the entity’s activities.

    End of inserted block
Start of inserted block
Minister
End of inserted block
262Paragraph4(1)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b)by order, cause to be seized or restrained in the manner set out in the order any property situated in Canada that is owned — or that is held or controlled, directly or indirectly — by Insertion starta Insertion end foreign national Insertion startwho is identified in an order or regulation made under paragraph (1)‍(a) Insertion end.

263Section7.‍1 of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (d):
  • Start of inserted block

    (d.‍1)the Minister of Transport;

  • (d.‍2)the Minister of National Revenue;

  • (d.‍3)the Minister of Justice and Attorney General of Canada;

  • (d.‍4)the Minister of Citizenship and Immigration;

    End of inserted block
264The Act is amended by adding the following after section7.‍2:
FINTRAC
Start of inserted block
7.‍21The Minister may disclose to the Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada any information that is relevant to the making, administration or enforcement of an order or regulation referred to in subsection4(1).
End of inserted block

DIVISION11
Privileges and Immunities (North Atlantic Treaty Organisation) Act

R.‍S.‍, c. P-24

265The long title of thePrivileges and Immunities (North Atlantic Treaty Organisation) Act is replaced by the following:

An Act to provide for privileges and immunities in respect of the North Atlantic Treaty Organisation Insertion startand any international military Headquarters or organisation established under that Treaty Insertion end

266Sections2and3 of the Act are replaced by the following:

Definitions
Start of inserted block
2The following definitions apply in this Act.

Ottawa Agreement means the Agreement on the status of the North Atlantic Treaty Organisation, National Representatives and International Staff, done at Ottawa on September20, 1951.‍ (Convention d’Ottawa)

Paris Protocol means the Protocol on the Status of International Military Headquarters set up pursuant to the North Atlantic Treaty, done at Paris on August28, 1952.‍ (Protocole de Paris)

End of inserted block
Approval
3The Insertion startOttawa Insertion end Agreement set out in Schedule Insertion start1and the Paris Protocol set out in Schedule2 are Insertion end approved.
Power to make orders
Insertion start4 Insertion endThe Governor in Council may make Insertion startany Insertion end orders Insertion startthat the Governor in Council considers Insertion end necessary for the purpose of carrying out the obligations and Insertion startexercising the Insertion end rights of Canada under the Insertion startOttawa Insertion end Agreement, Insertion startthe Paris Protocol and any agreement under Article25of that Agreement or paragraph2of Article16 of that Protocol Insertion end.
Orders — Headquarters or organization
Start of inserted block
5The Governor in Council may make any orders that the Governor in Council considers necessary to enable any international military Headquarters or organization established under the North Atlantic Treaty to exercise its powers or perform its functions in Canada, including any orders that impose obligations and confer rights, privileges and immunities comparable to those under the Paris Protocol.
End of inserted block
Certificate
Start of inserted block
6A certificate issued by or under the authority of the Minister of Foreign Affairs and containing any statement of fact relevant to any of the following questions is admissible in evidence in any action or proceeding as proof of the fact stated in the certificate without proof of the signature or official character of the person appearing to have signed the certificate:
  • (a)whether the North Atlantic Treaty Organization, any of its subsidiary bodies or any international military Headquarters or organization is the subject of an order made under section4or5;

  • (b)whether the North Atlantic Treaty Organization, any of its subsidiary bodies or any international military Headquarters or organization has privileges or immunities provided by an order made under section4or5;

  • (c)whether any person has privileges or immunities provided by an order made under section4or5.

    End of inserted block

267The schedule to the Act is numbered as Schedule1.

268Schedule1to the Act is amended by replacing the reference after the heading “SCHEDULE1” with the following:

(Section 3)

269The Act is amended by adding, after Schedule1,the Schedule2 set out in the schedule to this Act.

DIVISION12
Service Fees Act

2017, c. 20, s. 451

Amendments to the Act

270(1)Paragraph (e) of the definitionfee in subsection2(1) of theService Fees Act is replaced by the following:
  • (e)the Insertion startprovision Insertion end of a regulatory Insertion startprocess Insertion end. (frais)

(2)Section2of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Non-application of Act
Start of inserted block
(3)This Act does not apply to a fee if
  • (a)the fee is fixed under theAccess to Information Act or thePrivacy Act; or

  • (b)the fee is paid only by or on behalf of a minister or federal entity.

    End of inserted block
271(1)Section3 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Non-application — sections 4 to 7
3Sections4to7 do not apply to a fee if
  • (a)the fee is fixed by contract;

  • (b)the person or body that fixes the fee does so by fixing a manner for determining the amount of the fee over which that person or body has no control, such as an auction or a Insertion startmethod that is based on the Insertion end market rate; or

  • (c) Insertion startthe fee is Insertion end referred to in Insertion startparagraph (d) Insertion end of the definitionfee.

(2)Paragraph3(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b)the President of the Treasury Board approves that those sections do not apply and the person or body that fixes the fee does so by fixing a manner for determining the amount of the fee over which that person or body has no control, such as an auction or a method that is based on the market rate; or

272(1)Section9 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Non-application — sections 10 to 15
9Sections10to15 do not apply to a fee if
  • (a)the fee is fixed by contract;

  • (b)the person or body that fixes the fee does so by fixing a manner for determining the amount of the fee over which that person or body has no control, such as an auction or a Insertion startmethod that is based on the Insertion end market rate;

  • (c) Insertion startthe fee Insertion end is fixed by aregulation, as defined in subsection2(1) of theStatutory Instruments Act, that is published in Part I of theCanada Gazette before it is made; or

  • (d)an Act of Parliament other than this Act requires consultation before the fee is fixed.

(2)Paragraph9(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b)the President of the Treasury Board approves that those sections do not apply and the person or body that fixes the fee does so by fixing a manner for determining the amount of the fee over which that person or body has no control, such as an auction or a method that is based on the market rate;

273(1)The portion of section16 of the English version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Non-application — sections 17 and 18
16Sections17and18 do not apply Insertion startto Insertion end a fee if
(2)Paragraphs16(b) to (e) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (b)the person or body that fixes the fee does so by fixing a manner for determining the amount of the fee over which that person or body has no control, such as an auction or Insertion starta method that is based on the Insertion end market rate; or

  • (c) Insertion startthe fee Insertion end is adjusted periodically by operation of an Act of Parliament other than this Act or by operation of an instrument made under such an Act.

(3)Section16 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Non-application — sections 17 and 18
16(1)Sections17and18 do not apply to a fee if the fee is fixed by contract.
Approval by President of Treasury Board
(2)Sections17and18 do not apply to a fee if the President of the Treasury Board approves that those sections do not apply and
  • (a)the person or body that fixes the fee does so by fixing a manner for determining the amount of the fee over which that person or body has no control, such as an auction or a method that is based on the market rate;

  • (b)the fee is fixed in a manner that takes inflation into account; or

  • (c)the fee is adjusted periodically by operation of an Act of Parliament other than this Act or by operation of an instrument made under such an Act.

274Subsection17(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Exception
(2)A fee is not adjusted by operation of subsection (1) in a fiscal year if
  • Insertion start(a) Insertion endthe fee is fixed in that fiscal year before the adjustment date; Insertion startor Insertion end

  • Start of inserted block

    (b)the percentage change described in subsection (1) for that fiscal year is less than1%.

    End of inserted block
Adjustment — subsequent fiscal year
Start of inserted block
(3)If paragraph (2)‍(b) applies with respect to a fiscal year, the percentage change referred to in that paragraph is carried forward to the subsequent fiscal year. If the combined percentage change is less than1%, the fee is not adjusted for that subsequent fiscal year and the combined percentage change is carried forward to the next subsequent fiscal year.
End of inserted block
Adjustment of fee — round down
Start of inserted block
(4)The responsible authority may, in accordance with Treasury Board policies or directives, round down a fee after an adjustment under subsection (1) in a given fiscal year.
End of inserted block
Anniversary date — change
Start of inserted block
(5)Despite subsection (1), the responsible authority may change the anniversary date selected in respect of a fee in accordance with Treasury Board policies or directives.
End of inserted block
275Section19 of the Act is repealed.
276(1)Section21 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Report — President of Treasury Board
21The President of the Treasury Board must, no later than March31of a fiscal year in which any report referred to in subsection20(1) is tabled, make a report accessible to the public that
  • Insertion start(a) Insertion endconsolidates the information set out in the tabled reports; Insertion startand Insertion end

  • Start of inserted block

    (b)lists the amendments to the regulations made by the President of the Treasury Board under section22 in that fiscal year.

    End of inserted block
(2)Section21 of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (a), by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (b) and by adding the following after paragraph (b):
  • Start of inserted block

    (c)lists the approvals given by the President of the Treasury Board in that fiscal year under this Act.

    End of inserted block
277(1)Paragraph22(2)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)listing the fees that Insertion startare considered Insertion end to be low-materiality fees or Insertion startthe fees that are not considered to be low-materiality fees Insertion end;

  • Insertion start(a.‍1) Insertion endsetting out criteria for determining whether fees are low-materiality fees and when low-materiality fees cease to be low-materiality fees;

(2)Subsection22(2) of the Act is amended by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (b) and by adding the following after that paragraph:
  • Start of inserted block

    (c)establishing the factors that the President of the Treasury Board must take into account while exercising the power referred to in subsection (3).

    End of inserted block
(3)Section22of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Amending regulations — President of the Treasury Board
Start of inserted block
(3)The President of the Treasury Board may, by regulation, amend regulations made under paragraph (2)‍(a), taking into account any factors established under paragraph (2)‍(c).
End of inserted block

1997, c. 6

Consequential Amendment to the Canadian Food Inspection Agency Act

278Section25.‍1 of theCanadian Food Inspection Agency Act is renumbered as subsection25.‍1(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Application of sections 16 to 18
Start of inserted block
(2)Despite subsection22(1) of theService Fees Act, sections16to18of that Act apply to a low-materiality fee within the meaning of that Act that is fixed under section24 for a service or the use of a facility provided by the Agency under theSafe Food for Canadians Act or that is fixed under section25 in respect of products, rights and privileges provided by the Agency under theSafe Food for Canadians Act.
End of inserted block

Coming into Force

April 1, 2024

279Subsections271(2),272(2),273(3) and276(2) come into force on April1, 2024.

DIVISION13
Canada Pension Plan

R.‍S.‍, c. C-8

280Section92 of theCanada Pension Plan is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):

Information provided by Minister of National Revenue
Start of inserted block
(3)Despite any other Act or law, the Minister of National Revenue or any person that he or she designates may make available to the Minister a report providing information that is necessary for the purpose of policy analysis, research or evaluation related to the administration of this Act.
End of inserted block

DIVISION14
Department of Employment and Social Development Act

2005, c. 34, s. 1; 2013, c. 40, s. 205

281TheDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act is amended by adding the following after section8:

Social Insurance Numbers
Start of inserted block
8.‍1The Minister may collect and use a person’s Social Insurance Number to verify their identity for the purposes of the administration or enforcement of any Act, program or activity in respect of which the administration or enforcement is the responsibility of the Minister.
End of inserted block

DIVISION15
Canada Labour Code

R.‍S.‍, c. L-2

282(1)Subsections206.‍5(2) to (4) of theCanada Labour Code are replaced by the following:

Leave — death of child
(2)Every employee is entitled to and shall be granted a leave of absence from employment of up to Insertion start156 Insertion end weeks if the employee is the parent of a child who has died and it is probable, considering the circumstances, that the child died as a result of a crime.
Leave  —  child who has disappeared
(3)Every employee is entitled to and shall be granted a leave of absence from employment of up to Insertion start156 Insertion end weeks if the employee is the parent of a child who has disappeared and it is probable, considering the circumstances, that the child disappeared as a result of a crime.
Exception
(4)An employee is not entitled to a leave of absence if Insertion startthey are Insertion end charged with the crime.

(2)Paragraph206.‍5(5)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (b)ends Insertion start156 Insertion end weeks after the day on which the death or disappearance, as the case may be, occurs.

(3)Paragraphs206.‍5(6)‍(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:

  • (a)on the14th day after the day on which the child is found, if the child is found during the Insertion start156 Insertion end-week period, but no later than the end of the Insertion start156 Insertion end-week period; or

  • (b) Insertion start156 Insertion end weeks after the day on which the disappearance occurs if subsection (2) applies to the child.

(4)Subsection206.‍5(8) of the Act is replaced by the following:

Aggregate leave  —  employees
(8)The aggregate amount of leave that may be taken by employees under this section in respect of the same death or disappearance of a child — or the same children who die or disappear as a result of the same event — must not exceed Insertion start156 Insertion end weeks.

283Paragraph209.‍4(h) of the Act is replaced by the following:

  • (h)prescribing cases, other than Insertion startthe one Insertion end set out in subsection206.‍5(4), in which an employee is not entitled to a leave of absence and cases in which an employee is entitled to a leave of absence even if they are charged with the crime;

DIVISION16
Immigration and Refugee Protection Act (Claims for Refugee Protection)

2001, c. 27

Amendments to the Act

284(1)Subsection99(3) of theImmigration and Refugee Protection Act is replaced by the following:
Claim inside Canada
(3)A claim for refugee protection made by a person inside Canada must be made Insertion startin person Insertion end to an officer, Insertion startmust Insertion end not be made by a person who is subject to a removal order, and is governed by this Part.
(2)Subsection99(3.‍1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Claim made inside Canada — not at port of entry
(3.‍1)A person inside Canada who makes a claim for refugee protection Insertion startor who, before making a claim, submits any document or provides information with a view to making a claim Insertion end, other than at a port of entry must provide the officer, within the time limits provided for in the regulations, with the documents and information, including in respect of the basis for the claim, required by the rules of the Board Insertion startor specified by the Minister. The documents and information are to be provided Insertion end in accordance with those rules Insertion startand in the form and manner specified by the Minister Insertion end.

Coming into Force

Order in council

285Subsection284(2) comes into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

DIVISION17
Immigration and Refugee Protection Act (Sponsorship Applications)

2001, c. 27

286Section87.‍3 of theImmigration and Refugee Protection Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):

Clarification
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)For greater certainty, this section applies to a sponsorship application made under subsection13(1) to sponsor a person referred to in subsection99(2).
End of inserted block

DIVISION18
College of Immigration and Citizenship Consultants Act

2019, c. 29, s. 292

Amendments to the Act

287Section4 of theCollege of Immigration and Citizenship Consultants Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (a):
  • Start of inserted block

    (a.‍1)establishing and providing training and development programs for licensees;

    End of inserted block
288Subsection15(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Annual report
15(1)The College must submit to the Minister, within Insertion start120 Insertion end days after the end of each of its fiscal years, a report on the College’s activities during the preceding fiscal year.
289The Act is amended by adding the following after section39:
Filing decision in Federal Court
Start of inserted block
39.‍1(1)The College may file in the Federal Court a certified copy of a decision made under section38.
End of inserted block
Effect of filing
Start of inserted block
(2)On the certified copy being filed, the decision becomes and may be enforced as an order of the Federal Court.
End of inserted block
290Section56 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Responsibility for damages — directors and others
Start of inserted block
56No action or other proceeding for damages lies or may be instituted against any of the following persons for anything done or omitted to be done in good faith in the exercise or purported exercise of any power, or in the performance or purported performance of any duty or function, conferred on that person under the Act:
  • (a)a current or former director of the Board;

  • (b)a current or former member of a committee of the College;

  • (c)the Registrar or a former Registrar;

  • (d)a current or former investigator;

  • (e)a current or former officer, employee, agent or mandatary of the College; and

  • (f)a person who is or has been engaged by the College.

    End of inserted block
291Paragraph57(2)‍(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (c)refer the complaint to a process of dispute resolution, on any conditions specified by the Complaints Committee, if the licensee Insertion startconsents Insertion end.

292(1)The portion of subsection69(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Professional misconduct or incompetence
(3)If the Discipline Committee determines that the licensee has committed professional misconduct or was incompetent, the Committee may, in its decision, Insertion starttake or require one or more of the following actions as well as any other action set out in the regulations Insertion end:
(2)Subsection69(3) of the Act is amended by adding “or” at the end of paragraph (c), by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (d) and by repealing paragraph (e).
293The Act is amended by adding the following after section70:
Filing decision in Federal Court
Start of inserted block
70.‍1(1)The College may file in the Federal Court a certified copy of a decision made under subsection69(3).
End of inserted block
Effect of filing
Start of inserted block
(2)On the certified copy being filed, the decision becomes and may be enforced as an order of the Federal Court.
End of inserted block
294Section71of the Act is renumbered as subsection71(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Respondent — committee
Start of inserted block
(2)However, if the College makes an application for judicial review of a decision of its committees, the committee is the respondent.
End of inserted block
295The Act is amended by adding the following after section73:
Start of inserted block
Powers of College
Administration of Licensee’s Property
End of inserted block
Order
Start of inserted block
73.‍1(1)If a licensee is not able to perform their activities as an immigration and citizenship consultant for any prescribed reason, the College may, in order to carry out its purpose, including to ensure the continuation of services to a licensee’s client, apply, without notice, to a court of competent jurisdiction, including the Federal Court, for an order authorizing the College or a person appointed by the court to administer any property in relation to those activities that is or should be in the licensee’s possession or under their control.
End of inserted block
Content of order
Start of inserted block
(2)If the court concludes that it is necessary to ensure the continuation of services to the licensee’s clients or to otherwise permit the College to carry out its purpose, it may, for the purposes of subsection (1),
  • (a)authorize the College or person appointed by the court to

    • (i)enter a place, including a vehicle, in which the College or person has reasonable grounds to believe property referred to in subsection (1) is located,

    • (ii)examine anything in the place,

    • (iii)open or order any person to open any container or package found in the place,

    • (iv)require the owner or person in charge of the place and any person in the place to give all assistance that is reasonably required to enable the College or person appointed by the court to execute the order and to provide any property referred to in subsection (1) or any information, and access to any data, that are reasonably required for that purpose, and

    • (v)seize any document or other thing related to a client’s files and transfer it to the client or a licensee or person referred to in paragraph21.‍1(2)‍(a) or (b) or subsection21.‍1(3) or (4) of theCitizenship Act or paragraph91(2)‍(a) or (b) or subsection91(3) or (4) of theImmigration and Refugee Protection Act;

  • (b)order that any property referred to in subsection (1) is not to be dealt with by any person without leave of the court or is to be held in trust by the College or person appointed by the court;

  • (c)require the licensee to account to the College or person appointed by the court for any property referred to in subsection (1);

  • (d)provide for the compensation of the College or person appointed by the court for administering the licensee’s property and the reimbursement of any expenses the College or person incurs in doing so; and

  • (e)provide for any other matter that it considers appropriate in the circumstances, including imposing conditions on the manner in which the College or person appointed by the court is to execute the order.

    End of inserted block
Additional authority
Start of inserted block
(3)The court may also authorize the College or person appointed by the court to seize and detain any property referred to in subsection (1) found in the place and transfer it to any person for the purpose of carrying on the licensee’s business operations or winding up their practice.
End of inserted block
Former licensee
Start of inserted block
(4)For greater certainty, the College has jurisdiction to apply for an order referred to in subsection (1) in respect of a former licensee.
End of inserted block
Limitation or prescription
Start of inserted block
73.‍2The College is not permitted to make an application under subsection73.‍1(1) after the sixth anniversary of the day on which a licensee ceases to be a licensee.
End of inserted block
Application
Start of inserted block
73.‍3Sections52and53apply in respect of an order issued under subsection73.‍1(1) with any adaptations that may be necessary.
End of inserted block
Obstruction and false statements
Start of inserted block
73.‍4It is prohibited to obstruct or hinder, or make a false or misleading statement either orally or in writing, to the College or person appointed by the Court when the College or person is executing an order issued under subsection73.‍1(1).
End of inserted block Start of inserted block
Information-sharing Agreement or Arrangement
End of inserted block
Information sharing
Start of inserted block
73.‍5(1)The College may enter into an agreement or arrangement with any entity, including agovernment institution, as defined in section3 of theAccess to Information Act, or an institution of a government of a province or foreign state, for the sharing of information for the purpose of assisting in the administration and enforcement of this Act, or any other Act of Parliament or of a province or any other law, as it relates to immigration and citizenship consultants.
End of inserted block
Limitation
Start of inserted block
(2)An agreement or arrangement entered into under subsection (1) is subject to the by-laws and regulations made under this Act.
End of inserted block
296The portion of subsection79(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Offences and punishment
79(1)Every person who contravenes section55, 70 Insertion startor73.‍4 Insertion end or an order made under paragraph66(a) is guilty of an offence and liable
297Subsection81(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Authorization
(2)Regulations made under paragraphs (1)‍(c) to Insertion start(f), (h) to (j), (l) to (p), (r), (s), Insertion end (u) and Insertion start(x) Insertion end may authorize the College to make by-laws with respect to all or part of the subject matter of the regulations and, for greater certainty, those by-laws are regulations for the purposes of theStatutory Instruments Act.

Related Amendments

R.‍S.‍, c. C-29

Citizenship Act
298Subsection27(3) of theCitizenship Act is replaced by the following:
Right to request review
(3)Any regulation made under paragraph (1)‍(k.‍6) must provide that a person who is the subject of a notice of violation has the right to request, from a person appointed under subsection (4), a review of the notice or of the penalty imposed.

2001, c. 27

Immigration and Refugee Protection Act
299Subsection91.‍1(2) of theImmigration and Refugee Protection Act is replaced by the following:
Right to request review
(2)Any regulation made under paragraph (1)‍(a) must provide that a person who is the subject of a notice of violation has the right to request, from a person appointed under subsection (3), a review of the notice or of the penalty imposed.

DIVISION19
Citizenship Act

R.‍S.‍, c. C-29

Amendments to the Act

300TheCitizenship Act is amended by adding the following after section2:
Start of inserted block
Biometric Information
End of inserted block
Biometric information — collection, use, etc.
Start of inserted block
2.‍1The Minister may, for the purpose of administering and enforcing this Act, collect, use, verify, retain and disclose biometric information in accordance with the regulations.
End of inserted block
Provision of biometric information
Start of inserted block
2.‍2(1)Subject to subsection (2) and the regulations, a person who makes an application or request under this Act must provide the biometric information specified by the regulations in accordance with the procedures set out in the regulations for the collection and verification of biometric information.
End of inserted block
Exceptional circumstances
Start of inserted block
(2)If the Minister considers that exceptional circumstances warrant it, the Minister may, on the Minister’s own initiative, decide that subsection (1) does not apply in respect of a class of persons and may specify the biometric information that a person who is a member of that class is to provide and the procedure to follow for the collection and verification of that biometric information.
End of inserted block
301The portion of subsection12(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Application for evidence of citizenship
12(1)The Minister shall, on application by a person, determine whether they are a citizen and, if they are,
302(1)Subsection27(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following before paragraph (b):
  • Start of inserted block

    (a)respecting the application of section2.‍2, including regulations respecting

    • (i)restrictions on the persons to whom and on the applications or requests to which that section applies,

    • (ii)the biometric information that is to be provided,

    • (iii)the circumstances in which a person is not required to provide certain biometric information, and

    • (iv)the circumstances in which a person is exempt from the application of that section;

      End of inserted block
(2)Paragraph27(1)‍(k.‍1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (k.‍1)providing for the collection, retention, use, Insertion startverification Insertion end, disclosure and disposal of information for the purposes of this Act;

(3)Subsection27(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (k.‍9) and by adding the following after that paragraph:
  • Start of inserted block

    (k.‍91)providing the circumstances in which the Minister may require a person, or a person who is a member of a class of persons, who makes an application or request or who provides any document, information or evidence under this Act to do so using any means that are specified by the Minister; and

    End of inserted block
303Subsection27.‍2 of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (a):
  • Start of inserted block

    (a.‍1)respecting the procedures for the collection and verification of biometric information;

  • (a.‍2)respecting the processing of collected biometric information, including the creation of biometric templates;

    End of inserted block
304The Act is amended by adding the following after section27.‍2:
Regulations — electronic means
Start of inserted block
27.‍21(1)The Minister may make regulations respecting the application of section28.‍2and paragraph28.‍3(b), including regulations respecting
  • (a)the technology or format to be used, or the standards, specifications or processes to be followed, including for the making or verifying of an electronic signature and the manner in which it is to be used; and

  • (b)the date and time when, and the place where, an electronic version of an application, request, notice, decision, determination or document or any information or evidence is deemed to be sent or received.

    End of inserted block
Electronic and other means
Start of inserted block
(2)The regulations made under subsection (1) may include provisions requiring a person who makes an application or request or who provides any document, information or evidence under this Act to do so using electronic means, including an electronic system, and provisions respecting such means, including such a system. The regulations may also include provisions prescribing the circumstances in which the application, request, document, information or evidence may be provided by other means and respecting those other means.
End of inserted block
Electronic payments
Start of inserted block
(3)The regulations may also include provisions
  • (a)requiring that payments that are required to be made or evidence of payment that is required to be provided under this Act must be made or provided by means of an electronic system and respecting such a system;

  • (b)prescribing the circumstances in which such payments may be made or evidence of such payments may be provided by other means and respecting such other means; and

  • (c)respecting the date and time when, and the place where, an electronic payment or evidence of payment is deemed to be sent or received.

    End of inserted block
305The Act is amended by adding the following after section28.‍1:
Start of inserted block
PART VI.‍1
Electronic Administration and Enforcement
End of inserted block
Power — Minister
Start of inserted block
28.‍2(1)The Minister may administer and enforce this Act using electronic means.
End of inserted block
Power — citizenship judges and Registrar
Start of inserted block
(2)A citizenship judge and the Registrar of Canadian Citizenship may, in the exercise of their powers and performance of their duties and functions under this Act, use the electronic means that are made available or specified by the Minister.
End of inserted block
Delegation
Start of inserted block
(3)A person who has been authorized by the Minister to do anything that may be done by the Minister under this Act, may do so using the electronic means that are made available or specified by the Minister.
End of inserted block
Decision or determination — automated system
Start of inserted block
(4)For greater certainty, an electronic system, including an automated system, may be used to process an application, proceed with an examination or make a decision or determination under this Act.
End of inserted block
Conditions for electronic version
Start of inserted block
28.‍3If any provision of this Act or the regulations requires a signature or any information or evidence to be provided, an application, request, decision or determination to be made, a notice to be given or any other document to be issued or otherwise provided, the electronic version of the signature, information or evidence, application, request, decision or determination, notice or other document is satisfied by its electronic version, if
  • (a)the electronic version is provided by the electronic means, including an electronic system, that are made available or specified by the Minister; and

  • (b)any other requirements that may be prescribed are met.

    End of inserted block
For greater certainty
Start of inserted block
28.‍4For greater certainty, if any provision of this Act or the regulations authorizes the Minister to require that any document, information or evidence be provided, the Minister is not precluded by this Part from requiring that the document, information or evidence, as the case may be, be provided in accordance with that provision.
End of inserted block

Coming into Force

Order in council

306Section300, subsections302(1) and (2) and section303 come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

DIVISION20
Yukon Act

2002, c. 7

307TheYukon Act is amended by adding the following after section55:

Adverse effects — Type II Sites
Start of inserted block
55.‍1(1)If the Minister has the administration of public real property that is a “Type II Site” within the meaning of the Yukon Northern Affairs Program Devolution Transfer Agreement made on October29, 2001, the Minister may take any measures on the public real property that the Minister considers necessary to prevent, counteract, mitigate or remedy any adverse effect on persons, property or the environment.
End of inserted block
Entry
Start of inserted block
(2)For the purposes of subsection (1), the Minister may enter any place on the public real property, except a place that is designed to be used and is being used as a permanent or temporary private dwelling-place.
End of inserted block

DIVISION21
Oceans Protection Plan

SUBDIVISION A 
Marine Liability Act

2001, c. 6

Amendments to the Act
308The heading “Interpretation” before section24 of theMarine Liability Act is replaced by the following:
Start of inserted block
DIVISION1
Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims,1976
End of inserted block
Interpretation
309The portion of section24 of the Act before the first definition is replaced by the following:
Definitions
24The Insertion startfollowing Insertion end definitions apply in this Insertion startDivision Insertion end.
310The portion of subsection25(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Extended meaning of expressions
25(1)For the purposes of this Insertion startDivision Insertion end and Articles1to15 of the Convention,
311(1)Subsection26(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Force of law
26(1)Subject to the other provisions of this Insertion startDivision Insertion end, Articles1to15and18of the Convention and Articles8and9 of the Protocol have the force of law in Canada.
(2)Subsection26(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Exceptions
(3)This Insertion startDivision Insertion end does not apply to a claim that is the subject of a reservation made by Canada.
312Paragraphs29(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (a)$ Insertion start1,500,000 Insertion end in respect of claims for loss of life or personal injury; and

  • (b)$ Insertion start750,000 Insertion end in respect of any other claims.

313Subsection33(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (a):
  • Start of inserted block

    (a.‍1)permitting that person to reduce the amount that they are required to pay to the fund by up to an amount equal to the sum of any amounts paid to a claimant before the constitution of the fund in respect of a maritime claim for oil pollution damage caused by oil of any kind or in any form other thanoil as defined in Article I of theCivil Liability Convention as defined in subsection47(1);

    End of inserted block
314The Act is amended by adding the following after section33:
Public notice
Start of inserted block
33.‍1(1)In the case of a maritime claim referred to in paragraph33(1)‍(a.‍1), the person constituting the fund must, as soon as feasible, give notice of the fund’s constitution in
  • (a)theCanada Gazette;

  • (b)a newspaper in general circulation in the region where the incident occurred; and

  • (c)any other appropriate manner in the communities potentially affected by the incident.

    End of inserted block
Accessibility
Start of inserted block
(2)Notices given under paragraphs (1)‍(b) and (c) are to be made accessible to the public for a period of at least30 days.
End of inserted block
Proof of accessibility
Start of inserted block
(3)The person constituting the fund must, within15days after the30th day of the period referred to in subsection (2), file evidence in the Admiralty Court that the notices have been made accessible to the public for a period of at least30 days.
End of inserted block
Court order in case of non-compliance
Start of inserted block
(4)The Admiralty Court may issue any order that it deems appropriate to remedy the failure of the person to give any of the required public notices or the inadequacy of a notice.
End of inserted block
315Subsection34(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Release of ships, etc.
34(1) Insertion startIf Insertion end a ship or other property is released under paragraph2of Article13 of the Convention, in any case other than one in which a fund has been constituted in a place described in paragraphs Insertion start2 Insertion end(a) to (d) of that Article, the person who Insertion startobtained Insertion end the release is deemed to have submitted to the jurisdiction of the court that ordered the release for the purpose of determining the claim.
316Paragraph34.‍1(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b)generally for carrying out the purposes and provisions of this Insertion startDivision Insertion end.

317The Act is amended by adding the following after section34.‍1:
Start of inserted block
DIVISION2
Limitation of Liability — Air Cushion Vehicles
Interpretation
End of inserted block
Definitions
Start of inserted block
34.‍2The following definitions apply in this Division.

Convention means the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims,1976,concluded at London on November19, 1976,as amended by the Protocol, Articles1to15of which Convention are set out in Part1of Schedule1.‍ (Convention)

owner, in relation to an air cushion vehicle, means the owner, charterer, manager and operator of an air cushion vehicle.‍ (propriétaire)

passenger means

  • (a)a person carried on board an air cushion vehicle

    • (i)under a contract of passenger carriage, or

    • (ii)to accompany, with the consent of the carrier, a vehicle or live animals which are covered by a contract for the carriage of goods; or

  • (b)a participant in an adventure tourism activity referred to in subsection37.‍1(1).‍ (passager)

Protocol means the Protocol of1996to amend the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims,1976,concluded at London on May2, 1996.‍ (Protocole)

End of inserted block Start of inserted block
Application
End of inserted block
Force of law
Start of inserted block
34.‍3(1)Subject to the other provisions of this Division, Article1,paragraphs1(a) to (c), (e) and (f) and paragraph2of Article2,paragraphs (a), (c) and (e) of Article3,Articles4and5,paragraphs2and3of Article6,paragraph1of Article9and Articles10to14 of the Convention have the force of law in Canada in relation to air cushion vehicles.
End of inserted block
Adaptation — Convention
Start of inserted block
(2)For the purposes of this Division, the provisions of the Convention referred to in subsection (1) are adapted as follows:
  • (a)a reference to “ship” or “vessel” is to be read as a reference to “air cushion vehicle”;

  • (b)a reference to “shipowner” is to be read as a reference to “owner”;

  • (c)paragraph2of Article1 of the Convention is to be read without reference to the word “seagoing”;

  • (d)the expression “carriage by sea” in paragraph1(b) of Article2 of the Convention is to be read as “carriage by water”;

  • (e)the first reference to “paragraph1(a)” in paragraph2of Article6of the Convention is to be read as reference to “subsection34.‍4(1), (2) or (4)” of this Act and the second reference to “paragraph1(a)” is to be read as a reference to “subsections34.‍4(1), (2) and (4) in proportion to the amount of the established claims under each of those subsections”;

  • (f)a reference to “paragraph1(b)” in paragraphs2and3of Article6of the Convention is to be read as a reference to “subsection34.‍4(5)” of this Act;

  • (g)the reference to “Article6” in paragraph1of Article9of the Convention is to be read as a reference to “section34.‍4” of this Act;

  • (h)the reference to “Articles6and7” in paragraph1of Article11of the Convention is to be read as a reference to “section34.‍4” of this Act; and

  • (i)the reference to “the provisions of paragraphs1, 2and3of Article6and of Article7” in paragraph1of Article12of the Convention is to be read as a reference to “section34.‍4” of this Act.

    End of inserted block
Inconsistency
Start of inserted block
(3)In the event of any inconsistency between sections34.‍4to34.‍7of this Act and the provisions of the Convention referred to in subsection (1), those sections prevail to the extent of the inconsistency.
End of inserted block Start of inserted block
Maximum Liability
End of inserted block
Passenger claims
Start of inserted block
34.‍4(1)The maximum liability for claims that arise on any distinct occasion for loss of life or personal injury to passengers of an air cushion vehicle of less than8 000 kg all up weight is the greater of
  • (a)$3,500,000, and

  • (b)$300,000 multiplied by

    • (i)the number of passengers that the air cushion vehicle is authorized to carry according to any Canadian maritime document required under theCanada Shipping Act,2001, or

    • (ii)the number of passengers on board the air cushion vehicle, if no Canadian maritime document is required under that Act.

      End of inserted block
Claims — no contract of carriage
Start of inserted block
(2)The maximum liability for claims that arise on any distinct occasion for loss of life or personal injury to persons carried on board an air cushion vehicle of less than8 000 kg all up weight otherwise than under a contract of passenger carriage is the greater of
  • (a)$3,500,000, and

  • (b)$300,000 multiplied by

    • (i)the number of passengers that the air cushion vehicle is authorized to carry according to any Canadian maritime document required under theCanada Shipping Act,2001, or

    • (ii)the number of persons on board the air cushion vehicle, if no Canadian maritime document is required under that Act.

      End of inserted block
Exception
Start of inserted block
(3)Subsection (2) does not apply in respect of
  • (a)the master of an air cushion vehicle, a member of an air cushion vehicle’s crew — or any other person employed or engaged in any capacity on the business of an air cushion vehicle — when they are carried on board the air cushion vehicle;

  • (b)a person carried on board an air cushion vehicle that is not operated for a commercial or public purpose;

  • (c)a person carried on board an air cushion vehicle in pursuance of the obligation on the master to carry shipwrecked, distressed or other persons or by reason of any circumstances that neither the master nor the owner of the air cushion vehicle could have prevented; or

  • (d)a stowaway, a trespasser or any other person who boards an air cushion vehicle without the consent or knowledge of the master or the owner of the air cushion vehicle.

    End of inserted block
Other claims — loss of life or personal injury
Start of inserted block
(4)The maximum liability for claims that arise on any distinct occasion for loss of life or personal injury involving an air cushion vehicle, other than claims referred to in subsections (1) and (2), is
  • (a)$1,500,000for an air cushion vehicle of less than8 000 kg all up weight;

  • (b)$5,000,000for an air cushion vehicle of8 000kg or more but less than13 000 kg all up weight; and

  • (c)$5,000,000for an air cushion vehicle of13 000kg or more all up weight, plus $40for each kilogram that exceeds13 000 kg.

    End of inserted block
Other claims
Start of inserted block
(5)The maximum liability for claims that arise on any distinct occasion involving an air cushion vehicle, other than claims referred to in subsections (1), (2) and (4), is
  • (a)$750,000for an air cushion vehicle of less than8 000 kg all up weight;

  • (b)$2,500,000for an air cushion vehicle of8 000kg or more but less than13 000 kg all up weight; and

  • (c)$2,500,000for an air cushion vehicle of13 000kg or more all up weight, plus $20for each kilogram that exceeds13 000 kg.

    End of inserted block
Start of inserted block
Procedure
End of inserted block
Jurisdiction of Admiralty Court
Start of inserted block
34.‍5(1)The Admiralty Court has exclusive jurisdiction with respect to any matter relating to the constitution and distribution of a limitation fund under Articles11to13 of the Convention.
End of inserted block
Right to assert limitation defence
Start of inserted block
(2)If a claim is made or apprehended against a person in respect of liability that is limited by section34.‍4, that person may assert the right to limitation of liability in adefence filed, or by way of action or counterclaim for declaratory relief, in any court of competent jurisdiction in Canada.
End of inserted block
Powers of Admiralty Court
Start of inserted block
34.‍6(1)If a claim is made or apprehended against a person in respect of liability that is limited by section34.‍4, the Admiralty Court, on application by that person or any other interested person, including a person who is a party to proceedings in relation to the same subject-matter before another court, tribunal or authority, may take any steps it considers appropriate, including
  • (a)determining the amount of the liability and providing for the constitution and distribution of a fund under Articles11and12 of the Convention;

  • (b)joining interested persons as parties to the proceedings, excluding any claimants who do not make a claim within a certain time, requiring security from the person claiming limitation of liability or from any other interested person and requiring the payment of any costs; and

  • (c)enjoining any person from commencing or continuing proceedings in any court, tribunal or authority other than the Admiralty Court in relation to the same subject-matter.

    End of inserted block
Court may postpone distribution
Start of inserted block
(2)In providing for the distribution of a fund under paragraph (1)‍(a) in relation to any liability, the Admiralty Court may, having regard to any claim that may subsequently be established before a court, tribunal or other authority outside Canada in respect of that liability, postpone the distribution of any part of the fund that it considers appropriate.
End of inserted block
Lien and other rights
Start of inserted block
(3)No lien or other right in respect of an air cushion vehicle or other property affects the proportions in which a fund is distributed by the Admiralty Court.
End of inserted block
Procedural matters
Start of inserted block
(4)The Admiralty Court may
  • (a)make any rule of procedure it considers appropriate with respect to proceedings before it under this section; and

  • (b)determine what form of guarantee it considers to be adequate for the purposes of paragraph2of Article11 of the Convention.

    End of inserted block
Interest
Start of inserted block
(5)For the purposes of Article11 of the Convention, interest is payable at the rate prescribed under theIncome Tax Act for amounts payable by the Minister of National Revenue as refunds of overpayments of tax under that Act.
End of inserted block
Release
Start of inserted block
34.‍7If an air cushion vehicle or other property is released under paragraph2of Article13of the Convention, in any case other than one in which a fund has been constituted in a place described in paragraphs2(a) to (d) of that Article, the person who obtained the release is deemed to have submitted to the jurisdiction of the court that ordered the release for the purpose of determining the claim.
End of inserted block
318Paragraph36(1)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)the definitionship in Article1 of the Convention shall be read as including any vessel, craft or air cushion vehicle designed, used or capable of being used solely or partly for navigation, whether seagoing or not, but not including a vessel propelled manually by paddles or oars; and

319Section41 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Definition ofHague-Visby Rules
41In this Part,Hague-Visby Rules means the rules set out in Schedule3and embodied in the International Convention for the Unification of Certain Rules of Law relating to Bills of Lading, concluded at Brussels on August25, 1924,in the Protocol concluded at Brussels on February23, 1968,and in the additional Protocol concluded at Brussels on December21, 1979.
320Subsection43(4) of the Act is repealed.
321Section44 of the Act and the heading before it are repealed.
322The portion of subsection46(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Claims
46(1)If a contract for the carriage of goods by water provides for the adjudication or arbitration of claims arising under the contract in a place other than Canada, a claimant may institute judicial or arbitral proceedings in a court or arbitral tribunal in Canada that would becompetent to determine the claim if the contract had referred the claim to Canada, Insertion startif Insertion end
323Section51of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Liability — fishing, hunting, trapping and harvesting
Start of inserted block
(3)For greater certainty, for the purposes of Article III of the Civil Liability Convention, the liability of the owner of a ship includes economic loss in relation to the exercise of fishing, hunting, trapping or harvesting rights recognized and affirmed by section35 of theConstitution Act,1982 suffered by an Indigenous group, community or people that holds those rights or suffered by a member of such a group, community or people.
End of inserted block
324Subsection53(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (a) and by adding the following after that paragraph:
  • Start of inserted block

    (a.‍1)permitting that person to reduce the amount that they are required to pay to the fund by up to an amount equal to the sum of any amounts paid to a claimant before the constitution of the fund; and

    End of inserted block
325Subsections54(1) and (2) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Public notice
54(1)The person constituting the fund Insertion startmust Insertion end, as soon as feasible, give notice of the fund’s constitution in
  • Insertion start(a) Insertion endtheCanada Gazette;

  • Insertion start(b) Insertion enda newspaper in general circulation in the region where the incident Insertion startoccurred Insertion end; and

  • Start of inserted block

    (c)any other appropriate manner in the communities potentially affected by the incident.

    End of inserted block
Accessibility
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)Notices given under paragraphs (1)‍(b) and (c) are to be made accessible to the public for a period of at least30 days.
End of inserted block
Proof of accessibility
(2) Insertion startThe person constituting Insertion end the fund Insertion startmust Insertion end, within Insertion start15 days Insertion end after the Insertion start30th day of the period referred to in subsection (1.‍1) Insertion end, file Insertion startevidence Insertion end in the Admiralty Court Insertion startthat the notices have been made accessible to the public for a period of at least Insertion end30 days.
326The portion of subsection55(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Absence of certificate
55(1)Unless a ship carries a certificate described in Article VII of the Civil Liability Convention issued in accordance with subsection56(1), the ship must not
327The Act is amended by adding the following before section69:
Extended meaning of expressions
Start of inserted block
68.‍1For the purposes of sections69to74and Articles1to10 of the Bunkers Convention, the definitionship in Article1 of the Bunkers Convention includes non-seagoing vessels and non-seaborne craft.
End of inserted block
328Section71of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Liability — fishing, hunting, trapping and harvesting
Start of inserted block
(3)For greater certainty, for the purposes of Article3of the Bunkers Convention, the liability of the owner of a ship includes economic loss in relation to the exercise of fishing, hunting, trapping or harvesting rights recognized and affirmed by section35 of theConstitution Act,1982 suffered by an Indigenous group, community or people that holds those rights or suffered by a member of such a group, community or people.
End of inserted block
329Section72 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Application of Division 1 of Part 3
72 Insertion startDivision1 of Insertion end Part3 applies to claims arising under the Bunkers Convention.
330The portion of subsection73(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Absence of certificate
73(1)Unless a ship carries a certificate described in Article7of the Bunkers Convention issued in accordance with subsection74(1), the ship must not
331(1)Paragraph77(1)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • Start of inserted block

    (a)for oil pollution damage from the ship, including economic loss in relation to the exercise of fishing, hunting, trapping or harvesting rights recognized and affirmed by section35 of theConstitution Act,1982 suffered by an Indigenous group, community or people that holds those rights or suffered by a member of such a group, community or people;

    End of inserted block
(2)Subsection77(1.‍2) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Words and expressions defined
(1.‍2)For the purposes of subsection (1.‍1), words and expressions used in that subsection Insertion startthat are not defined Insertion end have the same meaning as in theCivil Liability Convention as defined in subsection47(1).
332(1)Subsection92(2) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (c):
  • Start of inserted block

    (c.‍1)any amounts received by the Administrator further to the notice given under subsection106.‍02(3) or paragraph106.‍04(1)‍(b) or recovered under section106.‍05;

    End of inserted block
(2)Paragraph92(3)‍(a.‍1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a.‍1)all amounts that are directed to be paid under Insertion startparagraph Insertion end106(3)‍(a) Insertion startor106.‍04(1)‍(c) Insertion end, subsection106.‍3(4) or section117 or under a settlement;

(3)Paragraph92(3) of the Act is amended by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (d) and by repealing paragraph (e).
333(1)Section103of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1.‍1):
Claims filed with Administrator — future losses
Start of inserted block
(1.‍2)A claim arising out of oil pollution damage may be filed with the Administrator for
  • (a)future loss of profit or income and future costs or expenses for the mitigation of that loss by a person who expects to suffer loss or incur costs or expenses;

  • (b)future economic loss related to fishing, hunting, trapping or harvesting for personal or household use and future costs or expenses for the mitigation of that loss by an individual who expects to suffer loss or incur costs or expenses;

  • (c)future economic loss related to the exercise of fishing, hunting, trapping or harvesting rights recognized and affirmed by section35 of theConstitution Act,1982 and future costs or expenses for the mitigation of that loss by a council, government or other entity that is authorized to act on behalf of an Indigenous group, community or people that holds those rights if that group, community or people expects to suffer loss or incur costs or expenses; and

  • (d)costs or expenses for meeting the conditions imposed by the Administrator under subsection105(1.‍2) by a person referred to in paragraph (a), an individual referred to in (b) or a council, government or other entity referred to in paragraph (c) who expects to incur those costs or expenses.

    End of inserted block
Period covered by the claim
Start of inserted block
(1.‍3)The claim filed under subsection (1.‍2) must specify the period covered by the claim, which, for greater certainty, may extend beyond the periods referred to in subsection (2) during which the claim must be filed.
End of inserted block
(2)The portion of subsection103(2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Limitation or prescription period
(2) Insertion startA Insertion end claim Insertion startreferred to in any of subsections (1) to (1.‍2) Insertion end must be made
(3)Paragraphs103(2)‍(a) and (b) of the English version of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (a) Insertion startif Insertion end oil pollution damage occurs, within two years after the day on which Insertion startthat Insertion end damage occurs and five years after the Insertion startincident Insertion end that causes that damage; or

  • (b)if no oil pollution damage occurs, within five years after the Insertion startincident Insertion end in respect of which oil pollution damage is anticipated.

(4)Subsection103(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Exception
(3)Subsections (1) Insertion startto (1.‍2) do not apply to Insertion end a person in a state other than Canada Insertion startand subsections (1) Insertion end and (1.‍1) do not apply to a response organization referred to in paragraph51(1)‍(a),71(1)‍(a) or77(1)‍(b).
334(1)Subsection105(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Administrator’s duties
105(1)On receipt of a claim under Insertion startsubsection103(1) or (1.‍1) Insertion end, the Administrator shall investigate and assess it and Insertion startshall Insertion end
  • (a)make an offer of compensation to the claimant for whatever portion of it that the Administrator finds to be established; Insertion startor Insertion end

  • Start of inserted block

    (b)disallow the claim and notify the claimant of its disallowance in writing.

    End of inserted block
Administrators duties — future losses
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)On receipt of a claim under subsection103(1.‍2), the Administrator shall investigate and assess it and shall
  • (a)make an offer of compensation to the claimant for whatever portion of it that the Administrator finds to be established;

  • (b)make an offer of compensation to the claimant on an interim payment schedule for whatever portion of it that the Administrator finds to be established and provide the dates for future payments; or

  • (c)disallow the claim and notify the claimant of its disallowance in writing.

    End of inserted block
Conditions
Start of inserted block
(1.‍2)If the Administrator makes an offer of compensation under paragraph (1.‍1)‍(a) or (b), the Administrator may impose conditions on the claimant as part of that offer, including a requirement to keep records containing information relating to the claim.
End of inserted block
(2)Paragraph105(3)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)whether it is for loss, damage, costs or expenses referred to in subsection103(1), (1.‍1) or Insertion start(1.‍2) Insertion end, as the case may be; and

335(1)Subsection106(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Offer of compensation
106(1)If the Administrator makes an offer of compensation to a claimant under paragraph Insertion start105(1)‍(a), (1.‍1)‍(a) or (b), as the case may be Insertion end, the claimant shall, within60 days after receiving the offer, notify the Administrator whether they accept or refuse it and, if no notification is received by the Administrator Insertion startwithin Insertion end that period, the claimant is deemed to have refused the offer.
(2)Subsection106(2) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Appeal to Admiralty Court
(2)A claimant may, within60days after receiving an offer of compensation or a notification that the Administrator has disallowed the claim, appeal the offer or the disallowance of the claim to the Admiralty Court, but in an appeal from the disallowance of a claim, that Court may consider only the matters described in paragraphs105(3)‍(a) and (b).
(3)Paragraphs106(3)‍(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (a)the Administrator shall direct payment to be made to the claimant of the amount of the offer out of the Ship-source Oil Pollution Fund without delay Insertion startor according to the payment schedule referred to in paragraph105(1.‍1)‍(b), as the case may be Insertion end;

  • (b)the claimant is then precluded from pursuing any rights that they may have had against any person in respect of matters referred to in sections51, 71and77,Article III of the Civil Liability Convention and Article3 of the Bunkers Convention in relation to the occurrence to which the offer of compensation relates, Insertion startexcept that Insertion end

    • Start of inserted block

      (i)with respect to the acceptance of an offer of compensation made under paragraph105(1)‍(a), the claimant may pursue any rights that they may have under subsection103(1.‍2) in a single claim, and

    • (ii)with respect to the acceptance of an offer of compensation made under paragraph105(1.‍1)‍(a) or (b), the claimant may pursue any rights that they may have under subsection103(1) or (1.‍1) in a single claim;

      End of inserted block
336The Act is amended by adding the following after section106:
Cessation of payments
Start of inserted block
106.‍01(1)Despite paragraph106(3)‍(a), the Administrator may direct, at any time after the claimant accepts an offer of compensation, that some or all of the payments referred to in paragraph105(1.‍1)‍(b) not be made to the claimant if
  • (a)a condition imposed on the claimant under subsection105(1.‍2) is not met;

  • (b)the Administrator has reasonable grounds to believe that the claimant did not take reasonable measures to mitigate the loss for which a claim has been filed under subsection103(1.‍2); or

  • (c)the Administrator has reasonable grounds to believe that the claimant’s loss has been mitigated.

    End of inserted block
Notice
Start of inserted block
(2)If the Administrator directs under subsection (1) that a payment not be made to the claimant, the Administrator must, as soon as feasible, give the claimant notice in writing.
End of inserted block
Appeal to Admiralty Court
Start of inserted block
(3)A claimant may, within60 days after receiving the notice, appeal the decision set out in the notice to the Admiralty Court.
End of inserted block
Records — future loss
Start of inserted block
106.‍02(1)If the Administrator imposes a condition requiring the claimant to keep records under subsection105(1.‍2), the Administrator may, within the following periods, request that the claimant provide the Administrator with the records:
  • (a)in the case of a payment made in accordance with an offer of compensation made under paragraph105(1.‍1)‍(a), the period that ends on the later of

    • (i)one year after the day on which the payment was made, and

    • (ii)three years after the day of the occurrence in respect of which the claimant filed a claim;

  • (b)in the case of payments made in accordance with an offer of compensation made under paragraph105(1.‍1)‍(b) that have ceased under subsection106.‍01(1), the period that ends on the later of

    • (i)one year after the day on which the notice was sent by the Administrator under subsection106.‍01(2), and

    • (ii)three years after the day of the occurrence in respect of which the claimant filed a claim; or

  • (c)in the case of payments made in accordance with an offer of compensation made under paragraph105(1.‍1)‍(b) that have not ceased, the period that ends on the later of

    • (i)one year after the day on which the final payment was made, and

    • (ii)three years after the day of the occurrence in respect of which the claimant filed a claim.

      End of inserted block
Period
Start of inserted block
(2)If the Administrator requests records under subsection (1), the claimant must provide them to the Administrator within30 days beginning on the day on which the claimant receives the request or within any longer period agreed to by the Administrator and the claimant.
End of inserted block
Failure to provide records
Start of inserted block
(3)If the claimant does not provide the Administrator with the records within the applicable period, the Administrator may give the claimant a notice that they are required to repay to the Administrator the amount or a portion of the amount of the payment made to them under paragraph106(3)‍(a), in the manner and within the period set out in the notice.
End of inserted block
Post-payment investigation and reassessment
Start of inserted block
106.‍03(1)The Administrator may, within the period referred to in subsection106.‍02(1), investigate and reassess any claim under subsection103(1.‍2) for which a payment was made under paragraph106(3)‍(a).
End of inserted block
Administrator’s powers
Start of inserted block
(2)For the purpose of investigating and reassessing a claim, the Administrator has the powers of a commissioner under Part I of theInquiries Act.
End of inserted block
Factors to be considered
Start of inserted block
(3)When investigating and reassessing a claim, the Administrator may consider only
  • (a)whether it is for loss, costs or expenses referred to in subsection103(1.‍2) that the claimant has suffered or incurred;

  • (b)whether it resulted wholly or partially from

    • (i)an act done or omitted to be done by the claimant with intent to cause damage, or

    • (ii)the claimant’s negligence;

  • (c)whether it is for loss, costs or expenses for which another claim has been filed;

  • (d)whether the Administrator has reasonable grounds to believe that the claimant did not take reasonable measures to mitigate the loss for which the claim has been filed;

  • (e)whether the claimant’s loss has been mitigated; and

  • (f)whether the conditions imposed on the claimant under subsection105(1.‍2), if any, have been met.

    End of inserted block
Result of investigation and reassessment
Start of inserted block
106.‍04(1)As soon as feasible after completing the investigation and reassessment, the Administrator must give the claimant notice that
  • (a)the Administrator will take no further action in respect of whatever portion of the claim was the subject of the investigation and reassessment;

  • (b)the claimant is required to pay to the Administrator the overpayment set out in the notice, in the manner and within the period set out in the notice; or

  • (c)an additional payment, equal to the amount of the loss, costs or expenses suffered or incurred by the claimant minus the sum of any amounts already paid to the claimant, is to be made to the claimant without delay out of the Ship-source Oil Pollution Fund.

    End of inserted block
Appeal to Admiralty Court
Start of inserted block
(2)A claimant may, within60days after receiving a notice under paragraph (1)‍(b), appeal to the Admiralty Court the requirement to pay the overpayment set out in the notice.
End of inserted block
Debts due to His Majesty
Start of inserted block
106.‍05All amounts payable under subsection106.‍02(3) and overpayments payable under paragraph106.‍04(1)‍(b) constitute debts due to His Majesty in right of Canada that may be recovered in a court of competent jurisdiction from the person who is required to pay them.
End of inserted block
337Paragraph106.‍1(4)‍(a) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a) Insertion startif Insertion end oil pollution damage Insertion startoccurs Insertion end, within one year after the day of the occurrence that causes Insertion startthat damage Insertion end; or

338The heading before section107and sections107and108 of the Act are repealed.
339(1)Subsections111.‍1(2) and (3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Offer of compensation less than zero
(2)If the offer of compensation made by the Administrator to the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans under paragraph105(1)‍( Insertion starta Insertion end) is less than zero, then, unless that Minister appeals the offer under subsection106(2), an amount equal to the amount of the offer Insertion startis to Insertion end be credited to the Ship-source Oil Pollution Fund, out of appropriations for the Department of Fisheries and Oceans under an appropriation Act, within six months after the day on which that Minister receives the offer or within any longer period agreed to by the Administrator and that Minister.
Offer of compensation refused
(3)If the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans refuses the offer of compensation made under paragraph105(1)‍( Insertion starta Insertion end), then, as soon as feasible after that Minister Insertion startrefuses Insertion end the offer, an amount equal to the amount of the emergency funds charged to the Ship-source Oil Pollution Fund under subsection110(1) or (2) Insertion startis to Insertion end be credited to the Ship-source Oil Pollution Fund, out of appropriations for the Department of Fisheries and Oceans under an appropriation Act, less any unused portion of the emergency funds credited to the Ship-source Oil Pollution Fund under subsection (1).
(2)The description of A in subsection111.‍1(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:

A
is the Insertion startportion of the claim Insertion end that the Administrator Insertion startfinds to be established Insertion end under Insertion startsubsection Insertion end105(1);

340(1)The portion of paragraph116(2)‍(b) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
  • (b)if the claim is based on Insertion startsubsection51(1) Insertion end or Insertion start71(1) Insertion end or paragraph77(1)‍(b) or (c), or on Article III of the Civil Liability Convention or Article3 of the Bunkers Convention as they pertain to preventive measures,

(2)Subsection116(2) of the Act is amended by adding “or” at the end of paragraph (a), by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (b) and by repealing paragraph (c).
341Schedule4 to the Act is repealed.
Transitional Provisions
Definitions

342The following definitions apply in sections343 to347.

former Act means theMarine Liability Act as it read immediately before the day on which section338 comes into force.‍ (ancienne loi)

new Act means theMarine Liability Act as it reads on the day on which section338 comes into force.‍ (nouvelle loi)

Ship-source Oil Pollution Fund has the same meaning as in subsection91(1) of theMarine Liability Act.‍ (Caisse d’indemnisation)

Claims for loss of income

343A claim filed under section107of the former Act is to be dealt with in accordance with sections107and108 of the former Act.

Rights — limitation period

344Despite subsection103(2) of the new Act, if an occurrence in respect of which a person may file a claim under section107 of the former Act takes place on or before the day on which section338 comes into force, and if the limitation periods set out in subsection107(3) of the former Act have not expired on that day, that person has the right to file a claim under subsection103(1.‍2) of the new Act within those limitation periods.

Fund — amounts directed to be paid

345Any amounts that are directed to be paid on or after the day on which subsection332(2) comes into force, in respect of a claim filed under section107of the former Act, are to be charged to the Ship-source Oil Pollution Fund and they are deemed to be charged under paragraph92(3)‍(a.‍1) of the new Act.

Fund — remuneration and expenses of assessors

346The remuneration and expenses of assessors appointed under paragraph108(2)‍(a) of the former Act that are directed to be paid on or after the day on which subsection332(3) comes into force are to be charged to the Ship-source Oil Pollution Fund and are deemed to be charged under subsection92(3) of the new Act.

Interest

347If a payment is made to a claimant on or after the day on which subsection340(2) comes into force, in respect of a claim filed under section107of the former Act, the claimant is entitled to the interest that accrues on a claim in accordance with subsection116(1) of theMarine Liability Act from the time when the loss of income occurs.

Coordinating Amendments
2014, c. 29
348(1)In this section,other Act means theSafeguarding Canada’s Seas and Skies Act.
(2)On the first day on which both section33 of the other Act and section313 of this Act are in force, paragraph33(1)‍(a.‍1) of theMarine Liability Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a.‍1)permitting that person to reduce the amount that they are required to pay to the fund by up to an amount equal to the sum of any amounts paid to a claimant before the constitution of the fund in respect of a maritime claim for oil pollution damage caused bybunker oil as defined in paragraph5of Article1 of theBunkers Convention as defined in subsection47(1);

(3)On the first day on which both section33 of the other Act and section324 of this Act are in force, subsection74.‍26(1) of theMarine Liability Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (a) and by adding the following after that paragraph:
  • (a.‍1)permitting that person to reduce the amount that they are required to pay to the fund by up to an amount equal to the sum of any amounts paid to a claimant before the constitution of the fund; and

(4)On the first day on which both section33 of the other Act and section325 of this Act are in force, subsections74.‍27(1) and (2) of theMarine Liability Act are replaced by the following:
Public notice
74.‍27(1)The person constituting the fund must, as soon as feasible, give notice of the fund’s constitution in
  • (a)theCanada Gazette;

  • (b)a newspaper in general circulation in the region where the incident occurred; and

  • (c)any other appropriate manner in the communities potentially affected by the incident.

Accessibility
(1.‍1)Notices given under paragraphs (1)‍(b) and (c) are to be made accessible to the public for a period of at least30 days.
Proof of accessibility
(2)The person constituting the fund must, within15days after the30th day of the period referred to in subsection (1.‍1), file evidence in the Admiralty Court that the notices have been made accessible to the public for a period of at least30 days.
(5)On the first day on which both subsection45(1) of the other Act and subsection335(3) of this Act are in force, paragraph106(3)‍(b) of theMarine Liability Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b)the claimant is then precluded from pursuing any rights that they may have had, other than in relation todamage as defined in paragraph6(a) of Article1of the Hazardous and Noxious Substances Convention, against any person in respect of matters referred to in sections51, 71, 74.‍24and77,Article III of the Civil Liability Convention, Article3of the Bunkers Convention and Article7 of the Hazardous and Noxious Substances Convention in relation to the occurrence to which the offer of compensation relates, except that

    • (i)with respect to the acceptance of an offer of compensation made under paragraph105(1)‍(a), the claimant may pursue any rights that they may have under subsection103(1.‍2) in a single claim, and

    • (ii)with respect to the acceptance of an offer of compensation made under paragraph105(1.‍1)‍(a) or (b), the claimant may pursue any rights that they may have under subsection103(1) or (1.‍1) in a single claim;

(6)On the first day on which both subsection49(2) of the other Act and subsection340(1) of this Act are in force, the portion of paragraph116(2)‍(b) of theMarine Liability Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
  • (b)if the claim is based on subsection51(1),71(1) or74.‍24(1) or paragraph77(1)‍(b) or (c), or on Article III of the Civil Liability Convention, Article3of the Bunkers Convention or Article7 of the Hazardous and Noxious Substances Convention as they pertain to preventive measures,

2018, c. 27
349(1)In this section,other Act means theBudget Implementation Act,2018,No.2.
(2)On the first day on which both section323 of this Act is in force and subsection746(2) of the other Act has produced its effects, section74.‍24 of theMarine Liability Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Liability — fishing, hunting, trapping and harvesting
(3)For greater certainty, for the purposes of Article7of the Hazardous and Noxious Substances Convention, the liability of the owner of a ship includes economic loss in relation to the exercise of fishing, hunting, trapping or harvesting rights recognized and affirmed by section35 of theConstitution Act,1982 suffered by an Indigenous group, community or people that holds those rights or suffered by a member of such a group, community or people.
(3)On the first day on which both subsection333(3) of this Act is in force and subsection746(8) of the other Act has produced its effects, subsection103(3) of theMarine Liability Act is replaced by the following:
Exception
(3)Subsections (1) to (1.‍2) do not apply to a person in a state other than Canada, and subsections (1) and (1.‍1) do not apply to a response organization referred to in paragraph51(1)‍(a),71(1)‍(a),74.‍24(1)‍(a) or77(1)‍(b).

SUBDIVISION B 
Canada Shipping Act,2001

2001, c. 26

Amendments to the Act
350Section2 of theCanada Shipping Act,2001 is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
Start of inserted block

hazardous and noxious substances handling facility means a facility that is used or that will be used in the loading or unloading of hazardous and noxious substances to or from vessels.‍ (installation de manutention de substances nocives et potentiellement dangereuses)

port authority has the same meaning as in subsection2(1) of theCanada Marine Act.‍ (administration portuaire)

End of inserted block
351(1)The portion of section8 of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Application of this Part
8This Part applies in respect of Canadian vessels everywhere, in respect of foreign vessels in Canadian waters, and in respect of pleasure craft that are not Canadian vessels Insertion startbut that are Insertion end in Canadian waters or in waters in the exclusive economic zone of Canada. However
(2)Paragraph8(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b)subsections10(2.‍1) and35.‍1(1) also apply in respect of foreign vessels in waters in the exclusive economic zone of Canada.

352(1)Paragraph10(1)‍(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (c)enter into agreements or arrangements respecting the administration or enforcement of any provision of this Act, the regulations or Insertion startan interim order made under subsection10.‍1(1) or (1.‍1) Insertion end and authorize any person or organization — including a provincial government, a local authority and a government, council or other entity authorized to act on behalf of an Indigenous group — with whom or which an agreement or arrangement is entered into to exercise the powers or perform the duties and functions under this Act that are specified in the agreement or arrangement.

(2)Subsection10(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Exemption power of Ministers
(2)The Minister of Transport or the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans may, with respect to that Minister’s responsibilities under this Act, exempt for a specified period any authorized representative, Insertion startperson, class of persons, Insertion end master, vessel, class of vessels, operator of an oil handling facility, oil handling facility or class of oil handling Insertion startfacilities, operator of a hazardous and noxious substances handling facility, hazardous and noxious substances handling facility or class of hazardous and noxious substances handling facilities Insertion end from the application of any provision of this Act, the regulations or Insertion startan interim order made under subsection10.‍1(1) or (1.‍1) Insertion end, subject to any conditions that that Minister considers appropriate, if that Minister is of the opinion that the exemption is in the interest of preventing damage to property or the environment or is in the Insertion startpublic interest or Insertion end interest of public health or safety.
353(1)Section10.‍1of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Authorization to make interim order
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)The Minister of Transport may, subject to any restrictions or conditions that the Minister may specify, authorize the Deputy Minister of Transport to make, for the purpose referred to in subsection (1), an interim order that contains any provision that may be contained in a regulation made, under this Act, on the recommendation of only that Minister.
End of inserted block
(2)The portion of subsection10.‍1(2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Cessation of effect
(2)An interim order made under this section has effect from the time that it is made Insertion startor from any later date that may be specified in the interim order Insertion end, but ceases to have effect on the earliest of
(3)Paragraph10.‍1(2)‍(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (c)one year after the Insertion starteffective date of the Insertion end interim order or any shorter period that may be specified in the interim order, unless the effective period is extended by Insertion startthe Minister of Transport or Insertion end the Governor in Council;

  • Start of inserted block

    (c.‍1)the day that is specified in the order of the Minister of Transport extending the interim order, if the Minister extends the effective period of the interim order, unless the effective period is extended by the Governor in Council; and

    End of inserted block
(4)Subsection10.‍1(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Extension — Minister of Transport
Start of inserted block
(2.‍1)If the period specified in the interim order is less than one year, the Minister of Transport may extend the effective period of the interim order for a period that ends no more than one year after the effective date.
End of inserted block
Extension — Governor in Council
(3)The Governor in Council may extend the effective period of the interim order for a period of no more than two years after the end of the applicable period referred to in paragraph (2)‍(c) Insertion startor after the day referred to in paragraph (2)‍(c.‍1) Insertion end.
(5)Subsection10.‍1(6) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Statutory Instruments Act
(6)TheStatutory Instruments Act does not apply to an interim order Insertion startor an order extending the interim order Insertion end. However, Insertion startany such order must Insertion end be published in theCanada Gazette within23 days after it is made.
354Subsection12(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Authorizing others to inspect
12(1)The Minister of Transport may authorize any person, Insertion startclass of persons Insertion end, classification society or other organization to issue any Canadian maritime document under this Act or to carry out inspections under section211 if the Minister determines that the person, Insertion startclass of persons Insertion end, classification society or other organization is qualified to issue the document or carry out the inspection.
355Subsections14(2) and (3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Qualified person, bare-boat charterer or owner
(2)Subject to subsections (3) and (4), the authorized representative of a Canadian vessel is
  • Start of inserted block

    (a)in the case of a vessel whose owner has entered into an arrangement with a qualified person, including an operator of the vessel, under which they are responsible for the matters referred to in subsection (1), the qualified person;

    End of inserted block
  • ( Insertion startb Insertion end)in the case of a vessel described in section48, the bare-boat charterer; or

  • Insertion start(c) Insertion end Insertion start Insertion end Insertion startin any other case, Insertion end the owner of the vessel.

Representative if more than one owner
(3)In the case of a Canadian vessel that is owned by more than one person, the owners must appoint as the authorized representative one of themselves Insertion startor, in accordance with paragraph (2)‍(a), a qualified person Insertion end.
356Section21 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Issuance of documents to foreign vessels
21The Minister of Transport may, at the request of the government of a state to which an international convention, protocol or Insertion startresolution Insertion end listed in Schedule1 applies, issue in respect of a vessel registered in that state any document provided for by the convention, protocol or Insertion startresolution Insertion end, other than a Canadian maritime document, if the Minister is satisfied, in the same manner as in the case of a Canadian vessel, that the document may properly be issued. A document issued under this section must contain a statement that it has been issued at the request of that government.
357Subsection26(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Establishment
26(1)For the purpose of ensuring the safety of the marine industry, the Marine Technical Review Board is established to make decisions on applications for an exemption from, or the replacement of, any requirement under the regulations Insertion startor an interim order made under subsection10.‍1(1) or (1.‍1) Insertion end in respect of a Canadian vessel or in respect of the issuance of a Canadian maritime document to a person, other than Insertion starta requirement Insertion end with respect to fees, Insertion startcharges, costs or expenses Insertion end.
358Subsection28(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Application
28(1)Any person may, in respect of a requirement Insertion startunder Insertion end the regulations Insertion startor an interim order Insertion end made under Insertion startsubsection10.‍1(1) or (1.‍1) Insertion end that applies in respect of a Canadian vessel or in respect of the issuance of a Canadianmaritime document to a person, apply to the Marine Technical Review Board for a decision to exempt the applicant from the requirement or to replace it with another requirement.
359(1)Section32of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (4):
Material produced by Minister of Transport
Start of inserted block
(4.‍01)A regulation made under paragraph35.‍1(1)‍(k),120(1)‍(f) or (k),136(1)‍(a), (f) or (g) or190(1)‍(a) may incorporate by reference material that the Minister of Transport produces.
End of inserted block
(2)Subsection32(5) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Scope of incorporation
(5)Material referred to in subsections (1) to ( Insertion start4.‍01 Insertion end) may be incorporated by reference as amended from time to time or as it exists on a particular date. Material referred to in subsection (4.‍1) that is to be incorporated by reference must be incorporated as it exists on a particular date.
360(1)Subparagraph35(1)‍(d)‍(i) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (i)implementing it in respect of persons, vessels, oil handling facilities or Insertion starthazardous and noxious substances handling facilities Insertion end to which it does not apply,

(2)Paragraph35(1)‍(g) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (g)respecting fees, Insertion startcharges, costs and expenses to be paid Insertion end in Insertion startrelation to Insertion end

    • Insertion start(i) Insertion endthe administration of this Part or Part2(Registration, Listing and Recording),3(Personnel),4(Safety),6(Incidents, Accidents and Casualties),8(Pollution Prevention and Response — Department of Transport and Department of Fisheries and Oceans) to the extent that the Minister of Transport is responsible for that Part,9(Pollution Prevention — Department of Transport),10(Pleasure Craft),11 (Enforcement — Department of Transport) or Insertion start12 (Miscellaneous) to the extent that the Minister of Transport is responsible for that Part Insertion end or the regulations made under any of those Parts or under subsection136(1), Insertion startincluding the development of those regulations, and Insertion end

    • Start of inserted block

      (ii)the enforcement of any of those Parts or regulations;

      End of inserted block
361The heading before section36 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Fees, Insertion startCharges, Costs and Expenses Insertion end
362Subsections36(1) to (3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Debt due to His Majesty
36(1)All fees, Insertion startcharges, costs and expenses Insertion end imposed under paragraph35(1)‍(g) or (3)‍(d) and interest payable on Insertion startthem Insertion end constitute a debt due to Insertion startHis Insertion end Majesty in right of Canada and may be recovered in any court of competent jurisdiction.
Payment
(2)If a fee, Insertion startcharge, cost or expense Insertion end is imposed under paragraph35(1)‍(g) or (3)‍(d)
  • (a)in respect of a pleasure craft that is not a Canadian vessel, its owner is liable for payment of the fee, Insertion startcharge, cost or expense Insertion end and any interest payable on it;

  • (b)in respect of a Canadian vessel, the authorized representative, Insertion startthe owner Insertion end and the master are jointly and severally, or solidarily, liable for payment of the fee, Insertion startcharge, cost or expense Insertion end and any interest payable on it; and

  • (c)in respect of a foreign vessel, its owner and the authorized representative are jointly and severally, or solidarily, liable for payment of the fee, Insertion startcharge, cost or expense Insertion end and any interest payable on it.

Seizure
(3)If the amount of a fee, Insertion startcharge, cost or expense Insertion end, or of interest due on it, owed by an authorized representative Insertion startor owner Insertion end of a Canadian vessel or by the owner of a foreign vessel, has not been paid, the Minister who recommended making the regulation under paragraph35(1)‍(g) or (3)‍(d) may, in addition to any other remedy available for the collection of the amount and whether or not a judgment for the collection of the amount has been obtained, apply to the Federal Court for an order authorizing that Minister to seize, detain and sell any vessel belonging to the authorized representative or the owner, as the case may be. The Court may make the order on the terms that the Court considers appropriate.
363Subsection36.‍01(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Agreement — cost recovery
36.‍01(1)The Minister of Transport may enter into an agreement with any person or organization respecting any matter for which a regulation made under paragraph35(1)‍(g) could prescribe a fee, Insertion startcharge, cost or expense Insertion end.
364Section38 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Contravention of regulations
38(1)Every person who, or vessel, oil handling facility or Insertion starthazardous and noxious substances handling facility Insertion end that, contravenes a provision of the regulations made under paragraph35(1)‍(d) or (3)‍(a) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of not more than $1,000,000or to imprisonment for a term of not more than18 months, or to both.
Exception
(2)If a court sentencing a person, vessel, oil handling facility or Insertion starthazardous and noxious substances handling facility Insertion end under subsection (1) for contravening a provision of the regulations made under paragraph35(1)‍(d) or (3)‍(a) is of the opinion that the provision that the person, vessel or facility contravened is equivalent to a provision of the regulations made under another provision of this Act and if the punishment provided under this Act for contravening that provision of the regulations is less than the punishment provided under subsection (1), the person, vessel, oil handling facility or Insertion starthazardous and noxious substances handling facility Insertion end is liable to that lesser punishment.
365Subsection40(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Punishment
(2)Every person who, or vessel that, commits an offence under subsection (1) is liable on summary conviction to a fine of not more than $ Insertion start25,000 Insertion end.
366Section56 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Lost certificates
56If a certificate of registry or provisional certificate is mislaid, lost or destroyed, the Chief Registrar must issue a replacement certificate of registry or provisional certificate, as the case may be, on application made by the authorized representative Insertion startor owner Insertion end in the form and manner and including the information and accompanied by the documents specified by the Chief Registrar.
Refusal to issue, renew or amend certificate
Start of inserted block
56.‍1Despite any other provision of this Act, the Chief Registrar may refuse to issue, in respect of a vessel, a certificate of registry, a provisional certificate or a replacement certificate of registry or provisional certificate, or to renew a certificate of registry or to amend one under paragraph73(b), if the applicant for, or holder of, the certificate is in default of payment of a required fee, charge, cost or expense under this Act or theWrecked, Abandoned or Hazardous Vessels Act in respect of that vessel.
End of inserted block
367Subsections75.‍03(5) and (6) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Authorized representative of fleet
(5)The authorized representative of a fleet is the authorized representative, as determined under section14, of the vessels of that fleet Insertion startand must be the same authorized representative for all of the fleet’s vessels Insertion end.
368The Act is amended by adding the following after section75.‍03:
Refusal to issue, renew or amend certificate
Start of inserted block
75.‍031Despite any other provision of this Act, the Chief Registrar may refuse to issue or renew a certificate of registry in respect of a fleet, or to amend one under paragraph75.‍14(b), if the applicant for, or holder of, the certificate is in default of payment of a required fee, charge, cost or expense in respect of that fleet or a vessel of that fleet under this Act or theWrecked, Abandoned or Hazardous Vessels Act.
End of inserted block
369Subsection79(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Punishment
(2)Every person who commits an offence under subsection (1) is liable on summary conviction to a fine of not more than $ Insertion start25,000 Insertion end.
370Section99 of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Adjudication by Minister
99The Minister may, on the request of the authorized representative Insertion startor Insertion end a crew member of a Canadian vessel, adjudicate any dispute between Insertion startthe authorized representative and crew member Insertion end that arises under this Part. The Minister’s decision is binding on the parties.
371Subsection103(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Punishment
(2)Every person who commits an offence under subsection (1) is liable on summary conviction to a fine of not more than $ Insertion start25,000 Insertion end.
372Subsection110(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Carrying excess number of persons
110(1)The master of a vessel Insertion startmust Insertion end ensure that the number of persons carried on board is not more than the number of persons authorized to be on board under any certificate issued under this Part or under an international convention, protocol or Insertion startresolution Insertion end listed in Schedule1.
373Section111 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Direction to cease — master
111( Insertion start1 Insertion end)The Insertion startMinister may direct Insertion end a master to cease any operation that, in the Insertion startMinister’s Insertion end opinion, poses an undue risk because of unsafe conditions.
Direction to take measures — master
Start of inserted block
(2)The Minister may direct a master to take measures that, in the Minister’s opinion, are necessary to avoid an undue risk because of unsafe conditions, including a direction to
  • (a)provide the Minister with any information that the Minister considers appropriate to assess or deal with risks to marine safety;

  • (b)proceed by the route and in the manner that the Minister specifies; and

  • (c)proceed to a place that the Minister selects, by the route and in the manner that the Minister specifies, and

    • (i)unload the vessel’s cargo, or

    • (ii)moor, anchor or remain there for any reasonable period that the Minister specifies.

      End of inserted block
Direction to authorize vessel
Start of inserted block
(3)The Minister may direct a port authority or a person in charge of a port authority or place to authorize a vessel in respect of which a direction has been made under paragraph (2)‍(c) to proceed to the place selected by the Minister and to
  • (a)unload the cargo; or

  • (b)moor, anchor or remain there for any reasonable period that the Minister may specify.

    End of inserted block
374Section114 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Direction to cease — crew
114 Insertion start(1) Insertion end Insertion start Insertion end Insertion startThe Minister may direct Insertion end a crew member on board a vessel to cease any operation that, in the Insertion startMinister’s Insertion end opinion, poses an undue risk because of unsafe conditions.
Direction to take measures — crew
Start of inserted block
(2)The Minister may direct a crew member on board a vessel to take measures that, in the Minister’s opinion, are necessary to avoid an undue risk because of unsafe conditions, including a direction to provide the Minister with any information that the Minister considers appropriate to support assessing or addressing risks to marine safety.
End of inserted block
375Subsection120(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (s) and by adding the following after that paragraph:
  • Start of inserted block

    (s.‍1)respecting arrangements for emergency services, including requiring vessels or classes of vessels to enter into such arrangements; and

    End of inserted block
376(1)Paragraph121(1)‍(f) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (f)section107 (obtain Insertion startCanadian maritime documents Insertion end);

(2)Paragraph121(1)‍(j) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • Start of inserted block

    (j)a direction given under subsection111(1) (direction to cease — master);

  • (j.‍1)a direction given under subsection111(2) (direction to take measures — master);

  • (j.‍2)a direction given under subsection111(3) (direction to authorize vessel);

    End of inserted block
(3)Subsection121(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (o):
  • Start of inserted block

    (o.‍1)a direction given under subsection114(2) (direction to take measures — crew);

    End of inserted block
377Paragraph123(1)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • Start of inserted block

    (a)a direction given under subsection114(1) (direction to cease — crew);

    End of inserted block
378Section129 of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Obligation d’informer des dommages
129(1)Dans le cas où Insertion startle Insertion end bâtiment — ou tout objet à sa remorque — renverse, déplace, endommage ou détruit une aide à la navigation dans les eaux canadiennes, la personne responsable du bâtiment en informe Insertion startsans délai l’officier Insertion end chargé des services de communications et de trafic maritimes ou, si cela n’est pas possible, un membre de la garde côtière canadienne.
Obligation d’informer en cas de danger pour la navigation
(2)Si elle constate l’existence dans les eaux canadiennes d’un danger pour la navigation non indiqué sur les cartes marines ou l’absence, le déplacement ou le mauvais fonctionnement d’une aide à la navigation, la personne responsable Insertion startdu Insertion end bâtiment en Insertion startinforme sans délai l’officier Insertion end chargé des services de communications et de trafic maritimes ou, si cela n’est pas possible, un membre de la garde côtière canadienne.
379The portion of subsection130(2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Powers — search and rescue mission coordinators
(2)On being informed that a person, a vessel or an aircraft is in distress or is missing in Canadian waters, Insertion startin the exclusive economic zone of Canada Insertion end or on the high seas off any of the coasts of Canada under circumstances that indicate that they may be in distress, a search and rescue mission coordinator may
380Subsection135(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Designation — Minister of Transport
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)The Minister of Transport may designate any person or class of persons for the purposes of enforcing a provision of this Part or of a regulation made under this Part that the Minister of Transport is responsible for administering.
End of inserted block
Stopping and boarding vessel
(2)A person, or a member of a class of persons, designated under subsection (1) Insertion startor (1.‍1) Insertion end who has reasonable grounds to believe that an offence has been committed or is about to be committed under this Part by a vessel or any person on board a vessel may stop and board the vessel and take any reasonable action to ensure public safety or protect the public interest.
381Section136of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Order — Minister of Transport
Start of inserted block
(3)The Minister of Transport may, by order, suspend or modify the operation of regulations made under paragraph (1)‍(f) or (g).
End of inserted block
Cessation of effect of order
Start of inserted block
(4)An order made under subsection (3) has effect from the time that it is made or from any later date that may be specified in the order but ceases to have effect on the earliest of
  • (a)the day on which it is repealed;

  • (b)the day on which a regulation made under this Act that has the same effect as the order comes into force; and

  • (c)two years after the effective date of the order or any shorter period that may be specified in the order.

    End of inserted block
Statutory Instruments Act
Start of inserted block
(5)TheStatutory Instruments Act does not apply to an order made under subsection (3). However, the order must be published in theCanada Gazette within23 days after it is made.
End of inserted block
382Subsection152(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Punishment
(2)Every person who commits an offence under subsection (1) is liable on summary conviction to a fine of not more than $ Insertion start25,000 Insertion end.
383(1)The definitionsdischarge,pollutant andpollution damage in section165 of the Act are replaced by the following:

discharge means a discharge of a pollutant from a vessel, or a discharge of oil from an oil handling facility Insertion startor of a hazardous and noxious substance from a hazardous and noxious substances handling facility if the facility is Insertion end engaged in loading to or unloading from a vessel, that directly or indirectly results in the pollutant entering the water, and includes spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, throwing and dumping.‍ (rejet)

pollutant means

  • (a)a substance that, if added to any waters, would degrade or alter or form part of a process of degradation or alteration of the quality of the waters to an extent that is detrimental to their use by humans or by an animal or a plant that is useful to humans; and

  • (b)any water that contains a substance in such a quantity or concentration, or that has been so treated, processed or changed, by heat or other means, from a natural state, that it would, if added to any waters, degrade or alter or form part of a process of degradation or alteration of the quality of the waters to an extent that is detrimental to their use by humans or by an animal or a plant that is useful to humans.

It includes oil, Insertion starthazardous and noxious substances Insertion end and any substance or class of substances that is prescribed for the purpose of this Part to be a pollutant.‍ (polluant)

pollution damage in relation to a vessel, an oil handling facility or Insertion starta hazardous and noxious substances facility Insertion end, means loss or damage outside the vessel or facility caused by contamination resulting from a discharge from the vessel or facility.‍ (dommages dus à la pollution)

(2)Section165 of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
Start of inserted block

hazardous and noxious substance means a substance other than oil that, if introduced into the marine environment, is likely to create hazards to human health, harm living resources and marine life, damage amenities or interfere with legitimate uses of the marine environment.‍ (substance nocive et potentiellement dangereuse)

hazardous and noxious substances pollution incident means any occurrence or series of occurrences having the same origin, including fire or explosion, that results or may result in a discharge of hazardous and noxious substances.‍ (événement de pollution par les substances nocives et potentiellement dangereuses)

End of inserted block
384Subsection166(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Application
166(1)Except as otherwise provided in this Part, this Part applies in respect of vessels in Canadian waters or waters in the exclusive economic zone of Canada and in respect of oil handling facilities Insertion startand hazardous and noxious substances handling facilities that are Insertion end in Canada.
385Section167.‍1 of the Act and the heading before it are replaced by the following:
Oil Handling Facilities Insertion startand Hazardous and Noxious Substances Handling Facilities Insertion end
Notification of proposed operations
167.‍1Subject to the regulations, a person who proposes to operate an oil handling facility Insertion startor a hazardous and noxious substances handling facility Insertion end of a class established by the regulations Insertion startmust Insertion end, within the prescribed time, notify the Minister of the proposed operations relating to the loading or unloading of oil Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances Insertion end to or from vessels and Insertion startmust Insertion end submit to the Minister any information or documents required by the regulations and, within the time specified by the Minister, any information or documents requested by the Minister.
386(1)Subsection167.‍2(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Submission of plans
167.‍2(1)Subject to the regulations, a person who proposes to operate an oil handling facility Insertion startor a hazardous and noxious substances handling facility Insertion end of a class established by the regulations Insertion startmust Insertion end, at least90 days before the day on which the facility’s operations relating to the loading or unloading of oil Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances Insertion end to or from vessels will begin — or within any other time specified by the Minister — submit to the Minister
  • (a)an oil pollution prevention plan Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances pollution prevention plan that Insertion end meets the requirements set out in the regulations to prevent a discharge of oil Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances Insertion end during the loading or unloading of a vessel; and

  • (b)an oil pollution emergency plan Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plan that Insertion end meets the requirements set out in the regulations to respond to a discharge Insertion startor possible discharge Insertion end of oil Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances Insertion end during the loading or unloading of a vessel.

(2)Subsection167.‍2(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Prohibition against beginning operations
(3)A person referred to in subsection (1) Insertion startmust Insertion end not begin operations relating to the loading or unloading of oil Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances Insertion end to or from vessels unless the plans submitted under subsection (1) meet the requirements set out in the regulations.
387The Act is amended by adding the following after section167.‍3:
Notification — hazardous and noxious substances handling facilities
Start of inserted block
167.‍31Subject to the regulations, the operator of a hazardous and noxious substances handling facility of a class established by the regulations must notify the Minister of the facility’s operations relating to the loading or unloading of hazardous and noxious substances to or from vessels within90 days after the day on which this section comes into force and must submit to the Minister any information or documents required by the regulations and, within the time specified by the Minister, any information or documents requested by the Minister.
End of inserted block
388Section167.‍4 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Submission of plans
167.‍4Subject to the regulations, unless the plans have already been submitted under subsection167.‍2(1), the operator of an oil handling facility Insertion startor a hazardous and noxious substances handling facility Insertion end of a class established by the regulations Insertion startmust Insertion end submit to the Minister, within the time set out in the regulations, an oil pollution prevention plan Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances pollution prevention plan Insertion end to prevent a discharge of oil Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances Insertion end during the loading or unloading of a vessel and an oil pollution emergency plan Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plan Insertion end to respond to a discharge Insertion startor possible discharge Insertion end of oil Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances Insertion end during the loading or unloading of a vessel — which meet the requirements set out in the regulations — and Insertion startmust Insertion end submit to the Minister any information or documents requested by the Minister, within the time specified by the Minister.
389(1)Paragraph168(1)‍(d) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (d)have on site an up-to-date oil pollution emergency plan to respond to a discharge Insertion startor possible discharge Insertion end of oil during the loading or unloading of a vessel, which meets the requirements set out in the regulations;

(2)Section168of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Hazardous and noxious substances handling facilities — requirements
Start of inserted block
(2)Subject to the regulations, the operator of a hazardous and noxious substances handling facility of a class established by the regulations must
  • (a)have on site a declaration in the form specified by the Minister that describes the manner in which the operator will comply with the regulations made under paragraph182(1)‍(a);

  • (b)have on site an up-to-date hazardous and noxious substances pollution prevention plan to prevent a discharge of hazardous and noxious substances during the loading or unloading of a vessel, which meets the requirements set out in the regulations;

  • (c)submit the up-to-date hazardous and noxious substances pollution prevention plan to the Minister within the time and in the circumstances set out in the regulations;

  • (d)have on site an up-to-date hazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plan to respond to a discharge or possible discharge of hazardous and noxious substances during the loading or unloading of a vessel, which meets the requirements set out in the regulations;

  • (e)submit the up-to-date hazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plan to the Minister within the time and in the circumstances set out in the regulations; and

  • (f)have the procedures, equipment and resources required by the regulations available for immediate use in the event of a discharge of hazardous and noxious substances during the loading or unloading of a vessel.

    End of inserted block
(3)Section168of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Reasonable measures — hazardous and noxious substances handling facilities
Start of inserted block
(4)The operator of a hazardous and noxious substances handling facility referred to in subsection (2) must take reasonable measures to implement
  • (a)the hazardous and noxious substances pollution prevention plan referred to in paragraph (2)‍(a); and

  • (b)in respect of a hazardous and noxious substances pollution incident, the hazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plan referred to in paragraph (2)‍(b).

    End of inserted block
390(1)Subsection168.‍01(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Notification of proposed change to operations
(1)Subject to the regulations, an operator of an oil handling facility Insertion startor a hazardous and noxious substances handling facility Insertion end of a class established by the regulations that proposes to make a change, or permit a change to be made, to the facility’s operations relating to the loading or unloading of oil Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances Insertion end to or from vessels Insertion startmust Insertion end — at least180 days before the day on which it makes the change or permits the change to be made — notify the Minister of the change, including any of the following changes:
  • (a)a change in the facility’s transfer rate, if the change would result in the facility becoming part of a different class established by the regulations;

  • (b)a change in the design of the facility or a change in the facility’s equipment; or

  • (c)a change in the type or composition of oil that is, Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances that are Insertion end, loaded or unloaded to or from vessels.

(2)Subsection168.‍01(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Revise plans
(3)The operator referred to in subsection (1) Insertion startmust Insertion end revise the oil pollution prevention plan and the oil pollution emergency plan, Insertion startor the hazardous and noxious substances pollution prevention plan and the hazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plan Insertion end, and submit the revised plans to the Minister at least90 days before making the change or permitting the change to be made, or within any other time specified by the Minister.
391Section168.‍1 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Update or revise plans
168.‍1Despite any other provision of this Part or the regulations, the Minister may direct the operator of an oil handling facility to update or revise an oil pollution prevention plan or an oil pollution emergency plan, Insertion startor the operator of a hazardous and noxious substances handling facility to update or revise a hazardous and noxious substances pollution prevention plan or a hazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plan, Insertion end and to submit the up-to-date or revised plan to the Minister within the time specified by the Minister.
392Section168.‍3 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Minister may take measures
168.‍3If the Minister believes on reasonable grounds that an oil handling facility has discharged, is discharging or may discharge oil or that the oil pollution prevention plan or the oil pollution emergency plan for Insertion startthe Insertion end facility does not meet the requirements set out in the regulations, Insertion startthat a hazardous and noxious substances handling facility has discharged, is discharging or may discharge hazardous and noxious substances or that the hazardous and noxious substances pollution prevention plan or the hazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plan for the facility does not meet the requirements set out in the regulations Insertion end or that the operator of Insertion startany of those facilities Insertion end does not have the procedures, equipment and resources required by the regulations available for immediate use in the event of a discharge during the loading or unloading of a vessel, the Minister may
  • (a)monitor the measures taken by any person to repair, remedy, minimize or prevent pollution damage from the facility; or

  • (b)if Insertion startthe Minister Insertion end considers it necessary, direct the operator of the facility to take the measures that the Minister considers necessary to repair, remedy, minimize or prevent pollution damage from the facility, including to stop loading or unloading oil Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances Insertion end to or from vessels.

393Paragraphs175.‍1(1)‍(c) and (d) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (c)direct a vessel that is required to have a shipboard oil pollution emergency plan Insertion startor shipboard hazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plan Insertion end under the regulations to provide information concerning it and its implementation;

  • (d)direct the operator of an oil handling facility Insertion startor a hazardous and noxious substances handling facility Insertion end to provide any document that the operator is required to have on site under this Part; and

394(1)The portion of subsection180(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Minister of Fisheries and Oceans — measures
180(1)If the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans believes on reasonable grounds that a vessel, an oil handling facility Insertion startor a hazardous and noxious substances handling facility Insertion end has discharged, is discharging or may discharge a pollutant, Insertion startthat Minister Insertion end may
(2)Paragraphs180(1)‍(a) to (c) of the English version of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (a)take the measures that Insertion startthat Minister Insertion end considers necessary to repair, remedy, minimize or prevent pollution damage from the vessel or facility, including, in the case of a vessel, by removing — or by selling, dismantling, destroying or otherwise disposing of — the vessel or its contents;

  • (b)monitor the measures taken by any person or vessel to repair, remedy, minimize or prevent pollution damage from the vessel or facility; or

  • (c)if Insertion startthat Minister Insertion end considers it necessary to do so, direct any person or vessel to take measures referred to in paragraph (a) or to refrain from doing so.

(3)Subsection180(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Compensation
(3)Compensation Insertion startmust Insertion end be paid by Insertion startHis Insertion end Majesty in right of Canada for the services of any person or vessel, other than the operator of Insertion starta Insertion end vessel, an oil handling facility or Insertion starta hazardous and noxious substances handling facility Insertion end that had discharged, was discharging or may have discharged a pollutant, that has complied with a direction issued under paragraph (1)‍(c).
395Subsection180.‍1(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Use of property
(3)If required, the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans or the pollution response officer may use property adjacent to or in the vicinity of a vessel, oil handling facility Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances handling facility Insertion end — other than a dwelling-house — for the purposes of exercising their powers or performing their duties or functions under this Part, and any person accompanying that Minister or the pollution response officer may use such property to help that Minister or officer exercise their powers or perform their duties or functions under this Part.
396(1)Paragraph182(1)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)respecting the circumstances in which operators of oil handling facilities Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances handling facilities must Insertion end report discharges or anticipated discharges of pollutants, the manner of making the reports and the persons to whom the reports Insertion startmust Insertion end be made;

(2)Paragraphs182(1)‍(d.‍1) and (d.‍2) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (d.‍1)establishing classes of oil handling facilities Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances handling facilities Insertion end and determining which of the requirements set out in sections167.‍1to168.‍01 apply to the operators of, or to persons who propose to operate, oil handling facilities Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances handling facilities Insertion end of each class;

  • (d.‍2)respecting oil pollution prevention plans, oil pollution emergency plans, Insertion starthazardous and noxious substances pollution prevention plans Insertion end and Insertion starthazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plans Insertion end, including the time within which the plans Insertion startmust Insertion end be submitted to the Minister and the circumstances in which up-to-date plans Insertion startmust Insertion end be submitted to the Minister;

(3)Paragraph182(1)‍(d.‍4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (d.‍4)respecting the information and documents referred to in sections167.‍1, 167.‍3 and Insertion start167.‍31 Insertion end and subsection168.‍01(2), including the time within which the information and documents Insertion startmust Insertion end be submitted to the Minister;

  • Start of inserted block

    (d.‍5)respecting the inclusion of the hazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plan of a facility that is both an oil handling facility and a hazardous and noxious substances handling facility within any other plan required under this Act; and

    End of inserted block
(4)Subsection182(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Designation
(2)Despite the regulations, the Minister may designate an oil handling facility Insertion startor a hazardous and noxious substances handling facility Insertion end that is part of a class established by the regulations to be part of a different class established by the regulations or an oil handling facility Insertion startor a hazardous and noxious substances handling facility Insertion end that is not part of a class established by the regulations to be part of one of those classes.
(5)Subsection182(3) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Notification
(3)The Minister Insertion startmust Insertion end notify the operator of Insertion starta Insertion end facility of any designation made in respect of it under subsection (2).
397(1)Paragraph183(1)‍(a.‍1) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a.‍1)subsection167.‍2(1) (submission of prevention plan and emergency plan);

(2)Subsection183(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (c):
  • Start of inserted block

    (c.‍1)paragraph168(2)‍(c) (submission of up-to-date date hazardous and noxious substances pollution prevention plan);

  • (c.‍2)paragraph168(2)‍(e) (submission of up-to-date date hazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plan);

  • (c.‍3)paragraph168(2)‍(f) (have procedures, equipment and resources available for immediate use — hazardous and noxious substances);

    End of inserted block
(3)Subsection183(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (e):
  • Start of inserted block

    (e.‍001)paragraph168(4)‍(a) (implement hazardous and noxious substances pollution prevention plan);

  • (e.‍002)paragraph168(4)‍(b) (implement hazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plan);

    End of inserted block
(4)Subsection183(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Contravention of regulations under paragraph 182(1)‍(a)
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)Every operator of an oil handling facility or hazardous and noxious substances handling facility who contravenes a provision of the regulations made under paragraph182(1)‍(a) commits an offence.
End of inserted block
Punishment
(2)Every person who, or vessel that, commits an offence under subsection (1) Insertion startor (1.‍1) Insertion end is liable on summary conviction to a fine of not more than $1,000,000or to imprisonment for a term of not more than18 months, or to both.
398(1)Subsection184(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (a.‍3):
  • Start of inserted block

    (a.‍4)section167.‍31 (notification — hazardous and noxious substances handling facilities);

    End of inserted block
(2)Subsection184(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (d):
  • Start of inserted block

    (d.‍001)paragraph168(2)‍(a) (have a declaration on site — hazardous and noxious substances);

  • (d.‍002)paragraph168(2)‍(b) (have on site an up-to-date hazardous and noxious substances pollution prevention plan);

  • (d.‍003)paragraph168(2)‍(d) (have on site an up-to-date hazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plan);

    End of inserted block
(3)Paragraph184(1)‍(o) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (o)a provision of the regulations made under this Part Insertion startother than a regulation made under paragraph182(1)‍(a) Insertion end.

399(1)The definitionpollutant in section185 of the Act is replaced by the following :

pollutant means

  • (a)a substance that, if added to any waters, would degrade or alter or form part of a process of degradation or alteration of the quality of the waters to an extent that is detrimental to their use by humans or by an animal or a plant that is useful to humans; and

  • (b)any water that contains a substance in such a quantity or concentration, or that has been so treated, processed or changed, by heat or other means, from a natural state, that it would, if added to any waters, degrade or alter or form part of a process of degradation or alteration of the quality of the waters to an extent that is detrimental to their use by humans or by an animal or a plant that is useful to humans.

It includes oil, Insertion starthazardous and noxious substances Insertion end and any substance or class of substances that is prescribed for the purpose of Part8 (Pollution Prevention and Response — Department of Transport and Department of Fisheries and Oceans) to be a pollutant.‍ (polluant)

(2)Section185 of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
Start of inserted block

hazardous and noxious substance means a substance other than oil that, if introduced into the marine environment, is likely to create hazards to human health, harm living resources and marine life, damage amenities or interfere with legitimate uses of the marine environment.‍ (substance nocive et potentiellement dangereuse)

hazardous and noxious substances pollution incident means any occurrence or series of occurrences having the same origin, including fire or explosion, that results or may result in a discharge of hazardous and noxious substances.‍ (événement de pollution par les substances nocives et potentiellement dangereuses)

End of inserted block
400The Act is amended by adding the following after section186:
Start of inserted block
Authorized Representatives
End of inserted block
General duties
Start of inserted block
186.‍1(1)The authorized representative of a Canadian vessel must
  • (a)ensure that the vessel and its machinery and equipment meet the requirements of the regulations made under this Part;

  • (b)develop procedures for preventing the discharge of a pollutant and for dealing with emergencies;

  • (c)ensure that the crew receives training in emergency procedures; and

  • (d)ensure that the crew and passengers receive training in environmental protection.

    End of inserted block
Duties — Canadian maritime documents inspection
Start of inserted block
(2)The authorized representative of a Canadian vessel must ensure that
  • (a)the vessel and its machinery and equipment are inspected for the purpose of obtaining all of the Canadian maritime documents that are required under this Part; and

  • (b)every term or condition attached to a Canadian maritime document issued in respect of the vessel or its machinery or equipment is met.

    End of inserted block
Start of inserted block
Masters
End of inserted block
Masters obtaining Canadian maritime documents
Start of inserted block
186.‍2The master of a Canadian vessel must, before the vessel embarks on a voyage from a port in Canada, ensure that all of the Canadian maritime documents required under this Part have been obtained.
End of inserted block
Protection of marine environment
Start of inserted block
186.‍3(1)The master of a vessel must take all reasonable measures to ensure the protection of the marine environment.
End of inserted block
Duty to take reasonable measures
Start of inserted block
(2)If the master of a vessel is informed that the vessel may have discharged, has discharged, is discharging or may discharge a pollutant, the master must take reasonable measures to protect the marine environment from the discharge or risk of discharge, including eliminating the risk if feasible. The master of a Canadian vessel must notify the authorized representative of the discharge or risk, unless the risk has been eliminated.
End of inserted block
401Section188 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Implementation of pollution emergency plan
188 Insertion start(1) Insertion endIf a vessel is required by the regulations to have a shipboard oil pollution emergency plan Insertion startor shipboard hazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plan Insertion end, the vessel Insertion startmust Insertion end take reasonable measures to implement the plan in respect of an oil pollution incident Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances pollution incident Insertion end.
Notice to Minister
Start of inserted block
(2)If a vessel is required by the regulations to have a shipboard oil pollution emergency plan or shipboard hazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plan, the owner or authorized representative of the vessel must notify the Minister, in the form and manner that the Minister specifies, of the identity of the person who, in accordance with the regulations, is responsible for implementing the vessel’s plan.
End of inserted block
402(1)Section189of the Act is renumbered as subsection189(1).
(2)Subsection189(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (a.‍1):
  • Start of inserted block

    (a.‍2)direct a vessel that is required to have a shipboard hazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plan under the regulations to provide him or her with any information concerning it and its implementation;

    End of inserted block
(3)The portion of paragraph189(1)‍(d) of the French version of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
  • d)ordonner au bâtiment de se rendre, de la façon et par la route qu’il spécifie, Insertion startau lieu Insertion end qu’il précise et, selon le cas :

(4)Section189of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Direction to authorize vessel
Start of inserted block
(2)The Minister may direct a port authority or a person in charge of a port authority or place to authorize a vessel in respect of which a direction has been made under paragraph (1)‍(d) to proceed to the place selected by the Minister and to
  • (a)unload the pollutant; or

  • (b)moor, anchor or remain there for any reasonable period that the Minister may specify.

    End of inserted block
403(1)Paragraph190(1)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)prescribing pollutants for the purpose of Insertion startsection Insertion end187 and Insertion startsubsection Insertion end189 Insertion start(1) Insertion end and respecting the circumstances in which such pollutants may be discharged;

(2)Subsection190(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (l), by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (m) and by adding the following after paragraph (m):
  • Start of inserted block

    (n)respecting shipboard hazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plans.

    End of inserted block
404(1)Paragraph191(1)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • Start of inserted block

    (a)paragraph186.‍1(1)‍(a) (ensure vessel meets requirements);

  • (a.‍1)paragraph186.‍1(1)‍(b) (develop procedures);

  • (a.‍2)paragraph186.‍1(1)‍(c) (ensure emergency procedures training);

  • (a.‍3)paragraph186.‍1(1)‍(d) (ensure environmental protection training);

  • (a.‍4)paragraph186.‍1(2)‍(a) (ensure vessel inspected);

  • (a.‍5)paragraph186.‍1(2)‍(b) (ensure terms and conditions met);

  • (a.‍6)section186.‍2 (obtain Canadian maritime documents);

  • (a.‍7)subsection186.‍3(1) (protection of marine environment);

  • (a.‍8)subsection186.‍3(2) (take reasonable measures);

    End of inserted block
  • Insertion start(a.‍9) Insertion endsection187 (discharge of a pollutant);

(2)Paragraph191(1)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b) Insertion startsubsection Insertion end188 Insertion start(1) Insertion end (implement shipboard emergency plan);

  • Start of inserted block

    (b.‍1)subsection188(2) (notice to Minister — identity of qualified person);

    End of inserted block
(3)Paragraph191(1)‍(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (c)a direction given under subparagraph189 Insertion start(1) Insertion end(d)‍(i) ( Insertion startdirection to Insertion end proceed to a place and unload a pollutant);

  • Start of inserted block

    (c.‍1)a direction given under subsection189(2) (direction to authorize a vessel); and

    End of inserted block
405(1)Paragraph192(1)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)a direction given under paragraph189 Insertion start(1) Insertion end(a) or (b) ( Insertion startdirection Insertion end to provide information);

  • Start of inserted block

    (a.‍1)a direction given under paragraph189(1)(a.‍1) (direction to provide information — shipboard oil pollution emergency plan);

    End of inserted block
(2)Subsection192(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (a.‍1):
  • Start of inserted block

    (a.‍2)a direction given under paragraph189(1)(a.‍2) (direction to provide information — shipboard hazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plan);

    End of inserted block
(3)Paragraphs192(1)‍(b) and (c) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (b)a direction given under paragraph189 Insertion start(1) Insertion end(c) ( Insertion startdirection Insertion end to proceed by a specified route); or

  • (c)a direction given under subparagraph189 Insertion start(1) Insertion end(d)‍(ii) ( Insertion startdirection Insertion end to proceed to a place and remain there).

406Section194 of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
Start of inserted block

pollutant means

  • (a)a substance that, if added to any waters, would degrade or alter or form part of a process of degradation or alteration of the quality of the waters to an extent that is detrimental to their use by humans or by an animal or a plant that is useful to humans; and

  • (b)any water that contains a substance in such a quantity or concentration, or that has been so treated, processed or changed, by heat or other means, from a natural state, that it would, if added to any waters, degrade or alter or form part of a process of degradation or alteration of the quality of the waters to an extent that is detrimental to their use by humans or by an animal or a plant that is useful to humans.

It includes oil, hazardous and noxious substances and any substance or class of substances that is prescribed for the purpose of Part8 (Pollution Prevention and Response — Department of Transport and Department of Fisheries and Oceans) to be a pollutant.‍ (polluant)

End of inserted block
407Section202 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Licensing of pleasure craft
202(1) Insertion startSubject to the regulations, Insertion end if a pleasure craft is required by regulations made under this Part to be licensed, the owner of the craft Insertion startmust Insertion end not operate it, or permit it to be operated, unless it is licensed.
Transfer of licence
(2) Insertion startSubject to the regulations, Insertion end when the ownership of a pleasure craft referred to in subsection (1) changes, the new owner Insertion startmust Insertion end not operate the craft, or permit it to be operated, until the licence for that craft is transferred to the new owner in accordance with the regulations.
408The Act is amended by adding the following after section203:
Refusal to issue or transfer licence
Start of inserted block
203.‍1Despite any other provision of this Act, the Minister may refuse to issue — including by way of renewal — or transfer a licence for a pleasure craft or may refuse to issue a replacement licence if the applicant for, or holder of, the licence is in default of payment of a required fee, charge, cost or expense in respect of that pleasure craft under this Act or theWrecked, Abandoned or Hazardous Vessels Act.
End of inserted block
409Paragraph207(1)‍(k) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • k) Insertion startconcernant l’ Insertion endidentification de la coque ou les numéros de série Insertion startqui identifient les Insertion end embarcations de plaisance;

410Subsection209(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Punishment
(2)Every person who commits an offence under subsection (1) is liable on summary conviction to a fine of not more than $ Insertion start25,000 Insertion end.
411The definitionrelevant provision in section210 of the Act is replaced by the following:

relevant provision means a provision of this Act or the regulations that the Minister is responsible for administering.‍ (disposition visée)

412(1)Subsection211(3) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Arraisonnement
(3)Aux fins d’inspection, l’inspecteur peut ordonner au capitaine d’immobiliser son bâtiment ou de se Insertion startrendre au Insertion end lieu qu’il précise Insertion startet Insertion end de s’ Insertion starty Insertion end amarrer à quai, de mouiller ou de rester à cet endroit pour la période raisonnable qu’il indique.
(2)Section211of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Direction to authorize vessel
Start of inserted block
(3.‍1)A marine safety inspector may direct a port authority or a person in charge of a port authority or place to authorize a vessel in respect of which a direction has been made under subsection (3) to proceed to the place selected by the inspector and moor, anchor or remain there for any reasonable period that the inspector may specify.
End of inserted block
(3)Paragraphs211(4)‍(d.‍1) and (e) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (d.‍1)direct the operator of an oil handling facility Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances handling facility Insertion end, or a person who proposes to operate Insertion startsuch a Insertion end facility, to carry out any emergency or safety procedure that is required by the regulations or that is described in an oil pollution prevention plan, an oil pollution emergency plan, Insertion starta hazardous and noxious substances pollution prevention plan Insertion end or Insertion starta hazardous and noxious substances pollution emergency plan Insertion end referred to in Part8;

  • (e)direct any person who is at the place where the inspection is being carried out to produce for inspection, or for the purpose of making copies or taking extracts, any document that they are required to have, or that the operator of an oil handling facility Insertion startor hazardous and noxious substances handling facility Insertion end is required to have on site, under a relevant provision;

413Subsection222(11) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Liability for expenses
(11)The authorized representative Insertion startand the owner Insertion end of a vessel that is detained under this section Insertion startare jointly and severally, or solidarily, Insertion end liable for all expenses incurred in respect of the detained vessel.
414Paragraph224(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (c)if a person to whom a direction is given under paragraph (b) does not comply with it and the Minister is satisfied that the applicant for the direction has sufficient insurance in place to cover any incident that may arise from the moving of the vessel, authorize the applicant to move the vessel in accordance with the Minister’s directions and at the expense of the authorized representative Insertion startand the owner of the vessel, for which the authorized representative and the owner are jointly and severally, or solidarily, liable for the expense of moving the vessel Insertion end.

415(1)Subsection226(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Vessel may be seized and sold if fine or penalty not paid
(2)At any time after a fine is imposed under a relevant provision against, or a certificate Insertion startis Insertion end registered Insertion startin the Federal Court Insertion end under subsection235(2) in respect of, a vessel, its authorized representative or Insertion startits owner Insertion end, the Minister may, while the fine or debt remains unpaid, seize the vessel and, after giving notice to the authorized representative Insertion startor owner Insertion end, sell it and, by bill of sale, give the purchaser a valid title to the vessel free from any mortgage or other claim on the vessel that exists at the time of the sale.
(2)Paragraph226(4)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)the authorized representative Insertion startand the owner, jointly and severally, or solidarily Insertion end, in the case of a Canadian vessel; and

416The portion of subsection227(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Minister’s powers
227(1)If the Minister has reasonable grounds to believe that a foreign vessel is in contravention of an international convention, protocol or Insertion startresolution Insertion end listed in Schedule1, the Minister may
417Section240 of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Registre public
240Le ministre tient un registre public des procès-verbaux Insertion startou Insertion end avis de défaut au dossier d’une personne ou d’un bâtiment.
418(1)The portion of subsection245(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Contravention of Act
245(1)Every person who, Insertion startor vessel that Insertion end, contravenes Insertion startany of the following Insertion end commits an offence:
(2)Subsection245(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (a):
  • Start of inserted block

    (a.‍1)a direction given under subsection211(3.‍1) (direction to authorize a vessel);

    End of inserted block
(3)Subsection245(2) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Punishment
(2)Every person who, Insertion startor vessel that Insertion end, commits an offence under subsection (1) is liable on summary conviction to a fine of not more than $1,000,000or to imprisonment for a term of not more than18 months, or to both.
419Paragraph269(1)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b)tranship Insertion startin Canadian waters, in the exclusive economic zone of Canada or Insertion end on the high seas such an article from a Canadian vessel to any vessel bound for such a territory;

420The portion of section272 of the French version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Droits acquis — bâtiments titulaires de permis

272Les bâtiments, à l’exception des embarcations de plaisance, qui sont Insertion starttitulaires d’un permis délivré Insertion end sous le régime de l’article108 de laLoi sur la marine marchande du Canada, chapitre S-9des Lois révisées du Canada (1985), à l’entrée en vigueur de la partie2sont réputés être inscrits dans la partie du registre sur les petits bâtiments mentionnée au paragraphe43(1) :

421The heading of Schedule1 to the Act is replaced by the following:
International Conventions, Protocols and Insertion startResolutions Insertion end — Minister of Transport
422The heading of Schedule2 to the Act is replaced by the following:
International Conventions, Protocols and Insertion startResolutions Insertion end — Minister of Fisheries and Oceans
423The French version of the Act is amended by replacing “fonctionnaire” with “officier”, with any necessary modifications, in the following provisions:
  • (a)paragraph126(1)‍(b), subsection126(2), the portion of subsection126(3) before paragraph (a) and paragraphs126(4)‍(a) and (b) and (5)‍(a); and

  • (f)subsection265(1).

Transitional Provisions
Definition ofAct

424(1)In this section and sections425 and426,Act means theCanada Shipping Act,2001.

Words and expressions

(2)Words and expressions used in sections425 and426 have the same meaning as in the Act.

Information with respect to authorized representative

425(1)If, during the period beginning on the day on which this section comes into force and ending on the day on which an application for the renewal of a vessel’s certificate of registry is made for the first time after that day, the owner enters into an arrangement referred to in paragraph14(2)‍(a) of the Act, the authorized representative must, despite subsection58(1) of the Act, notify the Chief Registrar of their name and address no later than the day on which that application is made.

Contravention

(2)Every person who contravenes subsection (1) commits an offence and is liable on summary conviction to a fine of not more than $25,000.

Definition oftransition period

426(1)In this section,transition period means the period beginning on the day on which this section comes into force and ending on the day on which a regulation made under section244of the Act that designates a contravention of any of the provisions of the Act or regulations or directions referred to in subsection (2) as a violation for the purposes of section228 of the Act comes into force.

Deemed violation
(2)During the transition period, a contravention of any of the following is deemed to be a violation for the purposes of sections229to243of the Act and the provisions of any regulations made under section244 of the Act:
  • (a)a direction given under subsection111(1), (2) or (3) of the Act;

  • (b)a direction given under subsection114(1) or (2) of the Act;

  • (c)a provision of the regulations made under subsection136(1) of the Act;

  • (d)paragraph186.‍1(1)‍(a), (b), (c) or (d) or (2)‍(a) or (b), section186.‍2or subsection186.‍3(1) or (2) of the Act;

  • (e)a direction given under paragraph189(1)‍(a), (a.‍1), (b), (c) or (d) of the Act;

  • (f)a direction given under subsection189(2) of the Act;

  • (g)subsection197(1) or (2) or198(2) of the Act; and

  • (h)a direction given under subsection211(3.‍1) of the Act.

Range of penalties
(3)The range of penalties in respect of a violation referred to in subsection (2) is $250to $250,000.
Continued violation
(4)A violation referred to in subsection (2) constitutes a separate violation for each day on which it is continued.

2019, c. 26

Related Amendment to theOil Tanker Moratorium Act
427Subsection5(2) of theOil Tanker Moratorium Act is replaced by the following:
Exception —Canada Shipping Act, 2001
(2)Section4 does not apply in respect of a vessel Insertion startcarrying Insertion end out an activity in order to comply with a direction given under Insertion startsubsection111(2) or114(2) Insertion end, paragraph180(1)‍(c) or189 Insertion start(1) Insertion end(d) Insertion startor subsection211(3) Insertion end of theCanada Shipping Act,2001.
Coming into Force
Order in council

428Sections364 and385 to388, subsections389(2) and (3), sections390 to393,396 to398 and401 and subsections402(2),404(2),405(2) and412(3) come into force on a day or days to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

SUBDIVISION C 
Wrecked, Abandoned or Hazardous Vessels Act

2019, c. 1

Amendments to the Act
429Subsection6(1) of the English version of theWrecked, Abandoned or Hazardous Vessels Act is replaced by the following:
Agreements or arrangements
6(1)The Minister or the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans may, with respect to that Minister’s powers, duties and functions under this Act, enter into agreements or arrangements for carrying out the purposes of this Act and authorize any person, including a provincial government, a local authority and a government, council or other entity authorized to act on behalf of an Insertion startIndigenous Insertion end group, with whom an agreement or arrangement is entered into to exercise the powers — other than the power to make an order under section11 — or perform theduties or functions under this Act that are specified in the agreement or arrangement.
430The Act is amended by adding the following after section14:
Start of inserted block
Vessel Remediation Fund
End of inserted block
Fund established
Start of inserted block
14.‍1(1)There is established in the accounts of Canada an account to be known as the Vessel Remediation Fund.
End of inserted block
Credits to Fund
Start of inserted block
(2)There is to be paid into the Consolidated Revenue Fund and credited to the Vessel Remediation Fund
  • (a)any amounts forfeited to His Majesty in right of Canada under subsection41(2);

  • (b)the amounts of the debts referred to in any of paragraphs99(1)‍(a) to (d) and129(1)‍(a) to (c) and recovered by His Majesty in right of Canada;

  • (c)all amounts paid under regulations made under paragraph130(1)‍(o.‍1); and

  • (d)the amounts of all fines and penalties paid in respect of the commission of an offence or violation under this Act.

    End of inserted block
Charges to Fund
Start of inserted block
(3)There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund and charged to the Vessel Remediation Fund all amounts required by the Minister or the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans to
  • (a)take measures under any of subsections21(2) and (3), section22,paragraphs30(3)‍(a) to (c), sections35and36and subsections37(3) and (4) and to pay compensation under section44or subsection86(6);

  • (b)promote public awareness of the responsibilities associated with vessel ownership;

  • (c)fund research and development activities aimed at improving methods of recycling vessels and disposing of them in a manner that is environmentally responsible;

  • (d)fund research and development activities with respect to vessel and wreck remediation techniques;

  • (e)increase capacity at the local level, including in Indigenous groups and communities, to perform vessel risk assessments and to recycle, dismantle or otherwise dispose of vessels;

  • (f)fund voluntary vessel disposal activities in respect of dilapidated vessels, wrecks, abandoned vessels and vessels that pose, or may pose, a hazard, as well as in respect of vessels at risk of becoming dilapidated vessels, wrecks or abandoned, including for the purposes of repairing, securing, moving or removing the vessels, wrecks and their contents or selling, dismantling, destroying or otherwise disposing of them;

  • (g)pay for the financial and program administration costs incurred in relation to the purposes referred to in paragraphs (a) to (f) and (h), other than the salaries ofemployees, as defined in subsection2(1) of thePublic Service Employment Act; and

  • (h)pay for the costs incurred in relation to any other purpose that the Governor in Council may, by order, specify and that relates to dilapidated vessels, wrecks, abandoned vessels or vessels that pose a hazard.

    End of inserted block
Agreement
Start of inserted block
(4)An amount paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund under subsection (3) must be in respect of a purpose that is set out in a plan for the use of the Vessel Remediation Fund that is agreed to by the Minister and the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans.
End of inserted block
Limit on payments
Start of inserted block
(5)No payment is to be made out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund under this section in excess of the amount of the balance to the credit of the Vessel Remediation Fund.
End of inserted block
Definitions
Start of inserted block
(6)In subsection (3), the expressionsdilapidated vessel,hazard andwreck have the meanings assigned by section27.
End of inserted block
431Section41of the Act is renumbered as subsection41(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Owner unknown or not located
Start of inserted block
(2)If the owner referred to in subsection (1) is unknown or cannot be located, any amount that is to be paid to them under that subsection is forfeited to His Majesty in right of Canada.
End of inserted block
432(1)Paragraph82(5)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b)the amount and form of any security that is to be deposited with the Minister Insertion startor the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans Insertion end.

(2)Subsections82(9) and (10) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Rescission of orders
(9)An enforcement officer may rescind a detention order if, in their opinion, it would be in the public interest to do so. However, an enforcement officer must rescind a detention order if they are satisfied that the measures indicated in the notice referred to in subsection (5) have been taken and, if applicable, security in the amount and form indicated in the notice has been deposited with the Minister Insertion startor the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans Insertion end.
Notice of rescission
(10)An enforcement officer who rescinds a detention order must notify, in the form and manner specified by the Minister Insertion startor the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans Insertion end, the persons referred to in subsection (2) and the persons on whom the notice was served under paragraph (3)‍(a) of the rescission.
(3)The portion of subsection82(12) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Return of security
(12)If, in the opinion Insertion startof the Insertion end Minister Insertion startor the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans Insertion end, the matter has been resolved, Insertion startthat Minister Insertion end
433Section84 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Permission or direction to move vessel
84(1)The Minister Insertion startor the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans Insertion end may, in respect of a vessel that is subject to a detention order,
  • (a)on application made by the authorized representative of the vessel or, in the absence of an authorized representative, the person in charge of the vessel, permit the vessel to be moved in accordance with thedirections Insertion startof the Insertion end Minister Insertion startor the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans Insertion end; and

  • (b)on application made by the owner of a dock or wharf — or by the person in charge of a place — at which the detained vessel is situated, direct the authorized representative or person in charge of the vessel to move it in accordance with the directions Insertion startof the Insertion end Minister Insertion startor the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans Insertion end.

Non-compliance with paragraph (1)‍(b)
(2)If a person does not comply with a direction given to them under paragraph (1)‍(b) and the Minister Insertion startor the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans Insertion end is satisfied that the applicant for the direction has sufficient insurance in place to cover any incident that may arise from the moving of the vessel, the Minister Insertion startor the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans Insertion end may authorize the applicant to move the vessel in accordance with Insertion startthat Insertion end Minister’s directions and at the expense of the authorized representative or, in the absence of an authorized representative, the owner.
434(1)Subsection130(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (o):
  • Start of inserted block

    (o.‍1)respecting the fees, charges, costs and expenses — other than the fees referred to in paragraph (o) — to be paid in relation to the administration and enforcement of this Act;

    End of inserted block
(2)Subsection130(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Debt due to His Majesty
(2)All fees set under paragraph (1)‍(o) Insertion startand all fees, charges, costs and expenses to be paid under paragraph (1)‍(o.‍1) Insertion end constitute a debt due to Insertion startHis Insertion end Majesty in right of Canada and may be recovered in any court of competent jurisdiction.
(3)The portion of subsection130(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Payment of fees, charges, costs or expenses
(3)If a fee is imposed under paragraph (1)‍(o) Insertion startor a fee, charge, cost or expense is to be paid under paragraph (1)‍(o.‍1) Insertion end
(4)Paragraphs130(3)‍(a) to (c) of the English version of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (a)in respect of a pleasure craft that is not a Canadian vessel, its owner is liable for payment of the fee, Insertion startcharge, cost or expense Insertion end;

  • (b)in respect of a Canadian vessel, the authorized representative and the master are jointly and severally, or solidarily, liable for payment of the fee, Insertion startcharge, cost or expense Insertion end; and

  • (c)in respect of a vessel that is not a Canadian vessel, its owner and the authorized representative are jointly and severally, or solidarily, liable for payment of the fee, Insertion startcharge, cost or expense Insertion end.

(5)Section130of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (5):
Exemption by Minister
Start of inserted block
(6)The Minister may, on any terms and conditions that the Minister considers necessary, exempt any person or vessel, or class of persons or vessels, from the requirement to pay any fee, charge, cost or expense under regulations made under paragraph (1)‍(o.‍1) if, in the opinion of the Minister, it is in the public interest to do so. The Minister may also cancel such an exemption.
End of inserted block
Statutory Instruments Act
Start of inserted block
(7)An exemption made under subsection (6) and any cancellation of such an exemption are exempt from the application of sections3, 5and11 of theStatutory Instruments Act.
End of inserted block
Coming into Force
Order in council
435(1)Section430 comes into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council, but that day must not be before the day referred to in subsection (2).
Order in council

(2)Section431 comes into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

DIVISION22
Canada Transportation Act

1996, c.‍10

Amendments to the Act

436TheCanada Transportation Act is amended by adding the following after section6.‍1:
Designated person
Start of inserted block
6.‍11The Governor in Council may, by regulations, designate a person for the purposes of subsections50(1.‍001) and (3) and51(1), (3) and (4).
End of inserted block
437The Act is amended by adding the following after section47:
Start of inserted block
Regulations
End of inserted block
Performance data of air carriers
Start of inserted block
47.‍1The Governor in Council may make regulations requiring air carriers to publish information respecting their performance on their Internet site.
End of inserted block
438The Act is amended by adding the following before the heading “Inquiries” before section49:
Start of inserted block
Authorization
End of inserted block
Powers and duties
Start of inserted block
48The Minister may, in writing, authorize any person designated by the Minister to exercise any of the powers and perform any of the duties of the Minister under this Act, either generally or otherwise provided in the instrument of authorization.
End of inserted block Start of inserted block
Fees and Charges
End of inserted block
Regulations
Start of inserted block
48.‍1The Minister may make regulations respecting fees and charges to be paid to the Minister in relation to the administration and enforcement of this Act.
End of inserted block
439(1)Section50of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Efficiency of system
Start of inserted block
(1.‍001)The Governor in Council may make regulations requiring any persons referred to in subsection (1.‍1) who are subject to the legislative authority of Parliament and any users, other than passengers, of the national transportation system to provide information, other thanpersonal information as defined in section3 of thePrivacy Act, to the Minister, a person designated under section6.‍11,any persons referred to in subsection (1.‍1) who are subject to the legislative authority of Parliament or any users, other than passengers, of the national transportation system, when and in the form and manner that the regulations may specify, for the purposes of ensuring the proper functioning of the national transportation system or increasing its efficiency.
End of inserted block
(2)Subsection50(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Restriction
(3)No regulation made under subsection (1) Insertion startor (1.‍001) Insertion end shall require or have the effect of requiring any person to provide the Minister, Insertion starta person designated under section6.‍11,any persons referred to in subsection (1.‍1) who are subject to the legislative authority of Parliament or any users, other than passengers, of the national transportation system Insertion end with a contract referred to in subsection68(1) or a contract entered into under subsection126(1) or under section53 of theCanada Marine Act.
440(1)Subsection51(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Confidentiality of information — Minister or designated person
51(1)Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Act or any other Act of Parliament, information required to be provided Insertion startunder this Act Insertion end to the Minister or Insertion starta person designated under section6.‍11 Insertion end is, when it is received by the Minister Insertion startor the designated person Insertion end, confidential and must not knowingly be disclosed or made available by any person without the authorization of the person who provided the information, except for the purposes of a prosecution of a contravention of section173.
(2)Subsection51(2) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (a):
  • Start of inserted block

    (a.‍1)the communication of information that is provided under regulations made under subsection50(1.‍001) to persons referred to in subsection50(1.‍1) who are subject to the legislative authority of Parliament or any users, other than passengers, of the national transportation system;

    End of inserted block
  • Start of inserted block

    (a.‍2)the communication of information prescribed in the regulations to persons prescribed in the regulations;

    End of inserted block
(3)Subsections51(3) and (4) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Regulations
Start of inserted block
(2.‍2)The Governor in Council may make regulations prescribing information and persons for the purposes of paragraph (2)‍(a.‍2).
End of inserted block
Safe and secure procedures
(3)The Minister Insertion startand any person designated under section6.‍11 Insertion end shall ensure that the procedures and physical measures taken to ensure the confidentiality of information provided to Insertion startthem Insertion end Insertion startunder Insertion end this Act, including the keeping of electronic data, are safe and secure.
Requirement for other persons to maintain confidentiality
(4)Any person who receives from the Minister Insertion startor a person designated under section6.‍11 Insertion end information that is confidential under this Act shall not knowingly disclose that information and shall take the measures necessary to maintain its confidentiality.
441Section51.‍1 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Publication
51.‍1Despite subsection51(1), the Minister may make public
  • Start of inserted block

    (a)information related to service and performance indicators provided in accordance with regulations made under paragraph50(1.‍01)‍(b); and

    End of inserted block
  • Insertion start(b) Insertion endinformation referred to in paragraph50(2)‍(d).

Confidential information — other persons
Start of inserted block
51.‍11(1)Information that is required to be provided under subsection50(1.‍001) to persons referred to in subsection50(1.‍1) who are subject to the legislative authority of Parliament or any users, other than passengers, of the national transportation system is, when it is received by those persons, confidential and must not knowingly be disclosed or made available by any person without the authorization of the person who provided the information, except for the purposes of a prosecution of a contravention of section173.
End of inserted block
Safe and secure procedures
Start of inserted block
(2)The persons referred to in subsection50(1.‍1) who are subject to the legislative authority of Parliament and any users, other than passengers, of the national transportation system must ensure that the procedures and physical measures taken to ensure the confidentiality of information provided to them under this Act, including the keeping of electronic data, are safe and secure.
End of inserted block
442The Act is amended by adding the following after section51.‍4:
Order
Start of inserted block
51.‍5(1)If the Minister is of the opinion that there exists an unusual and significant disruption to the effective continued operation of the national transportation system, the Minister may, by order, require any persons referred to in subsection50(1.‍1) who are subject to the legislative authority of Parliament or any users, other than passengers, of the national transportation system to provide to the Minister information, other thanpersonal information as defined in section3 of thePrivacy Act, that the Minister considers relevant to the assessment of the cause of the disruption or the mitigation or resolution of the disruption.
End of inserted block
Order is temporary
Start of inserted block
(2)An order made under this section has effect for the period, not exceeding90 days, that is specified in the order.
End of inserted block
Not a statutory instrument
Start of inserted block
(3)The order is not a statutory instrument within the meaning of theStatutory Instruments Act.
End of inserted block
Disclosure of information
Start of inserted block
(4)Despite subsection51(1), the Minister may disclose information that has been provided to the Minister under this section to any person for the purposes of the mitigation or resolution of the disruption.
End of inserted block
443(1)Section127of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Order — Prairies
Start of inserted block
(2.‍1)If the point of origin or destination of a continuous movement of traffic is in whole or in part in Manitoba, Saskatchewan or Alberta and is located within a radius of160km of an interchange that is in whole or in part in Manitoba, Saskatchewan or Alberta but outside a radius of30 km of the interchange, the Agency may order
  • (a)one of the companies to interswitch the traffic; and

  • (b)the railway companies to provide reasonable facilities for the convenient interswitching of traffic in both directions at an interchange between the lines of either railway and those of other railway companies connecting with them.

    End of inserted block
(2)Section127of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (4):
Interswitching limits — Prairies
Start of inserted block
(5)If the point of origin or destination of a continuous movement of traffic is in whole or in part in Manitoba, Saskatchewan or Alberta and is located within a radius of160km of an interchange that is in whole or in part in Manitoba, Saskatchewan or Alberta but outside a radius of30 km of the interchange, a railway company must not transfer the traffic at the interchange except in accordance with the regulations and the interswitching rate.
End of inserted block
Information — traffic
Start of inserted block
(6)When providing the Minister with information under regulations made under paragraph50(1.‍01)‍(a), the Canadian National Railway Company and the Canadian Pacific Railway Company are also required to provide the Minister, in the same form and manner, with the following information with respect to any traffic that is moved by a railway car in order to permit the Minister to assess the effects of the application of subsections (2.‍1) and (5):
  • (a)an indication as to whether the point of origin or destination of the movement of the railway car was located within a radius of30 km of an interchange that is in whole or in part in Manitoba, Saskatchewan or Alberta;

  • (b)an indication as to whether the point of origin or destination of the movement of the railway car was within a radius of160km of an interchange that is in whole or in part in Manitoba, Saskatchewan or Alberta but outside a radius of30 km of the interchange;

  • (c)an indication as to whether the railway car was moved by the railway company at the interswitching rate; and

  • (d)if possible, an indication as to whether the railway car was moved by another railway company at the interswitching rate.

    End of inserted block
Additional information
Start of inserted block
(7)On request, a railway company must provide to the Minister, in the form and manner specified by theMinister, any of the information or documents that have been provided to the Agency under section128.‍1in order to permit the Minister to assess the effects of the application of subsections (2.‍1) and (5).
End of inserted block
444(1)Section127.‍1of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Interswitching rate — Prairies
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)The Agency shall, no later than90days after the day on which this subsection comes into force, determine the rate per car to be charged for interswitching traffic within a zone that includes a point of origin or destination of a continuous movement of traffic that is located in whole or in part in Manitoba, Saskatchewan or Alberta and is within a radius of160km of an interchange that is in whole or in part in Manitoba, Saskatchewan or Alberta but outside a radius of30 km of the interchange, for the calendar year in which this subsection comes into force.
End of inserted block
(2)Subsection127.‍1(4) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Publication de la méthode
(4)L’Office publie, quand il fixe Insertion startle Insertion end prix Insertion startau titre du paragraphe (1) Insertion end, la méthode qu’il a suivie pour le faire.
(3)Section127.‍1of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (4):
Publication of method — subsection (1.‍1)
Start of inserted block
(4.‍1)The Agency shall, when it makes its determination under subsection (1.‍1), publish the method that it followed for determining the rate.
End of inserted block
(4)Section127.‍1of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (5):
Publication — subsection (1.‍1)
Start of inserted block
(6)The Agency shall, no later than90days after the day on which this subsection comes into force, publish the rate determined under subsection (1.‍1) on its Internet site.
End of inserted block
445The Act is amended by adding the following after section127.‍1:
Repeal
Start of inserted block
127.‍2This section and subsections127(2.‍1) and (5) to (7) and127.‍1(1.‍1), (4.‍1) and (6) are repealed on the day that, in the18th month after the month in which subsection127(2.‍1) comes into force, has the same calendar number as the day on which that subsection127(2.‍1) comes into force or, if that18th month has no day with that number, the last day of that18th month.
End of inserted block
446Section177of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Certain provisions
Start of inserted block
(2.‍001)The contravention of any provision of a regulation made under section47.‍1or subsection50(1.‍001) or of any provision of an order made under subsection51.‍5(1) or the contravention of any of subsections51(1), (3) and (4) and51.‍11(1) and (2) may be proceeded with as a violation in accordance with sections179and180.The maximum amount payable for each violation is $100,000.
End of inserted block
447The portion of subsection178(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Notices of violation
178(1)The Agency, in respect of a violation referred to in subsection177(1), (2.‍1) or (3), or the Minister, in respect of a violation referred to in subsection177(2), Insertion start(2.‍001) Insertion end, (2.‍01) or (2.‍2), may
448(1)The portion of subsection178.‍1(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Other powers of enforcement officers
178.‍1(1)An enforcement officer who enters a place for a purpose related to verifying compliance or preventing non-compliance with any provision of Insertion startthis Act or of any regulation, order or direction made under this Act Insertion end or with any of sections60to62 of theAccessible Canada Act may, for that purpose,
(2)Paragraph178.‍1(1)‍(i) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (i)order the owner or person having possession of any thing to which any provision of Insertion startthis Act or of any regulation, order or direction made under this Act Insertion end or any of sections60to62 of theAccessible Canada Act apply that is found in that place to move it or, for any time that may be necessary, not to move it or to restrict its movement;

449Section179of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Continuing violation
Start of inserted block
(4)A violation that is committed or continued on more than one day constitutes a separate violation for each day on which it is committed or continued.
End of inserted block
450Subsection180.‍8(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Delegation by Minister
(2)In the case of a violation referred to in subsection177(2), Insertion start(2.‍001) Insertion end, (2.‍01) or (2.‍2), the Minister may delegate to the Agency any power, duty or function conferred on Insertion startthe Minister Insertion end under this Part.

Coming into Force

90th day after royal assent

451Sections443 and445 come into force on the90th day after the day on which this Act receives royal assent.

DIVISION23
Air Travel Complaints

1996, c. 10

Canada Transportation Act

452Section34 of theCanada Transportation Act is replaced by the following:
Fees and charges
Start of inserted block
34(1)The Agency may, after consulting with the Minister, make rules respecting the fees and charges to be paid in relation to the administration or enforcement of any provision of this Act or the regulations whose administration or enforcement is the responsibility of the Agency.
End of inserted block
Consultation
Start of inserted block
(2)Before making a rule under subsection (1), the Agency shall consult with any persons or organizations that the Agency considers to be interested in the matter.
End of inserted block
Debt due to His Majesty
Start of inserted block
(3)Fees or charges required to be paid under this section constitute a debt to His Majesty in right of Canada and may be recovered as such in a court of competent jurisdiction.
End of inserted block
453Paragraph67(1)‍(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (c)retain a record of its tariffs, Insertion startand publish them on its Internet site Insertion end, for a period of not less than three years after the tariffs have ceased to have effect.

454Section67.‍1 of the Act is repealed.
455Subsection67.‍2(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Unreasonable or unduly discriminatory terms or conditions
67.‍2(1)If the Agency finds that the holder of a domestic licence has applied terms or conditions of carriage applicable to the domestic service it offers that are unreasonable or unduly discriminatory, the Agency may suspend or disallow those terms or conditions and substitute other terms or conditions in their place.
456Section67.‍3 of the Act is repealed.
457Section67.‍4 of the Act is repealed.
458Subsections68(1) and (1.‍1) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Non-application of fares, etc.
68(1)Sections66to67.‍2, Insertion start85.‍04and85.‍07 Insertion end do not apply in respect of fares, rates or charges applicable to a domestic service provided for under a contract between a holder of a domestic licence and another person whereby the parties to the contract agree to keep its provisions confidential.
Non-application of terms and conditions
(1.‍1)Sections66to67.‍2, Insertion start85.‍04and85.‍07 Insertion end do not apply in respect of terms and conditions of carriage applicable to a domestic service provided for under a contract referred to in subsection (1) to which an employer is a party and that relates to travel by its employees.
459Section85.‍1 of the Act and the heading before it are replaced by the following:
Start of inserted block
Carrier’s Obligation
End of inserted block
Process for claims
Start of inserted block
85.‍01(1)A carrier shall establish a process for dealing with claims related to a fare, rate, charge or term or condition of carriage applicable to the air service it offers.
End of inserted block
Period to communicate decision
Start of inserted block
(2)The process shall include an obligation for the carrier, on receipt of a written request to deal with a claim, to communicate to the claimant its decision on the claim within30 days after the day on which it received the request.
End of inserted block Start of inserted block
Air Travel Complaints
End of inserted block
Complaint resolution officers
Start of inserted block
85.‍02(1)The Chairperson, or a person designated by the Chairperson, shall designate, from among the members and staff of the Agency, persons to act as complaint resolution officers for the purpose of sections85.‍04to85.‍12.
End of inserted block
Limits on powers and duties
Start of inserted block
(2)A member of the Agency or its staff who acts as a complaint resolution officer has the powers, duties and functions of a complaint resolution officer and not of the Agency.
End of inserted block
Clarification — proceedings
Start of inserted block
(3)Proceedings before a complaint resolution officer are not proceedings before the Agency.
End of inserted block
Non-application of certain provisions
Start of inserted block
85.‍03Sections17, 25and36.‍1do not apply in respect of any matter that may be dealt with under sections85.‍04to85.‍12.
End of inserted block
Complaints related to tariffs
Start of inserted block
85.‍04(1)A person may file a complaint in writing with the Agency if
  • (a)the person alleges that a carrier failed to apply a fare, rate, charge or term or condition of carriage applicable to the air service it offers that is set out in its tariffs;

  • (b)the person is adversely affected by the failure to apply that fare, rate, charge or term or condition of carriage;

  • (c)the person seeks compensation or a refund as set out in the carrier’s tariffs or compensation for expenses incurred as a result of that failure; and

  • (d)the person made a written request to the carrier to resolve the matters to which the complaint relates but they were not resolved within30 days after the day on which the request was made.

    End of inserted block
Refusal to deal with complaint
Start of inserted block
(2)A complaint resolution officer may refuse to deal with a complaint or, at any time, cease dealing with it if they are of the opinion that
  • (a)the criteria set out in subsection (1) have not been met;

  • (b)it is clear on the face of the complaint that the carrier has complied with the obligations set out in its tariffs; or

  • (c)the complaint is vexatious or made in bad faith.

    End of inserted block
Mediation
Start of inserted block
85.‍05(1)If the complaint resolution officer does not refuse under subsection85.‍04(2) to deal with a complaint, they shall mediate the complaint and start the mediation no later than the30th day after the day on which the complaint is filed.
End of inserted block
Filing of mediation agreement
Start of inserted block
(2)An agreement that is reached as a result of mediation may be filed with the Agency and, after filing, is enforceable as if it were an order of the Agency.
End of inserted block
Decision on complaint
Start of inserted block
85.‍06(1)If no agreement is reached as a result of mediation, and the complaint resolution officer does not cease dealing with the complaint under subsection85.‍04(2), the complaint resolution officer shall, no later than the60th day after the day on which the mediation started, and based on the information provided by the complainant and the carrier,
  • (a)make an order under subsection85.‍07(1); or

  • (b)make an order dismissing the complaint.

    End of inserted block
Status of order
Start of inserted block
(2)An order referred to in subsection (1) is not an order or decision of the Agency.
End of inserted block
Order related to tariffs
Start of inserted block
85.‍07(1)If the complaint resolution officer finds that the carrier that is the subject of the complaint has failed to apply a fare, rate, charge or term or condition of carriage applicable to the air service it offers that is set out in its tariffs, the complaint resolution officer may order the carrier to
  • (a)apply a fare, rate, charge or term or condition of carriage that is set out in its tariffs; and

  • (b)compensate the complainant for any expenses they incurred as a result of the carrier’s failure to apply a fare, rate, charge or term or condition of carriage that is set out in its tariffs.

    End of inserted block
Onus
Start of inserted block
(2)If a complaint raises an issue as to whether a flight delay, flight cancellation or denial of boarding is within a carrier’s control, is within a carrier’s control but is required for safety reasons or is outside a carrier’s control, it is presumed to be within the carrier’s control and not required for safety reasons unless the carrier proves the contrary.
End of inserted block
Filing of order and enforcement
Start of inserted block
(3)An order made under subsection (1) may be filed with the Agency and, after filing, is enforceable as if it were an order of the Agency.
End of inserted block
Prior decisions to be taken into account
Start of inserted block
85.‍08In regards to the issue of whether a flight delay, flight cancellation or denial of boarding is within a carrier’s control, is within a carrier’s control but is required for safety reasons or is outside a carrier’s control, a complaint resolution officer who is dealing with a complaint in respect of a flight shall take into account any prior decision on that issue that is contained in an order made by a complaint resolution officer in respect of that flight.
End of inserted block
Confidentiality of information
Start of inserted block
85.‍09(1)All matters related to the process of dealing with a complaint shall be kept confidential, unless the complainant and the carrier otherwise agree, and information provided by the complainant or the carrier to the complaint resolution officer for the purpose of the complaint resolution officer dealing with the complaint shall not be used for any other purpose without the consent of the one who provided it.
End of inserted block
Communication of information
Start of inserted block
(2)Subsection (1) does not apply so as to prohibit
  • (a)the communication of information to the Agency;

  • (b)the communication of information to complaint resolution officers for the purpose of assisting them in the exercise of their powers or the performance of their duties and functions; or

  • (c)the making public by the Agency of information under sections85.‍14and85.‍15.

    End of inserted block
Procedure
Start of inserted block
85.‍1Subject to the procedure set out in the guidelines referred to in section85.‍12, a complaint resolution officer shall deal with complaints in the manner that they consider appropriate in the circumstances.
End of inserted block
Assistance by Agency
Start of inserted block
85.‍11The Agency may, at a complaint resolution officer’s request, provide administrative, technical and legal assistance to the complaint resolution officer.
End of inserted block
Guidelines
Start of inserted block
85.‍12(1)The Agency may issue guidelines
  • (a)respecting the manner of and procedures for dealing with complaints filed under subsection85.‍04(1); and

  • (b)setting out the extent to which and the manner in which, in the Agency’s opinion, any provision of the regulations applies with regard to complaints.

    End of inserted block
Guidelines binding
Start of inserted block
(2)A guideline is, until it is revoked or modified, binding on any complaint resolution officer dealing with a complaint filed under subsection85.‍04(1).
End of inserted block
Publication
Start of inserted block
(3)Each guideline shall be published in any manner that the Agency considers appropriate.
End of inserted block
Statutory Instruments Act
Start of inserted block
(4)TheStatutory Instruments Act does not apply to the guideline.
End of inserted block
Referral to panel
Start of inserted block
85.‍13(1)If no agreement is reached as a result of the mediation of a complaint under section85.‍05,the Chairperson or a person designated by them may, at the request of the complaint resolution officer who conducted the mediation, and if the Chairperson or person designated by them, as the case may be, considers that the complexity of the complaint requires it, refer the complaint to a panel of at least two members. Those members, none of whom is to be the complaint resolution officer who conducted the mediation, shall act as the complaint resolution officers in respect of the complaint for the purposes of sections85.‍06to85.‍12.
End of inserted block
Clarification – panels
Start of inserted block
(2)A reference in subsections85.‍02(2) and (3) and sections85.‍06to85.‍12 to a complaint resolution officer is considered to include a reference to a panel.
End of inserted block
Publication — order or summary of order
Start of inserted block
85.‍14(1)The Agency shall make public
  • (a)in the case of an order made by a single complaint resolution officer

    • (i)the number of the flight to which the order relates,

    • (ii)the date of departure of the flight that is indicated on the complainant’s ticket,

    • (iii)any decision contained in the order in regards to the issue of whether any flight delay, flight cancellation or denial of boarding was within the carrier’s control, was within the carrier’s control but was required for safety reasons or was outside the carrier’s control, and

    • (iv)a statement as to whether or not the complaint resolution officer ordered the carrier to provide compensation or a refund as set out in the carrier’s tariffs or compensation for expenses incurred; and

  • (b)subject to subsection (2), in the case of an order made by a panel, the entire order.

    End of inserted block
Exception
Start of inserted block
(2)The Agency may, at the request of a complainant or carrier, decide to keep confidential any part of an order, other than the information referred to in subparagraphs (1)‍(a)‍(i) to (iv).
End of inserted block
Part of annual report
Start of inserted block
85.‍15The Agency shall, as part of its annual report, indicate the number and nature of the complaints filed under subsection85.‍04(1), the names of the carriers against whom the complaints were made, the number of complaints for which an order was made under subsection85.‍07(1) and the systemic trends observed.
End of inserted block
Fees and charges
Start of inserted block
85.‍16(1)The Agency shall establish fees or charges for the purpose of recovering all or a portion of the costs that the Agency determines to be related to the process of dealing with complaints — other than complaints disposed of under subsection85.‍04(2) — under sections85.‍05to85.‍12.
End of inserted block
Carrier’s liability
Start of inserted block
(2)The carriers that are the subject of complaints — other than complaints disposed of under subsection85.‍04(2) — are liable for the payment of the fees or charges.
End of inserted block
Consultation
Start of inserted block
(3)Before establishing fees or charges, the Agency shall consult with any persons or organizations that the Agency considers to be interested in the matter.
End of inserted block
Publication
Start of inserted block
(4)The Agency shall publish the fees and charges on its Internet site.
End of inserted block
Debt due to His Majesty
Start of inserted block
(5)Fees or charges required to be paid under this section constitute a debt to His Majesty in right of Canada and may be recovered as such in a court of competent jurisdiction.
End of inserted block
Spending authority
Start of inserted block
(6)The Agency may spend the amounts obtained under this section in the fiscal year in which they are paid or in the next fiscal year.
End of inserted block
Service Fees Act
Start of inserted block
(7)TheService Fees Act does not apply to the fees and charges referred to in subsection (1).
End of inserted block
460Subsection85.‍07(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Onus
(2)If a complaint raises an issue as to whether an exception specified by regulations made under paragraph86.‍11(1)‍(b.‍1) applies, the exception is presumed not to apply unless the carrier proves the contrary.
461Section85.‍08 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Prior decisions to be taken into account
85.‍08In regards to the issue of whether an exception specified by regulations made under paragraph86.‍11(1)‍(b.‍1) applies, a complaint resolution officer who is dealing with a complaint in respect of a flight shall take into account any prior decision on that issue that is contained in an order made by a complaint resolution officer in respect of that flight.
462Subparagraph85.‍14(1)‍(a)‍(iii) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (iii)any decision contained in the order in regards to the issue of whether an exception specified by regulations made under paragraph86.‍11(1)‍(b.‍1) applies, and

463Section85.‍16 of the Act is repealed.
464(1)Paragraph86(1)‍(h) of the Act is amended by adding “and” at the end of subparagraph (ii) and by repealing subparagraphs (iii) and (iii.‍1).
(2)Subsection86(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (h):
  • Start of inserted block

    (h.‍1)respecting the process for dealing with claims referred to in section85.‍01;

    End of inserted block
465(1)Subparagraphs86.‍11(1)‍(b)‍(i) to (iii) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (i)the minimum standards of treatment of passengers that the carrier is required to meet, Insertion startincluding those that the carrier is required to meet when an exception specified by regulations made under paragraph (b.‍1) applies Insertion end,

  • (ii)the minimum compensation the carrier is required to pay for inconvenience,

  • (iii)the carrier’s obligation to ensure that passengers complete their itinerary Insertion startor, if they are not able to complete it within a reasonable time, receive a refund Insertion end, and

(2)Subsection86.‍11(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (b):
  • Start of inserted block

    (b.‍1)specifying exceptions to the obligation set out in subparagraph (b)‍(ii);

    End of inserted block
(3)Paragraph86.‍11(1)‍(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (c)prescribing the minimum compensation for Insertion startdelayed Insertion end, lost or damaged baggage that the carrier is required to pay;

(4)Subsection86.‍11(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (f) and by adding the following after that paragraph:
  • Start of inserted block

    (f.‍1)respecting the carrier’s obligations with respect to refunds in the event that a person who has reserved space on a flight with the carrier cancels thereservation due to the issuance of a Government of Canada travel advisory; and

    End of inserted block
466Subparagraph177(1)‍(b)‍(ii) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • Start of inserted block

    (ii)$25,000— or, in the case of a violation involving a contravention of any provision of a regulation made under subsection86.‍11(1), $250,000 — in the case of a corporation.

    End of inserted block
467(1)Subsection180.‍1(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Options
180.‍1(1)Subject to subsections (2) Insertion startto (4) Insertion end, a person who has been served with a notice of violation must either pay the amount of the penalty specified in the notice or file with the Tribunal a written request for a review of the facts of the alleged contravention or of the amount of the penalty.
(2)Section180.‍1of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Regulations made under subsection 86.‍11(1) — penalty
Start of inserted block
(4)A person who has been served with a notice of violation that identifies any provision of a regulation made under subsection86.‍11(1) that was contravened and that sets out a penalty for the violation must
  • (a)pay the amount of the penalty specified in the notice;

  • (b)file with the Tribunal a written request for a review of the facts of the alleged contravention or of the amount of the penalty; or

  • (c)request, within the time and in the manner set out in the notice, to enter into a compliance agreement with the Agency for the purpose of ensuring the person’s compliance with the provision of the regulations to which the violation relates.

    End of inserted block
468(1)The portion of subsection180.‍62(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Entering into compliance agreements
180.‍62(1)After considering a request made under paragraph180.‍1(3)‍(c) Insertion startor (4)‍(c) Insertion end, the Agency may enter into a compliance agreement, as described in that paragraph, with the person making the request on any terms that the Agency considers appropriate. The terms may
(2)Paragraph180.‍62(4)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)that instead of being liable to pay the amount of the penalty specified in the notice of violation in respect of which the compliance agreement was entered into, they are liable to pay, within the time and in the manner set out in the notice of default and without taking account of the limit set out in Insertion startparagraph177(1)‍(b) or Insertion end subsection177(3), Insertion startas the case may be Insertion end, an amount that is twice the amount of that penalty;

469Subsection180.‍63(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Refusal to enter compliance agreement
180.‍63(1)If the Agency refuses to enter into a compliance agreement requested under paragraph180.‍1(3)‍(c) Insertion startor (4)‍(c) Insertion end, the person who made the request is liable to pay, in the manner specified in the notice of violation and within the time specified in it or any longer period specified by the Agency, the amount of the penalty specified in the notice of violation.
470(1)Section180.‍64of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Regulations made under subsection 86.‍11(1)
Start of inserted block
(2.‍1)If a person to whom subsection180.‍1(4) applies does not pay the amount of the penalty specified in the notice of violation in accordance with the particulars set out in it, file a request for a review under subsection180.‍3(1) or make a request to enter into a compliance agreement under paragraph180.‍1(4)‍(c), the person is deemed to have committed the contravention alleged in the notice of violation and the Agency may obtain from the Tribunal a certificate in the form that may be established by the Governor in Council that indicates the amount of the penalty specified in that notice.
End of inserted block
(2)Subsection180.‍64(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Refusal to enter into compliance agreement
(4)If the Agency refuses a person’s request under paragraph180.‍1(3)‍(c) Insertion startor (4)‍(c) Insertion end to enter into a compliance agreement, and the person does not pay the amount of the penalty specified in the notice of violation within the time and in the manner required by subsection180.‍63(1), the Agency may obtain from the Tribunal a certificate in the form that may be established by the Governor in Council that indicates the amount of the penalty specified in that notice.
471Section181 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Time limit for proceedings
181Proceedings in respect of a violation may be instituted not later than12 months — Insertion startor, in the case of a violation involving a contravention of any provision of a regulation made under subsection86.‍11(1),24 months Insertion end — after the time when the subject matter of the proceedings arose.

Transitional Provisions

Complaints remaining with Agency
472(1)A complaint filed under section67.‍1 of theCanada Transportation Act before the day on which section459 comes into force that is in the course of being heard by the Canadian Transportation Agency on that day is to be dealt with and disposed of in accordance with that Act, and any regulations made under it, as they read on the date of departure that is indicated on the ticket for the flight to which the complaint relates.
Complaints to be dealt with by complaint resolution officers
(2)A complaint filed under section67.‍1 of theCanada Transportation Act before the day on which section459 comes into force that is not in the course of being heard by the Canadian Transportation Agency on that day is to be dealt with and disposed of in accordance with
  • (a)sections85.‍04to85.‍12 of that Act; and

  • (b)any regulations made under subsection86.‍11(1) of that Act as they read on the date of departure that is indicated on the ticket for the flight to which the complaint relates.

Complaints relative to coming into force of subsection 465(1)

473A complaint filed under subsection85.‍04(1) of theCanada Transportation Act before the day on which subsection465(1) comes into force that was not disposed of before that day, and a complaint filed under that subsection85.‍04(1) on or after that day in respect of a flight for which the date of departure that is indicated on the complainant’s ticket is before that day, is to be dealt with and disposed of in accordance with sections85.‍04to85.‍12of that Act, and any regulations made under subsection86.‍11(1) of that Act, as they read on the date of departure that is indicated on the ticket for the flight to which the complaint relates.

Coming into Force

September 30, 2023

474(1)Sections454 to456,458 and459 come into force on September30, 2023 or, if it is later, on the day on which this Act receives royal assent.

Order in council

(2)Sections457,460 to464 and subsections465(1), (2) and (4) come into force on a day or days to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

DIVISION24
Customs Act

R.‍S.‍, c. 1 (2nd Supp.‍)

Amendments to the Act

475Section7.‍1 of theCustoms Act is replaced by the following:
Obligation to provide accurate information
7.‍1Any information provided to an officer Insertion startor the Agency Insertion end in the administration or enforcement of this Act, theCustoms Tariff or theSpecial Import Measures Act, or under any other Act of Parliament that prohibits, controls or regulates the importation or exportation of goods, shall be true, accurate and complete.
476(1)Subsections11(1) to (3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Presentation on arrival in Canada
11(1)Subject to this section, every person arriving in Canada shall, except in Insertion startthe Insertion end circumstances and subject to Insertion startthe Insertion end conditions Insertion startthat Insertion end may be prescribed, enter Canada only at a customs office designated for that purpose that is open for business and without delay present themselves
  • Insertion start(a) Insertion endto an officer Insertion startin person Insertion end; or

  • Start of inserted block

    (b)to the Agency by a means of telecommunication that is specified by the Minister for use at that customs office.

    End of inserted block
Limitation
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)If only one of the manners of presentation set out in paragraphs (1)‍(a) and (b) is made available at the customs office, the person shall present themselves under subsection (1) in that manner.
End of inserted block
Information
Start of inserted block
(1.‍2)The person presenting themselves under subsection (1) shall
  • (a)if presenting in person, provide any information that may be required by the officer in the performance of the officer’s duties under this or any other Act of Parliament;

  • (b)if presenting by a means of telecommunication, provide any information, including a photograph taken when they are presenting themselves, that may be required by the Agency and that is related to the performance of an officer’s duties under this or any other Act of Parliament; and

  • (c)in either case, answer truthfully any questions that are asked by an officer in the performance of those duties.

    End of inserted block
Information before arrival
Start of inserted block
(1.‍3)A person who intends to present themselves by a means of telecommunication under paragraph (1)‍(b) shall, in the prescribed circumstances, provide the prescribed information within the prescribed time before they arrive in Canada.
End of inserted block
Exception
(2)Subsection (1) does not apply to any person who has presented Insertion startthemselves Insertion end outside Canada at a customs office designated for that purpose and has not subsequently stopped at any other place prior to Insertion starttheir Insertion end arrival in Canada, unless an officer requires Insertion startthem Insertion end to Insertion startcomply with that subsection Insertion end.
Presentation of passengers and crew
(3)Subject to this section, every person in charge of a conveyance arriving in Canada shall, except in Insertion startthe Insertion end circumstances and subject to Insertion startthe Insertion end conditions Insertion startthat Insertion end may be prescribed, ensure that the passengers and crew are Insertion startimmediately Insertion end on arrival in Canada transported to a customs office referred to in subsection (1).
(2)Subsection11(7) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Powers of officer
(7)An officer may require that a person present Insertion startthemselves Insertion end in person in accordance with Insertion startparagraph Insertion end (1) Insertion start(a) at a time and place that the officer may specify, even if the Insertion end person
  • Start of inserted block

    (a)presents themselves, or expresses an intention to present themselves, at a customs office by a means of telecommunication under paragraph (1)‍(b);

  • (b)is exempt in the prescribed circumstances referred to in subsection (1) from presenting themselves in accordance with that subsection;

    End of inserted block
  • Insertion start(c) Insertion endholds an authorization under subsection11.‍1(1); or

  • Insertion start(d) Insertion endis authorized under the regulations made under subsection11.‍1(3).

Regulations
Start of inserted block
(8)The Governor in Council may make regulations respecting the establishment of classes of persons for the purposes of presentation under this section, including regulations respecting
  • (a)the issuance, amendment, suspension, renewal, cancellation and reinstatement by the Minister of authorizations for membership in a class;

  • (b)the requirements and conditions that are to be met before the authorizations may be issued;

  • (c)the terms and conditions of the authorizations; and

  • (d)fees or the manner of determining fees to be paid for the authorizations.

    End of inserted block
Service Fees Act
Start of inserted block
(9)TheService Fees Act does not apply to a fee for an authorization issued under regulations made under subsection (8) if it is a reciprocal fee under an international arrangement.
End of inserted block
477Section11.‍7 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Person travelling in mixed-traffic corridor
11.‍7 Insertion start(1) Insertion endEvery person who is travelling in a mixed-traffic corridor shall, at the nearest customs office,
  • Insertion start(a) Insertion endpresent themselves

    • Insertion start(i) Insertion endto an officer Insertion startin person, or Insertion end

    • Start of inserted block

      (ii)to the Agency by the means of telecommunication that is specified by the Minister for use at the customs office; and

      End of inserted block
  • Insertion start(b) Insertion endstate whether they are arriving from a location outside or within Canada.

Limitation
Start of inserted block
(2)If only one of the manners of presentation set out in subparagraphs (1)‍(a)‍(i) and (ii) is made available at the customs office, the person shall present themselves under paragraph (1)‍(a) in that manner.
End of inserted block
478The Act is amended by adding the following after section12.‍1:
Commercial passenger aircraft — baggage
Start of inserted block
12.‍2(1)Despite section14 but subject to the regulations, every operator of an aircraft that is arriving in Canada and carrying passengers who have paid for passage shall ensure that the baggage of all passengers and crew — other than baggage in the passengers’ or crew’s actual possession — is, without delay on arrival, transported to the nearest designated international baggage area.
End of inserted block
Powers of officer
Start of inserted block
(2)An officer may require that an operator who is exempted from the requirement set out in subsection (1) ensure that the baggage be brought without delay to the location specified by the officer.
End of inserted block
Regulations
Start of inserted block
(3)The Governor in Council may make regulations respecting exemptions from the requirement set out in subsection (1).
End of inserted block
Designation
Start of inserted block
(4)The President may designate an area in an airport as an international baggage area for the purposes of subsection (1).
End of inserted block
Amendment, etc.‍, of designation
Start of inserted block
(5)The President may at any time amend, cancel or reinstate a designation made under subsection (4).
End of inserted block

2005, c. 20

Related Amendment to theQuarantine Act

479Section12 of theQuarantine Act is replaced by the following:
Obligation on arriving travellers
12 Insertion startExcept in the prescribed circumstances and subject to the prescribed conditions Insertion end, every person who is subject to subsection11(1) of theCustoms Act and enters Canada shall, immediately after entering, present themselves to a screening officer at the nearest entry point.

Coming into Force

Order in council

480Sections475 to479 come into force on a day or days to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

DIVISION25
National Research Council Act

R.‍S.‍, c. N-15

Amendments to the Act

481Subsection3(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Council incorporated
(2)The Council is a corporation that has power, for the purposes of this Act, to
  • Insertion start(a) Insertion endacquire, hold, sell or otherwise dispose of and loan or lease real, personal, movable and immovable property; Insertion startand Insertion end

  • Start of inserted block

    (b)enter into contracts, agreements, memoranda of understanding or other arrangements with adepartment, board or agency of the Government of Canada, with any other government or any of its departments, boards or agencies or with any person or organization in the name of His Majesty in right of Canada or in its own name.

    End of inserted block
Non-application of requirements
Start of inserted block
(2.‍1)Despite theFinancial Administration Act, including subsection41(1) of that Act, the Council is not subject to any requirement established by the Treasury Board under that Act that
  • (a)limits, on the basis of financial criteria, the power of the Council to enter into contracts for the procurement of goods and services; or

  • (b)relates to limits on liability or indemnification in those contracts.

    End of inserted block
Procurement of goods and services
Start of inserted block
(2.‍2)Despite section9 of theDepartment of Public Works and Government Services Act, the Council may procure goods and services from outside the federal public administration.
End of inserted block
Clarification
Start of inserted block
(2.‍3)For greater certainty, the power to procure goods and services includes the power to procure goods and services relating to construction and to research-related digital and information technology.
End of inserted block
Legal services
Start of inserted block
(2.‍4)The Council may procure legal services from outside the federal public administration only with the approval of the Attorney General of Canada.
End of inserted block
482Section4of the Act is renumbered as subsection4(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Research-related digital and information technology
Start of inserted block
(2)The design, development, testing and operation of research-related digital and information technology is essential to the carrying out of the Council’s duties.
End of inserted block
483The Act is amended by adding the following after section17:
Start of inserted block
Establishment of Procurement Oversight Board
End of inserted block
Establishment
Start of inserted block
18(1)There is established a board, to be called the Procurement Oversight Board, consisting of
  • (a)not less than three or more than five members, including a Chair, who have a right to vote;

  • (b)one member who is a person employed by the Department of Public Works and Government Services and who does not have a right to vote; and

  • (c)one member who is a person employed in the federal public administration and who does not have a right to vote, if the Minister considers that member necessary to assist the Procurement Oversight Board in carrying out its duties.

    End of inserted block
Duties
Start of inserted block
(2)The Procurement Oversight Board shall review and approve the Council’s policy framework for procuring goods and services and any amendments to it.
End of inserted block
Terms of reference
Start of inserted block
(3)The Minister may determine and amend the terms of reference of the Procurement Oversight Board.
End of inserted block
Appointment
Start of inserted block
19(1)Members of the Procurement Oversight Board, including the Chair, shall be appointed by the Minister.
End of inserted block
Tenure of office
Start of inserted block
(2)Members of the Procurement Oversight Board shall be appointed to hold office on a part-time basis and during pleasure for a term of not more than four years, which may be renewed for a second term.
End of inserted block
Remuneration
Start of inserted block
20(1)Members of the Procurement Oversight Board shall be paid the remuneration that is fixed by the Minister.
End of inserted block
Travel and other expenses
Start of inserted block
(2)Members of the Procurement Oversight Board are entitled to be paid reasonable travel and other expenses incurred while absent from their ordinary place ofresidence in the course of performing their duties under this Act.
End of inserted block
Meetings
Start of inserted block
21The Procurement Oversight Board shall meet at least twice a year.
End of inserted block
484Subsection18(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Duties
(2)The Procurement Oversight Board shall review and approve
  • (a)the Council’s policy framework for procuring goods and services and any amendments to it; and

  • (b)the Council’s proposals to enter into contracts for the procurement of goods and services if the procurement is complex or large-scale when measured by criteria established by the Procurement Oversight Board.

485The Act is amended by adding the following after section21:
Start of inserted block
Annual Summary
End of inserted block
Activities
Start of inserted block
22The Procurement Oversight Board shall, within90 days after the end of each fiscal year, provide a summary of its activities in that year to the Minister.
End of inserted block

Coming into Force

First anniversary of royal assent

486Sections481,482,484 and485 come into force on the first anniversary of the day on which this Act receives royal assent, or on an earlier day fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

DIVISION26
Patent Act

R.‍S.‍, c. P-4

Amendments to the Act

487(1)Paragraph12(1)‍(g) of thePatent Act is replaced by the following:
  • (g)respecting the payment of any prescribed fees, including the time when and the manner in which such fees shall be paid, Insertion startthe time at which such fees are deemed to be paid Insertion end, the additional fees that may be charged for the late payment of such fees and the circumstances in which any fees previously paid may be refunded in whole or in part;

(2)Paragraph12(1)‍(j.‍73) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (j.‍73)respecting the conditions set out in Insertion startsubsections Insertion end46(5) Insertion startand46.‍2(5) Insertion end, including the circumstances in which subparagraph46(5)‍(a)‍(ii), paragraph46(5)‍(b), Insertion startsubparagraph46.‍2(5)‍(a)‍(ii) and paragraph46.‍2(5)‍(b) Insertion end do not apply;

  • Start of inserted block

    (j.‍731)respecting the number of days to be subtracted in determining the duration of an additional term under subsection46.‍1(4), including authorizing the Commissioner to make determinations with respect to that number;

  • (j.‍732)respecting applications under section46.‍1 for an additional term, including their form, contents and processing;

  • (j.‍733)respecting notices to the public in relation to additional terms granted under section46.‍1;

  • (j.‍734)respecting reconsiderations under section46.‍3, including applications for a reconsideration and their form, contents and processing;

    End of inserted block
488(1)Subsection20(9) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Custody of secret application
(9)The packet described in subsection (8) shall, until the Insertion startexpiry Insertion end of the term — Insertion startor, if applicable, of the additional term Insertion end — during which a patent for the invention may be in force, be kept sealed by the Commissioner, and shall not be opened except under the authority of an order of the Minister of National Defence.
(2)Subsection20(11) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Delivery to Minister
(11)On the Insertion startexpiry Insertion end of the term — Insertion startor, if applicable, of the additional term Insertion end — of the patent, the packet described in subsection (8) shall be delivered to the Minister of National Defence.
489Section42 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Contents of patent
42Every patent granted under this Act shall contain the title or name of the invention, with a reference to the specification, and shall, subject to this Act, grant to the patentee and the patentee’s legal representatives for the term of the patent Insertion startreferred to in section44or45and, if applicable, for the additional term granted under section46.‍1 Insertion end, from the granting of the patent, the exclusive right, privilege and liberty of making, constructing and using the invention and selling it to others to be used, subject to adjudication in respect thereof before any court of competent jurisdiction.
490Subsection43(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Validity of patent
(2)After the patent is issued, it shall, in the absence of any evidence to the contrary, be valid and avail the patentee and the legal representatives of the patentee for the term Insertion startreferred to Insertion end in section44or45 Insertion startand, if applicable, for the additional term granted under section46.‍1 Insertion end.
491Sections44and45 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Term of patents based on applications filed on or after October 1, 1989
44Subject to section46,where an application for a patent is filed under this Act on or after October1, 1989, the term Insertion startof Insertion end the patent is20 years from the filing date.
Term of patents based on applications filed before October 1, 1989
45Subject to section46,where an application for a patent is filed under this Act before October1, 1989, the term Insertion startof Insertion end the patent is17 years from the date on which the patent is issued.
492(1)Subsection46(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Maintenance fees
46(1)To maintain the rights accorded by a patent issued under this Act in effect Insertion startduring the term referred to in section44or45 Insertion end, the prescribed fees shall be paid on or before the prescribed dates.
(2)Paragraph46(2)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b)the Commissioner shall send a notice to the patentee stating that the term will be deemed to haveexpired if the prescribed fee and late fee are not paid before the later of the end of six months after the applicable prescribed date and the end of two months after the date of the notice.

(3)Subsection46(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Term deemed expired on prescribed date
(4)If the prescribed fee and late fee are not paid before the later of the end of six months after the applicable prescribed date and the end of two months after the date of the notice, the term shall be deemed to have expired on the applicable prescribed date.
(4)The portion of subsection46(5) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Subsection (4) deemed never to have produced its effects
(5)Subject to the regulations, if the term is deemed to have expired under subsection (4), that subsection is deemed never to have produced its effects if
(5)Subparagraph46(5)‍(a)‍(i) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (i)makes a request to the Commissioner for the term to never have been deemed to have expired,

(6)The portion of subsection46(6) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Powers of the Federal Court
(6)If subsection (5) applies, the Federal Court may, by order, declare the term to have expired on the applicable prescribed date if the Federal Court determines either
493The Act is amended by adding the following after section46:
Start of inserted block
Additional Term
End of inserted block
Grant of additional term
Start of inserted block
46.‍1(1)The Commissioner shall grant an additional term for a patent if
  • (a)the patent was issued after the later of

    • (i)the fifth anniversary of the applicable day set out in subsection (2), and

    • (ii)the third anniversary of the first day, without taking subsection35(4) into account, on which a request for examination has been made under section35in respect of the application for the patent, the prescribed fee referred to in subsection35(1) has been paid and, if applicable, the prescribed late fee referred to in paragraph35(3)‍(a) has been paid;

  • (b)the filing date for the application for the patent is on or after December1, 2020; and

  • (c)the patentee applies for the additional term in accordance with the regulations, and pays the prescribed fee, within three months after the day on which the patent is issued.

    End of inserted block
Applicable day
Start of inserted block
(2)For the purposes of subparagraph (1)‍(a)‍(i), the applicable day is
  • (a)in the case of a patent issued on the basis of a divisional application, the prescribed day;

  • (b)in the case of a patent issued on the basis of aPCT national phase application, as defined in subsection1(1) of thePatent Rules, the prescribed day; or

  • (c)in any other case, the filing date of the application for the patent.

    End of inserted block
Beginning of additional term
Start of inserted block
(3)The additional term begins on the expiry of the term referred to in section44,without taking into account section46, but only if the patent remains valid until, and is not void before, the expiry of that term.
End of inserted block
Duration of additional term
Start of inserted block
(4)The Commissioner shall determine the duration of the additional term, which shall be equal to the number of days between the later of the anniversaries set out in paragraph (1)‍(a) and the day on which the patent is issued minus the number of days that is determined under the regulations.
End of inserted block
Limitation
Start of inserted block
(5)Despite subsection (1), no additional term shall be granted under this section if the determination of the duration under subsection (4) produces a result of zero or a negative value.
End of inserted block
Limitation — section 46.‍2
Start of inserted block
(6)The additional term is subject to section46.‍2.
End of inserted block
Certificate
Start of inserted block
(7)The Commissioner shall issue a certificate of additional term setting out the number of the patent as recorded in the Patent Office, the duration of the additional term and any other prescribed information and shall send the certificate to the patentee.
End of inserted block
Reissued patent
Start of inserted block
(8)For the purposes of this section and sections46.‍3and46.‍4,if a patent is reissued under section47, the patent is deemed to have been issued on the day on which the original patent was issued and the application for the patent is deemed to be the application for the original patent.
End of inserted block
Maintenance fees
Start of inserted block
46.‍2(1)To maintain the rights accorded by a patent during an additional term granted under section46.‍1 in effect, the prescribed fees shall be paid on or before the prescribed dates.
End of inserted block
Late fee and notice
Start of inserted block
(2)If a prescribed fee is not paid on or before the applicable prescribed date,
  • (a)the prescribed late fee shall be paid, in addition to the prescribed fee; and

  • (b)the Commissioner shall send a notice to the patentee stating that the additional term will be deemed to have expired if the prescribed fee and late fee are not paid before the later of the end of six months after the applicable prescribed date and the end of two months after the date of the notice.

    End of inserted block
Prescribed fee deemed paid on prescribed date
Start of inserted block
(3)If the prescribed fee and late fee are paid before a notice is sent or, if a notice is sent, the prescribed fee and late fee are paid before the later of the end of six months after the applicable prescribed date and the end of two months after the date of the notice, the prescribed fee shall be deemed to have been paid on the applicable prescribed date.
End of inserted block
Additional term deemed expired on prescribed date
Start of inserted block
(4)If the prescribed fee and late fee are not paid before the later of the end of six months after the applicable prescribed date and the end of two months after the date of the notice, the additional term shall be deemed to have expired on the applicable prescribed date.
End of inserted block
Subsection (4) deemed never to have produced its effects
Start of inserted block
(5)Subject to the regulations, if the additional term is deemed to have expired under subsection (4), that subsection is deemed never to have produced its effects if
  • (a)the patentee, within the prescribed time,

    • (i)makes a request to the Commissioner for the additional term to never have been deemed to have expired,

    • (ii)states, in the request, the reasons for the failure to pay the prescribed fee and late fee before the later of the end of six months after the applicable prescribed date and the end of two months after the date of the notice, and

    • (iii)pays the prescribed fee, the late fee and any additional prescribed fee; and

  • (b)the Commissioner determines that the failure occurred in spite of the due care required by the circumstances having been taken and informs the patentee of this determination.

    End of inserted block
Powers of the Federal Court
Start of inserted block
(6)If subsection (5) applies, the Federal Court may, by order, declare the additional term to have expired on the applicable prescribed date if the Federal Court determines either
  • (a)that the statement of the reasons referred to in subparagraph (5)‍(a)‍(ii) contains a material allegation that is untrue; or

  • (b)that, if paragraph (5)‍(b) applies, the failure referred to in subparagraph (5)‍(a)‍(ii) did not occur in spite of the due care required by the circumstances having been taken.

    End of inserted block
Reconsideration of duration
Start of inserted block
46.‍3(1)The Commissioner may reconsider the duration of an additional term granted under section46.‍1 on the Commissioner’s own initiative or on application by any person.
End of inserted block
Application
Start of inserted block
(2)An application for reconsideration shall be made in accordance with the regulations and accompanied by payment of the prescribed fee.
End of inserted block
Notice to patentee
Start of inserted block
(3)Notice of a reconsideration shall be given to the patentee in accordance with the regulations.
End of inserted block
Shortening of duration
Start of inserted block
(4)On reconsideration, the Commissioner shall shorten the duration of the additional term in accordance with subsection46.‍1(4) if the Commissioner is satisfied that the duration is longer than is authorized under that subsection, and shall dismiss the reconsideration in any other case.
End of inserted block
Amended certificate
Start of inserted block
(5)If the Commissioner shortens the duration of the additional term, the Commissioner shall issue an amended certificate of additional term and send it to the patentee.
End of inserted block
Stay
Start of inserted block
(6)The Commissioner may stay a reconsideration under this section pending the conclusion of any court proceeding.
End of inserted block
Federal Court
Start of inserted block
46.‍4(1)A person may bring an action in the Federal Court against a patentee for an order to shorten the duration of an additional term granted under section46.‍1.
End of inserted block
Power to shorten duration
Start of inserted block
(2)If the Court finds that the duration is longer than is authorized under subsection46.‍1(4), the Court shall, by order, shorten the duration in accordance with that subsection, and in doing so may exercise any power, or perform any duty or function, of the Commissioner.
End of inserted block
Copy to Commissioner and amended certificate
Start of inserted block
(3)If the Court shortens the duration, an officer of the Court’s registry shall send a certified copy of the Court’s order to the Commissioner, and the Commissioner shall issue an amended certificate of additional term and send it to the patentee.
End of inserted block
494Subsections47(1) and (1.‍1) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Issue of new or amended patents
47(1)Whenever any patent is deemed defective or inoperative by reason of insufficient description and specification, or by reason of the patentee’s claiming more or less than Insertion startthey Insertion end had a right to claim as new, but at the same time it appears that the error arose from inadvertence, accident or mistake, without any fraudulent or deceptive intention, the Commissioner may, on the surrender of the patent within four years from its date and the payment of a further prescribed fee, cause a new patent, in accordance with an amended description and specification made by the patentee, to be issued to Insertion startthem Insertion end for the same invention for the then unexpired term Insertion startreferred to in section44or45 Insertion end Insertion startand, if applicable, Insertion end for Insertion startthe then unexpired additional term granted under section46.‍1 — of Insertion end the original patent.
Certificate of supplementary protection
(1.‍1)Subsection (1) also applies in the case where the original patent is set out in a certificate of supplementary protection and the original patent’s term Insertion startreferred to in section44or45 Insertion end has expired — Insertion startor, if applicable, both that term and the additional term granted under section46.‍1 have expired Insertion end — except that in that case the issuance of the new patent, whose term Insertion startor terms remain Insertion end expired, is for the purpose of establishing the rights, privileges and liberties granted under the certificate.
495Paragraph48.‍4(3)‍(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (c)amends any claim of the patent or incorporates a new claim in the patent, the amended claim or new claim shall be effective, from the date of the certificate, for the unexpired term — Insertion startand, if applicable, for the unexpired additional term Insertion end — of the patent.

496Subsection55.‍11(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (b) and by adding the following after paragraph (c):
  • Start of inserted block

    (d)a patent in respect of which the prescribed fee referred to in subsection46.‍2(2) was not paid on or before the applicable prescribed date referred to in that subsection, without taking into account subsection46.‍2(3); and

  • (e)a patent in respect of which an additional term is granted under section46.‍1after the expiry of the term referred to in section44,without taking into account section46.

    End of inserted block
497Subsection106(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Exception
(4)Despite subsection (3), no application shall be filed within the prescribed period preceding the expiry of the term of the patent Insertion startreferred to in Insertion end section44without taking into account section46.
498(1)Subsection116(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Taking effect
(2)A certificate of supplementary protection takes effect on the expiry of the term Insertion startreferred to in Insertion end section44,without taking into account section46, of the patent set out in the certificate, but the certificate takes effect only if the patent remains valid until, and Insertion startis Insertion end not void before, the expiry of that term.
(2)Section116of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (5):
For greater certainty
Start of inserted block
(6)For greater certainty, the certificate’s term runs concurrently with any additional term granted under section46.‍1.
End of inserted block

Coming into Force

January 1, 2025 or order in council

499The provisions of this Division come into force on January1, 2025 or on any earlier day or days to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

DIVISION27
Food and Drugs Act (Natural Health Products)

R.‍S.‍, c. F-27

Amendments to the Act

500The definitiontherapeutic product in section2 of theFood and Drugs Act is replaced by the following:

therapeutic product means a drug or device or any combination of drugs and devices; (produit thérapeutique)

501(1)The Act is amended by adding the following after section21.‍32:
Definition oftherapeutic product
Start of inserted block
21.‍321Despite the definitiontherapeutic product in section2,in sections21.‍31and21.‍32therapeutic product means a drug or device or any combination of drugs and devices, but does not include a natural health product within the meaning of theNatural Health Products Regulations.
End of inserted block
(2)Section21.‍321 of the Act is repealed.
502(1)Section21.‍8of the Act is renumbered as subsection21.‍8(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Definition oftherapeutic product
Start of inserted block
(2)Despite the definitiontherapeutic product in section2,in subsection (1)therapeutic product means a drug or device or any combination of drugs and devices, but does not include a natural health product within the meaning of theNatural Health Products Regulations.
End of inserted block
(2)Subsection21.‍8(2) of the Act is repealed.

Transitional Provision

Authorizations and licences

503The definitiontherapeutic product authorization in section2 of theFood and Drugs Act also includes

  • (a)an authorization, including a licence, that was issued, before the day on which this section comes into force, under the regulations made under that Act and that authorizes, as the case may be, the import, sale, manufacture, packaging or labelling of a natural health product, within the meaning of theNatural Health Products Regulations as those Regulations read immediately before that day; or

  • (b)an authorization, including a licence, that would fall within paragraph (a) if the authorization were not suspended.

Coming into Force

Order in council

504(1)Subsection501(2) comes into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

Order in council

(2)Subsection502(2) comes into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

DIVISION28
Food and Drugs Act (Cosmetics Testing on Animals)

R.‍S.‍, c. F-27

Amendments to the Act

505TheFood and Drugs Act is amended by adding the following after section16:
Prohibited sales — animal testing
Start of inserted block
16.‍1(1)No person shall sell a cosmetic unless the person can establish the safety of the cosmetic without relying on data derived from a test conducted on an animal that could cause pain, suffering or injury, whether physical or mental, to the animal.
End of inserted block
Exceptions
Start of inserted block
(2)The prohibition in subsection (1) does not apply if
  • (a)the Government of Canada has published the data in a scientific journal or on a Government of Canada website;

  • (b)the data is publicly available and is derived from a test that was not sponsored by or conducted by or on behalf of a person who manufactures, imports or sells the cosmetic;

  • (c)the following conditions are met:

    • (i)the data is derived from a test that was conducted on a substance in order to meet

      • (A)a requirement under a provision of an Act of Parliament or any of its regulations that applied at the time that the test was conducted, except a requirement that relates only to cosmetics under a provision of this Act or the regulations, or

      • (B)a requirement that does not relate to cosmetics under the law that applied in a foreign state at the time that the test was conducted,

    • (ii)the substance is or has been used in a product that is not a cosmetic and that is or has been legally sold in the country where the requirement in question applied, and

    • (iii)the test was necessary to meet the requirement in order to sell the product in that country;

  • (d)the data is derived from a test that was conducted before the day on which this section comes into force;

  • (e)the cosmetic was sold in Canada at any time before the day on which this section comes into force; or

  • (f)any prescribed circumstance applies.

    End of inserted block
Prohibition — animal testing
Start of inserted block
16.‍2No person shall conduct a test on an animal that could cause pain, suffering or injury, whether physical or mental, to the animal if the purpose of the test is to meet, with respect to a cosmetic, a requirement under a provision of this Act or the regulations or to meet a requirement that relates to the safety of cosmetics under the law that applies in a foreign state.
End of inserted block
Prohibited claims — animal testing
Start of inserted block
16.‍3(1)No person shall make a claim on the label of or in an advertisement for a cosmetic that is likely to create an impression that the cosmetic was not tested on animals after the day on which this section comes into force unless the person has evidence that no such testing occurred after that day.
End of inserted block
Provision of evidence
Start of inserted block
(2)A person who makes a claim described in subsection (1) shall, on the request of the Minister, provide the Minister with the evidence referred to in that subsection.
End of inserted block
506(1)Subsection30(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (h):
  • Start of inserted block

    (h.‍01)respecting the provision to the Minister of evidence under subsection16.‍3(2);

    End of inserted block
(2)Section30of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1.‍4):
Regulations — animal testing
Start of inserted block
(1.‍5)Without limiting the power conferred by any other subsection of this section, the Governor in Council may make any regulations that the Governor in Council considers necessary for the purpose of preventing, in respect of cosmetics, the conduct of a test on an animal that could cause pain, suffering or injury, whether physical or mental, to the animal, or preventing the purchaser or consumer of a cosmetic from being deceived or misled in respect of whether the cosmetic was tested on animals.
End of inserted block

Coming into Force

Six months after royal assent

507This Division comes into force on the day that, in the sixth month after the month in which this Act receives royal assent, has the same calendar number as the day on which this Act receives royal assent or, if that sixth month has no day with that number, the last day of that sixth month.

DIVISION29
Dental Care Measures Act

Enactment of Act

508TheDental Care Measures Act is enacted as follows:

An Act respecting certain matters in relation to the Canadian Dental Care Plan
Short Title
Short title
1This Act may be cited as theDental Care Measures Act.
Definition
Definition ofCanadian Dental Care Plan
2In this Act,Canadian Dental Care Plan means the plan established under the authority of theDepartment of Health Act in respect of dental service for individuals.
His Majesty
Binding on His Majesty
3This Act is binding on His Majesty in right of Canada or a province.
Reporting
Obligation
4(1)Every person who is required to make an information return in prescribed form under subsection200(1) of theIncome Tax Regulations in respect of a payment referred to in paragraph153(1)‍(a) or (b) of theIncome Tax Act must, in the information return for every person (in this section referred to as the “payee”) in respect of whom the payment is made, indicate whether the payee or any of their family members were, on December31 of the taxation year to which the information return relates, eligible in respect of the payee’s employment or former employment, or that of the payee’s spouse or common-law partner, to access any dental care insurance, or coverage of dental services of any kind, offered by the person.
Application
(2)Subsection (1) applies only in respect of the2023 and subsequent taxation years.
Definition offamily member
(3)In this section,family member, in respect of a payee, means
  • (a)the payee’s spouse or common-law partner;

  • (b)a child of the payee (including a child of the payee’s spouse or common-law partner) who is under the age of18 years; and

  • (c)a child of the payee (including a child of the payee’s spouse or common-law partner) who is18 years of age or older and dependent, by reason of mental or physical infirmity, on the payee for support.

Information return
5For the purposes of assisting the Minister of Health in the administration and enforcement of the Canadian Dental Care Plan, the Minister of National Revenue may, in the information return that a person is required to make under subsection200(1) of theIncome Tax Regulations, ask for the information required under subsection4(1) of this Act and, for those purposes, may collect that information.
Purpose of information obtained
6Any information obtained under subsection4(1) is information obtained for the purposes of the administration and enforcement of the Canadian Dental Care Plan and not for the purposes of theIncome Tax Act.
Disclosure of Information
Disclosure of information
7The Minister of National Revenue or any person acting on behalf of that Minister may provide any information collected under section5
  • (a)to the Minister of Health, for the purposes of the administration and the enforcement of the Canadian Dental Care Plan or the formulation or evaluation of policy for that plan; and

  • (b)to an official of the Department of Employment and Social Development, for the purposes of assisting the Minister of Health in the administration and the enforcement of the Canadian Dental Care Plan or the formulation or evaluation of policy for that plan.

Violations
Violations
8(1)A person commits a violation if they
  • (a)fail to comply with subsection4(1) in respect of any person in respect of whom the income return referred to in that subsection is to be made; or

  • (b)knowingly make, in the information return referred to in that subsection, a representation that is false or misleading in relation to the information required under that subsection in respect of any person.

Penalty
(2)The Minister of Health may impose a penalty of $100 on a person for each violation if that Minister is of the opinion that the person has committed a violation.
Purpose of penalty
(3)The purpose of the penalty is to promote compliance with this Act and not to punish.
Limitation on imposition of penalty
9A penalty must not be imposed under section8 if more than three years have passed since the day on which the act that would constitute the violation occurred.
Rescission or reduction of penalty
10The Minister of Health may rescind the imposition of a penalty under section8, or reduce the penalty, on the presentation of new facts or on being of the opinion that the penalty was imposed without knowledge of, or on the basis of a mistake as to, some material fact.
Recovery as debt due to His Majesty
11A penalty imposed under section8 constitutes a debt due to His Majesty and the debt is payable and may be recovered by the Minister of Health as of the day on which the penalty is imposed.
Social Insurance Number
Social Insurance Number
12The Minister of Health is authorized to collect and use, for the purposes of the administration and enforcement of the Canadian Dental Care Plan, the Social Insurance Number of a person who makes an application under the plan.

DIVISION30
Canada Post Corporation Act

R.‍S.‍, c. C-10

509Subsection41(1) of theCanada Post Corporation Act is replaced by the following:

Inspection of mail
41(1)The Corporation may open any mail, other than a letter, Insertion startif it has reasonable grounds Insertion end to Insertion startsuspect that Insertion end
  • (a)the conditions prescribed by regulations made Insertion startunder Insertion end paragraph19(1)‍(c) have Insertion startnot Insertion end been complied with;

  • (b)the manner prescribed by regulations made Insertion startunder Insertion end paragraph19(1)‍(e) has Insertion startnot Insertion end been adhered to; or

  • (c)the mail is non-mailable matter.

DIVISION31
Royal Style and Titles Act,2023

Enactment of Act

510TheRoyal Style and Titles Act,2023 is enacted as follows:

An Act respecting the Royal Style and Titles,2023
Preamble

Whereas it is desirable that the Parliament of Canada should assent to the issue of a Royal Proclamation establishing the Royal Style and Titles for Canada;

Now, therefore, His Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate and House of Commons of Canada, enacts as follows:

Short title
1This Act may be cited as theRoyal Style and Titles Act,2023.
Assent to Royal Style and Titles
2The Parliament of Canada assents to the issue by His Majesty of His Royal Proclamation under the Great Seal of Canada establishing for Canada the following Royal Style and Titles:

Charles the Third, by the Grace of God King of Canada and His other Realms and Territories, Head of the Commonwealth.

DIVISION32
Canada Growth Fund

1999, c. 34

Public Sector Pension Investment Board Act

511ThePublic Sector Pension Investment Board Act is amended by adding the following after section5:
Investment management services
Start of inserted block
5.‍1(1)Without limiting the generality of subsection5(1) and despite subsection5(2), the Board may incorporate a subsidiary for the purpose of providing investment management services to the Canada Growth Fund Inc. in accordance with any terms agreed to by the subsidiary and the Canada Growth Fund Inc.
End of inserted block
Costs
Start of inserted block
(2)Despite subsection4(2), the costs associated with the establishment and operation of the subsidiary and with the provision of investment management services are to be paid by the Canada Growth Fund Inc.
End of inserted block
512The Act is amended by adding the following after section32:
Non-application — investment management services
Start of inserted block
32.‍1The investment policies, standards and procedures established under section32 do not apply in respect of a subsidiary incorporated for the purpose of providing investment management services to the Canada Growth Fund Inc.
End of inserted block
513The Act is amended by adding the following after section50:
Non-application of regulations — investment management services
Start of inserted block
50.‍1Regulations made under section50 do not apply in respect of a subsidiary incorporated for the purpose of providing investment management services to the Canada Growth Fund Inc.
End of inserted block

2022, c. 19

Fall Economic Statement Implementation Act,2022

Amendments to the Act
514Subsection118(2) of theFall Economic Statement Implementation Act,2022 is replaced by the following:
Consolidated Revenue Fund

(2)On the requisition of the Minister of Finance, there may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund amounts not exceeding Insertion start$15,000,000,000 Insertion end in the aggregate, or any greater amount that is specified in an appropriation Act, for the acquisition of shares under subsection (1).

515Section119 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Not agent of His Majesty

119The subsidiary referred to in section118 Insertion startis not an agent Insertion end of His Majesty in right of Canada.

Coming into Force
December 15, 2022

516Section515 is deemed to have come into force on December15, 2022.

DIVISION33
Legislation Related to Financial Institutions

R.‍S.‍, c. 18 (3rd Supp.‍), Part I

Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Act

517(1)Subsection4(2) of theOffice of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (a):
  • Start of inserted block

    (a.‍1)to supervise financial institutions in order to determine whether they have adequate policies and procedures to protect themselves against threats to their integrity or security, including foreign interference;

    End of inserted block
(2)Paragraph4(2)‍(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b)to promptly advise the management and board of directors of a financial institution in the event the institution is not in sound financial condition or is not complying with its governing statute law or supervisory requirements under that law and, in such a case, to take, or require the management or board to take, the necessary corrective measures or series of measures to deal with the situation Insertion startwithout delay Insertion end;

  • Start of inserted block

    (b.‍1)to promptly advise the management and board of directors of a financial institution in the event the institution does not have adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security and, in such a case, to take, or require the management or board to take, the necessary corrective measures or series of measures to deal with the situation without delay;

    End of inserted block

1991, c. 45

Trust and Loan Companies Act

518TheTrust and Loan Companies Act is amended by adding the following after section14:
Policies and procedures — integrity or security
Start of inserted block
14.‍1A company shall establish and adhere to policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security, including foreign interference.
End of inserted block
519Paragraphs164(e) and (f) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (e)a person who is prohibited by section386or399 from exercising voting rights attached to shares of the company Insertion startor whose voting rights attached to the shares are suspended under section401.‍1or subsection527.‍5(4) Insertion end;

  • (f)a person who is an officer, director or full time employee of an entity that is prohibited by section386or399 from exercising voting rights attached to shares of the company Insertion startor whose voting rights attached to the shares are suspended under section401.‍1or subsection527.‍5(4) Insertion end;

520The Act is amended by adding the following after section401:
Disposition — threat to integrity or security
Start of inserted block
401.‍1(1)If the Minister is of the opinion that a person’s holding or beneficial ownership of shares of a company poses a threat to the integrity or security of the company or the financial system in Canada or a threat to national security, the Minister may, by order, direct that person and any person controlled by that person to dispose of any number of shares of the company held or beneficially owned by any of the persons that the Minister specifies in the order, within the time specified in the order and in the proportion, if any, as between the person and the persons controlled by the person that is specified in the order.
End of inserted block
Suspension of rights
Start of inserted block
(2)A direction made under subsection (1) may also suspend any of the rights under Part VI attached to the shares referred to in that subsection until the shares are disposed of in accordance with the direction.
End of inserted block
Representations
Start of inserted block
(3)No direction shall be made under subsection (1) unless the Minister has provided each person to whom the direction relates and the company concerned with a reasonable opportunity to make representations.
End of inserted block
Temporary direction
Start of inserted block
(4)If, in the Minister’s opinion, the length of time required for representations to be made under subsection (3) might be prejudicial to the public interest, the Minister may make a temporary direction to suspend any of the rights under Part VI attached to any of the shares referred to in subsection (1).
End of inserted block
Cessation of effect
Start of inserted block
(5)A temporary direction ceases to have effect on the earlier of
  • (a)the expiry of30 days after the day on which it takes effect or of a shorter period that is specified in the temporary direction, and

  • (b)if a direction is made under subsection (1) in respect of the shares, the day on which that direction takes effect.

    End of inserted block
Appeal
Start of inserted block
(6)Any person with respect to whom a direction has been made under subsection (1) may, within30days after the day on which the direction was made, appeal the matter in accordance with section530.
End of inserted block
Notice — Committee and Review Agency
Start of inserted block
(7)If a direction has been made under subsection (1) or (4) for reasons related to national security, the Minister shall, within30 days after the day on which the direction was made, notify
  • (a)theCommittee, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Committee of Parliamentarians Act; and

  • (b)theReview Agency, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Review Agency Act.

    End of inserted block
521Subsection402(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Application to court
402(1)If a person fails to comply with a direction made under subsection396(7),401(1) or Insertion start401.‍1(1) Insertion end, an application on behalf of the Minister may be made to a court for an order to enforce the direction.
522Subsection502(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Production of information and documents
502(1)The Superintendent may, by order, direct a person who controls a company or any entity that is affiliated with a company to provide the Superintendent with Insertion startany Insertion end information or documents Insertion startthat Insertion end may be specified in the order Insertion startif Insertion end the Superintendent believes that theproduction of the information or documents is necessary in order to be satisfied that
  • Insertion start(a) Insertion endthe provisions of this Act are being duly observed and that the company is in a sound financial condition; Insertion startor Insertion end

  • Start of inserted block

    (b)the company has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security.

    End of inserted block
523(1)Subsection505(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Examination of companies
505(1)The Superintendent, from time to time, but at least once in each calendar year, shall make or cause to be made any examination and inquiry into the business and affairs of each company that the Superintendent considers to be necessary or expedient to determine whether the company is complying with the provisions of this Act, whether the company is in a sound financial condition and Insertion startwhether the company has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security Insertion end. After the conclusion of each examination and inquiry, Insertion startthe Superintendent Insertion end shall report on it to the Minister.
(2)Section505of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Integrity or security
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)The Superintendent, from time to time, shall make or cause to be made any examination and inquiry into the business and affairs of any company that the Superintendent considers to be necessary or expedient to determine whether the company has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security. After the conclusion of each examination and inquiry, the Superintendent shall report on it to the Minister.
End of inserted block
(3)Subsection505(1.‍1) of the Act is repealed.
524Section506.‍1 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Prudential agreement
506.‍1The Superintendent may enter into an agreement, called a “prudential agreement”, with a company for the purposes of implementing any measure designed to maintain or improve its safety and soundness Insertion startor establishing adequate policies and procedures to protect it against threats to its integrity or security Insertion end.
525Subsections507(2) and (3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Directions — policies and procedures
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)If, in the opinion of the Superintendent, a company does not have adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security, the Superintendent may direct the company to take any measures that in the opinion of the Superintendent are necessary to remedy the situation.
End of inserted block
Opportunity for representations
(2)Subject to subsection (3), no direction shall be issued to a company or person under subsection (1) Insertion startor (1.‍1) Insertion end unless the company or person is provided with a reasonable opportunity to make representations in respect of the matter.
Temporary direction
(3) Insertion startIf Insertion end, in the opinion of the Superintendent, the length of time required for representations to be made under subsection (2) might be prejudicial to the public interest, the Superintendent may make a temporary direction with respect to the matters referred to in paragraphs (1)‍(a) and (b) Insertion startor subsection (1.‍1) Insertion end having effect for a period of not more than15 days.
526Paragraph509(1)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)is contravening or has failed to comply with a prudential agreement entered into under section506.‍1 or a direction of the Superintendent issued to the company or person Insertion startunder Insertion end subsection507(1), Insertion start(1.‍1) Insertion end or (3),

527(1)Subsection510(1.‍1) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (g) and by adding the following after that paragraph:
  • Start of inserted block

    (g.‍1)in the opinion of the Superintendent, the company’s depositors and creditors may be detrimentally affected because all of the common shares of the company must be disposed of under a direction made by the Minister or because there is a prohibition under this Act in respect of the exercise of the right to vote attached to all of the common shares of the company;

    End of inserted block
(2)Subsection510(1.‍1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (h):
  • Start of inserted block

    (i)in the opinion of the Superintendent, the continued operation of the company by the directors of the company or by the officers of the company responsible for its management would be materially prejudicial to its integrity or security; or

  • (j)in the opinion of the Superintendent, the continued operation of the company by the directors of the company or by the officers of the company responsible for its management would pose a risk to national security.

    End of inserted block
(3)Section510of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1.‍1):
Minister’s powers
Start of inserted block
(1.‍11)Subject to this Act, the Minister may, for reasons related to national security, direct the Superintendent to
  • (a)take control, for a period not exceeding16 days, of the assets of the company and the assets held in trust by or under the administration of the company;

  • (b)take control, for a period exceeding16 days, of the assets of the company and the assets held in trust by or under the administration of the company;

  • (c)if control of assets has been taken under paragraph (a), continue the control beyond the16 days referred to in that paragraph; or

  • (d)take control of the company.

    End of inserted block
(4)Subsection510(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Notice — up to 16 days
Start of inserted block
(1.‍3)If the Superintendent takes control of the assets of a company under paragraph (1.‍11)‍(a), the Superintendent shall notify the company that control has been taken at the direction of the Minister.
End of inserted block
Notice — more than 16 days
Start of inserted block
(1.‍4)If the Minister is considering whether to exercise the powers under any of paragraphs (1.‍11)‍(b) to (d), the Superintendent shall notify the company of the action that is being considered and of its right to make written representations to the Minister within the time specified in the notice, not exceeding10 days after it receives the notice.
End of inserted block
Notice — Committee and Review Agency
Start of inserted block
(1.‍5)Within30days after exercising any of the powers under subsection (1.‍11), the Minister shall notify
  • (a)theCommittee, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Committee of Parliamentarians Act; and

  • (b)theReview Agency, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Review Agency Act.

    End of inserted block
Objectives of Superintendent
(2) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent has control Insertion startunder Insertion end subsection (1) Insertion startor (1.‍11) Insertion end of the assets of a company referred to in that subsection, the Superintendent may do all things necessary or expedient to protect the rights and interests of the depositors and creditors of the company or the beneficiaries of any trust under the administration of the company.
(5)The portion of subsection510(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Powers of Superintendent
(3) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent has control Insertion startunder Insertion end subsection Insertion start(1) or (1.‍11) Insertion end of the assets of a company referred to in that subsection,
528(1)Subsection514(1) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Powers of directors and officers suspended
514(1) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent takes control of a company Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph510(1)‍(b)‍(iii) Insertion startor paragraph510(1.‍11)‍(d) Insertion end, the powers, duties, functions, rights and privileges of the directors of the company and of the officers of the company responsible for its management are suspended.
(2)The portion of subsection514(2) of the English version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Superintendent to manage company
(2) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent takes control of a company Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph510(1)‍(b)‍(iii) Insertion startor paragraph510(1.‍11)‍(d) Insertion end, the Superintendent shall manage the business and affairs of the company and in so doing the Superintendent
(3)Subsection514(3) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Persons to assist
(3) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent takes control of a company Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph510(1)‍(b)‍(iii) Insertion startor paragraph510(1.‍11)‍(d) Insertion end, the Superintendent may appoint one or more persons to assist in the management of the company.
529Section515of the Act is renumbered as subsection515(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Expiration of control — Minister’s direction
Start of inserted block
(2)Control by the Superintendent under subsection510(1.‍11) of a company or of the assets of a company and the assets held in trust by or under the administration of the company expires on the day on which a notice by the Superintendent is sent to the directors and officers who conducted the business and affairs of the company stating that the Minister is of the opinion, on the recommendation of the Superintendant, that corrective measures have been taken in response to the reasons related to national security and that the company can resume control of its business and affairs.
End of inserted block
530Paragraphs515.‍1(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (a)the assets of the company and the assets held in trust by or under the administration of the company are under the control of the Superintendent Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph510(1)‍(b)‍(i) or (ii) Insertion startor paragraph510(1.‍11)‍(b) or (c) Insertion end; or

  • (b)the company is under the control of the Superintendent Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph510(1)‍(b)‍(iii) Insertion startor paragraph510(1.‍11)‍(d) Insertion end.

531The portion of section516 of the English version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Requirement to relinquish control
516 Insertion startIf Insertion end no action has been taken by the Superintendent under section515.‍1and, after30days following the taking of control by the Superintendent under subsection510(1) Insertion startor (1.‍11) Insertion end of a company or of the assets of a company and the assets held in trust by or under the administration of the company, the Superintendent receives from its board of directors a notice in writing requesting the Superintendent to relinquish control, the Superintendent Insertion startshall Insertion end, not later than12 days after receipt of the notice,
532Section517 of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Advisory committee
517The Superintendent may, from among the companies that are subject to an assessment under section23 of theOffice of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Act and required to share in the expenses resulting from the taking of control of a company Insertion startunder Insertion end subsection510(1) Insertion startor (1.‍11) Insertion end, appoint a committee of not more than six members to advise the Superintendent in respect of assets, management and all other matters pertinent to the duties and responsibilities of the Superintendent in exercising control of the company.
533Subsection518(1) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Expenses payable by company
518(1) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent has taken control of a company Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph510(1)‍(b)‍(iii) Insertion startor paragraph510(1.‍11)‍(d) Insertion end and the control expires or is relinquished Insertion startunder Insertion end section515or paragraph516(a), the Superintendent may direct that the company be liable for repayment of all or part of the expenses resulting from the taking of control of the company and assessed against and paid by other companies Insertion startunder Insertion end section23 of theOffice of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Act, together with Insertion startany Insertion end interest in respect Insertion startof the expenses Insertion end at Insertion startany Insertion end rate Insertion startthat Insertion end is specified by the Superintendent.
534Section519 of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Priority of claim in liquidation
519In the case of the winding-up of a company, the expenses resulting from the taking of control of the company under subsection510(1) Insertion startor (1.‍11) Insertion end and assessed against and paid by other companies Insertion startunder Insertion end section23 of theOffice of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Act, and interest in respect Insertion startof the expenses Insertion end at Insertion startany Insertion end rate Insertion startthat Insertion end is specified by the Superintendent, constitute a claim of Insertion startHis Insertion end Majesty in right of Canada against the assets of the company that ranks after all other claims but prior to any claim in respect of the shares of the company.
535Subsection527.‍4(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Minister — terms, conditions and undertakings
527.‍4(1)In addition to any other action that may be taken under this Act, the Minister may, in granting an approval, impose any terms and conditions or require any undertaking that the Minister considers appropriate, including any terms, conditions or undertakingsspecified by the Superintendent to maintain or improve the safety and soundness of any financial institution regulated under an Act of Parliament to which the approval relates or that might be affected by it Insertion startor to ensure that such a financial institution has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security Insertion end.
536Subsection527.‍5(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Representations
(3)Before taking any action under Insertion startsubsection (1) or (2) Insertion end, the Minister or the Superintendent, as the case may be, shall give the person concerned a reasonable opportunity to make representations.
Temporary suspension or amendment
Start of inserted block
(4)If, in the Minister’s opinion, the length of time required for representations to be made under subsection (3) might be prejudicial to the public interest, the Minister may temporarily suspend or amend any approval granted by the Minister.
End of inserted block
Cessation of effect
Start of inserted block
(5)A temporary suspension or amendment of an approval ceases to have effect on the earlier of
  • (a)the expiry of30 days after the day on which it takes effect or of a shorter period that is specified by the Minister, and

  • (b)if the approval is revoked, suspended or amended under subsection (1), the day on which the revocation, suspension or amendment takes effect.

    End of inserted block
537The Act is amended by adding the following after section527.‍5:
Confidential undertaking
Start of inserted block
527.‍51(1)If, in the Minister’s opinion, the disclosure of information about an undertaking required under subsection527.‍4(1) or527.‍5(1) or (4), or information that could reveal the existence of the undertaking, could pose a threat to the integrity or security of the financial institution to which the undertaking relates or could be injurious to national security, the Minister may specify that the information is confidential and shall be treated accordingly.
End of inserted block
Prohibition
Start of inserted block
(2)Despite anything in this Act but subject to subsection (3), it is prohibited to disclose any confidential information referred to in subsection (1) except in accordance with any terms or conditions that the Minister may specify in the undertaking.
End of inserted block
Notice — Committee and Review Agency
Start of inserted block
(3)If the Minister specifies under subsection (1) that information referred to in that subsection is confidential for reasons related to national security, the Minister shall, within30 days after the day on which the undertaking in question is required, notify
  • (a)theCommittee, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Committee of Parliamentarians Act; and

  • (b)theReview Agency, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Review Agency Act.

    End of inserted block
538Subsection530(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Appeal to Federal Court
530(1)An appeal lies to the Federal Court from any direction of the Minister made under subsection396(7),401(1) or Insertion start401.‍1(1) Insertion end.

1991, c. 46

Bank Act

539TheBank Act is amended by adding the following after section15:
Policies and procedures — integrity or security
Start of inserted block
15.‍1A bank shall establish and adhere to policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security, including foreign interference.
End of inserted block
540Paragraphs160(e) and (f) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (e)a person who is prohibited by subsection156.‍09(9) or section392or401.‍3 from exercising voting rights attached to shares of the bank Insertion startor whose voting rights attached to the shares are suspended under section402.‍2or subsection973.‍03(4) Insertion end;

  • (f)a person who is an officer, director or full time employee of an entity that is prohibited by subsection156.‍09(9) or section392or401.‍3 from exercising voting rights attached to shares of the bank Insertion startor whose voting rights attached to the shares are suspended under section402.‍2or subsection973.‍03(4) Insertion end;

541The Act is amended by adding the following after section402.‍1:
Disposition — threat to integrity or security
Start of inserted block
402.‍2(1)If the Minister is of the opinion that a person’s holding or beneficial ownership of shares or membership shares of a bank poses a threat to the integrity or security of the bank or the financial system in Canada or a threat to national security, the Minister may, by order, direct that person and any person controlled by that person to
  • (a)dispose of any number of shares of the bank held or beneficially owned by any of the persons that the Minister specifies in the order, within the time specified in the order and in the proportion, if any, as between the person and the persons controlled by the person that is specified in the order; or

  • (b)dispose of any number of membership shares of the bank held or beneficially owned by any of the persons that the Minister specifies in the order, within the time specified in the order and in the proportion, if any, as between the person and the persons controlled by the person that is specified in the order.

    End of inserted block
Suspension of rights
Start of inserted block
(2)A direction made under subsection (1) may also suspend any of the rights under Part VI attached to the shares referred to in paragraph (1)‍(a) or the membership shares referred to in paragraph (1)‍(b) until the shares or membership shares are disposed of in accordance with the direction.
End of inserted block
Representations
Start of inserted block
(3)No direction shall be made under subsection (1) unless the Minister has provided each person to whom the direction relates and the bank concerned with a reasonable opportunity to make representations.
End of inserted block
Temporary direction
Start of inserted block
(4)If, in the Minister’s opinion, the length of time required for representations to be made under subsection (3) might be prejudicial to the public interest, the Minister may make a temporary direction to suspend any of the rights under Part VI attached to any of the shares referred to in paragraph (1)‍(a) or the membership shares referred to in paragraph (1)‍(b).
End of inserted block
Cessation of effect
Start of inserted block
(5)A temporary direction ceases to have effect on the earlier of
  • (a)the expiry of30 days after the day on which it takes effect or of a shorter period that is specified in the temporary direction, and

  • (b)if a direction is made under subsection (1) in respect of the shares or membership shares, the day on which that direction takes effect.

    End of inserted block
Appeal
Start of inserted block
(6)Any person with respect to whom a direction has been made under subsection (1) may, within30days after the day on which the direction was made, appeal the matter in accordance with section977.
End of inserted block
Notice — Committee and Review Agency
Start of inserted block
(7)If a direction has been made under subsection (1) or (4) for reasons related to national security, the Minister shall, within30 days after the day on which the direction was made, notify
  • (a)theCommittee, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Committee of Parliamentarians Act; and

  • (b)theReview Agency, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Review Agency Act.

    End of inserted block
542Subsection403(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Application to court
403(1)If a person fails to comply with a direction made under subsection401.‍2(7),402(1) or Insertion start402.‍2(1) Insertion end, an application on behalf of the Minister may be made to a court for an order to enforce the direction.
543The Act is amended by adding the following after section524.‍2:
Policies and procedures — integrity or security
Start of inserted block
524.‍3An authorized foreign bank shall establish and adhere to policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security in relation to its business in Canada.
End of inserted block
544(1)Subsection613(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Examination of authorized foreign banks
613(1)The Superintendent, from time to time, but, in the case of an authorized foreign bank that is not subject to the restrictions and requirements referred to in subsection524(2), at least once in each calendar year, shall make or cause to be made any examination and inquiry into the business and affairs of each authorized foreign bank that the Superintendent considers to be necessary or expedient to determine whether the authorized foreign bank is complying with the provisions of this Act and Insertion startwhether the authorized foreign bank has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security in relation to its business in Canada Insertion end. After the conclusion of each examination and inquiry, Insertion startthe Superintendent Insertion end shall report on it to the Minister.
(2)Section613of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Integrity or security
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)The Superintendent, from time to time, shall make or cause to be made any examination and inquiry into the business and affairs of any authorized foreign bank that the Superintendent considers to be necessary or expedient to determine whether the authorized foreign bank has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security in relation to its business in Canada. After the conclusion of each examination and inquiry, the Superintendent shall report on it to the Minister.
End of inserted block
(3)Subsection613(1.‍1) of the Act is repealed.
545Section614.‍1 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Prudential agreement
614.‍1The Superintendent may enter into an agreement, called a “prudential agreement”, with an authorized foreign bank for the purposes of implementing any measure designed to protect the interests of its depositors and creditors Insertion startor establishing adequate policies and procedures to protect it against threats to its integrity or security Insertion end in Insertion startrelation to Insertion end its business in Canada.
546Subsections615(2) and (3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Directions — policies and procedures
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)If, in the opinion of the Superintendent, an authorized foreign bank does not have adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security in relation to its business in Canada, the Superintendent may direct the authorized foreign bank to take any measures that in the opinion of the Superintendent are necessary to remedy the situation.
End of inserted block
Opportunity for representations
(2)Subject to subsection (3), no direction shall be issued Insertion startunder subsection (1) or (1.‍1) Insertion end to an authorized foreign bank or person unless the authorized foreign bank or person is provided with a reasonable opportunity to make representations in respect of the matter.
Temporary direction
(3) Insertion startIf Insertion end, in the opinion of the Superintendent, the length of time required for representations to be made might be prejudicial to the public interest, the Superintendent may make a temporary direction with respect to the matters referred to in paragraphs (1)‍(a) and (b) Insertion startor subsection (1.‍1) Insertion end having effect for a period of not more than15 days.
547Paragraph616(1)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)is contravening or has failed to comply with a prudential agreement entered into under section614.‍1or a direction of the Superintendent made under subsection615(1), Insertion start(1.‍1) Insertion end or (3),

548(1)Subsection619(2) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (f) and by adding the following after paragraph (g):
  • Start of inserted block

    (h)in the opinion of the Superintendent, the continued operation of the authorized foreign bank in Canada would be materially prejudicial to its integrity or security in relation to its business in Canada; or

  • (i)in the opinion of the Superintendent, the continued operation of the authorized foreign bank in Canada would pose a risk to national security.

    End of inserted block
(2)Section619of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Minister’s powers
Start of inserted block
(2.‍1)Subject to this Act, the Minister may, for reasons related to national security, direct the Superintendent to
  • (a)take control, for a period not exceeding16 days, of the assets of the authorized foreign bank;

  • (b)take control, for a period exceeding16 days, of the assets of the authorized foreign bank; or

  • (c)if control of assets has been taken under paragraph (a), continue the control beyond the16 days referred to in that paragraph.

    End of inserted block
(3)Subsection619(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Notice — up to 16 days
Start of inserted block
(3.‍1)If the Superintendent takes control of the assets of an authorized foreign bank under paragraph (2.‍1)‍(a), the Superintendent shall notify the authorized foreign bank that control has been taken at the direction of the Minister.
End of inserted block
Notice — more than 16 days
Start of inserted block
(3.‍2)If the Minister is considering whether to exercise the powers under paragraph (2.‍1)‍(b) or (c), the Superintendent shall notify the authorized foreign bank of the action that is being considered and of its right to make written representations to the Minister within the time specified in the notice, not exceeding10 days after it receives the notice.
End of inserted block
Notice — Committee and Review Agency
Start of inserted block
(3.‍3)Within30days after exercising any of the powers under subsection (2.‍1), the Minister shall notify
  • (a)theCommittee, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Committee of Parliamentarians Act; and

  • (b)theReview Agency, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Review Agency Act.

    End of inserted block
Objectives of Superintendent
(4) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent has control Insertion startunder Insertion end subsection (1) Insertion startor (2.‍1) Insertion end of the assets of an authorized foreign bank referred to in that subsection, the Superintendent may do all things necessary or expedient to protect the rights and interests of the depositors and creditors of the authorized foreign bank in respect of its business in Canada.
(4)The portion of subsection619(5) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Powers of Superintendent
(5) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent has control Insertion startunder Insertion end subsection (1) Insertion startor (2.‍1) Insertion end of the assets of an authorized foreign bank referred to in that subsection,
(5)Subsection619(6) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Persons to assist
(6) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent takes control of the assets of an authorized foreign bank under subparagraph (1)‍(b)‍(i) or (ii) Insertion startor paragraph (2.‍1)‍(b) or (c) Insertion end, the Superintendent may appoint one or more persons to assist in the control of the assets.
549Section620of the Act is renumbered as subsection620(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Expiration of control — Minister’s direction
Start of inserted block
(2)Control by the Superintendent under subsection619(2.‍1) of the assets of an authorized foreign bank expires on the day on which a notice by the Superintendent is sent to the principal officer of the authorized foreign bank stating that the Minister is of the opinion, on the recommendation of the Superintendent, that corrective measures have been taken in response to the reasons related to national security and that the authorized foreign bank can resume control of its assets.
End of inserted block
550Section621 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Superintendent may request winding-up
621The Superintendent may, at any time before the receipt of a request under section622to relinquish control of the assets of an authorized foreign bank, request the Attorney General of Canada to apply for a winding-up order under section10.‍1 of theWinding-up and Restructuring Act in respect of the authorized foreign bank, Insertion startif Insertion end the assets of the authorized foreign bank are under the control of the Superintendent Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph619(1)‍(b)‍(i) or (ii) Insertion startor paragraph619(2.‍1)‍(b) or (c) Insertion end.
551The portion of section622 of the English version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Requirement to relinquish control
622 Insertion startIf Insertion end no action has been taken by the Superintendent under section621and, after30days following the taking of control by the Superintendent under subsection619(1) Insertion startor (2.‍1) Insertion end of the assets of an authorized foreign bank, the Superintendent receives from the principal officer of the authorized foreign bank a notice in writing requesting the Superintendent to relinquish control, the Superintendent Insertion startshall Insertion end, not later than12 days after receipt of the notice,
552Section623 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Advisory committee
623The Superintendent may appoint a committee of not more than six members to advise the Superintendent in respect of the assets and all other matters pertinent to the duties and responsibilities of the Superintendent in exercising control of the assets. The committee shall be appointed from among the banks and authorized foreign banks that are subject to an assessment under section23 of theOffice of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Act and required to share in the expenses resulting from the taking of control of the assets of the authorized foreign bank under subsection619(1) Insertion startor (2.‍1) Insertion end.
553Subsection624(1) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Expenses payable by authorized foreign bank
624(1) Insertion startIf Insertion end control of the assets of an authorized foreign bank has been taken under subparagraph619(1)‍(b)‍(i) or (ii) Insertion startor paragraph619(2.‍1)‍(b) or (c) Insertion end and the control expires or is relinquished under section620or paragraph622(a), the Superintendent may direct that the authorized foreign bank be liable for repayment of all or part of the expenses resulting from the taking of control of the assets and assessed against and paid by other authorized foreign banks and by banks under section23 of theOffice of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Act, together with any interest in respect of the expenses at any rate that is specified by the Superintendent.
554Section625 of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Priority of claim in liquidation
625In the case of the winding-up of the business in Canada of an authorized foreign bank, the expenses resulting from the taking of control of the assets of the authorized foreign bank under subsection619(1) Insertion startor (2.‍1) Insertion end and assessed against and paid by other authorized foreign banks and by banks under section23 of theOffice of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Act and interest in respect of the expenses at any rate that is specified by the Superintendent, constitute a claim of Insertion startHis Insertion end Majesty in right of Canada against the assets of the authorized foreign bank that ranks after any claim referred to in paragraph627(1)‍(d).
555Subsection635(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Production of information and documents
635(1)The Superintendent may, by order, direct a person who controls a bank or any entity that is affiliated with a bank to provide the Superintendent with Insertion startany Insertion end information or documents Insertion startthat Insertion end may be specified in the order Insertion startif Insertion end the Superintendent believes that the production of the information or documents is necessary in order to be satisfied that
  • Insertion start(a) Insertion endthe provisions of this Act are being duly observed and that the bank is in a sound financial condition; Insertion startor Insertion end

  • Start of inserted block

    (b)the bank has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security.

    End of inserted block
556(1)Subsection643(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Examination of banks
643(1)The Superintendent, from time to time, but at least once in each calendar year, shall make or cause to be made any examination and inquiry into the business and affairs of each bank that the Superintendent considers to be necessary or expedient to determine whether the bank is complying with the provisions of this Act, whether the bank is in a sound financial condition and Insertion startwhether the bank has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security Insertion end. After the conclusion of each examination and inquiry, Insertion startthe Superintendent Insertion end shall report on it to the Minister.
(2)Section643of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Integrity or security
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)The Superintendent, from time to time, shall make or cause to be made any examination and inquiry into the business and affairs of any bank that the Superintendent considers to be necessary or expedient to determine whether the bank has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security. After the conclusion of each examination and inquiry, the Superintendent shall report on it to the Minister.
End of inserted block
(3)Subsection643(1.‍1) of the Act is repealed.
557Section644.‍1 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Prudential agreement
644.‍1The Superintendent may enter into an agreement, called a “prudential agreement”, with a bank for the purposes of implementing any measure designed to maintain or improve its safety and soundness Insertion startor establishing adequate policies and procedures to protect it against threats to its integrity or security Insertion end.
558Subsections645(2) and (3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Directions — policies and procedures
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)If, in the opinion of the Superintendent, a bank does not have adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security, the Superintendent may direct the bank to take any measures that in the opinion of the Superintendent are necessary to remedy the situation.
End of inserted block
Opportunity for representations
(2)Subject to subsection (3), no direction shall be issued to a bank or person under subsection (1) Insertion startor (1.‍1) Insertion end unless the bank or person is provided with a reasonable opportunity to make representations in respect of the matter.
Temporary direction
(3) Insertion startIf Insertion end, in the opinion of the Superintendent, the length of time required for representations to be made under subsection (2) might be prejudicial to the public interest, the Superintendent may make a temporary direction with respect to the matters referred to in paragraphs (1)‍(a) and (b) Insertion startor subsection (1.‍1) Insertion end having effect for a period of not more than15 days.
559Paragraph646(1)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)is contravening or has failed to comply with a prudential agreement entered into under section644.‍1or a direction of the Superintendent made under subsection645(1), Insertion start(1.‍1) Insertion end or (3),

560(1)Subsection648(1.‍1) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (g) and by adding the following after that paragraph:
  • Start of inserted block

    (g.‍1)in the opinion of the Superintendent, the bank’s depositors and creditors may be detrimentally affected because all of the common shares or membership shares of the bank must be disposed of under a direction made by the Minister or because there is a prohibition under this Act in respect of the exercise of the right to vote attached to all of the common shares or membership shares of the bank;

    End of inserted block
(2)Subsection648(1.‍1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (h):
  • Start of inserted block

    (i)in the opinion of the Superintendent, the continued operation of the bank by the directors of the bank or by the officers of the bank responsible for its management would be materially prejudicial to its integrity or security; or

  • (j)in the opinion of the Superintendent, the continued operation of the bank by the directors of the bank or by the officers of the bank responsible for its management would pose a risk to national security.

    End of inserted block
(3)Section648of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1.‍1):
Minister’s powers
Start of inserted block
(1.‍11)Subject to this Act, the Minister may, for reasons related to national security, direct the Superintendent to
  • (a)take control, for a period not exceeding16 days, of the assets of the bank and the assets under its administration;

  • (b)take control, for a period exceeding16 days, of the assets of the bank and the assets under its administration;

  • (c)if control of assets has been taken under paragraph (a), continue the control beyond the16 days referred to in that paragraph; or

  • (d)take control of the bank.

    End of inserted block
(4)Subsection648(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Notice — up to 16 days
Start of inserted block
(1.‍3)If the Superintendent takes control of the assets of the bank under paragraph (1.‍11)‍(a), the Superintendent shall notify the bank that control has been taken at the direction of the Minister.
End of inserted block
Notice — more than 16 days
Start of inserted block
(1.‍4)If the Minister is considering whether to exercise the powers under any of paragraphs (1.‍11)‍(b) to (d), the Superintendent shall notify the bank of the action that is being considered and of its right to make written representations to the Minister within the time specified in the notice, not exceeding10 days after it receives the notice.
End of inserted block
Notice — Committee and Review Agency
Start of inserted block
(1.‍5)Within30days after exercising any of the powers under subsection (1.‍11), the Minister shall notify
  • (a)theCommittee, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Committee of Parliamentarians Act; and

  • (b)theReview Agency, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Review Agency Act.

    End of inserted block
Objectives of Superintendent
(2) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent has control Insertion startunder Insertion end subsection (1) Insertion startor (1.‍11) Insertion end of the assets of a bank referred to in that subsection, the Superintendent may do all things necessary or expedient to protect the rights and interests of the depositors and creditors of the bank.
(5)The portion of subsection648(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Powers of Superintendent
(3) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent has control Insertion startunder Insertion end subsection (1) Insertion startor (1.‍11) Insertion end of the assets of a bank referred to in that subsection,
561(1)Subsection649(1) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Powers suspended
649(1)If the Superintendent takes control of a bank Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph648(1)‍(b)‍(iii) Insertion startor paragraph648(1.‍11)‍(d) Insertion end, the powers, duties, functions, rights and privileges of the directors of the bank and of the officers of the bank responsible for its management are suspended. If the bank is a federal credit union, the powers of the members to make, amend or repeal by-laws are also suspended.
(2)The portion of subsection649(2) of the English version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Superintendent to manage bank
(2) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent takes control of a bank Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph648(1)‍(b)‍(iii) Insertion startor paragraph648(1.‍11)‍(d) Insertion end, the Superintendent shall manage the business and affairs of the bank and in doing so the Superintendent
(3)Subsection649(3) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Persons to assist
(3) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent takes control of a bank Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph648(1)‍(b)‍(iii) Insertion startor paragraph648(1.‍11)‍(d) Insertion end, the Superintendent may appoint one or more persons to assist in the management of the bank.
562Section650of the Act is renumbered as subsection650(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Expiration of control — Minister’s direction
Start of inserted block
(2)Control by the Superintendent under subsection648(1.‍11) of a bank or of the assets of a bank expires on the day on which a notice by the Superintendent is sent to the directors and officers who conducted the business and affairs of the bank stating that the Minister is of the opinion, on the recommendation of the Superintendant, that corrective measures have been taken in response to the reasons related to national security and that the bank can resume control of its business and affairs.
End of inserted block
563Paragraphs651(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (a)the assets of the bank are under the control of the Superintendent Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph648(1)‍(b)‍(i) or (ii) Insertion startor paragraph648(1.‍11)‍(b) or (c) Insertion end; or

  • (b)the bank is under the control of the Superintendent Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph648(1)‍(b)‍(iii) Insertion startor paragraph648(1.‍11)‍(d) Insertion end.

564The portion of section652 of the English version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Requirement to relinquish control
652 Insertion startIf Insertion end no action has been taken by the Superintendent under section651and, after30days following the taking of control by the Superintendent under subsection648(1) Insertion startor (1.‍11) Insertion end of a bank or of the assets of a bank, the Superintendent receives from its board of directors a notice in writing requesting the Superintendent to relinquish control, the Superintendent Insertion startshall Insertion end, not later than12 days after receipt of the notice,
565Section653 of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Advisory committee
653The Superintendent may, from among the banks and authorized foreign banks that are subject to anassessment under section23 of theOffice of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Act and required to share in the expenses resulting from the taking of control of a bank Insertion startunder Insertion end subsection648(1) Insertion startor (1.‍11) Insertion end, appoint a committee of not more than six members to advise the Superintendent in respect of assets, management and all other matters pertinent to the duties and responsibilities of the Superintendent in exercising control of the bank.
566Subsection654(1) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Expenses payable by bank
654(1) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent has taken control of a bank Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph648(1)‍(b)‍(iii) Insertion startor paragraph648(1.‍11)‍(d) Insertion end and the control expires or is relinquished Insertion startunder Insertion end section650or paragraph652(a), the Superintendent may direct that the bank be liable for repayment of all or part of the expenses resulting from the taking of control of the bank and assessed against and paid by other banks and by authorized foreign banks Insertion startunder Insertion end section23 of theOffice of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Act, together with any interest in respect of the expenses at any rate that is specified by the Superintendent.
567Section655 of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Priority of claim in liquidation
655In the case of the winding-up of a bank, the expenses resulting from the taking of control of the bank under subsection648(1) Insertion startor (1.‍11) Insertion end and assessed against and paid by other banks and by authorized foreign banks under section23 of theOffice of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Act, and interest in respect of the expenses at any rate that is specified by the Superintendent, constitute a claim of Insertion startHis Insertion end Majesty in right of Canada against the assets of the bank that ranks after all other claims but prior to any claim in respect of the shares or membership shares of the bank.
568The Act is amended by adding the following after section664:
Policies and procedures — integrity or security
Start of inserted block
664.‍1A bank holding company shall establish and adhere to policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security, including foreign interference.
End of inserted block
569Subsection954(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (a), by adding “or” at the end of paragraph (b) and by adding the following after paragraph (b):
  • Start of inserted block

    (c)determine whether the bank holding company has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security.

    End of inserted block
570Subsection957(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Examination of bank holding companies
957(1)The Superintendent, from time to time, shall make or cause to be made any examination and inquiry into the business and affairs of each bank holding company that the Superintendent considers to be necessary or expedient to determine whether the bank holding company is complying with the provisions of this Act and to ascertain the financial condition of the bank holding company Insertion startor to determine whether the bank holding company has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security Insertion end.
571Section959 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Prudential agreement
959The Superintendent may enter into an agreement, called a “prudential agreement”, with a bank holding company for the purposes of implementing any measure designed to protect the interests of depositors, policyholders and creditors of any federal financial institution affiliated with it Insertion startor establishing adequate policies and procedures to protect the bank holding company against threats to its integrity or security Insertion end.
572Subsections960(2) and (3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Directions — policies and procedures
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)If, in the opinion of the Superintendent, a bank holding company does not have adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security, the Superintendent may direct the bank holding company to take any measures that in the opinion of the Superintendent are necessary to remedy the situation.
End of inserted block
Opportunity for representations
(2)Subject to subsection (4), no direction shall be issued Insertion startunder subsection (1) or (1.‍1) Insertion end unless the bank holding company is provided with a reasonable opportunity to make representations in respect of the matter.
Temporary direction
(3)If, in the opinion of the Superintendent, the length of time required for representations to be made might be prejudicial to the public interest, the Superintendent may make a temporary direction with respect to the matters referred to in paragraphs (1)‍(a) to (d) Insertion startor subsection (1.‍1) Insertion end having effect for a period of not more than15 days.
573Subsection961(1) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Exécution judiciaire
961(1)En cas de manquement soit à un accord prudentiel conclu en vertu de l’article959, soit à une décision prise Insertion starten vertu de l’article960 Insertion end, soit à une disposition de la présente loi — notamment une obligation — , le surintendant peut, en plus de toute autre mesure qu’il est déjà habilité à prendre sous le régime de celle-ci, demander à un tribunal de rendre une ordonnance obligeant la société de portefeuille bancaire en faute à mettre fin ou à remédier au manquement, ou toute autre ordonnance qu’il juge indiquée en l’espèce.
574Subsection973.‍02(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Minister — terms, conditions and undertakings
973.‍02(1)In addition to any other action that may be taken under this Act, the Minister may, in granting an approval, impose any terms and conditions or require any undertaking that the Minister considers appropriate, including any terms, conditions or undertakings specified by the Superintendent to maintain or improve the safety and soundness of any financial institution regulated under an Act of Parliament to which the approval relates or that might be affected by it Insertion startor to ensure that such a financial institution has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security Insertion end.
575Subsection973.‍03(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Representations
(3)Before taking any action under Insertion startsubsection (1) or (2) Insertion end, the Minister or the Superintendent, as the case may be, shall give the person concerned a reasonable opportunity to make representations.
Temporary amendment or suspension
Start of inserted block
(4)If, in the Minister’s opinion, the length of time required for representations to be made under subsection (3) might be prejudicial to the public interest, the Minister may temporarily suspend or amend any approval granted by the Minister.
End of inserted block
Cessation of effect
Start of inserted block
(5)A temporary suspension or amendment of an approval ceases to have effect on the earlier of
  • (a)the expiry of30 days after the day on which it takes effect or of a shorter period that is specified by the Minister, and

  • (b)if the approval is revoked, suspended or amended under subsection (1), the day on which the revocation, suspension or amendment takes effect.

    End of inserted block
576The Act is amended by adding the following after section973.‍03:
Confidential undertaking
Start of inserted block
973.‍031(1)If, in the Minister’s opinion, the disclosure of information about an undertaking required under subsection973.‍02(1) or973.‍03(1) or (4), or information that could reveal the existence of the undertaking, could pose a threat to the integrity or security of the financial institution to which the undertaking relates or could be injurious to national security, the Minister may specify that the information is confidential and shall be treated accordingly.
End of inserted block
Prohibition
Start of inserted block
(2)Despite anything in this Act but subject to subsection (3), it is prohibited to disclose any confidential information referred to in subsection (1) except in accordance with any terms or conditions that the Minister may specify in the undertaking.
End of inserted block
Notice — Committee and Review Agency
Start of inserted block
(3)If the Minister specifies under subsection (1) that information referred to in that subsection is confidential for reasons related to national security, the Minister shall, within30 days after the day on which the undertaking in question is required, notify
  • (a)theCommittee, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Committee of Parliamentarians Act; and

  • (b)theReview Agency, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Review Agency Act.

    End of inserted block
577Subsection977(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Appeal to Federal Court
977(1)An appeal lies to the Federal Court from any direction of the Minister made under subsection401.‍2(7),402(1), Insertion start402.‍2(1) Insertion end,913(7) or915(1).

1991, c. 47

Insurance Companies Act

578TheInsurance Companies Act is amended by adding the following after section15:
Policies and procedures — integrity or security
Start of inserted block
15.‍1A company or society shall establish and adhere to policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security, including foreign interference.
End of inserted block
579Paragraphs168(1)‍(e) and (f) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (e)a person who is prohibited by subsection164.‍08(8) or section418or430 from exercising voting rights attached to shares of the company Insertion startor whose voting rights attached to the shares are suspended under section432.‍1or subsection1016.‍3(4) Insertion end;

  • (f)a person who is an officer, director or full time employee of an entity that is prohibited by subsection164.‍08(8) or section418or430 from exercising voting rights attached to shares of the company Insertion startor whose voting rights attached to the shares are suspended under section432.‍1or subsection1016.‍3(4) Insertion end;

580The Act is amended by adding the following after section432:
Disposition — threat to integrity or security
Start of inserted block
432.‍1(1)If the Minister is of the opinion that a person’s holding or beneficial ownership of shares of a company poses a threat to the integrity or security of the company or the financial system in Canada or a threat to national security, the Minister may, by order, direct that person and any person controlled by that person to dispose of any number of shares of the company held or beneficially owned by any of the persons that the Minister specifies in the order, within the time specified in the order and in the proportion, if any, as between theperson and the persons controlled by the person that is specified in the order.
End of inserted block
Suspension of rights
Start of inserted block
(2)A direction made under subsection (1) may also suspend any of the rights under Part VI attached to the shares referred to in that subsection until the shares are disposed of in accordance with the direction.
End of inserted block
Representations
Start of inserted block
(3)No direction shall be made under subsection (1) unless the Minister has provided each person to whom the direction relates and the company concerned with a reasonable opportunity to make representations.
End of inserted block
Temporary direction
Start of inserted block
(4)If, in the Minister’s opinion, the length of time required for representations to be made under subsection (3) might be prejudicial to the public interest, the Minister may make a temporary direction to suspend any of the rights under Part VI attached to any of the shares referred to in subsection (1).
End of inserted block
Cessation of effect
Start of inserted block
(5)A temporary direction ceases to have effect on the earlier of
  • (a)the expiry of30 days after the day on which it takes effect or of a shorter period that is specified in the temporary direction, and

  • (b)if a direction is made under subsection (1) in respect of the shares, the day on which that direction takes effect.

    End of inserted block
Appeal
Start of inserted block
(6)Any person with respect to whom a direction has been made under subsection (1) may, within30days after the day on which the direction was made, appeal the matter in accordance with section1020.
End of inserted block
Notice — Committee and Review Agency
Start of inserted block
(7)If a direction has been made under subsection (1) or (4) for reasons related to national security, the Minister shall, within30 days after the day on which the direction was made, notify
  • (a)theCommittee, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Committee of Parliamentarians Act; and

  • (b)theReview Agency, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Review Agency Act.

    End of inserted block
581Subsection433(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Application to court
433(1)If a person fails to comply with a direction made under subsection428(7),432(1) or Insertion start432.‍1(1) Insertion end, an application on behalf of the Minister may be made to a court for an order to enforce the direction.
582The Act is amended by adding the following after section574:
Policies and procedures — integrity or security
Start of inserted block
574.‍1A foreign company shall establish and adhere to policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security in relation to its business in Canada.
End of inserted block
583The Act is amended by adding the following after section657:
Policies and procedures — integrity or security
Start of inserted block
657.‍1A provincial company shall establish and adhere to policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security, including foreign interference.
End of inserted block
584Subsection671(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Production of information and documents
671(1)The Superintendent may, by order, direct a person who controls a company or any entity that is affiliated with a company to provide the Superintendent with Insertion startany Insertion end information or documents Insertion startthat Insertion end may be specified in the order Insertion startif Insertion end the Superintendent believes that the production of the information or documents is necessary in order to be satisfied that
  • Insertion start(a) Insertion endthe provisions of this Act are being duly observed and that the company is in a sound financial condition; Insertion startor Insertion end

  • Start of inserted block

    (b)the company has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security.

    End of inserted block
585(1)Subsection674(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Examination of companies, etc.
674(1)The Superintendent, from time to time, but at least once in each calendar year, shall make or cause to be made any examination and inquiry into the business and affairs of each company, society, foreign company and provincial company that the Superintendent considers to be necessary or expedient to determine whether the company, society, foreign company or provincial company is complying with the provisions of this Act, whether the company, society or provincial company or the insurance business in Canada of the foreign company is in a sound financial condition and Insertion startwhether the company, society or provincial company has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security or the foreign company has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security in relation to its business in Canada Insertion end. After the conclusion of each examination and inquiry, Insertion startthe Superintendent Insertion end shall report on it to the Minister.
(2)Section674of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Integrity or security
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)The Superintendent, from time to time, shall make or cause to be made any examination and inquiry into the business and affairs of any company, society, foreign company and provincial company that the Superintendent considers to be necessary or expedient to determine whether the company, society or provincial company has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security or the foreign company has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security in relation to its business in Canada. After the conclusion of each examination and inquiry, the Superintendent shall report on it to the Minister.
End of inserted block
(3)Subsection674(1.‍1) of the Act is repealed.
586Section675.‍1 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Prudential agreement
675.‍1The Superintendent may enter into an agreement, called a “prudential agreement”, with
  • Insertion start(a) Insertion enda company, society or provincial company for the purposes of implementing any measure designed to maintain or improve its safety and soundness Insertion startor establishing adequate policies and procedures to protect it against threats to its integrity or security Insertion end; or

  • Insertion start(b) Insertion enda foreign company for the purposes of implementing any measure designed to protect the interests of its policyholders and creditors in Insertion startrelation to Insertion end its insurance business in Canada Insertion startor establishing adequate policies and procedures to protect it against threats to its integrity or security in relation to its business in Canada Insertion end.

587Subsections676(2) and (3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Directions — policies and procedures
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)If, in the opinion of the Superintendent, a company, society, or provincial company does not have adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security, or a foreign company does not have adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security in relation to its business in Canada, the Superintendent may direct the company, society, foreign company or provincial company to take any measures that in the opinion of the Superintendent are necessary to remedy the situation.
End of inserted block
Opportunity for representations
(2)Subject to subsection (3), no direction shall be issued to a company, society, foreign company, provincial company or person under subsection (1) Insertion startor (1.‍1) Insertion end unless the company, society, foreign company, provincial company or person is provided with a reasonable opportunity to make representations in respect of the matter.
Temporary direction
(3) Insertion startIf Insertion end, in the opinion of the Superintendent, the length of time required for representations to be made under subsection (2) might be prejudicial to the public interest, the Superintendent may make a temporary direction with respect to the matters referred to in paragraphs (1)‍(a) and (b) Insertion startor subsection (1.‍1) Insertion end having effect for a period of not more than15 days.
588Paragraph678(1)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)is contravening or has failed to comply with a prudential agreement entered into under section675.‍1 or a direction of the Superintendent issued to the company, society, foreign company, provincial company or person Insertion startunder Insertion end subsection676(1), Insertion start(1.‍1.‍) Insertion end or (3),

589Subsection678.‍5(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Direction to transfer policies or to reinsure risks — society
678.‍5(1)If the circumstances described in any of paragraphs679(1.‍1)‍(a) to (e) or Insertion start(f.‍1) to (i) Insertion end exist in respect of a society, the Superintendent may, by order, subject to any terms and conditions the Superintendent may specify, direct it to transfer all or any portion of its policies to, or cause itself to be reinsured, against all or any portion of the risks undertaken under its policies, by any company, society, foreign company or body corporate incorporated or formed by or under the laws of a province that is authorized to transact the classes of insurance to be so transferred or reinsured.
590Subsection678.‍6(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Direction to transfer policies or to reinsure risks — foreign fraternal benefit society
678.‍6(1)If the circumstances described in any of paragraphs679(1.‍2)‍(a) to (d) or (f) Insertion startto (h) Insertion end exist in respect of a foreign fraternal benefit society, the Superintendent may, by order, subject to any terms and conditions the Superintendent may specify, direct it to transfer all or any portion of its policies in respect of its insurance business in Canada to, or cause itself to be reinsured, against all or any portion of the risks undertaken under those policies, by any company, society, foreign company or body corporate incorporated or formed by or under the laws of a province that is authorized to transact the classes of insurance to be so transferred or reinsured.
591(1)Paragraph679(1)‍(b) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • b)sauf avis contraire du ministre fondé sur l’intérêt public, prendre le contrôle pour plus de seize jours de l’actif de la société, la société de secours ou la société provinciale et des éléments d’actif qu’elle administre Insertion startou, dans le cas d’une société étrangère, de son actif au Canada ainsi que de ses autres éléments d’actif se trouvant au Canada sous le contrôle de son agent principal, y compris les sommes reçues ou à recevoir pour ses activités d’assurances au Canada Insertion end, continuer d’en assumer le contrôle au-delà de ce terme ou prendre le contrôle de la société, de la société de secours ou de la société provinciale.

(2)Subsection679(1.‍1) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (f) and by adding the following after that paragraph:
  • Start of inserted block

    (f.‍1)in the case of a company, in the opinion of the Superintendent, the company’s policyholders orcreditors may be detrimentally affected because all of the common shares of the company must be disposed of under a direction made by the Minister or because there is a prohibition under this Act in respect of the exercise of the right to vote attached to all of the common shares of the company;

    End of inserted block
(3)Subsection679(1.‍1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (g):
  • Start of inserted block

    (h)in the opinion of the Superintendent, the continued operation of the company, society or provincial company by its directors or by the officers responsible for its management would be materially prejudicial to its integrity or security; or

  • (i)in the opinion of the Superintendent, the continued operation of the company, society or provincial company by its directors or by the officers responsible for its management would pose a risk to national security.

    End of inserted block
(4)Subsection679(1.‍2) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (e) and by adding the following after paragraph (f):
  • Start of inserted block

    (g)in the opinion of the Superintendent, the continued operation of the foreign company in Canada would be materially prejudicial to the integrity or security of its business in Canada; or

  • (h)in the opinion of the Superintendent, the continued operation of the foreign company in Canada would pose a risk to national security.

    End of inserted block
(5)Section679of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1.‍2):
Minister’s powers
Start of inserted block
(1.‍21)Subject to this Act, the Minister may, for reasons related to national security, direct the Superintendent to
  • (a)take control, for a period not exceeding16 days, of the assets of the company, society or provincial company and the assets under its administration or, in the case of a foreign company, of its assets in Canada together with its other assets held in Canada under the control of its chief agent, including all amounts received or receivable in respect of its insurance business in Canada;

  • (b)take control, for a period exceeding16 days, of the assets of the company, society or provincial company and the assets under its administration or, in the case of a foreign company, of its assets in Canada together with its other assets held in Canada under the control of its chief agent, including all amounts received or receivable in respect of its insurance business in Canada;

  • (c)if control of assets has been taken under paragraph (a), continue the control beyond the16 days referred to in that paragraph; or

  • (d)take control of the company, society or provincial company.

    End of inserted block
(6)Subsection679(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Notice — up to 16 days
Start of inserted block
(1.‍4)If the Superintendent takes control of the assets of a company, society, provincial company or foreign company under paragraph (1.‍21)‍(a), the Superintendant shall notify the company, society, provincial company or foreign company that control has been taken at the direction of the Minister.
End of inserted block
Notice — more than 16 days
Start of inserted block
(1.‍5)If the Minister is considering whether to exercise the powers under any of paragraphs (1.‍21)‍(b) to (d), the Superintendent shall notify the company, society, provincial company or foreign company of the action that is being considered and of its right to make written representations to the Minister within the time specified in the notice, not exceeding10 days after it receives the notice.
End of inserted block
Notice — Committee and Review Agency
Start of inserted block
(1.‍6)Within30days after exercising any of the powers under subsection (1.‍21), the Minister shall notify
  • (a)theCommittee, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Committee of Parliamentarians Act; and

  • (b)theReview Agency, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Review Agency Act.

    End of inserted block
Objectives of Superintendent
(2)If the Superintendent has control Insertion startunder Insertion end subsection (1) Insertion startor (1.‍21) Insertion end of the assets of a company, society, provincial company or foreign company referred to in that subsection, the Superintendent may do all things necessary or expedient to protect the rights and interests of the policyholders and creditors of the company, society or provincial company or the policyholders and creditors in respect of the foreign company’s insurance business in Canada.
(7)The portion of subsection679(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Powers of Superintendent
(3) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent has control Insertion startunder Insertion end subsection (1) Insertion startor (1.‍21) Insertion end of the assets of a company, society, provincial company or foreign company referred to in that subsection,
592(1)Subsection683(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Powers of directors and officers suspended
683(1) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent takes control of a company, society or provincial company Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph679(1)‍(b)‍(iii) Insertion startor paragraph679(1.‍21)‍(d) Insertion end, the powers, duties, functions, rights and privileges of the directors of the company, society or provincial company and of the officers of the company, society or provincial company responsible for its management are suspended.
(2)The portion of subsection683(2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Superintendent to manage company
(2) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent takes control of a company, society or provincial company Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph679(1)‍(b)‍(iii) Insertion startor paragraph679(1.‍21)‍(d) Insertion end, the Superintendent shall manage the business and affairs of the company, society or provincial company and in so doing the Superintendent
(3)Subsection683(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Persons to assist
(3) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent takes control of a company, society or provincial company Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph679(1)‍(b)‍(iii) Insertion startor paragraph (1.‍21)‍(d) Insertion end, or of the assets of a foreign company Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph679(1)‍(b)‍(i) or (ii) Insertion startor paragraph679(1.‍21)‍(b) or (c) Insertion end, the Superintendent may appoint one or more persons to assist in the management of the company, society or provincial company or of the insurance business in Canada of the foreign company.
593Section684of the Act is renumbered as subsection684(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Expiration of control — Minister’s direction
Start of inserted block
(2)Control by the Superintendent under subsection679(1.‍21) of a company, society or provincial company or of the assets of a company, society or provincial company or of the assets in Canada of a foreign company together with its other assets held in Canada under the control of its chief agent including all amounts received or receivable in respect of its insurance business in Canada expires on the day on which a notice by the Superintendent is sent to the directors and officers who conducted the business and affairs of the company, society or provincial company, or the chief agent in Canada of the foreign company, stating that the Minister is of the opinion, on the recommendation of the Superintendant, that corrective measures have been taken in response to the reasons related to national security and that the company, society or provincial company or the foreign company, as the case may be, can resume control of its business and affairs, assets or its insurance business in Canada, as the case may be.
End of inserted block
594Paragraphs684.‍1(a) to (c) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (a)the company, society or provincial company, Insertion startif Insertion end the assets of the company, society or provincial company are under the control of the Superintendent Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph679(1)‍(b)‍(i) or (ii) Insertion startor paragraph679(1.‍21)‍(b) or (c) Insertion end;

  • (b)the insurance business in Canada of the foreign company, Insertion startif Insertion end the assets in Canada of the foreign company together with its other assets referred to in subparagraph679(1)‍(b)‍(i) or (ii) Insertion startor paragraph679(1.‍21)‍(b) or (c) Insertion end are under the control of the Superintendent Insertion startunder those subparagraphs or paragraphs Insertion end; or

  • (c)the company, society or provincial company, Insertion startif Insertion end it is under the control of the Superintendent Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph679(1)‍(b)‍(iii) Insertion startor paragraph679(1.‍21)‍(d) Insertion end.

595The portion of section685 of the English version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Requirement to relinquish control
685 Insertion startIf Insertion end no action has been taken by the Superintendent under section684.‍1and, after30days following the taking of control by the Superintendent under subsection679(1) Insertion startor (1.‍21) Insertion end of a company, society or provincial company or of the assets of a company, society or provincial company or of the assets in Canada of a foreign company together with its other assets held in Canada under the control of its chief agent including all amounts received or receivable in respect of its insurance business in Canada, the Superintendent receives from the board of directors of the company, society or provincial company or, in case of a foreign company, its chief agent, a notice in writing requesting the Superintendent to relinquish control, the Superintendent Insertion startshall Insertion end, not later than12 days after receipt of the notice,
596Subparagraph686(1)‍(a)‍(ii) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (ii)exercising control of the assets of a foreign company Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph679(1)‍(b)‍(i) or (ii) Insertion startor paragraph679(1.‍21)‍(b) or (c) Insertion end,

597Subsections691(1) and (2) of the English version of the Act are replaced by the following:
Expenses payable by company, etc.
691(1) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent has taken control of a company, society or provincial company Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph679(1)‍(b)‍(iii) Insertion startor paragraph679(1.‍21)‍(d) Insertion end and the control expires or is relinquished Insertion startunder Insertion end section684or paragraph685(a), the Superintendent may direct that the company, society or provincial company be liable for repayment of all or part of the expenses resulting from the taking of control of the company, society or provincial company and assessed against and paid by other companies, societies, provincial companies and foreign companies Insertion startunder Insertion end section687, together with Insertion startany Insertion end interest in respect Insertion startof the expenses Insertion end at Insertion startany Insertion end rate Insertion startthat Insertion end is specified by the Superintendent.
Expenses payable by foreign company
(2) Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent has taken control of the assets of a foreign company Insertion startunder Insertion end subparagraph679(1)‍(b)‍(i) or (ii) Insertion startor paragraph679(1.‍21)‍(b) or (c) Insertion end and the control expires or is relinquished Insertion startunder Insertion end section684or paragraph685(a), the Superintendent may direct that the foreign company be liable for repayment of all or part of the expenses resulting from the taking of control of the assets of the foreign company and assessed against and paid by other companies, societies, foreign companies and provincial companies Insertion startunder Insertion end section687, together with Insertion startany Insertion end interest in respect Insertion startof the expenses Insertion end at Insertion startany Insertion end rate Insertion startthat Insertion end is specified by the Superintendent.
598The Act is amended by adding the following after section701:
Policies and procedures — integrity or security
Start of inserted block
701.‍1An insurance holding company shall establish and adhere to policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security, including foreign interference.
End of inserted block
599Subsection997(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (a), by adding “or” at the end of paragraph (b) and by adding the following after paragraph (b):
  • Start of inserted block

    (c)determine whether the insurance holding company has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security.

    End of inserted block
600Subsection1000(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Examination of insurance holding companies
1000(1)The Superintendent, from time to time, shall make or cause to be made any examination and inquiry into the business and affairs of Insertion startany Insertion end insurance holding company that the Superintendent considers to be necessary or expedient to determine whether the insurance holding company is complying with the provisions of this Act and to ascertain the financial condition of the insurance holding company Insertion startor to determine whether the insurance holding company has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security Insertion end.
601Section1002 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Prudential agreement
1002The Superintendent may enter into an agreement, called a “prudential agreement”, with an insurance holding company for the purposes of implementing any measure designed to protect the interests of depositors, policyholders and creditors of any federal financial institution affiliated with it Insertion startor establishing adequate policies and procedures to protect the insurance holding company against threats to its integrity or security Insertion end.
602Subsections1003(2) and (3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Directions — policies and procedures
Start of inserted block
(1.‍1)If, in the opinion of the Superintendent, an insurance holding company does not have adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security, the Superintendent may direct the insurance holding company to take any measures that in the opinion of the Superintendent are necessary to remedy the situation.
End of inserted block
Opportunity for representations
(2)Subject to subsection (3), no direction shall be issued Insertion startunder subsection (1) or (1.‍1) Insertion end unless the insurance holding company is provided with a reasonable opportunity to make representations in respect of the matter.
Temporary direction
(3)If, in the opinion of the Superintendent, the length of time required for representations to be made might be prejudicial to the public interest, the Superintendent may make a temporary direction with respect to the matters referred to in paragraphs (1)‍(a) to (d) Insertion startor subsection (1.‍1) Insertion end having effect for a period of not more than15 days.
603Subsection1004(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Court enforcement
1004(1)If an insurance holding company is contravening or has failed to comply with a prudential agreement entered into under section1002or a direction of the Superintendent issued under subsection1003(1), Insertion start(1.‍1) Insertion end or (3), or is contravening this Act, or has omitted to do any thing under this Act that it is required to do, the Superintendent may, in addition to any other action that may be taken under this Act, apply to a court for an order requiring the insurance holding company to comply with the direction, cease the contravention or do any thing that is required to be done, and on such application the court may so order and make any other order it thinks fit.
604Subsection1016.‍2(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Minister — terms, conditions and undertakings
1016.‍2(1)In addition to any other action that may be taken under this Act, the Minister may, in granting an approval, impose any terms and conditions or require any undertaking that the Minister considers appropriate, including any terms, conditions or undertakings specified by the Superintendent to maintain or improve the safety and soundness of any financial institution regulated under an Act of Parliament to which the approval relates or that might be affected by it Insertion startor to ensure that such a financial institution has adequate policies and procedures to protect itself against threats to its integrity or security Insertion end.
605Subsection1016.‍3(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Representations
(3)Before taking any action under Insertion startsubsection (1) or (2) Insertion end, the Minister or the Superintendent, as the case may be, shall give the person concerned a reasonable opportunity to make representations.
Temporary amendment or suspension
Start of inserted block
(4)If, in the Minister’s opinion, the length of time required for representations to be made under subsection (3) might be prejudicial to the public interest, the Minister may temporarily suspend or amend any approval granted by the Minister.
End of inserted block
Cessation of effect
Start of inserted block
(5)A temporary suspension or amendment of an approval ceases to have effect on the earlier of
  • (a)the expiry of30 days after the day on which it takes effect or of a shorter period that is specified by the Minister, and

  • (b)if the approval is revoked, suspended or amended under subsection (1), the day on which the revocation, suspension or amendment takes effect.

    End of inserted block
606The Act is amended by adding the following after section1016.‍3:
Confidential undertaking
Start of inserted block
1016.‍31(1)If, in the Minister’s opinion, the disclosure of information about an undertaking required under subsection1016.‍2(1) or1016.‍3(1) or (4), or information that could reveal the existence of the undertaking, could pose a threat to the integrity or security of the financial institution to which the undertaking relates or could be injurious to national security, the Minister may specify that the information is confidential and shall be treated accordingly.
End of inserted block
Prohibition
Start of inserted block
(2)Despite anything in this Act but subject to subsection (3), it is prohibited to disclose any confidential information referred to in subsection (1) except in accordance with any terms or conditions that the Minister may specify in the undertaking.
End of inserted block
Notice — Committee and Review Agency
Start of inserted block
(3)If the Minister specifies under subsection (1) that information referred to in that subsection is confidential for reasons related to national security, the Minister shall, within30 days after the day on which the undertaking in question is required, notify
  • (a)theCommittee, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Committee of Parliamentarians Act; and

  • (b)theReview Agency, as defined in section2 of theNational Security and Intelligence Review Agency Act.

    End of inserted block
607Subsection1020(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Appeal to Federal Court
1020(1)An appeal lies to the Federal Court from any direction of the Minister made under subsection428(7),432(1), Insertion start432.‍1(1) Insertion end,954(7) or956(1).

R.‍S.‍, c. W-11; 1996, c. 6, s. 134

Consequential Amendment to theWinding-up and Restructuring Act

608(1)The portion of section10.‍1 of theWinding-up and Restructuring Act before paragraph (e) is replaced by the following:
Other winding-up circumstances
10.‍1 Insertion startIf Insertion end the Superintendent has taken control of a financial institution or of the assets of a financial institution Insertion startunder any of paragraphs Insertion end648(1)‍(b) or Insertion start(1.‍11)‍(b) to (d) Insertion end of theBank Act, paragraph442(1)‍(b) of theCooperative Credit Associations Act, any of paragraphs679(1)‍(b) Insertion startor (1.‍21)‍(b) to (d) Insertion end of theInsurance Companies Act or any of paragraphs510(1)‍(b) Insertion startor (1.‍11)‍(b) to (d) Insertion end of theTrust and Loan Companies Act or, in the case of an authorized foreign bank, has taken control of its assets Insertion startunder Insertion end paragraph619(1)‍(b) or Insertion start(2.‍1)‍(b) or (c) Insertion end of theBank Act or, in the case of a foreign insurance company, has taken control of its assets under subparagraph679(1)‍(b)‍(i) or (ii) Insertion startor paragraph679(1.‍21)‍(b) or (c) Insertion end of theInsurance Companies Act, a court may make a winding-up order in respect of the financial institution, authorized foreign bank or insurance business in Canada of the foreign insurance company if the court is of the opinion that for any reason it is just and equitable that the financial institution, authorized foreign bank or insurance business in Canada of the foreign insurance company should be wound up or if, in the case of
  • (a)a bank to which theBank Act applies, the control was taken on a ground referred to in paragraph648(1.‍1)‍(a), (c), (e) or (f) of that Act Insertion startor for reasons related to national security Insertion end;

  • (a.‍1)an authorized foreign bank, control of its assets was taken on a ground referred to in paragraph619(2)‍(a), (b), (d) or (f) of theBank Act Insertion startor for reasons related to national security Insertion end;

  • (b)a company to which theTrust and Loan Companies Act applies, the control was taken on a ground referred to in paragraph510(1.‍1)‍(a), (c), (e) or (f) of that Act Insertion startor for reasons related to national security Insertion end;

  • (c)an insurance company to which theInsurance Companies Act applies, other than a foreign insurance company, the control was taken on a ground referred to in paragraph679(1.‍1)‍(a), (c), (e) or (f) of that Act Insertion startor for reasons related to national security Insertion end;

  • (d)a foreign insurance company to which theInsurance Companies Act applies, the control of its assets was taken on a ground referred to in paragraph679(1.‍2)‍(a), (c) or (e) of that Act Insertion startor for reasons related to national security Insertion end; or

(2)Paragraph10.‍1(e) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • e) Insertion starten raison Insertion end de l’alinéa442(1.‍1)a), c), e) ou f) de laLoi sur les associations coopératives de crédit, dans le cas d’une association assujettie au régime de cette loi.

Coming into Force

January 1, 2024

609Section518, subsections523(1) and (3), sections539 and543, subsections544(1) and (3) and556(1) and (3), sections568,578,582 and583, subsections585(1) and (3) and section598 come into force on January1, 2024.

DIVISION34
Criminal Code

R.‍S.‍, c. C-46

Amendments to the Act

610(1)The definitioncriminal rate in subsection347(2) of theCriminal Code is replaced by the following:

criminal rate means an annual Insertion startpercentage Insertion end rate of interest calculated in accordance with generally accepted actuarial practices and principles that exceeds Insertion start35 Insertion end per cent on the credit advanced; (taux criminel)

(2)Subsection347(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Proof of annual percentage rate
(4)In any proceedings under this section, a certificate of a Fellow of the Canadian Institute of Actuaries stating that Insertion startthey have Insertion end calculated the annual Insertion startpercentage Insertion end rate of interest on any credit advanced and setting out the calculations and the information on which they are based is, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, proof of the annual Insertion startpercentage Insertion end rate Insertion startof interest Insertion end without proof of the signature or official character of the person appearing to have signed the certificate.
611The Act is amended by adding the following after section347:
Agreement or arrangement
Start of inserted block
347.‍01(1)Section347 does not apply in respect of agreements or arrangements provided for by regulation.
End of inserted block
Regulations
Start of inserted block
(2)The Governor in Council may, by regulation, on the recommendation of the Minister of Justice and after that Minister’s consultation with the Minister of Finance, provide for the types of agreements or arrangements in respect of which section347 does not apply or the criteria for determining the agreements or arrangements, or the types of agreements or arrangements, in respect of which that section does not apply.
End of inserted block
612(1)Subsection347.‍1(2) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (a):
  • Start of inserted block

    (a.‍1)the total cost of borrowing under the agreement does not exceed the limit fixed by regulation;

    End of inserted block
(2)Section347.‍1of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Regulation — limit
Start of inserted block
(2.‍1)For the purposes of paragraph (2)‍(a.‍1), the Governor in Council may, by regulation, on the recommendation of the Minister of Justice and after that Minister’s consultation with the Minister of Finance, fix the limit.
End of inserted block
Clarification
Start of inserted block
(2.‍2)If section347does not apply to a person by reason of subsection (2) immediately before a regulation made under subsection (2.‍1) comes into force, that section continues not to apply to the person if the total cost of borrowing under the agreement did not exceed the limit that applied immediately before the regulation came into force.
End of inserted block

Transitional Provisions

Words and expressions

613The words and expressions used in sections614 and615 have the same meaning as in sections347and347.‍1 of theCriminal Code.

Subsection 347(1) ofCriminal Code

614For the purposes of subsection347(1) of theCriminal Code, the definitioncriminal rate in subsection347(2) of that Act, as it reads on the day on which subsection610(1) comes into force, does not apply in respect of any receipt of a payment or partial payment of interest that, on or after that day, is interest at a criminal rate, if the payment arises from an agreement or arrangement to receive interest that was entered into before that day and the interest that arises from that agreement or arrangement would not have been at acriminal rate, as defined in subsection347(2) of theCriminal Code, as that subsection347(2) read before that day.

Paragraph 347.‍1(2)‍(a.‍1) ofCriminal Code

615Paragraph347.‍1(2)‍(a.‍1) of theCriminal Code, as it reads on the day on which subsection612(1) comes into force, does not apply to a person who

  • (a)entered into a payday loan agreement to receive interest before that day; or

  • (b)on or after that day, receives any payment or partial payment of interest, if the payment arises from a payday loan agreement toreceive interest that was entered into before that day.

Coming into Force

Order in council

616Sections610 to612 come into force on a day or days to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

DIVISION35
Employment Insurance Act

1996, c. 23

617Subparagraph12(2.‍3)‍(a)‍(i) of theEmployment Insurance Act is replaced by the following:

  • (i)the date on which a benefit period for the claimant is established falls within the period beginning on September26, 2021 and ending on October Insertion start26, 2024 Insertion end,

DIVISION36
Canadian Environmental Protection Act,1999

1999, c. 33

Amendments to the Act

618(1)Subsections272.‍2(3) and (4) of theCanadian Environmental Protection Act,1999 are replaced by the following:
Compliance units
(3)If a person is convicted of an offence under subsection (1) by reason of having failed to comply with a provision that requires the remission or the cancellation of Insertion startcompliance Insertion end units described in regulations made under section326, the court shall, in addition to any other punishment that may be imposed under Insertion startthat Insertion end subsection, make an order requiring the person to remit or cancel Insertion startcompliance Insertion end units of the type and number determined in accordance with regulations made under subsection (4) or, if there are no regulations made under subsection Insertion start(4) Insertion end, in accordance with subsection (5). In the case of an order to remit, the court shall specify in the order the name of the person or entity to whom the Insertion startcompliance Insertion end units are to be remitted.
Regulations
(4)The Governor in Council may make regulations prescribing the types of Insertion startcompliance Insertion end units described in regulations made under section326that a person may be required to remit or cancel in an order made under subsection (3) and the manner of determining the number of those Insertion startcompliance Insertion end units that the person may be required to remit or cancel.
(2)Subsection272.‍2(5) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Absence of regulations
(5)If there are no regulations made under subsection (4), the court shall require the person to remit or cancel Insertion startcompliance Insertion end units of a type and in the number that, in the court’s opinion, the person failed to remit or cancel.
619Paragraph322(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (b) Insertion startcompliance Insertion end units.

620(1)The portion of section326 of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Regulations for compliance units systems
326The Governor in Council may, in the exercise of a regulation-making power under section93, 118, 140, 167, 177or209, make regulations respecting systems relating to Insertion startcompliance Insertion end units, including regulations providing for, or imposing requirements respecting,
(2)Paragraph326(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (c)the description and nature of a Insertion startcompliance Insertion end unit, including allowances, credits or coupons;

(3)Paragraph326(d) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • d)à des fins de comparaison et de contrôle, le seuil et le plafond du mécanisme et la façon de les établir;

(4)Paragraph326(e) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (e)the conditions related to the creation, distribution, Insertion starttrade Insertion end, sale, use, variation or cancellation of a Insertion startcompliance Insertion end unit;

(5)Paragraph326(g) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • g)les conditions d’adhésion et de participation au Insertion startmécanisme Insertion end, et notamment les restrictions d’environnement ou de temps;

621The portion of section327 of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Ministerial orders
327Despite any regulation made under section326, the Minister may issue an order setting conditions in respect of the trading or suspend or cancel trading of Insertion startcompliance Insertion end units or invalidate any trade of Insertion startcompliance Insertion end units Insertion startif Insertion end the Ministers are of the opinion that the trade or use of a Insertion startcompliance Insertion end unit
622The Act is amended by adding the following after section327:
Environmental Economic Instruments Fund
Start of inserted block
327.‍1(1)There is established an account in the accounts of Canada to be called the Environmental Economic Instruments Fund, consisting of a sub-account for each funding program that meets the following conditions:
  • (a)its purpose is provided for in a regulation made under section326and any of sections93, 118, 140, 167, 177and209; and

  • (b)it is under the responsibility of the Minister.

    End of inserted block
Amounts paid into C.‍R.‍F.
Start of inserted block
(2)The amounts received by His Majesty in right of Canada as contributions to a funding program referred to in subsection (1) are to be paid into the Consolidated Revenue Fund and credited to the sub-account for that program.
End of inserted block
Interest
Start of inserted block
(3)The Minister of Finance shall cause to be credited to each sub-account an amount representing interest, calculated in the manner and at the rate determined by the Governor in Council on the recommendation of that Minister, on the amount standing to the credit of that sub-account.
End of inserted block
Amounts paid out of C.‍R.‍F.
Start of inserted block
(4)On the Minister’s request, one or more amounts not exceeding in total the amount standing in the sub-account for a funding program referred to in subsection (1), including interest, may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund for the purpose for which that funding program was established. The amount of all such payments is to be charged to that sub-account.
End of inserted block
Administration of Fund
Start of inserted block
(5)The Minister is responsible for the administration of the Environmental Economic Instruments Fund.
End of inserted block
Use of amounts
Start of inserted block
(6)Amounts credited to a sub-account for a funding program referred to in subsection (1) may be used for the administration of that sub-account.
End of inserted block
Designation
Start of inserted block
(7)The Minister may, by order, designate any person or class of persons to exercise the powers and perform the duties and functions set out in subsections (4) and (5).
End of inserted block

2005, c. 30, s. 87

Consequential Amendments to theCanada Emission Reduction Incentives Agency Act

623(1)The definitioncompliance unit in section2 of theCanada Emission Reduction Incentives Agency Act is repealed.
(2)The definitionseligible domestic credit andeligible Kyoto unit in section2 of the Act are replaced by the following:

eligible domestic credit means a Insertion startcompliance Insertion end unit that is of an eligible class designated by order made under paragraph3(a).‍ (crédit national admissible)

eligible Kyoto unit means any compliance unit Insertion startwithin the meaning of the Kyoto Protocol Insertion end that is of an eligible class designated by order made under paragraph3(b).‍ (unité Kyoto admissible)

624Paragraphs3(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:
  • (a)as an eligible class for the purposes of the definitioneligible domestic credit in section2, any class of Insertion startcompliance Insertion end units issued under any program ormeasure established under section322 of theCanadian Environmental Protection Act,1999; and

  • (b)as an eligible class for the purposes of the definitioneligible Kyoto unit in section2, any class of compliance unit Insertion startwithin the meaning of the Kyoto Protocol Insertion end.

DIVISION37
Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act

R.‍S.‍, c. C-3

Amendments to the Act

625TheCanada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act is amended by adding the following after section10:
For greater certainty — deposit insurance contracts
Start of inserted block
10.‍001For greater certainty, the Corporation may administer any contract related to deposit insurance that the Minister enters into with any entity under section60.‍2 of theFinancial Administration Act.
End of inserted block
626(1)Paragraph12(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (c)so much of any one deposit as exceeds Insertion startthe amount set out in subsection12.‍01(1) Insertion end.

(2)Paragraph12(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (c)so much of any one deposit as exceeds one hundred thousand dollars.

627The Act is amended by adding the following after section12:
Amount
Start of inserted block
12.‍01(1)The amount referred to in paragraph12(c) is one hundred thousand dollars, unless the Minister, with the Governor in Council’s authorization, determines a greater amount, in which case the amount referred to in that paragraph is the amount that the Minister determines.
End of inserted block
Stability or efficiency of financial system
Start of inserted block
(2)The Minister may determine an amount under subsection (1) only if, in the Minister’s opinion, it is necessary to promote the stability or maintain the efficiency of the financial system in Canada.
End of inserted block
Consultation
Start of inserted block
(3)Before determining an amount under subsection (1), the Minister shall consult the Governor of the Bank of Canada, the Superintendent, the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and the Commissioner of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada.
End of inserted block
Publication inCanada Gazette
Start of inserted block
(4)As soon as feasible after determining an amount under subsection (1), the Minister shall publish the amount in theCanada Gazette.
End of inserted block
Report
Start of inserted block
(5)Every month during which the amount referred to in paragraph12(c) is the amount that the Minister determines, the Minister shall publish a report and cause it to be tabled in each House of Parliament.
End of inserted block
628Section12.‍01 of the Act is repealed.

Review and Report

Review

629After April30, 2024,the Minister of Finance must undertake a review of section12.‍01 of theCanada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act, as that section reads on April30, 2024. The Minister must publish a report on the review.

Coming into Force

April 30, 2024

630Subsection626(2) and section628 come into force on April30, 2024.

DIVISION38
Employment Insurance Board of Appeal

2005, c. 34; 2013, c. 40, s. 205

Department of Employment and Social Development Act

631Section2 of theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
Start of inserted block

Board of Appeal means the Employment Insurance Board of Appeal established under section43.‍01.‍ (Conseil d’appel)

End of inserted block
632The headings “Social Security Tribunal” and “Establishment and Administration” before section44 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Insertion startBoard of Appeal and Insertion end Social Security Tribunal
Start of inserted block
Board of Appeal
End of inserted block
Establishment and Administration
633The Act is amended by adding the following before section44:
Establishment of Board of Appeal
Start of inserted block
43.‍01The Employment Insurance Board of Appeal is established.
End of inserted block
Appointment — Executive Head
Start of inserted block
43.‍02(1)The Executive Head of the Board of Appeal is to be appointed by the Governor in Council, on the recommendation of the Minister after consultation by the Minister with the Commission, to hold office during pleasure on a full-time basis for a renewable term of not more than five years.
End of inserted block
Appointment — regional coordinators
Start of inserted block
(2)On the recommendation of the Minister after consultation by the Minister with the Commission, the Governor in Council may appoint not more than six regional coordinators to hold office during pleasure on a full-time or part-time basis for a renewable term of not more than five years that will ensure, to the extent possible, the end in any one year of the terms of office of not more than one half of the regional coordinators.
End of inserted block
Diversity
Start of inserted block
(3)Recommendations under subsection (2) are to be made having regard to the importance of having regional coordinators who are representative of the diversity of Canadian society.
End of inserted block
Composition
Start of inserted block
43.‍03(1)The Board of Appeal consists of the Executive Head, the regional coordinators and the following members:
  • (a)members to be appointed by the Governor in Council, on the recommendation of the Minister after consultation by the Minister with the Commission, to hold office during pleasure on a part-time basis for a renewable term of not more than five years;

  • (b)members to be appointed by the Commission to hold office during pleasure on a part-time basis for a renewable term of not more than five years, each of whom must be anemployer, within the meaning of subsection2(1) of theEmployment Insurance Act, or, at the time of the appointment, a representative of such employers; and

  • (c)members to be appointed by the Commission to hold office during pleasure on a part-time basis for a renewable term of not more than five years, each of whom must be aninsured person, within the meaning of subsection2(1) of theEmployment Insurance Act, or, at the time of the appointment, a representative of such insured persons.

    End of inserted block
Terms of members
Start of inserted block
(2)Members are to be appointed for terms that will ensure, to the extent possible, the end in any one year of the terms of office of not more than one half of the members appointed under each of paragraphs (1)‍(a) to (c).
End of inserted block
Equal number
Start of inserted block
(3)To the extent possible, an equal number of members is to be appointed under each of paragraphs (1)‍(a) to (c).
End of inserted block
Regional representation and diversity
Start of inserted block
(4)Recommendations under paragraph (1)‍(a) and appointments under paragraphs (1)‍(b) and (c) are to be made having regard to the importance of regional representation in the membership of the Board of Appeal as well as the importance of having members who are representative of the diversity of Canadian society.
End of inserted block
Completion of ongoing matters
Start of inserted block
(5)A person who ceases to be a member for any reason other than removal may, at the request of the Executive Head, within12 weeks after ceasing to be a member, carry out and complete any duties and functions that they would otherwise have had in connection with any matter that came before the Board of Appeal while they were still a member and in respect of which there was any proceeding in which they participated as a member. For that purpose, the person is deemed to be a member.
End of inserted block
Executive Head
Start of inserted block
43.‍04(1)The Executive Head has supervision over and direction of the day-to-day work of the Board of Appeal. In particular, the Executive Head is responsible for the management of the regional coordinators and the members of the Board of Appeal, including providing them with training and guidance with respect to their duties and functions and evaluating their performance.
End of inserted block
Report on overall performance
Start of inserted block
(2)The Executive Head is to report regularly to the Commission, through the Chairperson of the Commission, on the overall performance of the Board of Appeal.
End of inserted block
Regional coordinators
Start of inserted block
(3)Regional coordinators assist the Executive Head and perform any duties and functions that the Executive Head may assign.
End of inserted block
Delegation — regional coordinators
Start of inserted block
(4)The Executive Head may delegate to any regional coordinator any of the Executive Head’s powers, duties or functions, except the power to delegate under this subsection, the duty to report under subsection (2), the duty to select members under subsection43.‍05(1) and the duty to select a regional coordinator under subsection43.‍05(2).
End of inserted block
Members assigned to region
Start of inserted block
(5)The Executive Head is to assign each member of the Board of Appeal to a particular region to hear appeals in that region, taking into account the member’s ordinary place of residence. However, a member may be selected to hear appeals in other regions for operational reasons.
End of inserted block
Absence — Executive Head
Start of inserted block
(6)In the event of the absence or incapacity of the Executive Head or a vacancy in that office, the Chairperson of the Commission may authorize a person to act as Executive Head, on any terms and conditions that the Chairperson may specify, but no person so authorized has authority to act for a term of more than90 days without the Governor in Council’s approval given on the recommendation of the Minister after consultation by the Minister with the Commission.
End of inserted block
Board of Appeal hearings — three-member panels
Start of inserted block
43.‍05(1)An appeal to the Board of Appeal is to be heard before a panel of three members selected by the Executive Head. One member, who is to be the presiding member of the panel, is to be selected from among the members referred to in paragraph43.‍03(1)‍(a), one member is to be selected from among the members referred to in paragraph43.‍03(1)‍(b) and one member is to be selected from among the members referred to in paragraph43.‍03(1)‍(c).
End of inserted block
Determination of regional coordinator
Start of inserted block
(2)The Executive Head is to select a regional coordinator to
  • (a)determine if an extension of time to bring an appeal to the Board of Appeal should be granted;

  • (b)determine if an appeal before the Board of Appeal has been abandoned; or

  • (c)hear an application to reopen an appeal that has been determined to be abandoned.

    End of inserted block
Delegation — employees of Department
Start of inserted block
(3)The Executive Head may delegate to any employees of the Department, referred to in section43.‍08,the duty to select members under subsection (1) and the duty to select a regional coordinator under subsection (2).
End of inserted block
Remuneration
Start of inserted block
43.‍06(1)The Executive Head, the regional coordinators and the members of the Board of Appeal are to be paid the remuneration fixed by the Governor in Council.
End of inserted block
Expenses — Executive Head
Start of inserted block
(2)The Executive Head is entitled to be paid, in accordance with Treasury Board directives, reasonable travel and living expenses incurred by the Executive Head while absent from the Executive Head’s ordinary place of work in the course of performing the Executive Head’s duties and functions.
End of inserted block
Expenses — full-time regional coordinators
Start of inserted block
(3)Each full-time regional coordinator is entitled to be paid, in accordance with Treasury Board directives, reasonable travel and living expenses incurred by them while absent from their ordinary place of work in the course of performing their duties and functions as a regional coordinator.
End of inserted block
Expenses — part-time regional coordinators and members
Start of inserted block
(4)Each part-time regional coordinator and each member of the Board of Appeal is entitled to be paid, in accordance with Treasury Board directives, reasonable travel and living expenses incurred by them while absent from their ordinary place of residence in the course of performing their duties and functions as a regional coordinator or a member of the Board of Appeal, as the case may be.
End of inserted block
Public Service Superannuation Act
Start of inserted block
43.‍07(1)The Executive Head and the full-time regional coordinators are deemed to be employed in the public service for the purposes of thePublic Service Superannuation Act.
End of inserted block
Other benefits
Start of inserted block
(2)The Executive Head, the regional coordinators and the members of the Board of Appeal are deemed to be employees for the purposes of theGovernment Employees Compensation Act and to be employed in the federal public administration for the purposes of regulations made under section9 of theAeronautics Act.
End of inserted block
Employees, services and facilities
Start of inserted block
43.‍08The Minister is responsible for providing the Board of Appeal with the employees of the Department, the support services and the facilities that are needed by the Board of Appeal to exercise its powers and perform its duties and functions.
End of inserted block
Immunity
Start of inserted block
43.‍09No civil proceedings lie against the Executive Head, any regional coordinator or any member of the Board of Appeal for anything done or said in good faith in the exercise or purported exercise of a power or in the performance or purported performance of a duty or function of the Board of Appeal.
End of inserted block
Competence and compellability
Start of inserted block
43.‍1The Executive Head, the regional coordinators and the members of the Board of Appeal are not competent or compellable to appear as a witness in any civil proceedings in respect of any matter coming to theirknowledge in the course of the exercise of a power or in the performance of a duty or function of the Board of Appeal.
End of inserted block Start of inserted block
Social Security Tribunal
End of inserted block Start of inserted block
Establishment and Administration
End of inserted block
634The Act is amended by adding the following after section43.‍1:
Start of inserted block
Appeal to Board of Appeal
End of inserted block
Appeal — time limit
Start of inserted block
43.‍11(1)An appeal of a decision made under section112 of theEmployment Insurance Act must be brought to the Board of Appeal in the prescribed form and manner and within30 days after the day on which the decision is communicated to the appellant.
End of inserted block
Extension
Start of inserted block
(2)The Board of Appeal may allow further time within which an appeal is to be brought, but in no case may an appeal be brought more than one year after the day on which the decision is communicated to the appellant.
End of inserted block
Decision in writing
Start of inserted block
(3)The Board of Appeal must give a decision made under subsection (2) in writing and a copy of the decision must be sent to the appellant, the Commission and any other party.
End of inserted block
Constitutional questions
Start of inserted block
43.‍12The Board of Appeal may not consider any question of constitutional law.
End of inserted block
Decision
Start of inserted block
43.‍13(1)The Board of Appeal may dismiss the appeal or confirm, rescind or vary a decision of the Commission in whole or in part or give the decision that the Commission should have given.
End of inserted block
Decision in writing with reasons
Start of inserted block
(2)The Board of Appeal must give a decision made under subsection (1) in writing, with reasons, and send copies of the decision and reasons to the appellant, the Commission and any other party.
End of inserted block
Time limits
Start of inserted block
43.‍14The Executive Head may, in any particular case for special reasons, extend the time within which the Board of Appeal is required by regulation to make a decision under subsection43.‍13(1).
End of inserted block
Expenses and allowances
Start of inserted block
43.‍15Any party who is required to attend a hearing may, if the Executive Head considers it warranted in any particular case for any reasons provided for in the regulations, be reimbursed for their travel or living expenses up to the amounts determined by the Treasury Board, or be paid any allowance, including compensation for lost remuneration, in accordance with the rates fixed by the Treasury Board.
End of inserted block
Appeal — region
Start of inserted block
43.‍16(1)An appeal is to be heard in the appellant’s region, except in the circumstances provided for in the regulations.
End of inserted block
Appeal — format
Start of inserted block
(2)An appeal is to be heard in the format selected by the appellant, except in the circumstances provided for in the regulations.
End of inserted block
Hearings in private
Start of inserted block
(3)All or part of a Board of Appeal hearing may be held in private in the circumstances provided for in the regulations.
End of inserted block
Representation of party
Start of inserted block
43.‍17A party may, at their own expense, be represented by a representative of their choice.
End of inserted block
Powers of Board of Appeal
Start of inserted block
43.‍18(1)Subject to section43.‍12, the Board of Appeal may decide any question of law or fact that is necessary for the disposition of any application made or appeal brought under this Act.
End of inserted block
Employment Insurance Act
Start of inserted block
(2)If a question specified in section90 of theEmployment Insurance Act arises in the consideration of an application or in an appeal, it must be determined by an authorized officer of the Canada Revenue Agency, as provided by that section.
End of inserted block
Abandonment of appeals
Start of inserted block
43.‍19(1)The Board of Appeal may determine that an appeal before it has been abandoned if it has failed to contact the appellant despite reasonable efforts having been made to do so or if the appellant fails to communicate with it on being requested to do so.
End of inserted block
Reopening abandoned appeals
Start of inserted block
(2)The Board of Appeal, on application, may reopen an appeal it has determined to be abandoned if it is satisfied that
  • (a)in making the determination, it failed to observe a principle of natural justice; or

  • (b)the appellant’s failure to communicate with it was due to circumstances beyond the appellant’s control and the application was made within30 days after the day on which those circumstances were resolved.

    End of inserted block
Decision in writing
Start of inserted block
(3)The Board of Appeal must give a decision made under subsection (1) or (2) in writing and a copy of the decision must be sent to the appellant, the Commission and any other party.
End of inserted block
635Subsection44(2) of the Act is repealed.
636Subsection45(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Chairperson and Vice-chairpersons
(2)The Governor in Council designates one of the full-time members to hold office as the Chairperson and Insertion starttwo Insertion end full-time members to hold office as Vice-chairpersons, one of whom is responsible for the Appeal Division and one of whom is responsible for the Insertion startGeneral Division Insertion end.
637Subsections46(2) and (3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Members
(2)Each member exercises any powers and performs any duties and functions that the Vice-chairperson who is responsible for the Division for which they hear matters may assign.
Assignment
(3)The Chairperson may assign members to hear matters in the Appeal Division or the Insertion startGeneral Division Insertion end.
638Section47 of the Act is repealed.
639Subsection51(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Absence — other
(2)If subsection (1) does not apply owing to the absence or incapacity of the Vice-chairperson of the Appeal Division, or if the office of Vice-chairperson of the Appeal Division is vacant, the Minister may authorize Insertion startthe Insertion end Vice-chairperson Insertion startof the General Division Insertion end to act as Chairperson and that Vice-chairperson may exercise all the powers and perform all the duties and functions of the Chairperson.
640The heading “Organization of Tribunal” before section52 of the Act is repealed.
641Subsection52(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Appeal — time limit
52(1)An appeal of a decision must be brought to the General Division in the prescribed form and manner and within90 days after the day on which the decision is communicated to the appellant.
642Section54 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Decision
54(1)The General Division may dismiss the appeal or confirm, rescind or vary a decision of the Minister in whole or in part or give the decision that the Minister should have given.
Reasons
(2)The General Division may give a decision orally or in writing and must give reasons. Copies of the decision and reasons, written or, in the case of an oral decision and reasons, reduced to writing, must be sent to the appellant, the Minister and any other party.
643The heading before section55 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Insertion startAppeal to Tribunal Insertion end — Appeal Division
Start of inserted block
Decisions of Board of Appeal
End of inserted block
644The Act is amended by adding the following before section55:
Appeal
Start of inserted block
54.‍1Any decision of the Board of Appeal may be appealed to the Appeal Division by any person who is the subject of the decision and any other prescribed person.
End of inserted block
Appeal — time limit
Start of inserted block
54.‍2(1)The appeal must be brought to the Appeal Division in the prescribed form and manner and within30 days after the day on which the decision and reasons are communicated in writing to the appellant.
End of inserted block
Extension
Start of inserted block
(2)The Appeal Division may allow further time within which an appeal is to be brought, but in no case may an appeal be brought more than one year after the day on which the decision and reasons are communicated in writing to the appellant.
End of inserted block
Grounds of appeal
Start of inserted block
54.‍3The only grounds of appeal of a decision made by the Board of Appeal are that
  • (a)the Board of Appeal failed to observe a principle of natural justice or otherwise acted beyond or refused to exercise its jurisdiction;

  • (b)the Board of Appeal erred in law in making its decision, whether or not the error appears on the face of the record;

  • (c)the Board of Appeal based its decision on an erroneous finding of fact that it made in a perverse or capricious manner or without regard for the material before it; or

  • (d)a question of constitutional law remains to be determined.

    End of inserted block
New evidence — constitutional questions
Start of inserted block
54.‍4If an appeal to the Appeal Division of a decision of the Board of Appeal is in respect of a question of constitutional law, the Appeal Division may hear new evidence in relation to the question.
End of inserted block
Decision
Start of inserted block
54.‍5(1)The Appeal Division may dismiss the appeal, give the decision that the Board of Appeal should have given, refer the matter back to the Board of Appeal for reconsideration in accordance with any directions that the Appeal Division considers appropriate or confirm, rescind or vary the decision of the Board of Appeal in whole or in part. The Appeal Division may make a decision on a question of constitutional law.
End of inserted block
Reasons
Start of inserted block
(2)The Appeal Division must give its decision in writing, with reasons, and send copies of the decision and reasons to the appellant and any other party.
End of inserted block Start of inserted block
Decisions of General Division
End of inserted block
645Sections56and57 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Leave
56An appeal to the Appeal Division Insertion startof a decision made by the Income Security Section Insertion end may only be brought if leave to appeal is granted.
Appeal — Employment Insurance Section
57(1)An appeal of a decision made by the Employment Insurance Section must be Insertion startbrought Insertion end to the Appeal Division in the prescribed form and manner and within30 days after the day on which the decision and reasons are communicated in writing to the appellant.
Appeal — Income Security Section
Insertion start(1.‍1) Insertion end Insertion start Insertion end Insertion startAn Insertion end application for leave to Insertion startappeal Insertion end a decision made by the Income Security Section Insertion startmust be Insertion end made Insertion startto Insertion end the Insertion startAppeal Division Insertion end in the Insertion startprescribed form Insertion end and Insertion startmanner Insertion end and Insertion startwithin Insertion end90 days after the day on which the decision and reasons are communicated in writing to the appellant.
Extension
(2)The Appeal Division may allow further time within which an Insertion startappeal is to be brought or an Insertion end application for leave to appeal is to be made, but in no case may an Insertion startappeal be brought or an Insertion end application be made more than one year after the day on which the decision and reasons are communicated in writing to the appellant.
646Sections56and57 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Leave
56An appeal to the Appeal Division of a decision made by the General Division may only be brought if leave to appeal is granted.
Appeal — General Division
57(1)An application for leave to appeal a decision made by the General Division must be made to the Appeal Division in the prescribed form and manner and within90 days after the day on which the decision and reasons are communicated in writing to the appellant.
Extension
(2)The Appeal Division may allow further time within which an application for leave to appeal is to be made, but in no case may an application be made more than one year after the day on which the decision and reasons are communicated in writing to the appellant.
647(1)Subsection58(1) of the Act is repealed.
(2)Subsection58(2) of the Act is repealed.
648Section58.‍1 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Leave to appeal — General Division
58.‍1Leave to appeal a decision made by the Insertion startGeneral Division Insertion end is to be granted if the application for leave to appeal
  • (a)raises an arguable case that the Insertion startGeneral Division Insertion end failed to observe a principle of natural justice or otherwise acted beyond or refused to exercise its jurisdiction;

  • (b)raises an arguable case that the Insertion startGeneral Division Insertion end erred in law, in fact or in mixed law and fact, in making its decision; or

  • (c)sets out evidence that was not presented to the Insertion startGeneral Division Insertion end.

649(1)Subsection58.‍2(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Decision — leave to appeal
58.‍2(1)The Appeal Division must either grant or refuse leave to appeal a decision made by the Insertion startIncome Security Section Insertion end.
(2)Subsection58.‍2(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Decision — leave to appeal
58.‍2(1)The Appeal Division must either grant or refuse leave to appeal a decision made by the General Division.
650Section58.‍3 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Hearingde novo — General Division
58.‍3An appeal to the Appeal Division of a decision made by the Insertion startGeneral Division Insertion end is to be heard and determined as a new proceeding.
651(1)Subsection59(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Decision
59(1)The Appeal Division may dismiss the appeal, give the decision that the General Division should have given or confirm, rescind or vary the decision of the General Division in whole or in part. In the case of an appeal of a decision made by the Employment Insurance Section, the Appeal Division may also refer the matter back to the Insertion startBoard of Appeal Insertion end for reconsideration in accordance with any directions that the Appeal Division considers appropriate.
(2)Subsection59(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Decision
59(1)The Appeal Division may dismiss the appeal, give the decision that the General Division should have given or confirm, rescind or vary the decision of the General Division in whole or in part.
652Section67 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Time limits
67The Chairperson or a Vice-chairperson may, in any particular case for special reasons, extend the time within which the Tribunal is required by regulation to make a decision under subsections54(1), Insertion start54.‍5(1) Insertion end,58.‍2(1) and59(1).
653The Act is amended by adding the following after section68:
Access to documents and information by Appeal Division
Start of inserted block
68.‍01On the request of the Appeal Division, the Board of Appeal must provide the Appeal Division with any documents and information that are necessary for the Appeal Division to decide an application or appeal.
End of inserted block
654The Act is amended by adding the following before section69:
Commission
Start of inserted block
68.‍2The Commission may, with the approval of the Governor in Council, make regulations with regard to the Board of Appeal respecting
  • (a)the quorum for a panel referred to in subsection43.‍05(1);

  • (b)the appointment process for and conflicts of interest of members of the Board of Appeal referred to in paragraphs43.‍03(1)‍(b) and (c);

  • (c)the circumstances in which a hearing may be held in private;

  • (d)the procedure to be followed on applications made or appeals brought to the Board of Appeal;

  • (e)the circumstances under which information is deemed to have been communicated or received;

  • (f)the time within which the Board of Appeal must make a decision under subsection43.‍13(1);

  • (g)any special reasons for the purposes of section43.‍14;

  • (h)any reasons for the purposes of section43.‍15;

  • (i)the power to exclude any person from a hearing when oral evidence concerning a circumstance of sexual or other harassment is being given;

  • (j)the form and manner that is to be prescribed for the purposes of subsection43.‍11(1);

  • (k)regions for the purposes of subsections43.‍04(5) and43.‍16(1);

  • (l)the circumstances for the purposes of subsection43.‍16(1); and

  • (m)the circumstances for the purposes of subsection43.‍16(2).

    End of inserted block
655(1)Paragraph69(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (c)the time within which the Tribunal must make a decision under subsections54(1), Insertion start54.‍5(1) Insertion end,58.‍2(1) and59(1);

(2)Paragraph69(f) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (f)anything that is to be prescribed by Insertion startsubsection52(1), section54.‍1,subsection54.‍2(1), section55and subsections57(1) and (1.‍1) Insertion end.

(3)Paragraph69(f) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (f)anything that is to be prescribed by subsection52(1), section54.‍1,subsection54.‍2(1), section55and subsection57(1).

Consequential Amendments

R.‍S, c. F-7; 2002, c. 8, s. 14

Federal Courts Act
656Paragraph28(1)‍(g.‍1) of theFederal Courts Act is replaced by the following:
  • (g.‍1)the Appeal Division of the Social Security Tribunal established under section44 of theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act, unless the decision is made under subsection Insertion start54.‍2(2) or Insertion end57(2) or section58.‍2 of that Act or relates to an appeal respecting a decision relating to further time to make a request under subsection Insertion start43.‍11(2) or Insertion end52(2) of that Act, section81 of theCanada Pension Plan, section27.‍1 of theOld Age Security Act or section112 of theEmployment Insurance Act;

R.‍S.‍, c. L-1

Labour Adjustment Benefits Act
657(1)The definitionSocial Security Tribunal in subsection2(1) of theLabour Adjustment Benefits Act is repealed.
(2)Subsection2(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
Start of inserted block

Employment Insurance Board of Appeal means the Employment Insurance Board of Appeal established under section43.‍01 of theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act.‍ (Conseil d’appel en assurance-emploi)

End of inserted block
658Subsections13(6) and (7) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Reference to Employment Insurance Board of Appeal
(6)The Commission may at any time within14days after receiving an application under subsection (1) refer the application or a question arising from it to the Insertion startEmployment Insurance Board of Appeal Insertion end for a decision on it.
Proceedings before Employment Insurance Board of Appeal
(7)If an application or question is referred to the Insertion startEmployment Insurance Board of Appeal Insertion end under subsection (6), the Insertion startEmployment Insurance Board of Appeal Insertion end must conduct its proceedings in respect of that application or question in accordance with the procedure for appeals under theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act.
659Subsection31(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Appeal of Commission decision
(2)Any person may, at any time within30days after the day a decision of the Commission under this Act, other than subsection14(2) or (3), is communicated to Insertion startthem Insertion end, or within any further time that the Commission may in any particular case for special reason allow, appeal to the Insertion startEmployment Insurance Board of Appeal Insertion end.

R.‍S.‍, c. 1 (5th Supp.‍)

Income Tax Act
660Subparagraph56(1)‍(l)‍(ii) of theIncome Tax Act is replaced by the following:
  • (ii)reimbursement of costs incurred in relation to a decision of the Canada Employment Insurance Commission under theEmployment Insurance Act or to an appeal of such a decision to the Social Security Tribunal Insertion startor the Employment Insurance Board of Appeal under theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act Insertion end,

661Subparagraph60(o)‍(ii) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (ii)a decision of the Canada Employment Insurance Commission under theEmployment Insurance Act or to an appeal of such a decision to the Social Security Tribunal Insertion startor the Employment Insurance Board of Appeal under theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act Insertion end,

1996, c. 23

Employment Insurance Act
662Section113 of theEmployment Insurance Act is replaced by the following:
Appeal to Employment Insurance Board of Appeal
113A party who is dissatisfied with a decision of the Commission made under section112, including a decision in relation to further time to make a request, may appeal the decision to the Insertion startEmployment Insurance Board of Appeal Insertion end established under section Insertion start43.‍01 Insertion end of theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act.
663(1)Subsection114(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Payment of benefit pending appeal
114(1)If a claim for benefits is allowed by the General Division of the Social Security Tribunal established under section44 of theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act Insertion startor the Employment Insurance Board of Appeal established under section43.‍01 of that Act Insertion end, benefits are payable in accordance with the decision of the Tribunal Insertion startor the Employment Insurance Board of Appeal, as the case may be Insertion end, even though an appeal is pending, and any benefits paid under this section after the decision of the Tribunal Insertion startor the Employment Insurance Board of Appeal, as the case may be Insertion end, are to be treated as having been duly paid and are not recoverable from the claimant, even if the final determination of the question is adverse to the claimant.
(2)Subsection114(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Payment of benefit pending appeal
114(1)If a claim for benefits is allowed by the Employment Insurance Board of Appeal established under section43.‍01 of theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act, benefits are payable in accordance with the decision of the Employment Insurance Board of Appeal even though an appeal is pending, and any benefits paid under this section after the decision of the Employment Insurance Board of Appeal are to be treated as having been duly paid and are not recoverable from the claimant, even if the final determination of the question is adverse to the claimant.
(3)Paragraph114(2)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)if the appeal to the Appeal Division of the Social Security Tribunal was brought within21 days after the day on which the decision of the General Division of the Social Security Tribunal Insertion startor the Employment Insurance Board of Appeal, as the case may be, Insertion end was given and on the ground that the claimant ought to be disentitled under section36; and

(4)Paragraph114(2)‍(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
  • (a)if the appeal to the Appeal Division of the Social Security Tribunal was brought within21days after the day on which the decision of the Employment Insurance Board of Appeal was given and on the ground that the claimant ought to be disentitled under section36; and

Transitional Provisions

Definitions

664The following definitions apply in this section and sections665 to678.

Appeal Division means the Appeal Division of the Tribunal.‍ (division d’appel)

Board of Appeal means the Employment Insurance Board of Appeal established under section43.‍01 of theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act.‍ (Conseil d’appel)

Employment Insurance Section means the Employment Insurance Section of the General Division.‍ (section de l’assurance-emploi)

General Division means, except for the purposes of subsections665(2) and667(2), the General Division referred to in section44 of theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act, as it reads on the day on which this section comes into force.‍ (division générale)

Tribunal means the Social Security Tribunal established under section44 of theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act.‍ (Tribunal)

Part-time members

665(1)Part-time members of the Tribunal who, immediately before the day on which section635 comes into force, are assigned to hear matters in the Employment Insurance Section become part-time members of the Board of Appeal on that day.

Full-time members

(2)Full-time members of the Tribunal who, immediately before the day on which section635 comes into force, are assigned to hear matters in the Employment Insurance Section are assigned to hear matters in the General Division on that day.

Vice-chairperson

(3)The Vice-chairperson of the Tribunal who, immediately before the day on which section635 comes into force, is responsible for the Employment Insurance Section becomes a full-time regional coordinator of the Board of Appeal on that day.

Power of Governor in Council

(4)On the recommendation of the Minister of Employment and Social Development made after that Minister has consulted with the Chairperson of the Tribunal and the Executive Head of the Board of Appeal, the Governor in Council may make an order specifying that, on a day that is specified in the order and that is before the day on which section635 comes into force,

  • (a)the Vice-chairperson who is responsible for the Employment Insurance Section becomes a full-time regional coordinator of the Board of Appeal; and

  • (b)a part-time member of the Tribunal who is assigned to hear matters in the Employment Insurance Section becomes a part-time member of the Board of Appeal.

Members of Board of Appeal

666(1)Each member of the Board of Appeal referred to in subsection665(1) or paragraph665(4)‍(b)

  • (a)on becoming a member, ceases to be a member of the Tribunal;

  • (b)subject to paragraph (d), continues in office for the remainder of the term for which they were appointed as a member of the Tribunal;

  • (c)for that term, is deemed to be appointed under paragraph43.‍03(1)‍(a) of theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act;

  • (d)despite paragraph43.‍03(1)‍(a) of that Act, holds office during good behaviour for that term and may be removed for cause by the Governor in Council at any time during that term; and

  • (e)on the expiry of that term, is eligible to be reappointed under that paragraph43.‍03(1)‍(a) to hold office at pleasure.

Regional coordinator of Board of Appeal

(2)The regional coordinator of the Board of Appeal referred to in subsection665(3) or paragraph665(4)‍(a)

  • (a)on becoming a regional coordinator, ceases to be a member of the Tribunal;

  • (b)subject to paragraph (d), continues in office for the remainder of the term for which they were appointed as a member of the Tribunal;

  • (c)for that term, is deemed to be appointed under subsection43.‍02(2) of theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act;

  • (d)despite subsection43.‍02(2) of that Act, holds office during good behaviour for that term and may be removed for cause by the Governor in Council at any time during that term; and

  • (e)on the expiry of that term, is eligible to be reappointed under that subsection43.‍02(2) to hold office at pleasure.

Part-time members — remuneration

(3)On becoming a part-time member of the Board of Appeal and for the remainder of the term referred to in paragraph (1)‍(b), a former part-time member of the Tribunal who was assigned to hear matters in the Employment Insurance Section is entitled to remuneration that is no less than the remuneration that they received as a part-time member of the Tribunal.

Vice-chairperson — remuneration

(4)On becoming a regional coordinator of the Board of Appeal and for the remainder of the term referred to in paragraph (2)‍(b), a former Vice-chairperson of the Tribunal who was responsible for the Employment Insurance Section is entitled to the same remuneration as they received as Vice-chairperson.

No compensation

667(1)Despite the provisions of any contract, agreement or order, no former member of the General Division, including the former Vice-chairperson responsible for the Employment Insurance Section, has any right to claim or receive any compensation, damages, indemnity or other form of relief from His Majesty in right of Canada or from any employee or agent of His Majesty for ceasing to hold office in the Tribunal, or for the abolition of that office, by the operation of this Division.

No compensation — full-time members

(2)Despite the provisions of any contract, agreement or order, no full-time member of the Tribunal who was assigned to hear matters in the Employment Insurance Section has any right to claim or receive any compensation, damages, indemnity or other form of relief from His Majesty in right of Canada or from any employee or agent of His Majesty for being assigned to hear matters in the General Division by the operation of this Division.

Application for leave to appeal

668If an application for leave to appeal a decision made by the Employment Insurance Section is ongoing before the Appeal Division immediately before the day on which section634 comes into force, the application for leave to appeal becomes a notice of appeal on that day. The notice of appeal is deemed to have been filed on the day on which the application for leave to appeal was filed.

Appeal of Employment Insurance Section decision

669Any decision made by the Employment Insurance Section before the day on which section635 comes into force may be appealed to the Appeal Division and sections55, 57, 58and59 of theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act, as those sections read on the day on which section634 comes into force, apply in respect of the appeal.

Ongoing appeal of Employment Insurance Section decision

670An appeal of a decision made by the Employment Insurance Section that is ongoing before the Appeal Division immediately before the day on which section635 comes into force is to be dealt with in accordance with sections57, 58and59 of theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act, as those sections read on the day on which section634 comes into force.

Question of constitutional law

671The Appeal Division is not authorized under subsection59(1) of theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act, as it read on the day on which section634 comes into force, to refer a question of constitutional law back to the Board of Appeal for reconsideration.

Ongoing appeal before Employment Insurance Section

672An appeal that is ongoing before the Employment Insurance Section immediately before the day on which section635 comes into force is deemed to be an appeal before the Board of Appeal under subsection43.‍11(1) of theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act on that day.

Board of Appeal access to documents and information

673The Board of Appeal is entitled to access any documents and information of the Tribunal that are necessary for the Board of Appeal to decide an application or appeal.

Transfer of documents and information

674The Tribunal must transfer to the Board of Appeal any documents and information that relate to appeals referred to in section672.

Section 53 ofDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act

675Despite section240 of theBudget Implementation Act,2021,No.1, if, on an appeal of a decision made by the Employment Insurance Section under section53 of theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act, as it read immediately before the day on which Division20 of theBudget Implementation Act,2021,No.1 comes into force, the Appeal Division decides to refer a matter back to the Employment Insurance Section for reconsideration, the Appeal Division must refer the matter back to the Board of Appeal for reconsideration.

Section 241 ofBudget Implementation Act, 2021, No. 1

676(1)Section241 of theBudget Implementation Act,2021,No.1 does not apply in respect of a decision in relation to theEmployment Insurance Act under section66 of theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act, as it read immediately before the day on which Division20 of theBudget Implementation Act,2021,No.1 comes into force, or in respect of an application under that section66 in relation to theEmployment Insurance Act that is ongoing immediately before the day on which section634 comes into force.

Section 66 ofDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act

(2)Any matter relating to a decision or an application referred to in subsection (1) is to be dealt with in accordance with section66 of theDepartment of Employment and Social Development Act, as it read immediately before the day on which Division20 of theBudget Implementation Act,2021,No.1 comes into force.

Employment Insurance Act

677Subsections114(1) and (2) of theEmployment Insurance Act, as those subsections read on the day on which section634 comes into force, continue to apply in relation to a claim for benefits that is allowed by the General Division before the day on which section635 comes into force.

Labour Adjustment Benefits Act

678(1)Subsection13(7) of theLabour Adjustment Benefits Act, as it read immediately before the day on which section634 comes into force, continues to apply — until the day on which section635 comes into force — in respect of an application or a question that was referred to the General Division under subsection13(6) of that Act before the day on which section634 comes into force.

Ongoing application or question

(2)An application or a question that was referred to the General Division under subsection13(6) of theLabour Adjustment Benefits Act and that is ongoing immediately before the day on which section635 comes into force is deemed to be an application or a question referred to the Board of Appeal on that day.

Coming into Force

Order in council

679(1)Sections634 and643 to645, subsections647(2),649(1) and651(1), sections652 and653, subsections655(1) and (2), sections656 to662, subsections663(1) and (3), sections668,671,673,675 and676 and subsection678(1) come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.

Order in council

(2)Sections635 to639,641,642 and646, subsection647(1), section648, subsection649(2), section650, subsections651(2),655(3) and663(2) and (4),sections669,670,672,674 and677 and subsection678(2) come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council, but that day must be after the day fixed under subsection (1).

DIVISION39
Canada Elections Act

2000, c. 9

Amendment to the Act

680TheCanada Elections Act is amended by adding the following after section385.‍1:
Definition ofpersonal information
Start of inserted block
385.‍2(1)Despite the definitionpersonal information in subsection2(1), for the purposes of this section,personal information means information about an identifiable individual.
End of inserted block
Collection, use, disclosure, retention and disposal
Start of inserted block
(2)In order to participate in public affairs by endorsing one or more of its members as candidates and supporting their election, any registered party or eligible party, as well as any person or organization acting on the party’s behalf, including the party’s candidates, electoral district associations, officers, agents, employees, volunteers and representatives, may, subject to this Act and any other applicable federal Act, collect, use, disclose, retain and dispose of personal information in accordance with the party’s privacy policy.
End of inserted block
Purpose
Start of inserted block
(3)The purpose of this section is to provide for a national, uniform, exclusive and complete regime applicable to registered parties and eligible parties respecting their collection, use, disclosure, retention and disposal of personal information.
End of inserted block

Application of Amendment

Election within six months

681Despite subsection554(1) of theCanada Elections Act, the amendment to that Act made by section680 applies in an election for which the writ is issued within six months after the day on which this Act receives royal assent.



SCHEDULE

(Section 269)
SCHEDULE2
(Section 3)

Protocol on the Status of International Military Headquarters set up pursuant to the North Atlantic Treaty

The parties to the North Atlantic Treaty signed in Washington on4th April,1949,

Considering that international military Headquarters may be established in their territories, by separate arrangement, under the North Atlantic Treaty, and

Desiring to define the status of such Headquarters and of the personnel thereof within the North Atlantic Treaty area,

Have agreed to the present Protocol to the Agreement signed in London on19th June,1951, regarding the Status of their Forces:

Article1

In the present Protocol the expression

(a)the Agreement means the Agreement signed in London on19th June,1951, by the Parties to the North Atlantic Treaty regarding the status of their Forces;

(b)Supreme Headquarters means Supreme Headquarters Allied Powers in Europe, Headquarters of the Supreme Allied Commander Atlantic and any equivalent international military Headquarters set up pursuant to the North Atlantic Treaty;

(c)Allied Headquarters means any Supreme Headquarters and any international military Headquarters set up pursuant to the North Atlantic Treaty which is immediately subordinate to a Supreme Headquarters;

(d)North Atlantic Council means the Council established by Article9 of the North Atlantic Treaty or any of its subsidiary bodies authorised to act on its behalf.

Article2

Subject to the following provisions of this Protocol, the Agreement shall apply to Allied Headquarters in the territory of a Party to the present Protocol in the North Atlantic Treaty area, and to the military and civilian personnel of such Headquarters and their dependents included in the definitions in sub-paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of paragraph1of Article3 of this Protocol, when such personnel are present in any such territory in connection with their official duties or, in the case of dependents, the official duties of their spouse or parent.

Article3

1For the purpose of applying the Agreement to an Allied Headquarters the expressions ‘force’, ‘civilian component’ and ‘dependent’, wherever they occur in the Agreement shall have the meanings set out below:

(a)force means the personnel attached to the Allied Headquarters who belong to the land, sea or air armed services of any Party to the North Atlantic Treaty;

(b)civilian component means civilian personnel who are not stateless persons, nor nationals of any State which is not a Party to the Treaty, nor nationals of, nor ordinarily resident in the receiving State, an who are (i) attached to the Allied Headquarters and in the employ of an armed service of a Party to the North Atlantic Treaty or (ii) in such categories of civilian personnel in the employ of the Allied Headquarters as the North Atlantic Council shall decide;

(c)dependent means the spouse of a member of a force or civilian component, as defined in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph, or a child of such member depending on him or her support.

2An Allied Headquarters shall be considered to be a force for the purposes of Article II, paragraph2of Article V, paragraph10of Article VII, paragraphs2, 3, 4, 7and8 of Article IX, and Article XIII, of the Agreement.

Article4

The rights and obligations which the Agreement gives to or imposes upon the sending State or its authorities in respect of its forces or their civilian components or dependents shall, in respect of an Allied Headquarters and its personnel and their dependents to whom the Agreement applies in accordance with Article2 of the present Protocol, be vested in or attached to the appropriate Supreme Headquarters and the authorities responsible under it, except that:

(a)the right which is given by Article VII of the Agreement to the military authorities of the sending State to exercise criminal and disciplinary jurisdiction shall be vested in the military authorities of the State, if any, to whose military law the person concerned is subject;

(b)the obligations imposed upon the sending state or its authorities by Article II, paragraph4of Article III, paragraphs5(a) and6(a) of Article VII paragraphs9and10 of Article VIII, and Article XIII, of the Agreement, shall attach both to the Allied Headquarters and to any State whose armed service, or any member or employee of whose armed service, or the dependent of such member or employee, is concerned;

(c)for the purposes of paragraphs2(a) and5 of Article III, and Article XIV, of the Agreement the sending State shall be, in the case of members of a force and their dependents, the State to whose armed service the member belongs, or, in the case of members of a civilian component and their dependents, the State, if any, by whose armed service the member is employed;

(d)the obligations imposed on the sending State by virtue of paragraphs6and7 of Article VIII of the Agreement shall attach to the State to whose armed service the person belongs whose act or omission has given rise to the claim or, in the case of a member of a civilian component, to the State by whose armed service he is employed or, if there is no such State, to the Allied Headquarters of which the person concerned is a member.

Both the State, if any, to which obligations attach under this paragraph and the Allied Headquarters concerned shall have the rights of the sending State in connection with the appointment of an arbitrator under paragraph8 of Article VIII.

Article5

Every member of an Allied Headquarters shall have a personal identity card issued by the Headquarters showing names, date and place of birth, nationality, rank or grade, number (if any), photograph and period of validity. This card must be presented on demand.

Article6

1The obligations to waive claims imposed on the Contracting Parties by Article8 of the Agreement shall attach both to the Allied Headquarters and to any Party to this Protocol concerned.

2For the purposes of paragraphs1and2 of Article VIII of the Agreement,

(a)property owned by an Allied Headquarters or by a Party to this Protocol and used by an Allied Headquarters shall be deemed to be property owned by a Contracting Party and used by its armed services;

(b)damage caused by a member of a force or civilian component as defined in paragraph1of Article3 of this Protocol or by any other employee of an Allied Headquarters shall be deemed to be damage caused by a member or employee of the armed services of a Contracting Party;

(c)the definition of the expression ‘owned by a Contacting Party’ in paragraph3 of Article VIII shall apply in respect of an Allied Headquarters.

3The claims to which paragraph5of Article VIII of the Agreement applies shall include claims (other than contractual claims and claims to which paragraphs6or7 of that Article apply) arising out of acts or omissions of any employees of an Allied Headquarters, or out of any other act, omission or occurrence for which an Allied Headquarters, or out of any other act, omissions or occurrence for which an Allied Headquarters is legally responsible, and causing in the territory of a receiving State to third parties, other than any of the Parties to this Protocol.

Article7

1The exemption from taxation accorded under Article X of the Agreement to members of a force or civilian component in respect of their salaries and emoluments shall apply, as regards personnel of an Allied Headquarters within the definitions in paragraph1(a) and (b) (i) of Article3 of this Protocol, to salaries and emoluments paid to them as such personnel by the armed service to which they belong or by which they are employed, except that this paragraph shall not exempt any such member or employee from taxation imposed by a State of which he is a national.

2Employees of an Allied Headquarters of categories agreed by the North Atlantic Council shall be exempted from taxation on the salaries and emoluments paid to them by the Allied Headquarters in their capacity as such employees. Any Party to the present Protocol may, however, conclude an arrangement with the Allied Headquarters whereby such Party will employ and assign to the Allied Headquarters all of its nationals (except, if such Party so desires, any not ordinarily resident within its territory) who are to serve on the staff of the Allied Headquarters and pay the salaries and emoluments of such persons from its own funds, at a scale fixes by it. The salaries and emoluments so paid may be taxed by the Party concerned but shall be exempted from taxation by any other Party. If such an arrangement is entered into by any Party to the present Protocol and is subsequently modified or terminated, Parties to the present Protocol shall no longer be bound under the first sentence of this paragraph to exempt from taxation the salaries and emoluments paid to their nationals.

Article8

1For the purpose of facilitating the establishment, construction, maintenance and operation of Allied Headquarters, these Headquarters shall be relieved, so far as practicable, from duties and taxes, affecting expenditures by them in the interest of common defence and for their official and exclusive benefit, and each Party to the present Protocol shall enter into negotiations with any Allied Headquarters operating in its territory for the purpose of concluding an agreement to give effect to this provision.

2An Allied Headquarters shall have the rights granted to a force under Article XI of the Agreement subject to the same conditions.

3The provisions in paragraphs5and6 of Article XI of the Agreement shall not apply to nationals of the receiving States, unless such nationals belong to the armed services of a Party to this Protocol other than the receiving State.

4The expression ‘duties and taxes’ in this Article does not include charges for services rendered.

Article9

Except in so far as the North Atlantic Council may decide otherwise,

(a)any assets acquired from the international funds of an Allied Headquarters under its capital budget and no longer required by the Headquarters shall be disposed of under arrangements approved by the North Atlantic Council and the proceeds shall be distributed among or credited to the Parties to the North Atlantic Treaty in the proportions in which they have contributed to the capital costs of the Headquarters. The receiving State shall have the prior right to acquire any immovable property so disposed of in its territory provided that it offers terms no less favourable than those offered by any third party;

(b)any land, buildings or fixed installations provided for the use of an Allied Headquarters by the receiving State without charge to the Headquarters (other than a nominal charge) and no longer required by the Headquarters shall be handed back to the receiving State, and any increase or loss in the value of the property provided by the receiving State resulting from its use by the Headquarters shall be determined by the North Atlantic Council (taking into consideration any applicable law of the receiving State) and distributed among or credited or debited to the Parties to the North Atlantic Treaty in the proportions in which they have contributed to the capital costs of the Headquarters.

Article10

Each Supreme Headquarters shall possess juridical personality; it shall have the capacity to conclude contracts and to acquire and dispose of property. The receiving State may, however, make the exercise of such capacity subject to special arrangements between it and the Supreme Headquarters or any subordinate Allied Headquarters acting on behalf of the Supreme Headquarters.

Article11

1Subject to the provisions of Article VIII of the Agreement, a Supreme Headquarters may engage in legal proceedings as claimant or defendant. However, the receiving State and the Supreme Headquarters or any subordinate Allied Headquarters authorized by it may agree that the receiving State shall act on behalf of the Supreme Headquarters in any legal proceedings to which that Headquarters is a party before the courts of the receiving State.

2No measure of execution or measure directed to the seizure or attachment of its property or funds shall be taken against any Allied Headquarters, except for the purposes of paragraph6 (a) of Article VII and Article XIII of the Agreement.

Article12

1To enable it to operate its international budget, an Allied Headquarters may hold currency of any kind and operate accounts in any currency.

2The Parties to the present Protocol shall, at the request of an Allied Headquarters, facilitate transfers of the funds of such Headquarters from one country to another and the conversion of any currency held by an Allied Headquarters into any other currency, when necessary to meet the requirements of any Allied Headquarters.

Article13

The archives and other official documents of an Allied Headquarters kept in premises used by those Headquarters or in the possession of any properly authorized member of the Headquarters shall be inviolable, unless the Headquarters has waived this immunity. The Headquarters shall , at the request of the receiving State and in the presence of a representative of that State, verify the nature of any documents to confirm that they are entitled to immunity under this Article.

Article14

1The whole or any part of the present Protocol or of the Agreement may be applied, by decision of the North Atlantic Council, to any international military Headquarters or organization (not included in the definitions in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Article1 of this Protocol) which is established pursuant to the North Atlantic Treaty.

2When the European Defence Community comes into being, the present Protocol may be applied to the personnel of the European Defence Forces attached to an Allied Headquarters and their dependents at such time and in such manner as may be determined by the North Atlantic Council.

Article15

All differences between the Parties to the present Protocol or between any such Parties and any Allied Headquarters relating to the interpretation or application of the Protocol shall be settled by negotiation between the parties in dispute without recourse to any outside jurisdiction. Except where express provision is made to the contrary in the present Protocol or in the Agreement, differences which cannot be settled by direct negotiation shall be referred to the North Atlantic Council.

Article16

1Articles XV and XVII to XX of the Agreement shall apply as regards the present Protocol as if they were an integral part thereof, but so that the Protocol may be reviewed, suspended, ratified, acceded to, denounced or extended in accordance with those provisions independently from the Agreement.

2The present Protocol may be supplemented by bilateral agreement between the receiving State and a Supreme Headquarters, and the authorities of a receiving State and a Supreme Headquarters may agree to give effect, by administrative means in advance of ratification, to any provisions of this Protocol or of the Agreement as applied by it.

In witness whereof the undersigned Plenipotentiaries have signed the present Protocol.

Done in Paris this28th day of August1952, in the English and French languages, both texts being equally authoritative, in a single original which shall be deposited in the archives of the Government of the United States of America. The Government of the United States of America shall transmit certified copies thereof to all the signatory and acceding States.


Publication Explorer
Publication Explorer
ParlVU

[8]ページ先頭

©2009-2025 Movatter.jp